Beruflich Dokumente
Kultur Dokumente
SIMATIC PCS 7
Answers for industry.
Siemens AG 2012
Related catalogs
SIMATIC ST PCS 7.1 Process Automation FI 01
Add-ons for the Field Instruments for
SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Automation
Process Control System
E86060-K4680-A101-B8-7600 www.siemens.com/industrymall
Industrial Communication IK PI
SIMATIC NET
E86060-K6710-A101-B7-7600
Siemens AG 2012
SIMATIC PCS 7
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation/IPC
1
Process Control System V8.0
Engineering System
2
Catalog ST PCS 7 December 2011
Operator System
3
System components
Maintenance Station
4
Update/Upgrade Packages
16
Anhang
17
Siemens AG 2012
Siemens offers automation, drive, and The high quality of our products Check out the opportunities our
low-voltage switching technology as sets industry-wide benchmarks. automation and drive solutions provide.
well as industrial software from stan- High environmental aims are part of And discover how you can sustainably
dard products up to entire industry solu- our eco-management, and we imple- enhance your competitive edge with us.
tions. The industry software enables our ment these aims consistently. Right
industry customers to optimize the en- from product design, possible effects on
tire value chain from product design the environment are examined. Hence
and development through manufacture many of our products and systems are
and sales up to after-sales service. Our RoHS compliant (Restriction of Hazard-
electrical and mechanical components ous Substances). As a matter of course,
offer integrated technologies for the en- our production sites are certified ac-
tire drive train from couplings to gear cording to DIN EN ISO 14001, but to us,
units, from motors to control and drive environmental protection also means
solutions for all engineering industries. most efficient utilization of valuable
Our technology platform TIP offers ro- resources. The best example are our
bust solutions for power distribution. energy-efficient drives with energy sav-
ings up to 60 %.
Managementebene
Management Level MES Manufacturing Execution Systems
SIMATIC IT
Operations Level
Betriebsfhrungs- SIMATIC PCS 7
Prozesssteuerung
Process Control (DCS)
(DCS)
ebene
Industrial Softwarefr
Industriesoftware for
Produkt-Design
Product Design Commissioning
Inbetriebnehme
Energy
Energiemanagement
Management
Produktionsplanung
Production Planning Operation
Bedienung
Asset
Assetmanagement
Management
Engineering Maintenance
Wartung
Modernization
Modernisierungand
undUpgrade
Upgrade
Steuerungsebene
Control Level
Feldebene
Field Level
PROFIBUS PA
Prozessinstrumentierung
Process Instrumentation SIMATIC Ident SIMATIC Distributed
Dezentrale Peripherie
I/O
Industrielle
Industrial Identication
Identikation
HART
Totally
Integrated
Automation IO-Link
Setting standards in
productivity and competitiveness.
Totally Integrated Automation.
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
PROFIBUS
Totally
Integrated
Power
outbound.
Communication
IEC 61850 BACnet
Industrial Ethernet
PROFINET KNXnet/IP
Process/industrial automation PROFIBUS
KNX
Electrical power distribution requires The power distribution products and Thanks to a comprehensive energy
integrated solutions. Our answer: systems can be interfaced to building management system, power flows
Totally Integrated Power (TIP). This or industrial automation systems can be made transparent and the
includes tools and support for planning (as part of Total Building Solutions or energy consumption of individual
and configuration and a complete, opti- Totally Integrated Automation) via com- loads can be calculated and allocated.
mally harmonized product and system munication capable circuit breakers and Building operators can thus identify
portfolio for integrated power distribu- modules, allowing the full potential for power-intensive loads and implement
tion from medium-voltage switchgear optimization that an integrated solution effective optimization measures.
right to socket outlets. offers to be exploited throughout the With its products and systems, Totally
product cycle from planning right Integrated Power forms the basis for
through to installation and operation. this functionality and guarantees
greater cost-efficiency in industrial
applications, infrastructure and
buildings.
SIMATIC PCS 7
Performance You Trust
Mobile Client
Industrial
Wireless LAN
PCS 7 Operator System (OS)
BOX Single Station OS/Batch/Route Control/Maintenance clients
OS Batch
server server
Automation Standard
system with automation systems
PROFINET PCS 7 PCS 7
AS RTX AS mEC RTX
with S7-300 I/Os
ET 200pro ET 200M ET 200M
Zone 2 Zone 1
Ex operator
terminal
PROFINET
ET 200M
Weighing systems
PROFIBUS DP-iS
AS-Interface
ET 200iSP HART
Modbus, serial connection ET 200S
Integrated
power
PROFIBUS PA
management
PA link
PROFIBUS DP
AFD AFDiS
PROFIBUS PA/
PA link/
FOUNDATION
FF link
Fieldbus H1
(PA/FF H1)
Integrated drives
Front
Firewall
Plant Lifecycle
MES/MIS Management
SIMATIC IT Comos
Network Engineering
printer Stations
Back
Firewall
Gas analysis
PA link PROFIBUS PA ET 200S
PA link/FF link
AFD AFD
AFDiS
AFD
AFS S7-300
PA/FF H1
PA link/FF link
PA/FF H1 AFDiS
AFD ET 200S
TeleControl
Asset management
Automation of batch processes
Control of material transportation
Safety
Advanced Process Control
Telecontrol
Energy management
IT security
Evaluation/management of
process data
IT system interfacing
Essential system properties and SIMATIC PCS 7 combines high perfor- Flexible solutions for batch processes
functions mance with exceptional system proper- Efficient control of material transport
ties and functions such as: Homogenous, integrated safety tech-
In order to survive on a global market nology
which is characterized by fierce compe- Simple and reliable process control Advanced Process Control for process
tition and pricing pressures, compet- with user-friendly operation and optimization
itors are required to constantly increase visualization, also via the Internet Telecontrol center can be integrated
their productivity and flexibility. This Powerful, fast and consistent system- for remote plant sections
simultaneously places high demands on wide engineering combined with Energy management
the automation technology, which in system-wide online modification Advanced IT security concept for
turn lead to an increasing fusion with capability safeguarding the I&C system
information technology. System openness, flexibility and OPC-based evaluation and manage-
scalability ment of process data as well as direct
Bearing in mind these requirements, a Redundancy at all levels, flexible and interfacing to IT systems
modern process control system such as modular
SIMATIC PCS 7 offers clear advantages Variable field automation based All these are ideal requirements for cost-
since it provides a horizontally and verti- on PROFINET, PROFIBUS and effective implementation and economic
cally uniform system platform which is FOUNDATION Fieldbus and operation of process control plants.
future-oriented and can also be remote I/O systems for a variety
expanded flexibly in the context of TIA. of requirement profiles
Process device management and
diagnostics with comprehensive
device support
Asset management of the process-
related plant, in particular the control
technology (diagnostics, preventive
maintenance, and repairs)
Selecting
Much more Find your products in the structure tree, in the new "Bread-crumb"
navigation or with the integral search machine with expert functions.
than a catalog. Electronic configurators are also integrated into the Mall. Enter the
various characteristic values and the appropriate product will be dis-
The Industry Mall. played with the relevant order numbers. You can save configurations,
load them and reset them to their initial status.
Industrial Workstation/IPC
1/2 Introduction
Industrial Workstation/IPC
Introduction
1 Overview Basic hardware for clients
Compared to the more compact client versions SIMATIC PCS 7
OS Client 427C and SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX OS Client 627C, clients
based on a SIMATIC Rack PC have a larger number and greater
variety of interfaces. They therefore offer more expansion
options and can be used more universally. In multi-monitor
mode, you can control up to four process monitors with equiv-
alent quality.
The SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Client 427C particularly convinces with
its highly compact and rugged design which allows mainte-
nance-free 24/7 operation without fans. The version with solid-
state drive (SSD) is particularly resistant to vibration and shock
since there are no rotating storage media. As a result of the
design, however, the expansion options of the SIMATIC PCS 7
OS Client 427C are restricted.
The compact and rugged SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX OS Client 627C
with a comparable interface configuration is slightly larger than
a client on the basis of the SIMATIC Microbox PC. In return, it is
additionally equipped with a DVD drive and two free slots for
expansion modules. Furthermore, it can also be ordered as a
We offer a select range of modern and powerful SIMATIC PCS 7 design version with Panel Front (19", TFT Touch Panel).
Industrial Workstations for the systems located above the
controller level in the SIMATIC PCS 7 system architecture, e.g.
for:
Options
Engineering Notes on the use of other basic hardware
and non-SIMATIC software
Operating and monitoring (also via Internet/intranet)
Asset management Siemens guarantees the compatibility of hardware and software
for system configurations based on components in this catalog.
Batch automation
Route control The system test confirms that the system software of the
SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system can be run on the basic
Remote control hardware offered in this catalog. Despite comprehensive tests, it
IT applications cannot be excluded that the function of a SIMATIC PCS 7 system
could be disturbed or interfered with as a result of additional
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations based on a SIMATIC non-SIMATIC software, i.e. software which has not been
Rack PC of the type IPC547D, IPC647C or IPC 847C are explicitly approved for SIMATIC PCS 7.
optimized for use as single station, server or client, and can be
expanded specific to the system. If you use hardware other than the basic hardware offered in this
catalog, or additional non-SIMATIC software, this is at your own
As a supplement to these, the SIMATIC Microbox PC in the risk. If compatibility problems arise as a result of these hardware/
version SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Client 427C as well as with the software components, the support provided for their elimination
SIMATIC Box PC in the version SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX OS Client is not free of charge.
627C low-cost client alternatives for operator control and
monitoring and for batch automation. The licenses for plant bus communication via Industrial Ethernet,
i.e. for Basic Communication Ethernet (BCE) and CP 1613/1623
Application communication (IE) are bound to the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial
Workstations. Depending on the selected type of communi-
Basic hardware for single station/server cation, the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations for single
stations and servers are delivered as standard with a network
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations of the types IPC547D, card plus BCE license or a CP 1623 plus SIMATIC NET
IPC647C or IPC 847C, which are available for use as single HARDNET IE S7 communications software.
station or server, vary in their performance, features, expansion
reserves, and length of the product lifecycle. A table compares If you are using SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0 on other computers
the essential features of these types in the catalog section (not SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations), you additionally
"SIMATIC Rack PC, introduction", allowing you to quickly narrow require a SIMATIC PCS 7 BCE V8.0 license (Order No. 6ES7
down the search for your specific application. You can then use 650-1CD08-2YB5) for all single stations or servers which are
the detailed technical data in the same catalog section to define connected to the plant bus via a standard network adapter and
this preselection in detail. not via a CP 1623/CP 1613 A2.
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PCs
Introduction
Overview 1
its all-round capabilities it is ideal for numerous applications in
process automation. The more powerful types, IPC647C and
IPC847C, are excellent alternatives to meet higher requirements.
Because the basic components such as chipset, processor or
ECC memory, are identical, many technical specifications of the
IPC647C and IPC847C types are comparable. The essential
differences result from the different overall heights. Since the
IPC647C is only half as high as IPC847C, the number and variety
of the free slots are reduced in this case. On the other hand, the
more compact design requires significantly less space and
enables higher packing densities in the control cabinet. This
allows the realization of space-saving designs.
The IPC847C best equipped and is the most powerful SIMATIC
PCS 7 Industrial Workstation. Its numerous and varied slots
provide a great deal of potential for expansion. In contrast to
IPC647C, the hardware RAID controller enables hard disk
operation in the RAID Level 5 (high data throughput when
reading combined with redundancy). The IPC847C is predes-
With the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation of the type tined for use as a server or single station. Since it would be over-
IPC547D, we offer you an excellent platform for the configuration dimensioned as a client, it is not offered in this version.
of single stations, servers or clients for SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0. With
Application
Specially optimized versions are available for operation as Note:
single stations, servers or clients. The operating system and the
following ES/OS software of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control Please note the standard installation if you use the SIMATIC
system are factory installed: PCS 7 Industrial Workstations within the SIMATIC PCS 7 process
control system for other tasks, e.g. as basic hardware for
Single station: PCS 7 Engineering Software for AS/OS SIMATIC BATCH, SIMATIC Route Control, PCS 7 TeleControl,
(including OS Runtime software) PCS 7 StoragePlus, Central Archive Server, Process Historian,
Server: PCS 7 OS Software Server Information Server, or PCS 7 Web Server. You can then expand
Client: PCS 7 OS Software Client or discard the existing SIMATIC PCS 7 pre-installation, or restore
it using one of the supplied restore DVDs (for details, see section
You only need the corresponding licenses in order to use the restore DVDs under IPC547D, IPC647C, or IPC847C).
preinstalled SIMATIC PCS 7 software.
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PCs
Introduction
1 Application (continued)
Features SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation
IPC547C1) IPC547D IPC647C IPC847C
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PCs
Introduction
Design 1
Types of plant bus communication
A SIMATIC PCS 7 workstation in the single station or server
version can be used in a variety of ways on the Industrial
Ethernet plant bus depending on the type and number of
automation systems connected:
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PCs
Introduction
1 Technical specifications
Comparison of the workstation types for SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0
Type SIMATIC IPC547D SIMATIC IPC647C SIMATIC IPC847C
Design and equipment features
Design
19" rack 4 HU 2 HU 4 HU
Ready for telescopic rails Yes Yes Yes
Horizontal/vertical Installation Yes/Yes Yes/No Yes/Yes
19" fixing bracket with handle; Yes Yes Yes
dismountable from outside
Tower kit (accessory) Yes No Yes
Degree of protection IP30 at front (front cover closed); IP41 at front (front door closed); IP41 at front (front door closed);
IP20 at the rear according to IP20 at the rear according to IP20 at the rear according to
EN 60529 EN 60529 EN 60529
Dust protection Conforms to IEC 60529 with closed With closed front door in With closed front door in
front door conformity with IEC 60529 conformity with IEC 60529
Filter class G2 EN 779, Filter class G2 EN 779, Filter class G2 EN 779,
particles > 0.5 mm are blocked particles > 0.5 mm are blocked particles > 0.5 mm are blocked
by 99% by 99% by 99%
Chipset Intel Q67 Express Mobile Intel QM57 Express Mobile Intel QM57 Express
CPU
Processor / clock Intel Core i7-2600 (4C/8T; Intel Core i7-610E (2C/4T; Intel Core i7-610E (2C/4T;
3.40 GHz, 8 MB Last Level 2.53 GHz, 4 MB Cache, 2.53 GHz, 4 MB Cache,
Cache, Turbo Boost 2.0, EM64-T, Turbo Boost, VT-x, VT-d, EM64-T) Turbo Boost, VT-x, VT-d, EM64-T)
VT-x/-d, iAMT)
Intel Core i5-2400 (4C/4T;
3.10 GHz, 6 MB Last Level
Cache, Turbo Boost 2.0, EM64-T,
VT-x/-d, iAMT)
Intel Pentium Dual Core G850
(2C/2T; 2.90 GHz, 3 MB Last
Level Cache, EM64-T, VT)
Main memory (SDRAM)
Type Dual Channel DDR3-1333 SDRAM DDR3-1066 SDRAM (PC3-8500), DDR3-1066 SDRAM (PC3-8500),
(PC3-10600), without ECC with or without ECC with or without ECC
Maximum configuration 4 DIMM memory sockets in total; 2 DIMM memory sockets in total; 2 DIMM memory sockets in total;
together up to 32 GB together up to 8 GB together up to 8 GB
Standard configuration 2 GB DDR3-1333 SDRAM 2 GB DDR3 SDRAM (1 x 2.0 GB); 4 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB);
(2 x 1.0 GB); dual channel single channel dual channel (without/with ECC)
4 GB DDR3-1333 SDRAM 2 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 1.0 GB); 6 GB DDR3 SDRAM (1 x 2.0 GB,
(2 x 2.0 GB); dual channel dual channel, ECC 1 x 4.0 GB); dual channel
8 GB DDR3-1333 SDRAM 4 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB); 8 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB);
(2 x 4.0 GB); dual channel dual channel (without/with ECC) dual channel (without/with ECC)
12 GB DDR3-1333 SDRAM 6 GB DDR3 SDRAM (1 x 2.0 GB, 4 GB or more can be selected for
(2 x 4.0 GB + 2 x 2.0 GB); 1 x 4.0 GB); dual channel OS server, ES/OS single station or
dual channel 8 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB); OS client
16 GB DDR3-1333 SDRAM dual channel (without/with ECC)
(4 x 4.0 GB); dual channel 4 GB or more can be selected for
4 GB or more can be selected for OS server or ES/OS single station
OS server or ES/OS single station 2 GB or more can be selected for
2 GB or more can be selected for OS client
OS client
Motherboard slots 4 x PCI 1 x PCI 7 x PCI
1 x PCIe x8 (1 lane) 1 x PCIe x8 (4 lanes) 3 x PCIe x4
1 x PCIe x16 1 x PCIe x16 1 x PCIe x16
1 x PCIe x16 (4 lanes) Modules up to 312 mm in length Modules up to 312 mm in length
Modules up to 312 mm in length can be used can be used
can be used
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PCs
Introduction
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PCs
Introduction
1 Technical specifications (continued)
Type SIMATIC IPC547D SIMATIC IPC647C SIMATIC IPC847C
Graphics card Onboard Intel graphics controller, Onboard Intel GMA HD graphics Onboard Intel GMA HD graphics
integrated in processor; version controller, chipset with integrated controller, chipset with integrated
depends on processor, either 2-D and 3-D engine; up to 2048 x 2-D and 3-D engine; up to 2048 x
HD Graphics or HD Graphics 2000 1536 at 75 Hz / 16-bit color depth 1536 at 75 Hz / 16-bit color depth
Graphics memory Dynamic Video Memory Dynamic Video Memory Dynamic Video Memory
Technology (uses between 32 MB Technology (uses between 32 MB Technology (uses between 32 MB
and 1.7 GB RAM) and 1.7 GB RAM) and 1.7 GB RAM)
Resolutions. frequencies, colors DVI connection (VGA via- DVII/ VGA connection via DVI-I/VGA VGA connection via DVI-I/VGA
VGA adapter): adapter: adapter:
up to 1920 x 1200 at 60 Hz / up to 1600 x 1200 at 120 Hz / up to 1600 x 1200 at 120 Hz /
32-bit color depth 32-bit color depth 32-bit color depth
Display port: up 2560 x 1600 at 60 Hz / up 2560 x 1600 at 60 Hz /
up to 2560 x 1600 at 60 Hz / 32-bit color depth 32-bit color depth
32-bit color depth DVI connection: DVI connection:
up to 2048 x 1152 at 60 Hz / up to 2048 x 1152 at 60 Hz /
32-bit color depth 32-bit color depth
Mouse Order separately Order separately Order separately
Interface modules / interfaces
Terminal bus interface 2 x Ethernet port (RJ45) 10/100/ 2 x Ethernet port (RJ45) 10/100/ 2 x Ethernet port (RJ45) 10/100/
1000 Mbit/s, teaming-capable, two 1000 Mbit/s, electrically isolated, 1000 Mbit/s, electrically isolated,
independent controllers: Intel teaming-capable, two independent teaming-capable, two
82579LM and Intel 82574 L controllers: Intel 82577 L and Intel independent controllers: Intel
82574 L 82577 L and Intel 82574 L
Plant bus interface module (single
station/server), alternatives
BCE Ethernet network card RJ45 10/ Ethernet network card RJ45 10/ Ethernet network card RJ45 10/
100/1000 Mbit/s (PCIe x1) 100/1000 Mbit/s (PCIe x1) 100/1000 Mbit/s (PCIe x1)
IE CP 1623 communication module CP 1623 communication module CP 1623 communication module
(PCIe x1) (PCIe x1) (PCIe x1)
USB 2.0 12 channels, 500 mA high current, 7 channels, 500 mA high current, 7 channels, 500 mA high current,
high speed high speed up to 480 Mbit/s high speed up to 480 Mbit/s
8 x at rear 4 x at rear 4 x at rear
2 x at front 2 x at front 2 x at front
2 x internal, with mechanical 1 x internal (e.g. for USB dongle) 1 x internal (e.g. for USB dongle)
locking, e.g. for USB dongle
Serial Server/single station: 1 x COM1 1 x COM1 and 1 x COM2 (each 1 x COM1 and 1 x COM2 (each
and 1 x COM2 (each V.24), 9-pin V.24), 9-pin sub-D connector V.24), 9-pin sub-D connector
sub-D connector
Client: 1 x COM1 (V.24), 9-pin
sub-D connector
Parallel Server/single station: 1 x LPT1 (25- 1 x LPT1 (25-pin, EPP and ECP) 1 x LPT1 (25-pin, EPP and ECP)
pin, EPP and ECP)
Client: -
Audio 1 x Line In; 1 x Micro In; 1 x Micro In; 1 x Line Out 1 x Micro In; 1 x Line Out
1 x Line Out (2 x 0.5 W/8 :); (2 x 0.5 W/8 :); IDT 92HD81HD (2 x 0.5 W/8 :); IDT 92HD81HD
Conexant CX20642, 5.1-Channel,
High Definition Audio Codec
Display port Yes No No
DVI 1 x DVI-I for digital connection of a 1 x DVI-I for digital connection of a 1 x DVI-I for digital connection of a
monitor monitor monitor
Keyboard 1 x PS/2 1 x PS/2 1 x PS/2
Mouse 1 x PS/2 1 x PS/2 1 x PS/2
Operating systems and
diagnostics software
ES/OS single station/OS client Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit, multi- Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit, multi- Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit, multi-
language (German, English, language (German, English, language (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese) French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese) French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese)
OS server Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard
64-bit including 5 CAL, multi- 64-bit including 5 CAL, multi- 64-bit including 5 CAL, multi-
language (German, English, language (German, English, language (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese) French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese) French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese)
System tested SIMATIC Industrial SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor
Software integrated in pre-installation integrated in pre-installation integrated in pre-installation
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PCs
Introduction
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PCs
Introduction
1 Technical specifications (continued)
Type SIMATIC IPC547D SIMATIC IPC647C SIMATIC IPC847C
Climatic conditions
Temperature Tested according to Tested according to IEC 60068-2- Tested according to
IEC 60068-2-2, IEC 60068-2-1, 2, IEC 60068-2-1, IEC 60068-2-14 IEC 60068-2-2, IEC 60068-2-1,
IEC 60068-2-14 IEC 60068-2-14
Operation +5 ... +35 C (without restriction) + 5 ... + 35 C (without restriction) + 5 ... + 35 C (without restriction)
+5 ... +40 C (no DVD burner + 5 ... + 45 C (no DVD burner + 5 ... + 45 C (no DVD burner
operation) operation) operation)
CPU up to 95 W power loss + 5 ... + 50 C (no optical drive + 5 ... + 50 C (no optical drive
Gradient: max. 10 C/h, operation, no HDD operation in operation, no HDD operation in
no condensation caddy; total power loss of the caddy; total power loss of the
expansion modules < 30 W) expansion modules < 30 W)
Gradient: max. 10 C/h, Gradient: max. 10 C/h,
no condensation no condensation
Storage/transport -20 ... +60 C -20 ... +60 C -20 ... +60 C
Gradient: max. 20 C/h, Gradient: max. 20 C/h, Gradient: max. 20 C/h,
no condensation no condensation no condensation
Relative humidity Tested according to Tested according to Tested according to
IEC 60068-2-78, IEC 60068-2-30 IEC 60068-2-78, IEC 60068-2-30 IEC 60068-2-78, IEC 60068-2-30
Operation 5 ... 80 % at 25 C (no conden- 5 ... 80 % at 25 C (no conden- 5 ... 80 % at 25 C (no conden-
sation) sation) sation)
Gradient: max. 10 C/h, Gradient: max. 10 C/h, Gradient: max. 10 C/h,
no condensation no condensation no condensation
Storage/transport 5 ... 95 % at 25 C (no conden- 5 ... 95 % at 25 C (no conden- 5 ... 95 % at 25 C (no conden-
sation) sation) sation)
Gradient: max. 20 C/h, Gradient: max. 20 C/h, Gradient: max. 20 C/h,
no condensation no condensation no condensation
Atmospheric pressure
Operation 1080 ... 795 hPa 1080 ... 795 hPa 1080 ... 795 hPa
(corresponds to a height of (corresponds to a height of (corresponds to a height of
-1 000 ... 2 000 m) -1 000 ... 2 000 m) -1 000 ... 2 000 m)
Storage/transport 1080 ... 660 hPa 1080 ... 660 hPa 1080 ... 660 hPa
(corresponds to a height of (corresponds to a height of (corresponds to a height of
-1 000 ... 3 500 m) -1 000 ... 3 500 m) -1 000 ... 3 500 m)
Mechanical
environmental conditions
Vibrations Tested according to Tested according to Tested according to
IEC 60068-2-6, 10 cycles IEC 60068-2-6, 10 cycles IEC 60068-2-6, 10 cycles
Operation 20 ... 58 Hz: Amplitude 0.015 mm; 10 ... 58 Hz: Amplitude 10 ... 58 Hz: Amplitude
58 ... 200 Hz: 2 m/s 0.0375 mm, 0.0375 mm,
(approx. 0.2 g) 58 ... 500 Hz: 4.9 m/s 58 ... 500 Hz: 4.9 m/s
Note: (approx. 0.5 g) (approx. 0.5 g)
No mechanical loads can be Note: Note:
tolerated when using hard disks in No mechanical loads can be No mechanical loads can be
caddy and during burning process tolerated when HDD is operated in tolerated when HDD is operated in
with CD/DVD burners. caddy and only shocks up to 5 g caddy and only shocks up to 5 g
can be tolerated during burning can be tolerated during burning
process with DVD burner. process with DVD burner.
Storage/transport 5 ... 8.51 Hz: Amplitude 3.5 mm; 5 ... 9 Hz: Amplitude 3.5 mm; 5 ... 9 Hz: Amplitude 3.5 mm;
8.51 ... 500 Hz: 9.8 m/s 9 ... 500 Hz: 9.8 m/s 9 ... 500 Hz: 9.8 m/s
Shock resistance Tested according to Tested according to Tested according to
IEC 60068-2-27 IEC 60068-2-27, IEC 60068-2-27,
IEC 60068-2-29 IEC 60068-2-29
Operation Half sine: 9.8 m/s, 20 ms (approx. Half sine: 50 m/s, 30 ms (approx. Half sine: 50 m/s, 30 ms (approx.
1 g), 100 shocks per axis 5 g), 100 shocks per axis 5 g), 100 shocks per axis
Note: Note: Note:
No mechanical loads can be No mechanical loads can be No mechanical loads can be
tolerated when using hard disks in tolerated when HDD is operated in tolerated when HDD is operated in
caddy and during burning process caddy and only shocks up to 5 g caddy and only shocks up to 5 g
with CD/DVD burners. can be tolerated during burning can be tolerated during burning
process with DVD burner. process with DVD burner.
Storage/transport Half sine: 250 m/s, 6 ms, Half sine: 250 m/s, 6 ms, Half sine: 250 m/s, 6 ms,
1 000 shocks per axis 1000 shocks per axis 1000 shocks per axis
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PCs
Introduction
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PCs
IPC547D
1 Overview
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations based on a SIMATIC
Rack PC of type IPC547D are UL-certified and have the CE mark
for use in residential, business and industrial environments. With
their innovative Intel PC architecture of 19" rack design, their
high availability, flexibility and service friendliness they are highly
suitable for the specific requirements associated with process
control technology.
Design
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations of type IPC547D
Alarm LEDs for RAID configurations Swap frame for hard disks and have a painted all-metal enclosure in 19" rack design (4 HUs),
in swap frame solid state drives, which is particularly protected against dust by a filter and
hot swap for RAID configuration
pressurized ventilation. This mechanically and electromechani-
cally rugged enclosure has a service-friendly design. The
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations of type IPC547D can be
positioned and installed horizontally or vertically. Using an
optional tower kit, the Rack PC can be converted into an industry
tower. The compact dimensions also allow space-saving
assembly in 500-mm deep 19" control cabinets.
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations of type IPC547D are
suitable for reliable 24-hour continuous operation at ambient
temperatures between 5 and 40 C. With a full configuration,
Status display 2 x USB On/off button they still provide the maximum processor performance up to the
Hard disk access
Fan/temperature status Optical drive
limit of 40 C. Shocks up to 1 g and vibrations up to 0.2 g can be
tolerated during operation.
SIMATIC IPC547D, front with open front panel (top) and rear
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PCs
IPC547D
Design (continued) 1
Further essential features of the High system availability
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations High-quality components with high MTBF values
Powerful technology with modern processors and graphic RAID1 configuration for data mirroring on 2 SATA hard disks
controllers (also in hot-swap frame) available for single station, server,
Motherboard based on the Intel chipset Q67 and client
Main memory expansion from 2 to 16 GB (client) or 4 to 16 GB Faulty hard disk in an RAID configuration can be quickly
(server/single station) DDR3-1333 SDRAM, without ECC (in identified by the HDD alarm LED integrated in the hot-swap
dual channel mode for the optimum performance) frame and replaced
Powerful and energy-saving Intel multi-core processors: i7, i5, Redundant 110/230 V AC power supply with hot swap
or Pentium Dual Core functionality as a design variation
Powerful Intel graphics controller onboard, integrated in the Lockable front flap provides access protection for removable
processor: media, USB ports, operator controls (reset, power), fan, and
- Either HD Graphics or HD Graphics 2000 version air filter on the front
depending on the processor type Diagnostics and monitoring functions for temperature, fan,
- 2 digital interfaces: DVI-I and display port and program execution (watchdog)
- Analog VGA connection via DVI-I to VGA adapter LEDs on front for power, hard disk activity, and status of fan
Optional graphics extension with multi-monitor graphics cards and temperature
for connection of up to 4 process monitors
Integration in SIMATIC PCS 7 system diagnostics
High-speed data transfer through combination of the system
drive (hard disk or RAID1 configuration) with a 50/100 GB Can be integrated into the system diagnostics with the
solid-state drive for the user data SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station by means of the SIMATIC
IPC DiagMonitor diagnostics software for monitoring the
Expansion options and interfaces program execution (watchdog), temperature, fan speed, hard
2 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s Ethernet RJ45 port integrated onboard disk status and system failure
Numerous slots for PCI/PCI-Express expansion modules (all Practical and service-friendly design for industrial use
for modules up to 312 mm in length) High EMC
- 4 x PCI
- 1 x PCIe x8 (1 lane) Degree of protection at front: IP30 (with front flap closed), at
- 1 x PCIe x16 rear: IP20
- 1 x PCIe x16 (4 lanes) Dust protection through fan-controlled pressurized cooling via
Total of 12 USB 2.0 ports filter
- 8 on the rear of the device Filter can be replaced without tools
- 2 on the front Special hard disk holders and card retainers for protection
- 2 internal, e.g. for software license dongle ASIA against vibration and shock
Serial COM interfaces Replacement and expansion of components with just one tool
- 2 per server and single station (COM1, COM2) (Torx 10)
- 1 per client (COM1)
Fast replacement of hard disks by means of hot-swap frame
Further interfaces at the rear of the device: (configuration option)
- 2 PS/2 for mouse and keyboard
- 1 LPT1 Simple cabinet assembly using telescopic rails
- Sound (Line In, Line Out, Micro In) High investment protection
6 slots for drives (occupied in accordance with configuration): System-tested with SIMATIC PCS 7
- 3 5.25" slots (front) for DVD burner and up to 3 low-profile
swap frames Marketing period 1.5 to 2 years, supply with replacement
- 1 slot 3.5" (front) parts/repairs over 3 years
- 2 slots 3.5" (internal) Support for legacy interfaces (PS/2, COM, LPT)
Certification for worldwide marketing (cULus)
Installation compatible across device generations
Worldwide service and support
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PCs
IPC547D
1 Design (continued)
Restore DVD
The operating system and the SIMATIC PCS 7 software are The following table shows you the contents of the supplied
already preinstalled on the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Worksta- restore DVDs and the preinstalled software for each version of
tions. The supplied restore DVDs permit fast restoring of the the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation.
delivered status or a new installation for a different application.
SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0 Included Restore DVDs Preinstalled on
Industrial Workstation delivery
Single station
SIMATIC PCS 7 Restore DVD 1: Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit operating system with default settings --
ES/OS IPC547D W7 (IE or BCE) for optimized SIMATIC PCS 7 operation
Restore DVD 2: Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit operating system plus software instal- n
lation for operation as ES/OS single station
Server
SIMATIC PCS 7 Restore DVD 1: Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit operating system with default --
OS Server IPC547D BCE SRV08 settings for optimized SIMATIC PCS 7 operation
Restore DVD 2: Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit operating system plus software n
installation for operation as OS server
SIMATIC PCS 7 Restore DVD 1: Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit operating system with default --
OS Server IPC547D IE SRV08 settings for optimized SIMATIC PCS 7 operation
Restore DVD 2: Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit operating system plus software n
installation for operation as OS server
Client
SIMATIC PCS 7 Restore DVD 1: Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit operating system with default settings --
OS Client IPC547D W7 for optimized SIMATIC PCS 7 operation
Restore DVD 2: Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit operating system plus software instal- n
lation for operation as OS client
Technical specifications
Detailed technical specifications for the IPC547D type SIMATIC
PCS 7 Industrial Workstation is available under "Comparison of
the workstation types" in the catalog section "SIMATIC Rack PC,
Introduction".
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PCs
IPC547D
Ordering data 1
Individually configurable SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations
Ordering data Ordering No. Ordering data Ordering No.
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation 6ES7 660- SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation 6ES7 660-
for ES/OS single station for ES/OS single station
3 - 2 C 3 - 2 C
SIMATIC IPC547D industrial PC SIMATIC IPC547D industrial PC
Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit operating system, Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit operating system,
multi-language (German, English, French, multi-language (German, English, French,
Italian, Spanish, Chinese), and SIMATIC PCS 7 Italian, Spanish, Chinese), and SIMATIC PCS 7
V8.0 pre-installed V8.0 pre-installed
Processor and system type Expansion (hardware)
Pentium Dual Core G850 (2C/2T, 2.90 GHz, A Without expansions A
3 MB Last Level Cache, EM64T, VT),
ES/OS Single Station Multi-monitor graphics card "2 Screens" B
(SIMATIC PCS 7 option)
Core i5-2400 (4C/4T, 3.10 GHz, 6 MB Last D
Level Cache, Turbo Boost 2.0, EM64T, Multi-monitor graphics card "4 Screens" C
VT-x/-d, iAMT), ES/OS Single Station (SIMATIC PCS 7 option)
Core i7-2600 (4C/8T, 3.40 GHz, 8 MB Last G Power supply unit, country-specific version
Level Cache, Turbo Boost 2.0, EM64T, 110/230 V AC industrial power supply
VT-x/-d, iAMT), ES/OS Single Station
- European power supply cord 0
Hard disks
500 GB HDD, internal, 0.2 g vibration, A - US power supply cord 1
1 g shock - Power supply cord for UK 2
T TB HDD, internal, 0.2 g vibration, B
- Power supply cord for Switzerland 3
1 g shock
RAID1, internal, 0.2 g vibration, 1 g shock - Power supply cord for Italy 4
- 500 GB (2 x 500 GB HDD, mirror disks)1) C - Chinese power supply cord 5
- 1 TB (2 x 1 TB HDD, mirror disks)1) D 2 x 110/230 V AC, redundant power supply, 6
without power supply cord1)
500 GB HDD in caddy; front E
1) The redundant power supply can only be used together with the RAID1
1 TB HDD in caddy; front F internal hard disk version (option C or D).
RAID1, in caddy, hot-swap, front
- 500 GB (2 x 500 GB HDD, mirror disks) G
- 1 TB (2 x 1 TB HDD, mirror disks) H
1 TB HDD in caddy; front, also with
- 50 GB solid-state drive (SLC) in caddy; J
at the front
- 100 GB solid-state drive (SLC) in caddy; K
at the front
RAID1, 1 TB (2 x 1 TB HDD, mirror disks) in
caddy, hot-swap, for mounting on the front,
also with
- 50 GB solid-state drive (SLC) in caddy; L
at the front
- 100 GB solid-state drive (SLC) in caddy; M
at the front
Main memory
4 GB DDR3 1333 SDRAM (2 x 2 GB); 1
dual channel
8 GB DDR3 1333 SDRAM (2 x 4 GB); 2
dual channel
12 GB DDR3 1333 SDRAM (2 x 4 GB, 3
2 x 2 GB), dual channel
16 GB DDR3 1333 SDRAM (4 x 4 GB), 4
dual channel
Communication with plant bus
BCE 0
Industrial Ethernet (CP 1623) 1
Without additional communication modules 8
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PCs
IPC547D
1 Ordering data (continued)
Ordering data Ordering No. Ordering data Ordering No.
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation 6ES7 660- SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation 6ES7 660-
for OS server for OS server
3 - 2 D 3 - 2 D
SIMATIC IPC547D industrial PC SIMATIC IPC547D industrial PC
Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit operating Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit operating
system including 5 CAL, multi-language system including 5 CAL, multi-language
(German, English, French, Italian, Spanish, (German, English, French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), and SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0 pre- Chinese), and SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0 pre-
installed installed
Processor and system type Expansion (hardware)
Pentium Dual Core G850 (2C/2T, 2.90 GHz, B Without expansions A
3 MB Last Level Cache, EM64T, VT),
OS Server Multi-monitor graphics card "2 Screens" B
(SIMATIC PCS 7 option)
Core i5-2400 (4C/4T, 3.10 GHz, 6 MB Last E
Level Cache, Turbo Boost 2.0, EM64T, Multi-monitor graphics card "4 Screens" C
VT-x/-d, iAMT), OS Server (SIMATIC PCS 7 option)
Core i7-2600 (4C/8T, 3.40 GHz, 8 MB Last H Power supply unit, country-specific version
Level Cache, Turbo Boost 2.0, EM64T, 110/230 V AC industrial power supply
VT-x/-d, iAMT), OS Server
- European power supply cord 0
Hard disks
500 GB HDD, internal, 0.2 g vibration, A - US power supply cord 1
1 g shock - Power supply cord for UK 2
T TB HDD, internal, 0.2 g vibration, B
- Power supply cord for Switzerland 3
1 g shock
RAID1, internal, 0.2 g vibration, 1 g shock - Power supply cord for Italy 4
- 500 GB (2 x 500 GB HDD, mirror disks)1) C - Chinese power supply cord 5
- 1 TB (2 x 1 TB HDD, mirror disks)1) D 2 x 110/230 V AC, redundant power supply, 6
without power supply cord1)
500 GB HDD in caddy; front E
1)
The redundant power supply can only be used together with the RAID1
1 TB HDD in caddy; front F internal hard disk version (option C or D).
RAID1, in caddy, hot-swap, front
- 500 GB (2 x 500 GB HDD, mirror disks) G
- 1 TB (2 x 1 TB HDD, mirror disks) H
1 TB HDD in caddy; front, also with
- 50 GB solid-state drive (SLC) in caddy; J
at the front
- 100 GB solid-state drive (SLC) in caddy; K
at the front
RAID1, 1 TB (2 x 1 TB HDD, mirror disks) in
caddy, hot-swap, for mounting on the front,
also with
- 50 GB solid-state drive (SLC) in caddy; L
at the front
- 100 GB solid-state drive (SLC) in caddy; M
at the front
Main memory
4 GB DDR3 1333 SDRAM (2 x 2 GB); 1
dual channel
8 GB DDR3 1333 SDRAM (2 x 4 GB); 2
dual channel
12 GB DDR3 1333 SDRAM (2 x 4 GB, 3
2 x 2 GB), dual channel
16 GB DDR3 1333 SDRAM (4 x 4 GB), 4
dual channel
Communication with plant bus
BCE 0
Industrial Ethernet (CP 1623) 1
Without additional communication modules 8
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PCs
IPC547D
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PCs
IPC547D
1 Ordering data (continued)
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations of the type IPC547D
as replacement part
Without hardware expansions, software pre-installation, system software licenses, restore DVDs
Replacement for ES/OS Single Station, OS Server, or OS Client of type IPC547D
Ordering data Ordering No. Ordering data Ordering No.
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation 6ES7 660- SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation 6ES7 660-
as replacement part as replacement part
3 - 8 3 - 8
SIMATIC IPC547D industrial PC SIMATIC IPC547D industrial PC
Without SIMATIC PCS 7 restore DVDs, without Without SIMATIC PCS 7 restore DVDs, without
pre-installation pre-installation
Processor and system type Operating system
Pentium Dual Core G850 (2C/2T, 2.90 GHz, W Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit, Multi-language A
3 MB Last Level Cache, EM64T, VT), (German, English, French, Italian, Spanish,
replacement part Chinese), with license downgrade to
Core i5-2400 (4C/4T, 3.10 GHz, 6 MB Last X Windows XP Professional 32-bit, multi-
Level Cache, Turbo Boost 2.0, EM64T, language (German, English, French, Italian,
VT-x/-d, iAMT), replacement part Spanish, Chinese)
Core i7-2600 (4C/8T, 3.40 GHz, 8 MB Last Y Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit including B
Level Cache, Turbo Boost 2.0, EM64T, 5 CAL, multi-language (German, English,
VT-x/-d, iAMT), replacement part French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese) license,
with license downgrade to Windows Server
Hard disks 2003 R2 Standard 32-bit including 5 CAL,
500 GB HDD, internal, 0.2 g vibration, A multi-language (German, English, French,
1 g shock Italian, Spanish, Chinese)
T TB HDD, internal, 0.2 g vibration, B Without operating system X
1 g shock
RAID1, internal, 0.2 g vibration, 1 g shock Expansion (hardware)
Without expansions A
- 500 GB (2 x 500 GB HDD, mirror disks)1) C
Multi-monitor graphics card "2 Screens" B
- 1 TB (2 x 1 TB HDD, mirror disks)1) D (SIMATIC PCS 7 option)
500 GB HDD in caddy; front E Multi-monitor graphics card "4 Screens" C
(SIMATIC PCS 7 option)
1 TB HDD in caddy; front F
Power supply unit, country-specific version
RAID1, in caddy, hot-swap, front
110/230 V AC industrial power supply
- 500 GB (2 x 500 GB HDD, mirror disks) G
- European power supply cord 0
- 1 TB (2 x 1 TB HDD, mirror disks) H
- US power supply cord 1
1 TB HDD in caddy; front, also with
- Power supply cord for UK 2
- 50 GB solid-state drive (SLC) in caddy; J
at the front - Power supply cord for Switzerland 3
- 100 GB solid-state drive (SLC) in caddy; K - Power supply cord for Italy 4
at the front
- Chinese power supply cord 5
RAID1, 1 TB (2 x 1 TB HDD, mirror disks) in
caddy, hot-swap, for mounting on the front, 2 x 110/230 V AC, redundant power supply, 6
also with without power supply cord1)
- 50 GB solid-state drive (SLC) in caddy; L 1) The redundant power supply can only be used together with the RAID1
at the front
internal hard disk version (option C or D).
- 100 GB solid-state drive (SLC) in caddy; M
at the front
Main memory
2 GB DDR3 1333 SDRAM (2 x 1 GB); 0
dual channel
4 GB DDR3 1333 SDRAM (2 x 2 GB); 1
dual channel
8 GB DDR3 1333 SDRAM (2 x 4 GB); 2
dual channel
12 GB DDR3 1333 SDRAM (2 x 4 GB, 3
2 x 2 GB), dual channel
16 GB DDR3 1333 SDRAM (4 x 4 GB), 4
dual channel
Communication with plant bus
BCE 0
Industrial Ethernet (CP 1623) 1
Without additional communication modules 8
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PCs
IPC547D
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PCs
IPC647C
1 Overview
Based on a SIMATIC Rack PC of type IPC647C, SIMATIC PCS 7
Industrial Workstations in 19" format with only 2 HU are extremely
compact, rugged and powerful. They are UL-certified and have
the CE mark for use in residential, business and commercial
environments. They are ideally suited for use as a single station,
server or client in the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system
due to their high industrial functionality. They enable high
packing density in the control cabinet and save a significant
amount of space in the control room due to their low overall
height.
Design
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations of type IPC647C
SATA hard disk swap frame, Lock for have a painted all-metal enclosure in 19" rack design (2 HUs),
hot swap with RAID1 configuration front door which is particularly protected against dust by a filter and
(removable during operation) and hot swap pressurized ventilation. This mechanically and electromechani-
frames cally rugged enclosure has a service-friendly design.
Power switch
Reset switch SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations of type IPC647C are
especially suited for space-saving mounting in 500-mm deep
19" control cabinets due to their compact dimensions. They can
be installed or positioned horizontally.
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations of type IPC647C are
suitable for reliable 24-hour continuous operation at ambient
temperatures between 5 and 50 C. With maximum configu-
Housing with ration, they still provide the maximum processor performance up
anti-corrosion DVDR/RW, to the limit of 50 C. Shocks up to 5 g and vibrations up to 0.5 g
coating slimline can be tolerated during operation.
Status-, alarm indicator for
effective self-diagnostics
2 x USB 2.0 (1 x usable
with door closed)
Expansion slots:
Fan with 1 x PCI,
speed 1 x PCIe x8 (4 Lane),
monitor 1 x PCIe x16
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PCs
IPC647C
Design (continued) 1
Further essential features High system availability and safety
Powerful technology with modern processors and graphic High-quality components with high MTBF values
controllers High data security through RAID 1 configuration for server and
Motherboard based on an Intel QM57 Express chipset single station for data mirroring on 2 hard disks (also in hot-
swap frame for replacement of hard disk during operation)
Main memory expansion with 2 to 8 GB DDR3-1066 SDRAM, - Software RAID controller (onboard) in conjunction with 2
either with or without ECC (mainly in dual-channel mode for SATA hard disks
the best performance) - Hardware RAID controller in conjunction with 2 high-speed
Note: SAS hard disks (design variation)
With 8 GB, the visible memory may be reduced to 7.5 GB or
less in a 64-bit operating system. Hard disks can be quickly identified in the event of a fault (via
HDD Alarm LED in the hot-swap frame in the RAID network )
Powerful and energy-saving Intel Core i7 processors with and replaced
turbo-boost, hyper-threading, and virtualization technology
Redundant power supply 110/230 V AC as design variation,
Exceptional memory and graphics performance due to every time
integration of memory and graphics controller in the processor
Efficient self-diagnostics via LEDs on front for power, Ethernet
On-board graphics on the PCI-Express bus with Intel GMA HD status, hard disk activity, watchdog (ready/fault signal), status
graphics controller (integrated in the processor); DVI-I of fan and temperature as well as hard disk alarm in
interface on rear of the device; analog monitor connection via conjunction with RAID and SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor
DVI-I/VGA adapter monitoring software)
Optional graphics extension with multi-monitor graphics cards Closing of the front door prevents:
for connection of up to 4 process monitors - Access to drives, removable memory media, USB interface,
High data transfer rates, especially with hardware RAID operator controls (reset, power), front fan and filter mat
controller and SAS hard disks - Opening of the enclosure cover
Expansion options and interfaces Integration in SIMATIC PCS 7 system diagnostics
2 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s Ethernet RJ45 port and sound Can be integrated into the system diagnostics with the
(Line Out, Micro In) integrated onboard SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station by means of the SIMATIC
Slots for PCI/PCI Express expansion modules IPC DiagMonitor diagnostics software for monitoring the
(all for modules up to 312 mm in length) program execution (watchdog), temperature, fan speed, hard
- 1 x PCI disk status and system failure
- 1 x PCIe x8 (4 lanes) Practical and service-friendly design for industrial use
- 1 x PCIe x16
High EMC
Total of 7 USB 2.0 ports
- 4 on the rear of the device Degree of protection at front: IP41 (with door closed), at rear:
- 2 on the front (1 of which can be used with the door closed) IP20
- 1 internal, e.g. for software license dongle ASIA Dust protection through pressurized ventilation with fan on the
Further interfaces at the rear of the device: front and dust filter
- 2 x COM (COM1, COM2) Front fan and dust filter can be replaced without tools
- 2 x PS/2 for mouse and keyboard Special hard disk holders and card retainers for protection
- 1 x LPT1 against vibration and shock
5 slots for drives (occupied in accordance with configuration): Replacement and expansion of components with just one tool
- 2 x low-profile swap frames for 3.5" hard disks (front) (Torx 10)
- 1 slot for optical slimline drive (front)
- 2 slots 3.5" (internal) Fast replacement of hard disks by means of hot-swap frame
(configuration option)
Simple cabinet assembly using telescopic rails
High investment protection
System-tested with SIMATIC PCS 7
Marketing period 3 years, supply with replacement parts/
repairs over 5 years
Support for legacy interfaces (PS/2, COM, LPT)
Certification for worldwide marketing (cULus)
Worldwide service and support
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PCs
IPC647C
1 Design (continued)
Restore DVD
The operating system and the SIMATIC PCS 7 software are The following table shows you the contents of the supplied
already preinstalled on the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Worksta- restore DVDs and the preinstalled software for each version of
tions. The supplied restore DVDs permit fast restoring of the the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation.
delivered status or a new installation for a different application.
SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0 Included Restore DVDs Preinstalled on
Industrial Workstation delivery
Single station
SIMATIC PCS 7 Restore DVD 1: Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit operating system with default settings --
ES/OS IPC647C W7 (IE or BCE) for optimized SIMATIC PCS 7 operation
Restore DVD 2: Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit operating system plus software instal- n
lation for operation as ES/OS single station
Server
SIMATIC PCS 7 Restore DVD 1: Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit operating system with default --
OS Server IPC647C BCE SRV08 settings for optimized SIMATIC PCS 7 operation
Restore DVD 2: Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit operating system plus software n
installation for operation as OS server
SIMATIC PCS 7 Restore DVD 1: Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit operating system with default --
OS Server IPC647C IE SRV08 settings for optimized SIMATIC PCS 7 operation
Restore DVD 2: Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit operating system plus software n
installation for operation as OS server
Client
SIMATIC PCS 7 Restore DVD 1: Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit operating system with default settings --
OS Client IPC647C W7 for optimized SIMATIC PCS 7 operation
Restore DVD 2: Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit operating system plus software instal- n
lation for operation as OS client
Individual configuration of
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations
By selecting predefined equipment features, you can individ-
ually configure the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation and
thus also its Order No. Selection tables for single station, server
and client are available for this in the Section "Ordering data"
(paper catalog) . In the selection tables below, you can also
order complete SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations as
replacement parts.
The PCS 7 INDUSTRIAL WORKSTATION IPC647C configurator
in the Industry Mall (www.siemens.com/industrymall) allows you
to interactively select and order the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial
Workstation in the single station, server or client version - directly
for the system or as a replacement part.
Individually configured SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations
will be built to order. Therefore the average delivery time for such
an order is 15 working days.
Technical specifications
Detailed technical specifications for the IPC647C type SIMATIC
PCS 7 Industrial Workstation is available under "Comparison of
the workstation types" in the catalog section "SIMATIC Rack PC,
Introduction".
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PCs
IPC647C
Ordering data 1
Individually configurable SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations IPC647C
Ordering data Ordering No. Ordering data Ordering No.
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation 6ES7 660- SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation 6ES7 660-
for ES/OS single station for OS server
1 - 1 C 1 - 1 D
SIMATIC Industrial PC IPC647C SIMATIC Industrial PC IPC647C
Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit operating system, Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit operating
multi-language (German, English, French, system including 5 CAL, multi-language
Italian, Spanish, Chinese), and SIMATIC PCS 7 (German, English, French, Italian, Spanish,
V8.0 pre-installed Chinese), and SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0 pre-
installed
Processor and system type
Processor and system type
Core i7-610E (2C/4T, 2.53 GHz, 4 MB cache, A
TB, VT-x, VT-d, EM64-T), ES/OS single station Core i7-610E (2C/4T, 2.53 GHz, 4 MB cache, B
TB, VT-x, VT-d, EM64-T), OS server
Hard disks
RAID1 (2 x 500 GB, HDD SATA); internal; C Hard disks
0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock RAID1 (2 x 500 GB, HDD SATA); internal; C
RAID1 (2 x 500 GB HDD SATA); in caddy; hot- D 0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock
swap; front RAID1 (2 x 500 GB HDD SATA); in caddy; hot- D
RAID1 (2 x 1 TB, HDD SAS); in caddy; E swap; front
hot swap; front; HW RAID controller with PCIe RAID1 (2 x 1 TB, HDD SAS); in caddy; E
X8 in PCIe X16 slot; including battery backup hot swap; front; HW RAID controller with PCIe
unit (BBU)1) X8 in PCIe X16 slot; including battery backup
unit (BBU)1)
Main memory
4.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB), DIMM, 1 Main memory
dual channel 4.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB), DIMM, 1
6.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (1 x 2.0 GB, 2 dual channel
1 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, dual channel 6.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (1 x 2.0 GB, 2
8.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, 3 1 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, dual channel
dual channel 8.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, 3
4.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB), DIMM, 5 dual channel
ECC, dual channel 4.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB), DIMM, 5
8.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, 6 ECC, dual channel
ECC, dual channel 8.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, 6
ECC, dual channel
Communication with plant bus
BCE 0 Communication with plant bus
BCE 0
Industrial Ethernet (CP 1623) 1
Industrial Ethernet (CP 1623) 1
Without additional communication modules 8
Without additional communication modules 8
Expansion (hardware)
Without expansions A Expansion (hardware)
Without expansions A
Multi-monitor graphics card "2 Screens" B
(SIMATIC PCS 7 option)1) Power supply, country-specific power
Multi-monitor graphics card "4 Screens" C supply cable
(SIMATIC PCS 7 option)1) 110/230 V AC industrial power supply
Power supply, country-specific power - European power supply cord 0
supply cable
110/230 V AC industrial power supply - US power supply cord 1
- European power supply cord 0 - Power supply cord for UK 2
- US power supply cord 1 - Power supply cord for Switzerland 3
- Power supply cord for UK 2 - Power supply cord for Italy 4
- Power supply cord for Switzerland 3 - Chinese power supply cord 5
- Power supply cord for Italy 4 2 x 110/230 V AC, redundant power supply, 6
without power supply cord
- Chinese power supply cord 5
1)
HW RAID controller and multi-monitor graphics card cannot be combined
2 x 110/230 V AC, redundant power supply, 6 with one another because they use the same slot.
without power supply cord
1)
HW RAID controller and multi-monitor graphics card cannot be combined
with one another because they use the same slot.
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PCs
IPC647C
1 Ordering data (continued)
Ordering data Ordering No.
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation 6ES7 660-
for OS client
1 - 1 C
SIMATIC Industrial PC IPC647C
Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit operating system,
multi-language (German, English, French,
Italian, Spanish, Chinese), and SIMATIC PCS 7
V8.0 pre-installed
Processor and system type
Core i7-610E (2C/4T, 2.53 GHz, 4 MB cache, C
TB, VT-x, VT-d, EM64-T), OS client
Hard disks
1 x 500 GB HDD SATA; internal; A
0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock
1 x 500 GB HDD SATA; caddy; front B
RAID1 (2 x 500 GB, HDD SATA); internal; C
0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock
RAID1 (2 x 500 GB HDD SATA); in caddy; hot- D
swap; front
Main memory
2.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (1 x 2.0 GB), DIMM, 0
single channel
4.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB), DIMM, 1
dual channel
6.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (1 x 2.0 GB, 2
1 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, dual channel
8.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, 3
dual channel
2.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 1.0 GB), DIMM, 4
ECC, dual channel
4.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB), DIMM, 5
ECC, dual channel
8.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, 6
ECC, dual channel
Communication with plant bus
Without additional communication modules 8
Expansion (hardware)
Without expansions A
Multi-monitor graphics card "2 Screens" B
(SIMATIC PCS 7 option)
Multi-monitor graphics card "4 Screens" C
(SIMATIC PCS 7 option)
Power supply, country-specific power
supply cable
110/230 V AC industrial power supply
- European power supply cord 0
- US power supply cord 1
- Power supply cord for UK 2
- Power supply cord for Switzerland 3
- Power supply cord for Italy 4
- Chinese power supply cord 5
2 x 110/230 V AC, redundant power supply, 6
without power supply cord
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PCs
IPC647C
Operating system
Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit, multi-language A
(German, English, French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), with license downgrade to
Windows XP Professional 32-bit, MUI
(German, English, French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese)
Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit including B
5 CAL, multi-language (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese), with
license downgrade to Windows Server
2003 R2 Standard 32-bit including 5 CAL,
MUI (German, English, French, Italian,
Spanish, Chinese)
Without operating system X
Expansion (hardware)
Without expansions A
Multi-monitor graphics card "2 Screens" B
(SIMATIC PCS 7 option)1)
Multi-monitor graphics card "4 Screens" C
(SIMATIC PCS 7 option)1)
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PCs
IPC647C
1 Replacement for OS client of the type IPC647C Additional and expansion components
Ordering data Ordering No. Memory submodules for main
memory
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation 6ES7 660-
as replacement for OS client 1.0 GB DDR3 1066 SDRAM 6ES7 648-2AJ40-0KA0
1 - 8 (1 x 1.0 GB), DIMM
Industrial PC SIMATIC IPC647C without pre- 2.0 GB DDR3 1066 SDRAM 6ES7 648-2AJ50-0KA0
installation, without SIMATIC PCS 7 restore (1 x 2.0 GB), DIMM
DVDs
4.0 GB DDR3 1066 SDRAM 6ES7 648-2AJ60-0KA0
Processor and system type (1 x 4.0 GB), DIMM
Core i7-610E (2C/4T, 2.53 GHz, 4 MB cache, Y 1.0 GB DDR3 1066 SDRAM 6ES7 648-2AJ40-1KA0
TB, VT-x, VT-d, EM64-T), replacement for (1 x 1.0 GB), DIMM, ECC
OS client 2.0 GB DDR3 1066 SDRAM 6ES7 648-2AJ50-1KA0
Drives (1 x 2.0 GB), DIMM, ECC
1 x 500 GB HDD SATA; internal; A 4.0 GB DDR3 1066 SDRAM 6ES7 648-2AJ60-1KA0
0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock (1 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, ECC
1 x 500 GB HDD SATA; caddy; front B SIMATIC PC keyboard
RAID1 (2 x 500 GB, HDD SATA); internal; C German/international keyboard 6ES7 648-0CB00-0YA0
0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock layout with USB connection
RAID1 (2 x 500 GB HDD SATA); in caddy; hot- D SIMATIC PC mouse
swap; front Optical, with USB connection 6ES7 790-0AA01-0XA0
Main memory and PS/2 adapter
2.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (1 x 2.0 GB), DIMM, 0 Withdrawable HDD caddy
single channel
Low-profile, withdrawable HDD 6ES7 648-0EG00-1BA0
4.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB), DIMM, 1 caddy for 3.5" hard disk, SATA
dual channel (without hard disk)
6.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (1 x 2.0 GB, 2
1 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, dual channel 3 m power supply cord
8.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, 3 for Rack PC 1)
dual channel For Europe 6ES7 900-0AA00-0XA0
2.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 1.0 GB), DIMM, 4 For Great Britain 6ES7 900-0BA00-0XA0
ECC, dual channel For Switzerland 6ES7 900-0CA00-0XA0
4.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB), DIMM, 5 For the USA 6ES7 900-0DA00-0XA0
ECC, dual channel For Italy 6ES7 900-0EA00-0XA0
8.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, 6 For China 6ES7 900-0FA00-0XA0
ECC, dual channel
SIMATIC NET HARDNET IE
Communication with plant bus S7-REDCONNECT PowerPack
Without additional communication modules 8 For communication with fault-
tolerant AS systems, see section
Operating system "Communication", section "Indus-
Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit, multi-language A trial Ethernet system connection
(German, English, French, Italian, Spanish, of PCS 7 system"
Chinese), with license downgrade to 1)
Windows XP Professional 32-bit, MUI The SIMATIC PCS 7 preferred types are delivered as standard with a
(German, English, French, Italian, Spanish, "European power cable". The country-specific versions listed above are
required for some countries.
Chinese)
Without operating system
Accessories
X
Expansion (hardware)
Without expansions A Power supply cord for Rack PC
Multi-monitor graphics card "2 Screens" B The SIMATIC PCS 7 preferred types are always delivered with a
(SIMATIC PCS 7 option)1) "European power supply cord". This can be used in Germany,
Multi-monitor graphics card "4 Screens" C France, Spain, Netherlands, Belgium, Sweden, Austria and
(SIMATIC PCS 7 option)1) Finland.
Power supply, country-specific power The country-specific versions listed in the Ordering data are
supply cable required for other countries. The following picture shows the
110/230 V AC industrial power supply design of a number of power supply plugs:
- European power supply cord 0
- US power supply cord 1
- Power supply cord for UK 2
Europe USA
- Power supply cord for Switzerland 3
- Power supply cord for Italy 4
- Chinese power supply cord 5 Great Britain Italy
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PCs
IPC847C
Overview 1
The IPC847C is the most powerful and best equipped type
among the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations. Its basic
components, such as chipset, processor, memory, etc. are for
the most part identical to the IPC647C. Because it is twice as
high, however, it offers more installation space and more slots
and therefore a great deal of potential for expansion.
It is the only one available with a RAID 5 configuration at the
hardware RAID controller and, with 3 SAS hard disks, it also
provides high data security and very fast data transfer speed.
Together with the excellent performance of the CPU, these are
ideal prerequisites for the realization of complex server applica-
tions as well as for archiving process data.
Since the IPC847C type SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation
would be over-dimensioned as a client, it is only as offered as a
single station and server.
Design
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations of type IPC847C are UL-
Hard disk swap frame, Lock for certified and have the CE marking for use in residential,
hot swap with RAID1/5 front door business and commercial environments.
Power configuration (removable and hot swap
switch during operation) frames The painted all-metal enclosure in 19" mounting format (4 HUs)
is especially protected against dust by a filter and pressurized
ventilation. It features a mechanically and electromagnetically
rugged design and is very easy to service.
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations of type IPC847C can
be positioned and installed horizontally or vertically. Using an
optional tower kit, the Rack PC can be converted into an industry
tower. The compact dimensions also allow space-saving
assembly in 500-mm deep 19" control cabinets.
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations of type IPC847C are
designed for reliable 24-hour continuous operation at ambient
Housing with anti-corrosion temperatures between 5 and 50 C. With maximum configu-
coating DVDR/RW ration, they still provide the maximum processor performance up
Reset switch to the limit of 50 C. Shocks up to 5 g and vibrations up to 0.5 g
Status-, alarm indicator for
effective self-diagnostics
can be tolerated during operation.
2 x USB 2.0
(1 x usable with door
closed)
Expansion slots:
7 x PCI,
Fan with 1 x PCIe x16,
speed monitor 3 x PCIe x4
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PCs
IPC847C
1 Design (continued)
Further essential features High system availability and safety
Powerful technology with modern processors and graphic High-quality components with high MTBF values
controllers High data security through RAID 1 configuration for data
Motherboard based on an Intel QM57 Express chipset mirroring on 2 hard disks (also in hot-swap caddy for
replacement of a hard disk during operation)
Main memory configuration with 4 to 8 GB DDR3-1066 - Software RAID controller (onboard) in conjunction with
SDRAM, either with or without ECC (mainly in dual-channel 2 SATA hard disks
mode for best performance) - Hardware RAID controller in conjunction with 2 high-speed
Note:: SAS hard disks (design variation)
With 8 GB, the visible memory may be reduced to 7.5 GB or
less in a 64-bit operating system. High degree of data security combined with fast transfer of
data through RAID 5 configuration (striping with parity) with
Powerful and energy-saving Intel Core i7 processors with 3 SAS hard disks in hot-swap caddy for replacement of a hard
turbo-boost, hyper-threading, and virtualization technology disk during operation (design variation)
Exceptional memory and graphics performance due to Hard disks can be quickly identified in the event of a fault (via
integration of memory and graphics controller in the processor HDD Alarm LED in the hot-swap caddy in the RAID network )
On-board graphics on the PCI-Express bus with Intel GMA and replaced
HD graphics controller (integrated in the processor); DVI-I Redundant 110/230 V AC power supply with "hot swap"
interface on rear of the device; analog monitor connection via functionality (module replacement during operation) as
DVI-I/VGA adapter design variation
Optional graphics extension with multi-monitor graphics cards Efficient self-diagnostics via LEDs on front for power, Ethernet
for connection of up to 4 process monitors status, hard disk activity, watchdog (ready/fault signal), status
High data transfer rates, especially with hardware RAID of fan and temperature as well as hard disk alarm in
controller and 3 SAS hard disks in the RAID 5 network conjunction with RAID and SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor
Expansion options and interfaces monitoring software)
2 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s Ethernet RJ45 port and sound Closing of the front door prevents:
(Line Out, Micro In) integrated onboard - Access to drives, removable memory media, USB interface,
operator controls (reset, power), front fan and filter mat
Slots for PCI/PCI Express expansion modules - Opening of the enclosure cover
(all for modules up to 312 mm in length)
- 7 x PCI Integration in SIMATIC PCS 7 system diagnostics
- 3 x PCIe x4 Can be integrated into the system diagnostics with the
- 1 x PCIe x16 SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station by means of the SIMATIC
Total of 7 USB 2.0 ports IPC DiagMonitor diagnostics software for monitoring the
- 4 on the rear of the device program execution (watchdog), temperature, fan speed, hard
- 2 on the front (1 of which can be used with the door closed) disk status and system failure
- 1 internal, e.g. for software license dongle ASIA Practical and service-friendly design for industrial use
Further interfaces at the rear of the device: High EMC
- 2 x COM (COM1, COM2)
- 2 x PS/2 for mouse and keyboard Degree of protection at front: IP41 (with door closed), at rear:
- 1 x LPT1 IP20
8 slots for drives (occupied in accordance with configuration): Dust protection through pressurized ventilation with fan on the
- 3 x low-profile caddys for 3.5" hard disks (front) front and dust filter
- 1 5.25"slot for optical drive (front) Front fan and dust filter can be replaced without tools
- 4 3.5"slots (2 each on front and internal) Special hard disk holders and card retainers for protection
against vibration and shock
Replacement and expansion of components with just one tool
(Torx 10)
Fast replacement of hard disks by means of hot-swap caddy
(configuration option)
Simple cabinet assembly using telescopic rails
High investment protection
System-tested with SIMATIC PCS 7
Marketing period 3 years, supply with replacement parts/
repairs over 5 years
Support for legacy interfaces (PS/2, COM, LPT)
Certification for worldwide marketing (cULus)
Installation compatible across device generations
Worldwide service and support
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PCs
IPC847C
Design (continued) 1
Restore DVD
The operating system and the SIMATIC PCS 7 software are The following table shows you the contents of the supplied
already preinstalled on the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Worksta- restore DVDs and the preinstalled software for each version of
tions. The supplied restore DVDs permit fast restoring of the the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation.
delivered status or a new installation for a different application.
SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0 Included Restore DVDs Preinstalled on
Industrial Workstation delivery
Single station
SIMATIC PCS 7 Restore DVD 1: Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit operating system with default settings --
ES/OS IPC847C W7 (IE or BCE) for optimized SIMATIC PCS 7 operation
Restore DVD 2: Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit operating system plus software instal- n
lation for operation as ES/OS single station
Server
SIMATIC PCS 7 Restore DVD 1: Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit operating system with default --
OS Server IPC847D BCE SRV08 settings for optimized SIMATIC PCS 7 operation
Restore DVD 2: Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit operating system plus software n
installation for operation as OS server
SIMATIC PCS 7 Restore DVD 1: Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit operating system with default --
OS Server IPC847C IE SRV08 settings for optimized SIMATIC PCS 7 operation
Restore DVD 2: Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit operating system plus software n
installation for operation as OS server
Individual configuration of
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations
By selecting predefined equipment features, you can individ-
ually configure the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation and
thus also its Order No. Selection tables for single station and
server are available for this in the section "Ordering data". In the
selection tables below, you can also order complete SIMATIC
PCS 7 Industrial Workstations as replacement parts.
The PCS 7 Industrial Workstation IPC847C configurator in the
Industry Mall (www.siemens.com/industrymall) allows you to
interactively select and order the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial
Workstation in the single station or server version - directly for the
system or as a replacement part.
Individually configured SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations
will be built to order. Therefore the average delivery time for such
an order is 15 working days.
Technical specifications
Detailed technical specifications for the IPC847C type SIMATIC
PCS 7 Industrial Workstation is available under "Comparison of
the workstation types" in the catalog section "SIMATIC Rack PC,
Introduction".
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PCs
IPC847C
1 Ordering data
Individually configurable SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations IPC847C
Ordering data Ordering No. Ordering data Ordering No.
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation 6ES7 660- SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation 6ES7 660-
for ES/OS single station for OS server
2 - 1 C 2 - 1 D
SIMATIC IPC847C industrial PC SIMATIC IPC847C industrial PC
Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit operating system, Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit operating
MUI (German, English, French, Italian, system including 5 CAL, MUI (German,
Spanish, Chinese), and SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0 English, French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
pre-installed and SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0 pre-installed
Processor and system type Processor and system type
Core i7-610E (2C/4T, 2.53 GHz, 4 MB cache, A Core i7-610E (2C/4T, 2.53 GHz, 4 MB cache, B
TB, VT-x, VT-d, EM64-T), ES/OS single station TB, VT-x, VT-d, EM64-T), OS server
Hard disks Hard disks
RAID1 (2 x 500 GB, HDD SATA); internal; A RAID1 (2 x 500 GB, HDD SATA); internal; A
0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock 0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock
RAID1 (2 x 500 GB HDD SATA); in caddy; hot- B RAID1 (2 x 500 GB HDD SATA); in caddy; hot- B
swap; front swap; front
RAID1 (2 x 1 TB, HDD SAS); in caddy; hot- C RAID1 (2 x 1 TB, HDD SAS); in caddy; hot- C
swap; front; HW RAID controller with PCIe X8 swap; front; HW RAID controller with PCIe X8
in PCIe X16 slot; including battery backup in PCIe X16 slot; including battery backup
unit (BBU)1) unit (BBU)1)
RAID5 (3 x 1 TB, HDD SAS); in caddy; hot- D RAID5 (3 x 1 TB, HDD SAS); in caddy; hot- D
swap; front; HW RAID controller with PCIe X8 swap; front; HW RAID controller with PCIe X8
in PCIe X16 slot; including battery backup in PCIe X16 slot; including battery backup
unit (BBU)1) unit (BBU)1)
Main memory Main memory
4.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB), DIMM, 1 4.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB), DIMM, 1
dual channel dual channel
6.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (1 x 2.0 GB, 2 6.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (1 x 2.0 GB, 2
1 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, dual channel 1 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, dual channel
8.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, 3 8.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, 3
dual channel dual channel
4.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB), DIMM, 5 4.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB), DIMM, 5
ECC, dual channel ECC, dual channel
8.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, 6 8.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, 6
ECC, dual channel ECC, dual channel
Communication with plant bus Communication with plant bus
BCE 0 BCE 0
Industrial Ethernet (CP 1623) 1 Industrial Ethernet (CP 1623) 1
Without additional communication modules 8 Without additional communication modules 8
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PCs
IPC847C
Operating system
Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit, multi-language A
(German, English, French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), with license downgrade to
Windows XP Professional 32-bit, MUI
(German, English, French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese)
Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit including B
5 CAL, multi-language (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese), with
license downgrade to Windows Server
2003 R2 Standard 32-bit including 5 CAL,
MUI (German, English, French, Italian,
Spanish, Chinese)
Without operating system X
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Rack PCs
IPC847C
1 Additional and expansion components
Accessories
Memory submodules for main
memory Power supply cord for Rack PC
1.0 GB DDR3 1066 SDRAM 6ES7 648-2AJ40-0KA0 The SIMATIC PCS 7 preferred types are always delivered with a
(1 x 1.0 GB), DIMM
"European power supply cord". This can be used in Germany,
2.0 GB DDR3 1066 SDRAM 6ES7 648-2AJ50-0KA0
(1 x 2.0 GB), DIMM
France, Spain, Netherlands, Belgium, Sweden, Austria and
Finland.
4.0 GB DDR3 1066 SDRAM 6ES7 648-2AJ60-0KA0
(1 x 4.0 GB), DIMM The country-specific versions listed in the Ordering data are
1.0 GB DDR3 1066 SDRAM 6ES7 648-2AJ40-1KA0 required for other countries. The following picture shows the
(1 x 1.0 GB), DIMM, ECC design of a number of power supply plugs:
2.0 GB DDR3 1066 SDRAM 6ES7 648-2AJ50-1KA0
(1 x 2.0 GB), DIMM, ECC
4.0 GB DDR3 1066 SDRAM 6ES7 648-2AJ60-1KA0
(1 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, ECC
Europe USA
SIMATIC PC keyboard
German/international keyboard 6ES7 648-0CB00-0YA0
layout with USB connection
Great Britain Italy
SIMATIC PC mouse
Optical, with USB connection 6ES7 790-0AA01-0XA0
and PS/2 adapter
Switzerland China
Tower kit for SIMATIC PCS 7
Industrial Workstations
Based on SIMATIC IPC847C
Tower kit for conversion of a 6ES7 648-1AA00-0XD0 Country-specific power supply cords for Rack PC
Rack PC into an industrial
Tower PC Tower Kit for IPC847C
Withdrawable HDD caddy The Tower Kit enables conversion of a SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial
Low-profile, withdrawable HDD 6ES7 648-0EG00-1BA0 Workstation with rack PC design to an industrial tower PC.
caddy for 3.5" hard disk, SATA A Tower Kit can be ordered as an accessory for the SIMATIC
(without hard disk) PCS 7 Industrial Workstation IPC847C.
3 m power supply cord
for Rack PC 1)
For Europe 6ES7 900-0AA00-0XA0
For Great Britain 6ES7 900-0BA00-0XA0
For Switzerland 6ES7 900-0CA00-0XA0
For the USA 6ES7 900-0DA00-0XA0
For Italy 6ES7 900-0EA00-0XA0
For China 6ES7 900-0FA00-0XA0
SIMATIC NET HARDNET IE
S7-REDCONNECT PowerPack
For communication with fault-
tolerant AS systems, see section
"Communication", section "Indus-
trial Ethernet system connection
of PCS 7 system"
1)
The SIMATIC PCS 7 preferred types are delivered as standard with a
"European power cable". The country-specific versions listed above are
required for some countries.
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC BOX PC
OS Client 627C
Overview 1
The products for SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0 from this catalog section
will appear in the 1st quarter of 2012. The contents of this
catalog section will then be updated.
The current products for SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1 can be found in
the section "Previous versions".
Industrial Workstation/IPC
SIMATIC Microbox PC
OS Client 427C
1 Overview
The products for SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0 from this catalog section
will appear in the 1st quarter of 2012. The contents of this
catalog section will then be updated.
The current products for SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1 can be found in
the section "Previous versions".feo
Industrial Workstation/IPC
Expansion components
Mouse and keyboard
Keyboard
SIMATIC PC keyboard
Designation SIMATIC PC keyboard, USB
Layout MF2, 105 keys, German/interna-
tional
SIMATIC PCS 7 industrial workstations, SIMATIC PCS 7 compact Interfaces USB; PS/2 via USB-PS/2 adapter
systems as well as OS Clients based on SIMATIC BOX and
Microbox PC are delivered without a keyboard. Dimensions (L x W x H) in mm 470 x 195 x 44
A keyboard without additional special functions which is suitable Weight, approx. 1.4 kg
for process operation with SIMATIC PCS 7 is e.g. the SIMATIC Connecting cable 1.75 m long, USB plug
PC keyboard with USB connection and German/international Temperature
key assignment.
Operation 0 ... +50 C
The SIMATIC PC keyboard is a stable, standard MF2 keyboard Storage/transport -20 ... +60 C
with 105 keys, and can also be used on a PS/2 interface together Approvals FCC, cURus, GS, CE, c-tick,
with the supplied USB-PS/2 adapter. It combines the conve- GOST-R
nience of an office keyboard with the rugged design of an indus-
trial device.
Ordering data Order No.
Mouse
SIMATIC PC mouse 6ES7 790-0AA01-0XA0
Optical, with USB connection and
USB-PS/2 adapter
Keyboard
SIMATIC PC keyboard 6ES7 648-0CB00-0YA0
German/international key
assignment, with USB connection
and USB-PS/2 adapter
Industrial Workstation/IPC
Expansion components
Multi-monitor graphics cards
and process monitors
1 Overview
Multi-monitor graphics cards
You can use e.g. the SCD 19101-D industrial LCD color monitor
as the process monitor for the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control
system.
In addition, industrial LCD monitors with IP65 degree of
protection (front) are available for installation in desks, control
cabinets or 19" racks. These are available using the Industry
Mall/CA 01 under "Automation engineering PC-based
Automation Industrial PCs Industrial monitors and thin
clients".
Industrial Workstation/IPC
Expansion components
Multi-monitor graphics cards
and process monitors
Industrial Workstation/IPC
Expansion components
Redundant terminal bus adapter
1 Overview Ordering data Order No.
Components for connecting a
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial
Workstation to a redundant
terminal bus
Client Client SIMATIC PCS 7 Redundant 6ES7 652-0XX01-1XF0
Terminal Bus Adapter Package
PCI
Server and desktop adapter with
conventional PCI interface for
configuration of a redundant
terminal bus,
Terminal bus Terminal bus
(Ethernet), ring 1 (Ethernet), ring 2 consisting of 2 Intel PCI network
cards for connection to Industrial
Ethernet (10/100/1000 Mbit/s),
G_PCS7_XX_00183
with RJ45 connection
Note:
Can be used only in SIMATIC
PCS 7 Industrial Workstations with
Redundant servers Windows XP Professional 32-bit
and Windows Server 2003/2003
R2 Standard 32-bit operating
You can connect SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations to a systems!
non-redundant terminal bus using the onboard Ethernet
interface or a desktop adapter network card. With a redundant SIMATIC PCS 7 Redundant 6ES7 652-0XX01-1XF1
Terminal Bus Adapter Package
terminal bus where two rings are connected together via two PCIe
pairs of switches, each SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation Server and desktop adapter with
must be connected to both rings using a SIMATIC PCS 7 PCI Express interface for configu-
redundant terminal bus adapter package. ration of a redundant terminal
bus,
Design consisting of 2 Intel PCIe network
cards for connection to Industrial
The SIMATIC PCS 7 redundant terminal bus adapter package Ethernet (10/100/1000 Mbit/s),
consists of server and desktop adapter network cards (for with RJ45 connection
details on the configuration, refer to the "Fault-tolerant Process
Control Systems" manual).
It is available in two versions which use different slots in the
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation because of the different
bus interfaces:
Redundant Terminal Bus Adapter Package for the conven-
tional PCI bus (can only be used in SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial
Workstations with Windows XP Professional 32-bit and
Windows Server 2003/2003 R2 Standard 32-bit operating
systems!)
Redundant Terminal Bus Adapter Package for the PCI
Express bus (PCIe)
Note:
Be aware that the selection always applies to the complete
package, which means to the server and desktop adapter
network cards of a station. It is not permissible to mix PCIe and
PCI cards of two redundant terminal adapter packages of
different types. You cannot operate a desktop adapter network
card on a PCI slot and the server adapter network card on a
PCIe slot of the station, or vice versa.
Industrial Workstation/IPC
Expansion components
Smart Card Reader
Overview 1
Technical specifications
Type USB chipcard Serial chipcard
reader reader
Interface
Interface type USB 2.0 CCID Serial,
(Chip Card Interface RS 232 COM port
Device),
USB 1.1 compatible
Transmission rate 12 Mbit/s 115 kbit/s
Power supply Via USB Via PS/2 (incl. PS/2
keyboard adapter)
Design and equipment
Design Desktop unit with foot for vertical positioning;
adhesive pad at rear for optional mounting
Material ABS
Color Two shades of gray
A smart card reader can be used to check operator privileges
on a single station or client. The smart card reader then works Status display Two-color LED
together with SIMATIC Logon, the user administration and Cable length 1.8 m
access control function integrated in SIMATIC PCS 7 (see
Dimensions and weights
section "IT Security", under "SIMATIC Logon").
Dimensions 80 x 67 x 28
The smart card has the function of a "key" for the operator station. (LxWxD in mm)
Inputs are only permissible as long as it is inserted in the reader.
Such unambiguous identification is particularly necessary for Weight without foot 110 g
plants having to comply with validation requirements. Weight with foot 141 g
Two devices are available for operation on the SIMATIC PCS 7 Ambient temperatures during operation
Industrial Workstation: Temperature 0 55 C
Serial smart card reader for connection to COM1 or COM2 Humidity 10 90 %
(can be used only in SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations/
IPC with Windows XP Professional 32-bit and Windows Server Service life/MTBF
2003/2003 R2 Standard 32-bit operating systems!) Insertion cycles 100 000
USB smart card reader for connection to a USB interface MTBF (Mean Time 500 000 h
Between Failures)
Ordering data Order No. Test symbols / Microsoft WHQL Microsoft WHQL
approvals (Windows Hardware ISO 7816
USB smart card reader 6ES7 652-0XX02-1XC0 Quality Lab)
Desktop unit with USB cable ISO 7816
Serial smart card reader 6ES7 652-0XX11-1XC0 USB 2.0 (USB 1.1
Desktop unit with cable for a compatible)
serial RS 232 COM port and CCID (Chip Card
PS/2 keyboard adapter for Interface Device)
power supply GSA Fips201
Note: approved product
Can be used only in SIMATIC list
PCS 7 Industrial Workstations/IPC Safety/environmental CE CE
with Windows XP Professional standards WEEE WEEE
32-bit and Windows Server 2003/ FCC FCC
2003 R2 Standard 32-bit UL UL
operating systems! VCCI RoHS
Smart card for USB/serial smart 6ES7 652-0XX05-1XD1 MIC
card reader RoHS
Pack with 10 units; 1 card is
required per user
Industrial Workstation/IPC
Expansion components
Signal output
1 Overview Ordering data Order No.
PCI Signal Module 6DS1 916-8RR
PCI card for installing in an
Signal module External circuit operator station
Connecting cable
Driver For connecting an external audio
detector to a signal module
Acknowledgeable contact 3m 6XV2 175-8AH30
Acknowledgement input 10 m 6XV2 175-8AN10
32 m 6XV2 175-8AN32
50 m 6XV2 175-8AN50
Contact channel 1
Contact channel 2
Contact channel 3
Engineering System
2/2 Introduction
2/3 ES software
2/3 Introduction
2/4 Standard engineering software
2/11 Version Cross Manager
2/12 Version Trail
2/13 Advanced Engineering
2/15 Import/Export Assistant
2/16 SIMATIC PDM Process Device Manager
2/26 Simulation
2/26 Simulation with S7-PLCSIM
Engineering System
Introduction
Overview
The engineering system of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control
2 system is based on the high-performance SIMATIC PCS7 Indus-
trial Workstation, which can be used either in office applications
or in industrial environments.
The engineering software run on this hardware can be optimally
matched to different customer requirements and tasks. The
basic functionality defined by the standard engineering software
can be optionally expanded depending on the project-specific
task and its implementation.
The objective of the licensing of the standard engineering
software with an unlimited number of process objects (PO) is the
realization of a classic, dedicated engineering station. This
allows 2-hour OS test mode, but not productive operation.
Design
The architecture of the Engineering System depends on how the Engineering network
SIMATIC PCS 7 project is processed:
With concurrent engineering in an engineering network, the
Locally, on a central engineering station project is localized on one of the participating Engineering
In the engineering network (concurrent engineering) Stations, the "Project server". The engineering stations working
as "Project clients" can access the project server data via LAN/
Central engineering station WAN. Every engineering station in the network (project server/
Hardware platform for the central engineering station is the client) is able to download configuration data to a SIMATIC
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation in the single station PCS 7 subsystem provided it has the required communication
version. This is based on a SIMATIC IPC of Rack PC design connections.
which is prepared for installation in 19" rack systems. It is With this architecture, it is appropriate to install the project server
available in two versions which have different communication on a SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation, server version. The
links to the Industrial Ethernet plant bus: Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit operating system and
SIMATIC PCS 7 ES/OS IPC1) BCE W7 the SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software server are factory installed on
Connection to plant bus with 10/100/1000 Mbit/s RJ45 this (adaptation/expansion of SIMATIC PCS 7 installation
network card and Basic Communication Ethernet (BCE) for required).
communication with up to 8 automation systems (not Like the single station version of the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial
redundant stations) Workstation, the server version is also available in two versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 ES/OS IPC1) IE W7 which differ with regard to the plant bus communication:
Connection to plant bus with CP 1613 A2/1623 communi- SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server IPC1) BCE SRV08
cation module for communication with max. 64 automation Connection to plant bus with 10/100/1000 Mbit/s RJ45
systems network adapter and Basic Communication Ethernet (BCE) for
Two onboard 10/100/1000 Mbit/s Ethernet RJ45 ports are communication with up to 8 automation systems (not
available for connecting to the terminal bus. redundant stations)
The Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit operating system and the SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server IPC1) IE SRV08
SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering software for AS/OS are factory Connection to plant bus with CP 1613 A2/1623 communi-
installed on the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation. The cation module for communication with max. 64 automation
scope of performance of the preinstalled SIMATIC PCS 7 systems
engineering software is defined by installation of the purchased With the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation, single station
software licenses. version, you can use the same hardware platform for the project
clients as for the central engineering station.
Configuration can be made easier by connecting up to
4 process monitors via a multi-monitor graphics card, both for a
central engineering station and for individual stations in an
engineering network.
See section "Industrial Workstation/IPC" for ordering data and
detailed information on the scope of delivery and technology of
the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations.
1)
IPC stands for one of the SIMATIC IPC types from the product range in the
section "Industrial Workstation/IPC, SIMATIC Rack PC", which are autho-
rized for SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0.
Engineering System
ES software
Introduction
Overview
The functionality of the engineering system is largely covered by SIMATIC PDM Process Device Manager for SIMATIC PCS 7
the standard engineering software. The following software
options are available in addition for special functions:
Engineering Process Safety (see Section "Safety Integrated for
Process Automation")
2
SIMATIC Version Cross Manager SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station Engineering (see Section
SIMATIC Version Trail "Maintenance Station")
SIMATIC PCS 7 Advanced Engineering System (AdvES) SIMATIC Route Control Engineering (see Section "Route
SIMATIC PCS 7 Import/Export Assistant control with SIMATIC Route Control")
S7-PLCSIM for the functional testing of CFC/SFC programs
Design
SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering System
As a classic, exclusive engineering station with Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit or Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit operating system
(2-hour OS test mode, but no productive operation as an operator station is possible)
Version Projekt server Projekt client Single station
BCE IE BCE IE BCE IE
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation including operating system
BCE communication for up to SIMATIC PCS 7 ES/OS IPC1) BCE W7 n n
8 automation systems (no
H systems) SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server IPC1) BCE SRV08 n
IE communication SIMATIC PCS 7 ES/OS IPC1) IE W7 n n
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server IPC1) IE SRV08 n
Additional Industrial Ethernet communications software
SIMATIC NET HARDNET IE S7 REDCONNECT PowerPack for IE communication n n n
with redundant automation systems (additive to SIMATIC NET HARDNET IE S7)
Standard engineering software, alternatives
SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering AS and OS, including 2-hour OS test mode n n n
Software V8.0
AS n n n
Supplementary engineering software (optional)
Version Cross Manager V7.1 n n n
Version Trail V8.0 n n n
Advanced Engineering System (AdvES) V8.0 n n n
Import-Export Assistant V8.0 n n n
Engineering Process Safety S7 F Systems V6.1 n n n
Safety Matrix Tool V6.2 n n n
PCS 7 Maintenance Station Engineering V8.0 n n n
SIMATIC Route Control Engineering V8.0 n n n
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V7.0/V8.0 n n n
Simulation with S7-PLCSIM V5.4 n n n
Hardware and software components of the engineering system, as well as possible configurations
1)
IPC stands for one of the SIMATIC IPC types from the product range in the
section "Industrial Workstation/IPC, SIMATIC Rack PC", which are autho-
rized for SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0.
Engineering System
ES software
Standard engineering software
Engineering System
ES software
Standard engineering software
Function
Essential tools of the standard engineering software and their Using SIMATIC Logon, the administrator can assign specific
functions: access privileges to groups of users, thus controlling the possi-
bilities for data access. Operator interventions in the engineering 2
SIMATIC Logon system as well as all online modifications which affect the
SIMATIC Logon is a user administration and access control automation systems, operator systems, SIMATIC BATCH or
function integrated in the engineering system. Together with the SIMATIC Route Control can be recorded in the modification
versatile recording facilities provided by the modification reports.
logbook, SIMATIC Logon offers plant owners exceptional system If the modification reports are linked to the data of SIMATIC
support when complying with FDA requirements. Logon during evaluation, it can be clearly proven who has
carried out a specific modification and at what time.
OS
engineering
Technological
function blocks
SIMATIC
Advanced HW Graphics SIMATIC S7 SIMATIC
Libraries CFC/SFC Route
ES Config Designer BATCH F Systems PDM
Control
SIMATIC Manager /
uniform database
G_PCS7_XX_00114
Engineering for network/ Engineering for Engineering for Parameterization
communication/hardware automation fail-safe systems of field devices
Engineering System
ES software
Standard engineering software
Function (continued)
Engineering System
ES software
Standard engineering software
Function (continued)
Continuous function chart (CFC) Sequential function chart (SFC)
When creating a new CFC, a new runtime group with the same SFC plan
name as the chart is created. All the blocks that are subse- The SFC plan can be used to implement sequential controls
quently entered in the chart are automatically added to this which can be applied once and which access several partial
runtime group. Each block is therefore already assigned runtime areas of the production plant. Each SFC plan contains
properties when inserting, and these properties can be standardized inputs and outputs for status information and for
optimized by means of modifications in the runtime editor or by control by the user program or the user. The SFC plan can be
using algorithms. positioned and linked as a block in the CFC. The required
The algorithm first determines the optimum block sequence CFC block connections are selected by simple operations
separately for each runtime group, and then the optimum and connected to the steps or transitions of the step chains.
sequence of runtime groups. An ISA 88-conform status manager enables the configuration of
up to 8 separate sequence chains within a single SFC, e.g. for
In addition to convenient editing functions, the scope of CFC states such as HOLDING or ABORTING, for SAFE STATE or for
functions also includes powerful test and commissioning different operating modes.
functions as well as individually configurable documentation
functions SFC type
Engineering System
ES software
Standard engineering software
Function (continued)
I&C libraries Some examples include:
Engineering System
ES software
Standard engineering software
Function (continued)
Advanced Process Control (APC) functions Monitoring of the control quality
In addition to numerous basic control functions, e.g. PID control,
cascade control, split range control and ratio control, the
The ConPerMon block determines the control quality of a
controller block (e.g. PID controller) on the basis of the online 2
data of the setpoint, actual value and manipulated variable.
I&C libraries of SIMATIC PCS 7 also provide function blocks Depending on deviation of the comparison quality, e.g. the
and templates for advanced control functions at no extra cost: control quality at commissioning, it can trigger a warning or an
Controlled adaptation (gain scheduling) alarm. The faceplates of all control quality monitoring of a
The GainSched block enables infinite adjustment of the plant or a plant unit can be summarized in OS screens, which
controller parameters in non-linear processes depending on enables problems to be detected early on, analyzed, and
the operating point. The block, which works in a similar specifically corrected.
manner to the polygon block, can derive three separate output Smith predictor
values from one input value (measured variable X), which The Smith predictor can significantly improve the control
serve as regulating parameters for an interconnected quality of processes with long and relatively constant dead
controller block. Depending on the characteristic of the times. By eliminating the dead time component using a
measured variable X, the GainSched changes the regulating process model running parallel to the actual process, the
parameters of the combined closed-loop controller in a sliding controller can be designed for a process free of dead time,
manner. and thus set more effectively.
Override control Model-based predictive multi-variable control
The outputs of two or more controllers are connected to a The ModPreCon model-based predictive multi-variable
common final control element. The decision concerning which controller separately analyses the behavior of up to four inter-
controller actually receives access to the final control element dependent variables for complex processes over a longer
is made depending on the evaluation of the current process period. It then uses the parameter matrix calculated using the
state. results for optimized control of these variables. Adverse inter-
Lead-lag/feedforward control actions which occur with separate control of the interde-
A strong, measurable interference is compensated in pendent variables are thus eliminated.
advance by feedforward control. The control is thus limited to Note:
model uncertainties and non-measurable faults. The ModPreCon makes great demands on memory and
processing time of the designated automation system. For that
reason, please check the resources of the designated
automation system before using the ModPreCon. We
recommend the use of an automation system of type AS 416
or higher.
Graphics Designer
The project data for the engineering of the operator systems are
organized with the SIMATIC Manager. All the data relevant to
operation and monitoring of a process tag, such as messages
and HMI variables, are generated automatically during definition
of the automation function. A powerful graphics designer is
available for the generation of process displays.
DOCPRO
DOCPRO is a tool for effective generation and management of
plant documentation in accordance with defined standards.
DOCPRO permits you to structure your project data in any
manner, to process them in the form of standardized circuit
manuals, and to print them in a uniform layout. You can incor-
porate your own cover sheets, layouts, graphics, logos or title
block data. It is easy to control printing, i.e. you can specifically
output individual parts of the project or all project data on the
PID controller optimization (PID tuning) printer.
The integral PID Tuner is suitable for optimization of the
CTRL_PID and CTRL_S software controllers in circuits with
PID, PI, or P control. On the basis of an experimentally deter-
mined model of the controlled system, favorable controller
parameters for an optimum disturbance response or an
optimum control response of the controller can be determined
according to the procedure of absolute value optimization.
Optimization can be carried out in manual or automatic mode.
The typical controller values (actual value, setpoint, manipu-
lated variable) are recorded by a trend function. The transient
response of the controllers with the determined parameters
can be checked by defining jumps. The controller parameters
can be saved, and recalled as required.
Engineering System
ES software
Standard engineering software
Engineering System
ES software
Version Cross Manager
Engineering System
ES software
Version Trail
More information
SIMATIC Version Trail is a software option for engineering which, Upgrade
together with the SIMATIC Logon central user administration,
can assign a version history to libraries, projects and multi- You can upgrade SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering systems with
projects. Engineering Software V7.1 to version 8.0 using the SIMATIC
PCS 7 Engineering Upgrade Packages AS/OS. A component of
Function these upgrade packages is also the upgrade for SIMATIC
Version Trail from V7.1 to V8.0.
When archiving, SIMATIC Version Trail in association with For further information, see section "Update/upgrade
SIMATIC Logon creates a version history with the following infor- packages".
mation:
Version For application scenarios beyond SIMATIC PCS 7, a separate
SIMATIC Version Trail upgrade can be obtained for upgrading
Version name SIMATIC Version Trail from V7.1 to V8.0.
Date and time
TIA applications
User
SIMATIC Version Trail is not only a software component of the
Comment
SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering System. It is also a separate
This version history can be displayed and printed. Individual product which can be used in the context of Totally Integrated
version releases can be dearchived from the version history and Automation (TIA) together with other SIMATIC products. As such
used further. SIMATIC Logon organizes the access protection. it is a component of Catalog ST 70, section "SIMATIC software":
You also have the option of automating the archiving of projects, SIMATIC Version Trail V8.0:
multiprojects, and libraries as well as read-back of block param- Order No. 6ES7 658-1FX08-2YA5
eters. The time interval for periodic archiving/read-back is freely In the context of TIA, a separate SIMATIC Version Trail upgrade
adjustable. is available in each case:
Upgrade of SIMATIC Version Trail V7.1 to V8.0:
Order No. 6ES7 658-1FX08-2YE5
Note:
Version Trail cannot be used as a stand-alone application; it only
runs together with SIMATIC Logon (see section "IT security").
Engineering System
ES software
Advanced Engineering
Import
process tags as well as for interconnection of signals between
Change Data-supported Assign process tags allow completion of the imported data. Numerous
management structure editor data filter functions support data selection.
Editing Special editors for mass data processing offload the project
engineer from time-consuming routine work.
Data Mass data Interconnect
enhancement processing process tags With the support of integrated design templates, the different
table views of the AdvES data can also be displayed as reports
Checking and printed.
Benefits
Data consistency Reports
and plausibility
Engineering and planning offices as well as end customers
HW Config
Tag types
PO
TH
Engineering System
ES software
Advanced Engineering
Engineering System
ES software
Import/Export Assistant
Overview Function
Generation/modification of process tag types or example
Import/export
Typical libraries:
Example solutions
solutions
Data import 2
assistant and process object - Generation of process tags from process tag types and
types (e.g. control, derivatives from example solutions; provision with data from
motor, valve) the import file (one process tag/derivative per import file line
in each case)
- Assignment of an import file to a process tag type, and
checking of the assignment
Process - Generation of a template for an input file for the process tag
object plans Data export
- Generation of an export file per process tag type/example
solution in each case, with one line for each process tag of
this type or each derivative of this example solution
Matching of process tags
OS display hierarchy - Removal of parameter/signal connection points not present
on the process tag type and of messages from the process
tags
- Addition of parameter/signal connection points and
Technological G_PCS7_XX_00115
messages newly defined on the process tag type
hierarchy
OS displays
- Correction of modified categories of process tag type
- Display of inconsistencies between process tag and type
which cannot be matched automatically
More information
You can upgrade SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering systems with
Engineering Software V7.1 to version 8.0 using the SIMATIC
PCS 7 Engineering Upgrade Packages AS/OS. The upgrade for
SIMATIC PCS 7 Import/Export Assistant from V7.1 on V8.0 is also
part of these upgrade packages.
For further information, see section "Update/upgrade
packages".
Engineering System
ES software
SIMATIC PDM Process Device Manager
Overview
Plant bus
SITRANS P
S7-400 S7-400
Stand-alone
computer
with SIMATIC PDM
G_PCS7_XX_00200
Possible connection point
of a PG/PC with
SIPART SITRANS SITRANS SITRANS SIPART SIMATIC PDM
PS2 TH400 LR 250 P DS III SITRANS F M PS2 (stand-alone operation)
Engineering System
ES software
SIMATIC PDM Process Device Manager
Application
Components Product packages
SIMATIC PDM stand-alone SIMATIC PDM system-integrated 2
Minimum Basic Application-specific configurations
configu- configu-
ration ration
SIMATIC SIMATIC SIMATIC SIMATIC PDM SIMATIC PDM
PDM PDM PDM S7 PCS 7
Single Basic Service
Point
V6.1 V6.1 V6.1 V6.1 V8.0 V6.1 V7.0 FF V7.0 V8.0
SIMATIC PDM TAGs1) in product package 1 4 128 128 100 128 100 100 100
SIMATIC PDM expansion options
TAG - 128 TAGs cannot be o
options - 512 TAGs expanded
- 1 024 TAGs
- 2 048 TAGs
PowerPacks - 128 to 512 TAGs o o o o
- 512 to 1 024 TAGs
- 1 024 to 2 048 TAGs
- 2 048 to TAGs unlimited
Count - 10 TAGs o o o o
Relevant - 100 TAGs
Licenses
(accumulative) - 1 000 TAGs
SIMATIC PDM Basic n n n n n n n n
SIMATIC PDM Extended n n n n
SIMATIC PDM integration in STEP 7/PCS 7 o o n n n n n n
SIMATIC PDM routing via S7-400 o o o o n n n n
SIMATIC PDM communication o n
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
SIMATIC PDM communication via o o o o
standard HART multiplexer
Table with SIMATIC PDM product structure
n Product component is part of the product package
o Optional product component for the product package; order additive
Product component is not relevant for the product package or not available
1)
For definition of TAG, refer to sections "SIMATIC PDM TAGs for SIMATIC PDM as of V7.0" and "TAG options/PowerPacks for SIMATIC PDM V6.1"
Engineering System
ES software
SIMATIC PDM Process Device Manager
Application (continued)
Recommended application for SIMATIC PCS 7
Design
Function and SIMATIC PDM
performance characteristics
Single Basic Service S7 PCS 7
Point
V6.1 V6.1 V6.1 V6.1 V8.0 V6.1 V7.0 FF V7.0 V8.0
TAGs contained 1 4 128 128 100 128 100 100 100
Project: Create online n n n n n n n n n
Project: Create offline n n n n n n n n
Project: Usable TAG extensions n n n n n n n n
Project: Network view n n n n
Project: Plant view n n n n n n n n
Project: Export/import devices n n n n
Project: HW Config o o n n n n n n
Project: Utilization of SIMATIC PDM n n n n n n n n
options
Project: Integration in STEP 7 / PCS 7 o o n n n n n n
Communication: HART modem n n n n n
Communication: HART interface n n n n n
Communication: PROFIBUS n n n n n n n n n
Communication: FF H1 o n
Communication: Modbus n n n n n
Communication: SIPART DR n n n n n
Communication: SIREC n n n n n
Communication: Ethernet n n n n
Devices: Export/import parameters n n n n n n n n n
Devices: Comparison of values (online/ n n n n n n n
offline)
Devices: Comparison of values of two n n n n n n
devices
Devices: Saving parameters n n n n n n n n
Devices: Logbook (Audit Trail) o n n n n n n n
Devices: Calibration report o n n n n n
LifeList: Export Scan n n n n
LifeList: Device diagnostics o n n n
LifeList: Define scan area o n n n n n
LifeList: Save scan o n n n
LifeList: Scan from HW Config o o n n n n
Communication: S7 routing o o o o n n n n
Communication: HART multiplexer o o
Function: HART SHC mode (increased n n n n n n n n
communication speed)
Function: "HART-Long TAG" n n n n
Engineering System
ES software
SIMATIC PDM Process Device Manager
Design (continued)
Product packages and options for SIMATIC PCS 7 SIMATIC PDM TAGs for SIMATIC PDM as of V7.0
The following SIMATIC PDM product packages are intended for
local operation in an engineering system for SIMATIC PCS 7. The
A TAG corresponds to a SIMATIC PDM object, which represents
individual field devices or components within a project, e.g.
2
main functional differences of these product packages can be measuring instruments, positioners, switching devices or remote
seen at a glance in the "Overview of functions and performance I/Os. TAGs are also relevant for diagnostics with the lifelist of
for SIMATIC PDM" table. SIMATIC PDM. In this case, TAGs are considered to be all recog-
nized devices with diagnostics capability, whose detailed
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V6.1 diagnostics is effected through the device description (EDD).
The SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V6.1 product package is designed for The SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V7.0, SIMATIC PDM PCS 7-FF V7.0
projects with up to 128 TAGs. It extends the functionality of and SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V8.0 product packages generally
SIMATIC PDM Service V6.1 with routing from the central support projects with up to 100 TAGs. The number of TAGs can
engineering system to the devices in the field and integrates be further increased with 10, 100, or 1 000 TAGs (which can be
SIMATIC PDM in the SIMATIC PCS 7 configuration environment accumulated) for larger projects whenever required.
by means of HW Config.
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V6.1 can be extended with the option Product packages for other TIA applications
"Communication via standard HART multiplexer" (see under SIMATIC PDM Single Point V6.1
Optional product components for SIMATIC PDM V6.1) and
SIMATIC PDM PowerPacks (see under TAG options/PowerPacks This low-cost minimum configuration with handheld functionality
for SIMATIC PDM V6.1). is tailored to processing exactly one field device via a point-to-
point coupling.
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V7.0 and SIMATIC PDM PCS 7-FF V7.0
The following types of communication are thus possible:
Version 7.0 of the process device manager, SIMATIC PDM, is PROFIBUS DP/PA
only recommended for projects with "FOUNDATION Fieldbus"
communication. You can combine the SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V7.0 HART communication (modem, RS 232)
product package with the "SIMATIC PDM Communication Modbus
FOUNDATION Fieldbus" add-on or select the equivalent full
package for SIMATIC PDM PCS 7-FF V7.0. SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 All device functions are supported as defined in the device
V7.0 and SIMATIC PDM PCS 7-FF V7.0 require the installation of description. These functions include:
SIMATIC PCS 7 as of V7.1+SP2. Unlimited selection of devices / management of device
catalog
Since SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V7.0 and SIMATIC PDM PCS 7-FF
V7.0 focus on different functions as the SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 Configuration and diagnostics in accordance with the device
V6.x product packages (for details see the table "Overview of description
functions and performance for SIMATIC PDM"), they should not Exporting and importing of parameter data
be considered as functionally compatible successors. When Device identification
selecting a product, also note that the SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V7.0
and SIMATIC PDM PCS 7-FF V7.0 product packages are not Lifelist
backwards compatible and multiple SIMATIC PDM versions Print function for parameter list
cannot be operated simultaneously.
SIMATIC PDM Single Point V6.1 cannot be expanded with
The SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V7.0 and SIMATIC PDM PCS 7-FF V7.0 respect to functions nor with TAG options/PowerPacks.
product packages both feature 100 TAGs. The number of TAGs
can be further cumulatively expanded with sets of 10, 100 or SIMATIC PDM Basic V6.1
1 000 TAGs for SIMATIC PDM V7.0 or higher. Provided the system requirements are met, SIMATIC PDM Basic
"SIMATIC PDM Communication FOUNDATION Fieldbus" option V6.1 can be used for stand-alone operation on any computers
(PCs/notebooks) with local connection to bus segments or direct
The functionality of SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V7.0 can be upgraded connection to the device. The product package contains all
to the scope of functionality of the SIMATIC PDM PCS 7-FF V7.0 functions required for operation and configuration of the devices
with this option. The "SIMATIC PDM Communication and it enabled for the following communication modes:
FOUNDATION Fieldbus" option enable SIMATIC PDM to commu- PROFIBUS DP/PA
nicate via the FF Link with field devices on the FOUNDATION
Fieldbus H1 in a SIMATIC PCS 7 configuration environment. HART communication (modem, RS 232 and via PROFIBUS)
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V8.0 MODBUS
SIREC bus
The SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V8.0 product package is for the most
part functionally identical to the SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V7.0 SIPART DR
product package, however, it does not support projects with Ethernet
"FOUNDATION Fieldbus" communication. Similar to SIMATIC
PDM PCS 7 V7.0, it is not a functionally compatible successor to As basic module for individual configuration, SIMATIC PDM
the SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V6.x product packages and is not Basic V6.1 can be expanded with all optional product compo-
backwards compatible. nents, TAG options and PowerPacks for SIMATIC PDM V6.1.
Without TAG expansion, SIMATIC PDM Basic V6.1 can manage
When selecting a product, note that it is not possible to operate projects with up to 4 TAGs. Use of the following functions
multiple SIMATIC PDM versions at the same time. SIMATIC PDM requires at least 128 TAGs:
PCS 7 V8.0 requires the installation of SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0 or Change log
higher.
Calibration report
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V8.0 initially supports projects with up to Detailed diagnostics in the lifelist
100 TAGs. The number of TAGs can be further cumulatively
expanded with sets of 10, 100 or 1 000 TAGs for SIMATIC PDM
V7.0 or higher.
Engineering System
ES software
SIMATIC PDM Process Device Manager
Design (continued)
SIMATIC PDM Service V6.1 Optional product components for SIMATIC PDM V6.1
SIMATIC PDM S7 V6.1 is a product package for projects with up If you want to use SIMATIC PDM in a central SIMATIC PCS 7/S7
to 128 TAGs and is configured for the use of SIMATIC PDM in a engineering system for system-wide configuration, parameter
SIMATIC S7 configuration environment. In addition to SIMATIC assignment, commissioning, and diagnostics of the devices in
PDM Service V6.1, it also offers functions for integration in the the field, you will need the "SIMATIC PDM routing via S7-400"
hardware configurator (HW Config) of STEP 7 (corresponds to option in addition to the "SIMATIC PDM integration in STEP 7/
the option "Integration in STEP 7/PCS 7"). PCS 7" option. From the central engineering system it is thus
possible to reach every EDD-configurable device in the field
SIMATIC PDM S7 V6.1 can be expanded by the functional plant-wide through the various bus systems and remote I/Os.
options "Routing via S7-400" and "Communication via standard Possible processing functions are, for example:
HART multiplexer" (see under "Optional product components for Read diagnostics information from the device
SIMATIC PDM V6.1") as well as by SIMATIC PDM PowerPacks
(see under "TAG options/PowerPacks for SIMATIC PDM V6.1"). Modify device settings
Adjust and calibrate devices
SIMATIC PDM S7 V8.0 and "Routing via S7-400 V8.0" option
Monitor process values
Similar to SIMATIC PDM S7 V6.1, SIMATIC PDM S7 V8.0 is also
designed for use in a SIMATIC S7 configuration environment, but Generate simulation values
differs functionally (for details see the table "Overview of Re-configure devices
functions and performance for SIMATIC PDM") and due to the SIMATIC PDM option: Communication via
number of TAGs it features (100 TAGs included). SIMATIC PDM standard HART multiplexer
S7 V8.0 is therefore not a functionally compatible successor to
SIMATIC PDM S7 V6.1. This option permits SIMATIC PDM to use the HART OPC server
for communication with HART field devices via HART multi-
When selecting a product, note that SIMATIC PDM S7 V8.0 is not plexers.
backwards compatible, and multiple SIMATIC PDM versions
cannot be operated simultaneously. TAG options/PowerPacks for SIMATIC PDM V6.1
SIMATIC PDM S7 V8.0 can be functionally expanded with the A TAG corresponds to a SIMATIC PDM object, which represents
"Routing via S7-400 V8.0" option and with cumulative sets of 10, individual field devices or components within a project, e.g.
100 or 1 000 TAGs for SIMATIC PDM V7.0 or higher. The measuring instruments, positioners, switching devices or remote
functions of the "Routing via S7-400 V8.0" option are comparable I/Os. TAGs are also relevant for diagnostics with the lifelist of
to those of the option with same name described in the following SIMATIC PDM. In this case, TAGs are considered to be all recog-
section "Optional product components for SIMATIC PDM V6.1". nized devices with diagnostics capability, whose detailed
diagnostics is effected through the device description (EDD).
In contrast to PowerPacks, TAG options are only suitable for
individual SIMATIC PDM product configurations on the basis of
SIMATIC PDM Basic V6.1. Using the SIMATIC PDM TAG options
for SIMATIC PDM V6.1, SIMATIC PDM Basic V6.1 can be
expanded from 4 TAGs to 128, 512, 1 024 or 2 048 TAGs, and
with the help of an additive PowerPack for SIMATIC PDM V6.1
even to unlimited TAGs.
With the PowerPacks for SIMATIC PDM V6.1, product packages
based on SIMATIC PDM V6.1 can be provided with additional
TAGs. PowerPacks are available for TAG expansion to 512,
1 024, 2 048 and unlimited TAGs.
Demonstration software
SIMATIC PDM V6.1 is also available as demonstration software
for demonstrations and presentations. Online communication
and storage functions are not available with this product.
Engineering System
ES software
SIMATIC PDM Process Device Manager
Function Integration
Device Integration
SIMATIC PDM supports all devices described by EDD 2
(Electronic Device Description). EDD is standardized to
EN 50391 and IEC 61804. Internationally it is the most widely
used standardized technology for device integration. At the
same time it is the directive of the established organizations for
PROFIBUS (PNO: PROFIBUS International), HART (HCF: HART
Communication Foundation) and FF (Foundation Fieldbus).
The devices are integrated in SIMATIC PDM through a
company-specific EDD, through the current HCF catalog, or
through the current Fieldbus Foundation catalog. To achieve
improved transparency, they can be managed in project-
specific device catalogs.
PROFIBUS devices are described in the EDD in terms of
functions and construction using the Electronic Device
Parameter view of SIMATIC PDM with trend curve and online display Description Language (EDDL). Using this description,
SIMATIC PDM automatically creates its user interface with the
Core functions specific device data. The range of devices of the catalog
Adjustment and modification of device parameters integrated in SIMATIC PDM can be updated and expanded
Comparing (e.g. project and device data) simply by importing the manufacturer's device-specific EDD.
Plausibility testing of data input Fieldbus Foundation provides pre-defined device descriptions
(standard DD) for the basic functions of specific field device
Device identification and testing types. The basic functions are implemented using various
Device status indication with operating modes, alarms and standard function and transmission blocks.
states
Contact addresses
Simulation
Diagnostics (standard, detailed) Siemens AG, Automation and Drives,
Technical Support
Export/import (parameter data, reports)
Commissioning functions, e.g. measuring circuit tests of Europe
device data Phone: +49 180 50 50 222
Device replacement (lifecycle management) Fax: +49 180 50 50 223
E-mail: FPlease fill in a Support Request on the Internet (see
Global and device-specific modification logbook for user below for address)
operations (audit trail)
Device-specific calibration reports Asia/Pacific
Graphic presentations of echo envelope curves, trend Phone: +86 1064 719 990
displays, valve diagnosis results etc. Fax: +86 1064 747 474
Presentation of incorporated manuals E-mail: adsupport.asia@siemens.com
Document manager for integration of up to 10 multimedia files America
Phone: +1 423 262 2522
Fax: +1 423 262 2200
E-mail: techsupport.sea@siemens.com
Support Request
You can also obtain corresponding support over the Internet per
Support Request:
www.siemens.com/automation/support-request
Engineering System
ES software
SIMATIC PDM Process Device Manager
Technical specifications
SIMATIC PDM V6.1 SIMATIC PDM V7.0 SIMATIC PDM V8.0
SIMATIC PDM belongs to the SIMATIC products which can be Optional product components
used both in the context of SIMATIC PCS 7 and in the extended for SIMATIC PDM V6.1
context of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA). The product
SIMATIC PDM communication 6ES7 658-3EX16-2YB5
packages offered for different fields of application differ with via standard HART multiplexer
regard to functionality, ordering data, and type of delivery. 6 languages (German, English,
To provide a better overview and to avoid faulty ordering, the French, Italian, Spanish,
Ordering data for SIMATIC PCS 7 are listed separately. Chinese), software class A, runs
with Windows XP Professional/
Ordering data for SIMATIC PCS 7 applications Server 2003, floating license for
1 user
SIMATIC PDM V6.1
Type of delivery: License key
Product packages memory stick, Certificate of
License including Terms and
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V6.1 6ES7 658-3LX16-0YA5 Conditions
Complete package for integration
into the engineering toolset of the PowerPacks for
SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering SIMATIC PDM V6.1
system
SIMATIC PDM PowerPack
6 languages (German, English, for expanding the TAGs of
French, Italian, Spanish, SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V6.1
Chinese), software class A, runs
with Windows XP Professional/ Software class A, runs with
Server 2003 Windows XP Professional/Server
2003
Floating license for 1 user, with
SIMATIC PDM Basic Floating license for 1 user
Integration in STEP 7 / PCS 7 Type of delivery: License key
Routing via S7-400 memory stick, Certificate of
128 TAGs License including Terms and
Type of delivery: License key Conditions
memory stick, Certificate of From 128 TAGs to 512 TAGs 6ES7 658-3XB16-2YD5
License including Terms and From 512 TAGs to 1 024 TAGs 6ES7 658-3XC16-2YD5
Conditions; software SIMATIC From 1 024 TAGs to 2 048 TAGs 6ES7 658-3XD16-2YD5
PDM V6.1 and device library on From 2 048 TAGs to unlimited 6ES7 658-3XH16-2YD5
CD/DVD number of TAGs
Demonstration software
SIMATIC PDM Demo V6.1 6ES7 658-3GX16-0YC8
Without online communication
and storage functionality
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A, runs
with Windows XP Professional/
Server 2003
Type of delivery: SIMATIC PDM
V6.1 software and device library
on CD/DVD
Engineering System
ES software
SIMATIC PDM Process Device Manager
Engineering System
ES software
SIMATIC PDM Process Device Manager
Engineering System
ES software
SIMATIC PDM Process Device Manager
TAG options/PowerPacks for Ordering data for TIA applications with SIMATIC PDM V8.0
SIMATIC PDM V6.1
SIMATIC PDM TAG option
SIMATIC PDM S7 V8.0
Product package for use in a
6ES7 658-3KX08-0YA5 2
for TAG expansion, additive to SIMATIC S7 configuration
SIMATIC PDM Basic V6.1 environment, with
Software class A, runs with SIMATIC PDM Basic and
Windows XP Professional/Server Extended
2003, floating license for 1 user
Integration in STEP 7 / PCS 7
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, Certificate of 100 TAGs
License including Terms and 5 languages (German, English,
Conditions French, Italian, Spanish), software
Up to 128 TAGs 6ES7 658-3XA16-2YB5 class A, runs with Windows XP
Up to 512 TAGs 6ES7 658-3XB16-2YB5 Professional 32-bit, Windows 7
Ultimate 32/64-bit, Windows
Up to 1 024 TAGs 6ES7 658-3XC16-2YB5 Server 2003 R2 Standard 32-bit or
Up to 2 048 TAGs 6ES7 658-3XD16-2YB5 Windows Server 2008 R2
SIMATIC PDM PowerPack Standard 64-bit, floating license
for TAG expansion, for any for 1 user
SIMATIC PDM V6.1 product Note:
packages SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V8.0
Software class A, runs with requires the installation of STEP 7
Windows XP Professional/Server V5.5+SP2!
2003, floating license for 1 user Type of delivery: License key
Type of delivery: License key memory stick, certificate of
memory stick, Certificate of license; SIMATIC PDM V8.0
License including Terms and software and device library on
Conditions DVD
From 128 TAGs to 512 TAGs 6ES7 658-3XB16-2YD5 Optional product components
From 512 TAGs to 1 024 TAGs 6ES7 658-3XC16-2YD5 Routing via S7-400 V8.0 6ES7 658-3CX08-2YB5
From 1 024 TAGs to 2 048 TAGs 6ES7 658-3XD16-2YD5 5 languages (German, English,
From 2 048 TAGs to unlimited 6ES7 658-3XH16-2YD5 French, Italian, Spanish), software
number of TAGs class A, runs with Windows XP
Professional 32-bit, Windows 7
Demonstration software Ultimate 32/64-bit, Windows
SIMATIC PDM Demo V6.1 6ES7 658-3GX16-0YC8 Server 2003 R2 Standard 32-bit or
Without online communication Windows Server 2008 R2
and storage functionality Standard 64-bit, floating license
for 1 user
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish, Type of delivery: License key
Chinese), software class A, runs memory stick, certificate of
with Windows XP Professional/ license
Server 2003 SIMATIC PDM TAGs for
Type of delivery: SIMATIC PDM SIMATIC PDM as of V7.0
V6.1 software and device library
on CD/DVD SIMATIC PDM TAGs
TAG licenses for expansion of
SIMATIC PDM product packages
More information as of V7.0, cumulative
Software class A, runs with
Update/Upgrade Windows XP Professional 32-bit,
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
All SIMATIC PDM product variants and combinations with Windows Server 2003 R2
Version 6.0 can be upgraded to Version 6.1 per SIMATIC PDM Standard 32-bit, or Windows
Upgrade. Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit
Product configurations according to SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V6.0 Floating license for 1 user
that are used in the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system can Type of delivery: License key
be upgraded to V7.0 by means of an upgrade package. memory stick, certificate of
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1 + SP2 or higher must be installed, however, license
to permit the installation of the upgrade package for upgrading 10 TAGs 6ES7 658-3XC00-2YB5
from SIMATIC PDM V6.0 to V7.0. 100 TAGs 6ES7 658-3XD00-2YB5
1 000 TAGs 6ES7 658-3XE00-2YB5
The product configurations used in the SIMATIC PCS 7 process
control system based on SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V6.x or V7.0 can
be upgraded to V8.0 with an upgrade package. SIMATIC PCS 7
as of V8.0 must be installed, however, for the installation of the
package for upgrading from SIMATIC PDM V6.x to V8.0.
A Software Update Service in the form of a subscription is also
offered for SIMATIC PDM.
For further information, see subsections "Updates/upgrades
asynchronous to the PCS 7 version" and "Software Update
Service" in section "Update/upgrade packages".
Engineering System
Simulation
Simulation with S7-PLCSIM
G_PCS7_XX_00181
programs created with CFC/SFC
5 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish), runs
with Windows XP Professional 32-
bit, Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
OS server Windows Server 2003/2003 R2
Standard 32-bit or Windows
Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit,
floating license for 1 user
AS simulation Automation Type of delivery: License key on
with S7-PLCSIM systems memory stick, certificate of
license, software and electronic
documentation on CD
352),%86'3
For further programs concerning testing and simulation, see the catalog
Fieldbus "Add-ons for the SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System".
simulation with
SIMBApro FAT ET 200M
More information
Field devices
Update/Upgrade
Dynamic S7-PLCSIM Versions 3.x, 4.x, 5.0, 5.2 or 5.3 can be upgraded to
plant simulation Version 5.4. In addition, a Software Update Service in the form of
with SIMIT a subscription is offered for S7-PLCSIM.
LT
T2659 For further information, see Sections "Updates/upgrades
WT
asynchronous to the PCS 7 version" and "Software Update
Service" in Chapter "Update/upgrade packages".
LT
Reactor
Function
S7-PLCSIM simulates a SIMATIC S7 CPU with the associated
process images. The program to be tested is loaded into the
simulated S7 CPU in a manner identical to the procedure with
real hardware, and is executed there. S7-PLCSIM is completely
integrated in STEP 7. Process data can be exchanged between
S7-PLCSIM and other Windows applications via an interface.
Operator System
3/2 Introduction
3/5 OS software
3/5 Introduction
3/10 OS standard software
for single station/server/client
3/12 SFC Visualization
3/13 OS redundancy
3/18 OS archiving
3/18 Introduction
3/19 OS short-term archiving
3/20 OS long-term archiving with StoragePlus
3/22 OS long-term archiving with Central Ar-
chive Server
3/24 OS Long-Term Archiving with Process
Historian
Operator system
Introduction
Overview Benefits
7 Flexible, modular architecture with scalable hardware and
software components for single-user and multiple station
systems
7 High-performance operator stations based on versatile and
rugged SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations can be used in
3 7
office and industrial environments
Client/server multiple station systems with up to 12 OS
servers/pairs of servers, each for 8 500 process objects (PO)
and up to 32 OS clients per server/pair of servers
7 High-performance archiving system based on Microsoft SQL
Server with short-term archives and integrated archive
backup, can be optionally expanded for long-term archiving
(StoragePlus, Process Historian or Central Archive Server)
7 Self-diagnostics (health check) for monitoring important OS
server applications
7 Integration of modifications without interrupting runtime
operations, and online testing through selective loading of
redundant servers
The operator system of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control 7 Optimized AS/OS communication:
system permits user-friendly and secure execution of the data transmission only following change in data, independent
process by the operating personnel. The operator can observe of AS reply cycle; suppression of nuisance alarms
the process sequence by means of various views and intervene
to control the system when necessary. 7 User-friendly process control and high operational reliability,
also in conjunction with multi-screen technology
The operator system architecture is extremely variable and can 7 Extended status displays through combination of status and
be flexibly adapted to different plant architectures and customer analog values with alarm information
requirements.
7 Highly effective alarm management provides support for
The basis is formed by perfectly coordinated operator stations operating personnel
for single-user systems (OS single stations) and for multi-user - Assignment of priorities with up to 16 message priorities as
systems with client/server architecture. additional attribute to the message classes
The system software of the operator stations can be expanded - Visual and audible suppression of messages which are irrel-
by cumulative SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Runtime licenses for 100, evant to a specific operating state (dynamic or manual)
1 000 and 5 000 process objects (PO) up to following configu- - Suppression of sensor/actuator alarms during startup or in
ration limits: event of malfunction
5 000 POs per OS Single Station 7 Centralized user administration with access control and
electronic signature
8 500 POs per OS Server (with client/server architecture)
7 Sign-of-life monitoring for subordinate systems connected to
the plant bus
7 System-wide time synchronization based on UTC (Universal
Time Coordinated)
Operator system
Introduction
G_PCS7_XX_00071
redundant)
Single station: PCS 7 Engineering Software for AS/OS
including OS Runtime software
Industrial Ethernet
Server: PCS 7 OS Software Server Automation systems
Client: PCS 7 OS Software Client
You only need the corresponding software licenses in order to
use the preinstalled SIMATIC PCS 7 software. A multiple station system consists of operator terminals
(OS clients) which receive data (project data, process values,
Depending on the customer's particular requirements and archive data, alarms and messages) from one or more
whether used as OS single station, OS server or OS client, you OS servers over a terminal bus. The terminal bus can share the
can expand the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations with transmission medium with the plant bus or it can be designed as
optional hardware components, e.g. with: a separate bus (Industrial Ethernet with TCP/IP).
Hardware and software components for redundant operation In this architecture, redundant OS servers may be set up to meet
Signal module for audible and visual signaling of messages higher availability requirements. Critical applications running on
Smart card reader for access protection the OS server are monitored by Health Check for software faults.
If a fault is detected, switchover to the redundant system is
Multi-monitor graphics card for operation of up to 4 process triggered. Synchronization of the redundant OS servers takes
monitors place automatically and at high speed.
Process monitors for office and industrial environments
OS clients can access the data of not only one OS server/server
See section "Industrial Workstation/IPC" for ordering data and pair, but from several OS servers/pairs of servers simultaneously
detailed information on the scope of delivery and technology of (multi-client mode). This makes it possible to divide a plant into
the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations. technological units and to distribute the data accordingly to
several OS servers/pairs of servers. In addition to scalability, the
Single-user system (OS single station) advantage of distributed systems is the ability to decouple plant
In a single station system architecture, all operation and areas from each other, which results in higher availability.
monitoring functions for a complete project (plant/unit) are SIMATIC PCS 7 supports multi-user systems with up to
concentrated in one station. 12 OS servers or 12 redundant OS pairs of servers. In multi-
This OS single station can be operated on the plant bus together client mode, OS clients can access data from one or more of the
with other single-user systems or parallel to a multi-user system. 12 OS servers/pairs of servers in parallel (up to 32 OS clients
Redundant operation of two OS single stations is also possible simultaneously on all).
(SIMATIC PCS 7 single station redundancy). The OS servers are designed in addition with client functions
Depending on the version (IE or BCE), the OS single station can which permit them to access the data (archives, messages,
be connected to the Industrial Ethernet plant bus via one of the tags, variables) from the other OS servers of the multi-user
following network components: system. This means that process graphics on one OS server can
also be linked with variables on other OS servers (area-
IE: CP 1623 communication module (preinstalled in independent displays).
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation) or CP 1613 A2
communication module (alternative) for communication with Like the OS single stations, the OS servers can be connected to
up to 64 automation systems the Industrial Ethernet plant bus using one of the following
BCE: Standard Ethernet card (10/100/1000 Mbit/s) and network components
Basic Communication Ethernet for communication with up to IE: CP 1623 communication module (preinstalled in
8 automation systems (not redundancy stations) SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation) or CP 1613 A2
communication module (alternative) for communication with
Two 10/100/1000 Mbit/s Ethernet RJ45 ports are always up to 64 automation systems
integrated onboard for use as desired.
BCE: Standard Ethernet card (10/100/1000 Mbit/s) and
The OS engineering is located as standard in a separate Basic Communication Ethernet for communication with up to
engineering system 8 automation systems (not redundancy stations)
Two 10/100/1000 Mbit/s Ethernet RJ45 ports onboard can be
used to connect to the terminal bus.
Operator system
Introduction
Design (continued)
OS archiving The Process Historian can be combined with an information
server to generate reports. With the Process Historian, there is
The operator system already includes a high-performance no limit to archiving in a plant regarding the number of archivable
archiving system based on Microsoft SQL Server with cyclic single stations, servers or pairs of servers.
archives for short-term saving of process values and messages/
3
events (alarms). This short-term archive can be combined with The Central Archive Server (CAS), which was also designed for
a long-term archive that corresponds to the relevant perfor- the upper performance range, is primarily used for modern-
mance requirements. ization and expansion of plants in which long-term archiving is
already implemented. It can be configured as a single server or
The StoragePlus provided for the bottom performance range is as a redundant pair of servers, and can archive approx.
able to archive approx. 1 600 process values/s from a total of 10 000 values/s from up to 11 servers/pair of servers.
4 single stations/servers/pairs of servers.
The data managed in the archiving systems can be saved on all
The scalable Process Historian is the preferable recommen- storage media supported by the operating system. This requires
dation for an archiving system for long-term archiving in the additional hardware and software, e.g. a DVD writer with suitable
upper performance range. It manages process values and burning software.
messages as well as batch data from SIMATIC BATCH
swapped-out from the OS archives in a central database. All archiving systems are only nodes on the terminal bus.
Technical specifications
Definitions OS quantity framework
OS tag An OS tag or parameter is a defined memory location Max. number of OS servers / 12
required for operating and monitoring with the pairs of servers
operator system; values can be written into it and read
from it (e.g. setpoint, actual value etc.). Max. number of automation systems 64
per OS server / pair of servers
Process object A process object (PO) is synonymous with an
(PO) operable and monitorable block. A PO usually has Max. number of OS clients 32
several OS tags (which can be operated and in multi-client mode 1)
monitored). The number of OS tags differs depending (per multi-user system)
on the block type. For example, motors or valves Max. number of monitors per 4
require fewer tags than closed-loop controls or dosing operator station with multi-channel
units. operation
Licensing Licensing and license verification of the OS software Max. number of OS areas 64
for SIMATIC PCS 7 are based on the process objects.
Max. number of windows per 1 to 16 (adjustable)
Every block fulfilling the following criteria is counted monitor
and calculated as a PO:
The block is not a driver block. Number of trends per trend window 10
The block can be operated and monitored.
Selection time for OS area display <2s
This block can handle messages.
(100 process symbols)
The license verification also takes into account the
sum of all OS tags used. Max. number of process objects:
Per OS single station 5 000 POs
Per OS server 8 500 POs
Max. number of configurable 150 000
messages per server/single station
Number of process tags
Per OS single station Approx. 3 000
Per OS server Approx. 5 000
Per multi-user system Approx. 60 000
Integral high-performance
archive system
(cyclic buffer), based on
Microsoft SQL server, for:
Process value archiving Approx. 1 000/s
(per OS server / single station)
Message archiving Steady-state load approx. 10/s
(per OS server/ single station) Message peak approx. 3 000 / 4 s
1) If every OS client has access to all OS servers/pairs of servers
Operator system
OS software
Introduction
3
SIMATIC PCS 7 ES/OS IPC1) BCE W7 1 2
Design with BCE communication for up to 8 automation
systems (no redundancy stations)
The OS standard software is already preconfigured for the corre- SIMATIC PCS 7 ES/OS IPC1) IE W7 1 2
sponding OS single station, OS server or OS client as the target with Industrial Ethernet communication
system, and preinstalled on it. You only need the corresponding
Additional IE communications software
software licenses in order to use the preinstalled OS standard
for SIMATIC PCS 7 ES/OS IPC1) IE W7
software.
SIMATIC NET HARDNET IE S7 REDCONNECT 1 2
Starting from this, the OS software can be extended as required PowerPack
using additive software components and licenses.
OS standard software
OS single stations and OS clients can be additionally equipped SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software Single Station V8.0 1 --
with SIMATIC PCS 7 SFC Visualization and Safety Matrix Viewer.
SIMATIC PCS 7 Single Station Redundancy V8.0 -- 1
The high-performance circular buffer archiving system including RS 232 connecting cable, 10 m
integrated as standard in OS single station and OS server for
short-term archiving of up to 512 tags can be expanded within Supplementary OS software (optional)
the limit of 10 000 tags using SIMATIC PCS 7 OS/PH archive SIMATIC PCS 7 SFC Visualization V8.0 1 2
licenses (for order information, see subsection "OS archiving" in SIMATIC Safety Matrix Viewer V6.2 1 2
section "Operator System"). These Count Relevant Licenses are
cumulative. SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Runtime License for adding 1 2
OS Runtime POs
The short-term archive can also be combined with a long-term
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS/PH archives for expansion of 1 2
archive. StoragePlus is available for long-term archiving in the the short-term circular buffer archive
lower performance range; the Process Historian the first choice
for the high performance range. The Central Archive Server Multi-user system with client/server architecture
(CAS), which was initially introduced with SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.1,
is also available for SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0. It is preferably used for OS Server Redundancy
modernization and expansion of plants in which a CAS is already with Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit
operating system without with
in operation. See the subsection "OS archiving" in the section
"Operator system" for details. SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation
including operating system, alternatives
You can also implement redundant system configurations with SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server IPC1) BCE SRV08 1 2
OS single stations and OS servers. See the subsection "OS with BCE communication for up to 8 automation
redundancy" in the section "Operator system" for details. systems (no redundancy stations)
The following tables provide a selection aid for ordering an SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server IPC1) IE SRV08 1 2
operator station. Depending on whether a redundant or non- with Industrial Ethernet communication
redundant design is selected, the tables indicate the respec- Additional IE communications software
tively required number of for SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server IPC1) IE SRV08
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations, SIMATIC NET HARDNET IE S7 REDCONNECT 1 2
PowerPack
licenses for OS standards software, and
OS standard software
licenses for optionally used supplementary OS software.
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software Server V8.0 1 --
PCS 7 Server Redundancy V8.0, including -- 1
RS 232 connecting cable, 10 m
Supplementary OS software (optional)
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Runtime License for adding 1 2
OS Runtime POs
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS/PH archives for expansion of 1 2
the short-term circular buffer archive
1)
IPC stands for one of the SIMATIC IPC types from the product range in
the section "Industrial Workstation/IPC, Preconfigured bundles, SIMATIC
Rack PC" which are authorized for SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0.
Operator system
OS software
Introduction
Design (continued) A standard view and a server view are available for the techno-
logical representation of a plant, each with variously designed
Multi-user system with client/server architecture area overviews. Features provided in both views include:
OS client Message line for the last received message, configurable for
with Windows 7 Ultimate 32-bit operating priority-based display of message with highest message
system; connection for terminal bus onboard class or priority
3 SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation/IPC Date, time and name of the operator
including operating system, alternatives Area overview; number of displayed areas depends on
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Client IPC1) W7, alternatively 1 resolution: up to 36 (lowest/XGA), up to 144 (highest/WQXGA)
with
- Onboard standard graphics Working area for plant displays and movable windows for
- Multi-monitor graphics card "2 screens" or "4 faceplates, trends, messages etc.
screens" System function keys
SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX OS Client 627C, alternatively 1
- without panel The project editor in the operator system offers a wide range of
- with front panel different image formats and resolutions for displaying process
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Client 427C (Microbox) 1 graphics:
OS standard software Graphic standard Format Resolution Support of multi-
monitor mode
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software Client V8.0 1
XGA 4:3 1024 x 768 Yes
Supplementary OS software (optional)
XGA+ 4:3 1152 x 864 Yes
SIMATIC PCS 7 SFC Visualization V8.0 1
SXGA 5:4 1280 x 1024 Yes
SIMATIC Safety Matrix Viewer V6.2 1
1)
UXGA 4:3 1600 x 1200 Yes
IPC stands for one of the SIMATIC IPC types from the product range in the
section "Industrial Workstation/IPC, Preconfigured bundles, SIMATIC Rack WSXGA+ 16:10 1680 x 1050 Yes
PC" which are authorized for SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0.
HD 1080 (Full HD) 16:9 1920 x 1080 Yes
Note on Microsoft SQL Server software WUXGA 16:10 1920 x 1200 Yes
The "SQL Server" software from Microsoft which is delivered WQXGA 16:10 2560 x 1600 --
together with SIMATIC PCS 7 is exclusively intended for this
process control system. It must not be used in any other context Their use depends on how the graphics controller of the
without previous written approval by Siemens. operator station and the process monitors controlled by it are
designed.
Function The representative and functional display of your plant is
supported by a high-quality, modern design. The global
appearance can be set using predefined or user-specific
designs: color palette, colors, styles (fill patterns), optical effects
(2D/3D, shading, transparency, colored identification of an
image object when selected, etc.). These can be changed
locally for each image object.
In addition, the design is fundamentally influenced using a wide
range of attractive elements provided by the Graphics Designer
when configuring in the engineering system:
Object palettes with styles, controls (applications for control
and monitoring, e.g. for curve and message display),
standard objects and smart objects
Global symbol library with standardized display objects for
plants and units
Symbols and faceplates from the SIMATIC PCS 7 libraries,
especially the Advanced Process Library (APL)
OS process control with freely-positionable windows
Graphical user interface (GUI)
The predefined user interface of the operator system has all the
features typical of a control system. It is multilingual, clearly
structured, ergonomic and easy to understand. Operators can
survey the process extremely easily, and rapidly navigate
between different views of the plant. The system supports them
in this process with hierarchical display structures that can be
configured as required. These facilitate the direct selection of
lower-level areas during process control. The current position
within the hierarchy can always be recognized in a window of the
Picture Tree Manager.
Process displays and process tags can also be called directly
by their name, or by a "Loop-in-alarm" starting from a selected
message An online language selector permits the user to
change the display language during runtime.
Operator system
OS software
Introduction
Function (continued)
TrendControls function for table displays and curve displays Table window
One or more value columns can be configured for a time column
in the table window. In accordance with this configuration, each
line displays the process values recorded at a particular time.
3
Analogous to this, it is also possible to combine several time
columns with other value columns in a table window. The layout
can be adapted during runtime by shifting, showing or hiding
columns.
In run-time mode, operators can also modify the time data,
manually change displayed values, and save these modified
values.
Trend window
One or more time axes correlate in the trend window with one or
more value axes whose range value is fixed or dynamic. The
scale for the value axes can be linear, logarithmic, percentage
or freely-configurable.
A trend displays a corresponding process value at every point in
time. The number of curves displayed in a trend window is freely-
selectable. Styles and colors can be configured individually,
possibly with a limit-dependent change in color. Grids and rulers
Trend window on the operator station can be used to improve readability and orientation.
The TrendControls function permits operators to display Several trends can be combined in a trend group with common
archived values of archive tags from the process value archive time and value axes. It is also possible to configure several curve
as well as online values of process tags from the tag windows. These can be linked together if required, e.g. to
management in relation to time (table/trend window) or in relation compare process values. Linked curve windows have a
to another value (function window). The time can be defined common time axis, zoom, scroll bar and ruler.
statically (absolute, as configured) or dynamically (in relation to
the actual system time) as: Operators additionally have the following options for adaptation
Start and end times during runtime:
Start time and period Enlarge trend window selection
Start time and number of measuring points Move selection along the time and value axis
Move, hide or show time and value axes of individual trends
All TrendControls have scrolling functions and a function for
directly selecting the start or end. Show/hide trend and bring to foreground
Change the displayed time interval
During runtime, operators can individually adapt the TrendCon-
trols functions which have already been predefined during plant Function window
configuration, and save the settings globally or user-specific.
They are able to change the data link during runtime, and to The function window is similar to the trend window except that
access other data. It is also possible to integrate exported the time axis is replaced by a value access. Process values can
archive databases online. then be displayed in relation to other process values, e.g.
pressure depending on temperature Setpoint curves from user
The displayed data can be processed further by: archives can also be included in the display.
Exporting per CSV file Fixed or dynamic value ranges with linear or logarithmic scaling
Output in a predefined print job can be assigned to the X and Y axes. The values which are
related to one another are based on different variables whose
TrendControls functions can also be combined with a ruler updating cycles must be the same. The time range in which the
window. The ruler window positioned in the process display values are displayed (static or dynamic) can be entered
independent of the connected TrendControl function shows separately by operators for each curve.
additional information in three views depending on the selection
of a time or time range in the trend/table window using a ruler: Properties, functions and configuration options are otherwise
Coordinate window with X and Y coordinates of the curve largely identical to the trend window.
points at the points of intersection of the rulers
Statistics range window with the values lying within a selected
range
Statistics window with statistical information on a selected
range: minimum, maximum, average, standard deviation,
integral
Operator system
OS software
Introduction
Function (continued)
AlarmControl function for message display and processing After a power failure, the last messages (e.g. 60) can be
reloaded from the message archive to the message window.
Up to 150 000 messages can be configured per OS single Thus, when the system is restarted, the last message map prior
station/OS server: to the power failure is reconstructed.
Predefined system messages, triggered by a system event
3
With large quantity frameworks and a high number of messages,
Individual or group messages, initiated by a change in the following measures can be used to noticeably reduce the
process states operator workload by reducing the relevant messages and
Operator input messages, resulting from the manual operation improving the transparency:
of objects Visual and audible hiding of messages which are of reduced
The message system integrated in the operator system records importance in certain situations for the safe and fault-free
these process messages and local events, saves them in operation of the plant, e.g. process signals (logging and
message archives, and displays them by means of the freely- archiving are not influenced):
configurable AlarmControl function (message view/window). - Dynamically, i.e. depending on preconfigured definition for
up to 32 operating states (Smart Alarm Hiding)
Operators can use the toolbar to select various standardized - Manually, for a limited period
lists with integral scrolling function:
Assignment of priorities using up to 16 message priorities as
Entered state list: currently present, unacknowledged additional attribute to the known message classes
messages
Intentional blocking and enabling of messages from an
Acknowledged list: currently present, acknowledged individual process tag or all process tags of the display/area
messages by the operator in the event of faults on a sensor/actuator or
Exited state list: unacknowledged messages, but already during commissioning (recording of blocking and enabling in
exited the operator activity log)
Operator list: current and archived operator input messages The "Loop-in-alarm" and "Select display using process tag"
Process control list: current and archived I&C messages functions support the quick evaluation and resolution of faults.
Using "Loop-in-alarm", the operator can jump directly from a
Chronicle: all currently present and archived messages message selected in the message window to the process
arranged in chronological order display with the object which caused the fault, and can then call
List of manually or automatically suppressed messages up the associated faceplate (loop display) through the process
List of messages to be suppressed when they occur tag whose block icon is colored (cyan). The faceplate window
(loop display) can be anchored so that it remains visible even
The AlarmControl function displays: when the display is changed.
Each message in a separate message line Group displays visually signal the messages currently present in
Message state and color according to the configured the process display. They also provide information on whether
message class (e.g. fault requiring acknowledgment) and messages are disabled or not.
message type (e.g. alarm or warning)
The last message to have arrived or the message with the
Selected message blocks, each in a separate column: highest priority when alarm priorities are utilized is displayed at
- System blocks: system data such as date and time, priority, the top edge of the standard view. Using the button "Extended
triggering CPU/station, user name, loop-in-alarm, message message line", the AlarmControl function can be displayed as a
state (UP/DOWN), acknowledgment status (acknowledged/ window with all received messages. A list of all messages
not yet acknowledged, duration from UP to DOWN/acknowl- currently present with maximum priority 16 can also be directly
edged) called using a button.
- Process value blocks: current process value at time of
message, e.g. temperature
- User text blocks: 255 characters of text, e.g. message text
with fault location and cause of malfunction
Status and info text represented as symbol
Parallel to the display, all messages recorded during runtime
and their changes in state can be documented in chronological
order in a message sequence log.
Flexible setting options for audible output and priorities which
can be defined using signal variables additionally support the
signaling of messages through a sound card or by controlling
external sensors via a signal module.
Operators can individually adapt the AlarmControl function
during runtime by filtering, selecting or sorting the display
according to the contents of individual message blocks, e.g.
chronologically according to message priority or fault location,
and save the settings globally or user-specific. It is also possible Message window on the operator station
to integrate exported archive databases online.
The displayed data can be processed further by:
Exporting per CSV file
Output in a predefined print job
Operator system
OS software
Introduction
Function (continued)
Reporting and reports system Sign-of-life monitoring
Whereas the reporting system is provided to document the With the "Sign-of-life monitoring" function, the operator system is
project during its configuration, the reports system is used to able to monitor the correct operation of all subordinate systems
print out the data recorded during operation in a clear manner. connected to the plant bus. A graphical plant configuration
3
Different types of predefined logs are available: display shows the operating state of each monitored
Message sequence log component. Additional functionality in this respect is offered by
the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station (see chapter "Mainte-
Message and archive log nance Station").
Measured value log
Time-of-day synchronization
Operator activity log
System message log
User log
However, a page layout editor can be used to create completely
new page layouts or to individually adapt predefined ones. Log
objects to be printed are simply selected from the editor's object
palette, positioned and configured.
The log objects are categorized as follows:
Host log objects, e.g.
- Static objects (circle, rectangle etc.)
- Dynamic objects that are assigned current values during
output
- System objects (date/time, project name etc.)
- Special runtime log objects
OS-specific log objects, e.g.:
- Control objects (windows for messages, tables, trends, SICLOCK TC 400 central plant clock
functions, and user data)
- Current value of a process tag Together with a SICLOCK time generator (see Catalog
- Contents of user archives "ST PCS 7.1, add-ons for SIMATIC PCS 7"), the operator system
- Embedded layout of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system can implement the
- Hardcopy system-wide time-of-day synchronization on the basis of UTC
(Universal Time Coordinated). This feature is especially
Log objects for integration of external data, e.g.: beneficial for widely distributed plants present in different time
- CSV provider (CSV data as table or curve) zones, e.g. pipelines.
- ODBC data source (field as text or table)
- COM provider (COM objects as text, table or image)
The current data of the log defined in the page layout is output
on the printer by means of a predefined or self-generated print
job. Prior to output on the printer, the logs can be saved in EMF
format and displayed as a preview on the screen. Print jobs can
be started manually, time-controlled or event-controlled.
Operators are able to scan the status of the print jobs online.
Central user administration, access control and
electronic signature
With SIMATIC Logon, the operator system has central user
administration with access control that complies with the
validation requirements of 21 CFR Part 11. The administrator
can divide the users into groups and assign differently defined
access rights (roles) to these groups. The operator obtains the
specific rights when logging on within the scope of the access
control. Apart from the keyboard, an optional smart card reader,
for example, can be used as the logon device. In addition,
SIMATIC Logon offers the "electronic signature" function.
SIMATIC Logon is fully integrated in SIMATIC PCS 7. In the
context of SIMATIC PCS 7, no software licenses need be
ordered for this. For further information on SIMATIC Logon as
well as ordering data for an optional smart card reader, see
"Expansion components, smart card reader" in the section
"Industrial Workstation/IPC".
Operator system
OS software
OS standard software
for single station/server/client
Overview
The OS standard software is adapted to the SIMATIC PCS 7 The OS standard software for a redundant pair of OS servers or
Industrial Workstations offered (OS single station, OS server and two redundant OS single stations is combined in a package
OS client). (SIMATIC PCS 7 Server Redundancy/SIMATIC PCS 7 Single
Station Redundancy). See section "OS redundancy" for details.
The OS standard software for OS single stations and OS servers
Operator system
OS software
OS standard software
for single station/server/client
Operator system
OS software
SFC Visualization
Operator system
Redundant operator systems
OS redundancy
Overview
OS single stations and OS servers can have a redundant design
Client Client if necessary:
A SIMATIC PCS 7 Single Station Redundancy programming
package is required to design redundant OS single stations.
3
In addition to the OS software for the redundant operation of
two stations, this contains an RS 232 connecting cable for
optimization of internal communication between the two
stations
A SIMATIC PCS 7 Server Redundancy programming package
is required to design redundant OS servers. It contains the
Terminal bus, ring 1 Terminal bus, ring 2 OS software for a redundant server pair as well as an RS 232
connecting cable for optimization of internal server-server
communication
A separate Ethernet connection can be used instead of the serial
RS 232 connection for optimization of internal communication
between the two redundant stations (OS single stations/
Redundant OS servers). This is an alternative e.g. with larger distances
servers
between the stations or if the COM interface is required
elsewhere.
An optical or electrical connection can be used depending on
the environmental conditions and the distance between the
Redundant Industrial Ethernet redundant stations, e.g. up to 100 m per crossover network
plant bus (double ring) cable with RJ45 connectors. For further information, refer to the
manual "SIMATIC PCS 7 8.0 Fault-tolerant Process Control
Systems"; for appropriate cable material and further acces-
sories, refer to Catalog IK PI (Industrial Communication).
What further components are required depends on the plant
G_PCS7_XX_00121
Design
The following table provides an overview of which components
are required for a redundant OS single station or OS pair of
servers depending on certain criteria:
Incl. CP 1613 A2/CP 1623 and SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7 software 2 (alternative to BCE) 2 2
Software
SIMATIC PCS 7 Single Station/Server Redundancy V8.0
1 1 1
(incl. RS 232 cable)
SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7-REDCONNECT PowerPack 2
Connection to redundant plant bus (2 rings), alternatives
BCE Desktop adapter network card 2
Operator system
Redundant operator systems
OS redundancy
Design (continued)
Redundant OS single stations / OS servers Redundant OS single stations / OS servers
with BCE communication with CP 1623/1613 A2 communication
G_PCS7_XX_00143
Max. 8 automation systems Max. 64 automation systems Redundant systems
per single station/pair of servers per single station/pair of servers AS 414H, AS 417H
Operator system
Redundant operator systems
OS redundancy
Operator system
Redundant operator systems
OS redundancy
Operator system
Redundant operator systems
OS redundancy
Operator system
OS archiving
Introduction
Overview Design
The following products are offered for OS long-term archiving:
OS server: StoragePlus:
short-term archiving (cyclic)
More economical version for the lower performance range; for
Process values archiving about 1 600 values/s from as many as four single
3
stations, servers or pairs of servers
Slow Automatic saving Central Archive Server (CAS), can be configured as single or
archiving cycle e.g. daily redundant version:
> 1 min 30 byte/ High-performance version for modernization and expansion
value of plants with CAS; for archiving about 10 000 values/s from up
e.g. Central archive server:
2 weeks
to 11 servers or pairs of servers
long-term archiving
Process Historian
Perspective high-performance version
Fast
archiving cycle During long-term archiving with StoragePlus, the archived data
1 min Max. Microsoft can be visualized by means of the StoragePlus viewer. You can
30 byte/ SQL server also access the process values and messages exported to the
e.g. value CAS or Process Historian from the OS client or OpenPCS 7
7 days station.
Saving on
hard disk The data managed in StoragePlus, the CAS, or Process
Messages/events e.g. for 6 months Historian can be saved on commercially available storage
Alarm archive media (e.g. DVD). This requires additional hardware and
200 to software which support the employed operating system, e.g. a
4 000 byte/ Automatic
e.g. DVD burner with appropriate burner software.
2 months message saving
(applicative) The StoragePlus computer, the CAS, and the Process Historian
e.g. weekly are nodes on the terminal bus. They have no connection to the
Batch server
plant bus. When using a SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation
as the hardware platform, the onboard Ethernet interface
Batch data (Ethernet RJ45 port) can be used to connect to the terminal bus.
XML
G_PCS7_XX_00070
On user request,
transfer following
files
Backup
Function
end of a batch archiving Characteristics of the archive tags as well as licensing of
on DVD
short-term and long-term archiving
Scale options for short-term and long-term archives are the
archive tags, which are offered in the form cumulative
Overview of short-term and long-term archiving licenses. The licenses of the "SIMATIC PCS 7 OS/PH archives"
The operator system already includes a high-performance type are suitable for the OS short-term archive, for the CAS
archiving system based on Microsoft SQL Server with cyclic and the Process Historian.
archives for short-term saving of process values (typically 1 to The archive tags of the licenses of the "SIMATIC PCS 7 OS/PH
4 weeks) and messages/events (typically 2 months). Data from Archive" type are freely cumulative up to the respective config-
the short-term archive as well as OS reports and batch data from uration limit, e.g. 10 000 tags for OS short-term archiving or
SIMATIC BATCH can be exported time-controlled or event- 120 000 tags for CAS long-term archiving.
controlled for permanent archiving in a long-term archive.
If a CAS is not used, the "SIMATIC PCS 7 OS/PH Archive" type
licenses are installed on the OS single stations and
OS servers of the system. Otherwise the installation is only on
the CAS. OS single stations and OS servers then "book" their
archive tags from the CAS's stock of tags.
Operator systems (OS single stations and OS servers) are
assigned 512 archive tags each by the OS software, the CAS
is immediately provided with 1 500 archive tags by the central
archive server basic package. If the short-term archiving of
the operator systems is combined with the CAS long-term
archiving, the 512 archive tags of the OS single stations and
OS servers are cumulated with the 1 500 archive tags of the
CAS. The cumulated archive tags are then available univer-
sally for short-term and long-term archiving.
In the case of redundant archive systems, two archives must
be configured with the corresponding number of archive tags.
Operator system
OS archiving
OS short-term archiving
Operator system
OS archiving
OS long-term archiving with StoragePlus
Overview Function
StoragePlus manages the process values, messages and OS
G_PCS7_XX_00056
OS clients reports which are swapped out of the OS archives, as well as
batch data from SIMATIC BATCH, in a central database and
StoragePlus makes these data available independent of the PCS 7 runtime
(separate systems:
3 computer)
All data can be visualized in a graphic and clear manner using
the Internet Explorer, selection of the data is selected by
Terminal bus
integrated filter functions.
Messages and process values can be shown in table form,
and process values also in graphic form.
Tables of process values can be exported in CSV format for
processing in other Windows applications, e.g. Microsoft
OS server Batch server Excel.
(redundant) (redundant)
The data managed by StoragePlus and the cataloging can be
Plant bus
swapped out onto all commercially available storage media. You
require additional hardware and software for this which support
the StoragePlus operating system, e.g. DVD writer with appro-
priate writer software.
Automation
systems StoragePlus is able to read data exported by StoragePlus V1.0 /
V1.1 and to convert it into the current data format.
StoragePlus is a program package for long-term archiving of Overview of functions
OS archive data (process values and messages), Archiving of messages, process values and reports of the
OS reports and SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0operator systems
batch data of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system. Archiving of batch data from SIMATIC BATCH V8.0
StoragePlus manages the process values and messages Cataloging of all StoragePlus data
exported from the OS archives, the OS reports as well as batch Swapping out of all StoragePlus data as well as the cataloging
data from SIMATIC BATCH in a central database. All these data onto external storage media
can be visualized in a graphic and clear manner using the Reading the swapped-out StoragePlus data and cataloging
Internet Explorer. from external storage media
Configuration of views (picture windows and masks) including
Application the selection criteria for displaying the data
StoragePlus can be used for long-term archiving of process Visualizing of messages in table form dependent on filter
values and messages, OS reports and SIMATIC BATCH data functions
from up to 4 single stations/servers/pairs of servers of the Displaying of process values in table or graphic form
SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0 process control system. dependent on filter functions
StoragePlus should be installed on a separate computer with Exporting of process values in CSV format, e.g. to Microsoft
Windows XP Professional 32-bit, Windows Server 2003 R2 Excel
Standard 32-bit, or Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit Visualizing a batch overview (selecting the detailed log of a
(see chapter "Industrial Workstation/IPC"). This computer should batch from the batch overview is possible)
be connected via the terminal bus to the OS and batch servers/
single stations of the SIMATIC PCS 7 system. Web-based presentation of data
Access protection with user-specific rights
Migration of messages and measured values from
StoragePlus V1.0 / V1.1
Operator system
OS archiving
OS long-term archiving with StoragePlus
3
archiving by one server servers
Data input for process value Approx. 1 600/s 4 languages (German, English,
archiving by all servers French, Chinese), software class
A, runs with Windows XP Profes-
Max. data volume input per day 500 MB sional 32-bit, Windows Server
2003 R2 Standard 32-bit or
Hardware requirements Windows Server 2008 R2
Main memory 2 GB or more recommended Standard 64-bit, single license for
1 installation
Hard disk memory recommended
Type of delivery: License key
Safety EIDE-RAID 1 with 2 hard disks for
memory stick, certificate of
80 GB or more
license
Capacity 2 hard disks for 80 GB or more for
separating database and log files
Software requirements
Operating system/applications Windows XP Professional 32-bit,
Windows Server 2003 R2
Standard 32-bit, or Windows
Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit
Microsoft Internet Explorer V7.0
or higher
Microsoft Internet Information
Services (IIS) and Message
Queuing installed
Software required for StoragePlus Microsoft SQL Server 2005
from the scope of delivery of OS Client SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0
SIMATIC PCS 7; when used for SIMATIC BATCH V8.0 client
StoragePlus, no additional licenses software
are required.
Operator system
OS archiving
OS long-term archiving with Central Archive
Server
G_PCS7_XX_00073
OS clients clients or the OpenPCS 7 station. SIMATIC BATCH stores batch
data only one one CAS. However, the data is available on both
CAS as a result of automatic archive synchronization.
Operator system
OS archiving
OS long-term archiving with Central Archive
Server
Function (continued) If a product listed in this catalog does not have the regional
identification ASIA, it can always be used globally. However, the
Overview of functions following restriction applies: If a regional ASIA product is offered,
Archiving of messages, process values and reports of the the pendant for international use does not support the Asian
SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0operator systems languages (currently Chinese simplified) present in the ASIA
product.
Archiving of batch data from SIMATIC BATCH V8.0
The following special points must be observed as a result of the
Cataloging of all data
Swapping out of all data as well as cataloging onto external
definition of separate products for installation software and
licenses. The SIMATIC PCS 7 installation software is available in
3
storage media the form of two data medium packages:
Reading the swapped-out data and cataloging from external SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package
storage media
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package ASIA
Data visualization on the OS clients:
- Configuration of views (picture windows and masks) The specific ASIA software licenses harmonize exclusively with
including the selection criteria for displaying the data the SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package ASIA. SIMATIC
- Visualizing of messages in table form dependent on filter PCS 7 software licenses for which there is no ASIA pendant can
functions be used with both SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Packages.
- Displaying of process values in table or graphic form
dependent on filter functions Ordering data Order No.
- Visualizing a batch overview (selecting the detailed log of a
batch from the batch overview is possible) Central Archive Server (CAS)
Exporting of process values in CSV format, e.g. to Microsoft SIMATIC PCS 7 Central Archive
Excel Server Basic Package V8.01)
including 1 500 tags
Access protection with user-specific privileges, also using per SIMATIC PCS 7 OS/PH
SIMATIC logon archive licenses can be
expanded to up to 120 000 tags;
Configurable redundancy mode
software class A, runs under
Windows XP Professional 32-bit,
Technical specifications Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit or
Windows Server 2003 R2
Central Archive Server (CAS) standard 32-bit, single license for
1 installation
Long-term archiving Up to 11 servers/server pairs Type of delivery: License key
simultaneously memory stick, certificate of
Data input for process value Approx. 1 000/s license
archiving by one server 5 languages (German, English, 6ES7 658-2FA08-2YB0
French, Italian, Spanish)
Data input for process value Approx. 10 000/s
archiving by all servers ASIA, 2 languages (English, 6ES7 658-2FA08-2CB0
Chinese)
Message input by one server Continuous load approx. 10/s
(limited by the performance of Message burst approx. 3 000/4 s SIMATIC PCS 7 OS/PH archives
short-term archiving) Cumulative archive licenses,
language-neutral, software class
Operating system/applications Windows Server 2003 R2 A, runs with Windows XP Profes-
Standard 32-bit sional 32-bit, Windows 7 Ultimate
Microsoft Internet Explorer V7.0 32/64-bit, Windows Server
or higher 2003 R2 Standard 32-bit, or
Microsoft SQL Server 2005 Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard 64-bit, single license for
1 installation
More information Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
Regional product versions license
1 500 tags 6ES7 658-2EA00-2YB0
Originally, all SIMATIC PCS 7 software products were designed
5 000 tags 6ES7 658-2EB00-2YB0
for international use, i.e. there was only one product version for
worldwide use, which was offered in up to 6 languages: German, 10 000 tags 6ES7 658-2EC00-2YB0
English, French, Italian, Spanish and Chinese. However, the 30 000 tags 6ES7 658-2ED00-2YB0
number of supported languages was not uniform, it varied Additional components for
depending on the product. redundant CAS
The product version for international use will continue to be RS 232 connecting cable, 10 m 6ES7 902-1AC00-0AA0
available for the SIMATIC PCS 7 software. In addition, a regional 1)
Supplied without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package or SIMATIC
"ASIA" product version will also be offered for the SIMATIC PCS 7 PCS 7 Software Media Package ASIA; for further information on the the
Software Media Package and specific SIMATIC PCS 7 software Software Media Package, see section "SIMATIC PCS 7 Software".
products of the "Engineering System" and "Operator System"
system components. ASIA products are explicitly identified in
the name by the supplement "ASIA". They currently support
English and Chinese (simplified).
Operator system
OS archiving
OS Long-Term Archiving with Process Historian
Overview
The Process Historian is used for long-term archiving of the
G_PCS7_XX_00297
Project A Project B following data from the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system:
OS archive data (process values and messages)
OS clients Batch data
3 The process values and messages exported from the OS
archives, as well as the batch data from SIMATIC BATCH are
managed by the Process Historian in a central database. They
Terminal bus can visualized on OS clients or OS single stations either directly
or with the support of the information server.
OS single
station
- OS server Process Historian and
- Batch server information server
Plant bus
Automation
systems
Design
The basis hardware for the Process Historian can be a SIMATIC The Process Historian and Information Server do not need a
PCS 7 Industrial Workstation of the type IPC847C, server connection to the plant bus. They can be connected to the
version, with an additional hard disk for the operating system OS and batch servers of the SIMATIC PCS 7 system via terminal
and SIMATIC PCS 7 software (see section "Industrial bus, e.g. via the integrated network connection (Ethernet RJ45
Workstation/IPC"). A RAID 5 hard disk configuration, which can port onboard) of the server.
be selected in the ordering data, can be used for the database.
Configuration of the Process Historian
The use of a Fujitsu Primergy server is recommended for larger
quantity structures (more than 3 OS servers in the maximum In addition to the SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Historian Basic
archive configuration) (see under Premium Server for SIMATIC Package or the SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Historian and Infor-
PCS 7 in the Catalog ST PCS 7.1). mation Server Basic Package, cumulative SIMATIC PCS 7
OS/PH archive licenses are required for the configuration of the
The Information Server can be installed and operated on the Process Historian. These licenses must always be stored on the
Process Historian hardware or on separate hardware. When the Process Historian server. The SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Historian
Information Server is operated separately, any server version or Archive BATCH software product for archiving batch data from
single station version of the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial SIMATIC BATCH V8.0 can be ordered optionally.
Workstation is suitable (see section "Industrial Workstation/IPC").
Configuration of the Information Server
The Process Historian and Information Server run under the
Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit operating system, the In addition to the SIMATIC PCS 7 Information Server Basic
information server on separate hardware can also run under Package or the SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Historian and Infor-
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit or Windows Server 2003 R2 mation Server Basic Package, for configuration of the Infor-
Standard 32-bit. mation Server you require cumulative SIMATIC PCS 7 Infor-
mation Server licenses corresponding to the number of clients
that access the Information Server.
Software products/licenses Single Server
Process Historian plus Information Server Process Historian
Information Server
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation, server version 1 1 1
including Ethernet network cards and BCE
SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Historian and Information 1 -- --
Server Basic Package
SIMATIC PCS 7 Information Server Basic Package -- 1 --
SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Historian Basic Package -- -- 1
SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Historian Archive BATCH 1 -- 1
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS/PH archive cumulative archive Licenses for 1 server -- Licenses for 1 server
tags (sets of 1 500, 5 000, 10 000 and 30 000)
SIMATIC PCS 7 Information Server license Licenses for 1 server Licenses for 1 server --
Cumulative client licenses (sets of 1, 3, 5, 10)
Configuration options
Operator system
OS archiving
OS Long-Term Archiving with Process Historian
Function
Process Historian Archiving and visualization functions
The Process Historian can archive process values, messages, Real-time archiving of process values and messages from the
and batch data from the SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0 process control SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0 operator systems
system. It is configured in a SIMATIC PCS 7 project similar to Support for the OS single stations of SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0
other stations of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system (e.g.
OS Server, Batch Server, Route Control Server, OpenPCS 7
Archiving of batch data from SIMATIC BATCH V8.0
Support of multiple SIMATIC PCS 7 projects
3
Server or all clients).
The process values and messages managed in the database of Scaling relative to the basic hardware employed in respect to
the Process Historian on the OS clients and OS single stations performance and quantity structure
can be visualized in graphic and clear manner. Data selection is Swapping out of all data as well as cataloging onto external
supported by integrated filter functions. Messages and process storage media
values can be shown in table form, and process values also in Reading the swapped-out data and cataloging from external
graphic form. Tables of process values can be exported in CSV storage media
format for processing in other Windows applications, e.g.
Microsoft Excel. Data visualization on the OS clients/OS single stations:
- Configuration of views (picture windows and masks)
The data managed by Process Historian can be transferred to including the selection criteria for displaying the data
commercially available storage media (backup/restore). This - Visualizing of messages in table form dependent on filter
requires additional hardware and software which support the functions
operating system of the Process Historian, e.g. a DVD burner - Displaying of process values in table or graphic form
with appropriate burner software. The export can be triggered dependent on filter functions
by the operator. - Visualizing a batch overview (selecting the detailed log of a
batch from the batch overview is possible)
Information Server
The Information Server is the reporting system of the Process
Historian. Based on the Microsoft Reporting Services, it offers
web-based thin-client access to the historical data. Add-ins for
Microsoft Word and Excel provide additional access to the
database of the Process Historian.
Add-ins for
Microsoft Word and Excel
IS client
G_PCS7_XX_00298
Operator system
OS archiving
OS Long-Term Archiving with Process Historian
Function (continued)
Reporting functions Creation and storage of role-based dashboards
Frequently used report templates for process values, Role management for Windows users; supports workgroups
messages and batches and Active Directory; user rights can be assigned for specific
Open reporting system for creating any number of new report projects
3
templates Generation of reports and inserting as graphics in Microsoft
Storage of configured (parameterized) report templates for Office Word documents
faster access Creation of Microsoft Excel reports for historical process
Report export in common document formats values and messages as well as storage of the Excel report
templates on the Information Server
Support of subscriptions for cyclic report generation including
e-mail service Support of subscriptions for Excel report templates
Operator system
Operation and monitoring via Web
SIMATIC PCS 7 Web server
Overview Design
The products offered in the context of SIMATIC PCS 7 for
PCS 7 Web clients
operation and monitoring via Web permit cost-optimized
solutions for both types of task:
Server-based licensing is recommended for the "Standard"
3
type of application. The PCS 7 Web server requires a SIMATIC
PCS 7 Web server PCS 7 Web Server Basic license as well as at least one of the
cumulative PCS 7 Web Server licenses which enable simulta-
neous access to 1, 5 or 10 PCS 7 Web clients. Licenses are
LAN LAN not installed on the PCS 7 Web clients themselves.
INTERNET
Diagnostics licenses are tailored for such types of application.
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Web Diagnostics license available for the
PCS 7 Web client enables the client to access the assigned
Front PCS 7 Web server/single-station systems at all times. Each
Firewall PCS 7 Web server/single-station system requires a SIMATIC
PCS 7 Web Diagnostics Server license at the server end.
Back
Firewall
Since there are no functional differences between the license-
free PCS 7 Web client and the PCS 7 Web client with SIMATIC
Terminal bus PCS 7 Web Diagnostics license, mixed operation is possible.
G_PCS7_XX_00116
The SIMATIC PCS 7 OS server with Microsoft Windows Server
Plant bus 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit operating system offered in the section
"Industrial Workstation/IPC" can be used as the basic hardware
for the PCS 7 Web server. The OS software server of the
SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0 process control system is preinstalled on
this basic device in addition to the operating system.
For the configuration of the PCS 7 Web server, you additionally
The PCS 7 Web server makes available the project data of the need the "OS Software Client" license for both the "Standard"
OS servers for PCS 7 Web clients and thus enables worldwide application as well as for the "Diagnostics" application. Contrary
operator control and monitoring of a plant via intranet/Internet. to the information in the ordering data, the OS Software Client
license in this special application is approved for the Windows
It does this by accessing project-specific process data in the Server 2003 R2 Standard 32-bit and Windows Server 2008 R2
lower-level OS servers using the mechanisms of a multi-client. Standard 64-bit operating systems.
The integrated OS user management guarantees a high degree
of security here. Siemens Industry Automation provides protection against
numerous threats to IT security with comprehensive SIMATIC
Application PCS 7 security concept, professional services, products and
solutions. See the IT Security chapter for more information on
A differentiation is basically made between the following types of this.
application when operating and monitoring SIMATIC PCS 7
systems via the Web: Function
Standard:
Up to 50 PCS 7 web clients access the data of one PCS 7 web The PCS 7 Web clients equipped with Internet Explorer and
server over intranet/Internet. plug-ins which can be installed via intranet/Internet, access the
project data provided by the PCS 7 Web server . The process
Diagnostics: displays are converted by "Publishing" into a form suitable for
One or only a few Web clients have access to several PCS 7 presentation by the Internet Explorer.
Web servers/single-user systems for remote operation,
diagnostics or monitoring. A plant can be operated and monitored via the PCS 7 Web
clients in the same manner as via the OS clients. SFC Visual-
ization is supported in addition to the standard OS functions.
Trend displays can be configured online.
The user must log on with the PCS 7 Web client similar to an
OS client, and the rules for assigning of rights are also identical.
Operator actions on the PCS 7 Web client are recorded in the
OS operator activities report.
Operator system
Operation and monitoring via Web
SIMATIC PCS 7 Web server
Maintenance Station
4/2 Introduction
4/4 SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station
4/8 SIMATIC Maintenance Station PDM
Maintenance Station
Introduction
Overview Design
The two types offered as maintenance stations for SIMATIC
Automation Maintenance PCS 7 (SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station and SIMATIC
Maintenance Station PDM) differ in particular in regard to system
integration.
Enterprise Resource Enterprise Asset SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station
Planning Management
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station is fully integrated into
(ERP level) System
the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system. It provides service
4
personnel uniform maintenance information and functions for the
Manufacturing MES system components of the plant (assets) parallel to process
Execution Systems Maintenance control. It uses the hardware and software components of the
(MES level) Operations engineering system (ES) and operator system (OS) and relevant
data from the hardware and software project of the application
Controls Plant Asset for plant asset management. Depending on the project-specific
(Process and Management SIMATIC PCS 7 architecture, it can be implemented based on a
field level) SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX system (PCS 7 BOX RTX ES/OS system or
PCS 7 BOX ES/OS system), a SIMATIC PCS 7 single station, or
a client/server combination. No other hardware or software is
needed in addition to the system components of the process
The Maintenance Station is specialized for plant asset control system.
management (also known as plant-floor asset management), i.e. SIMATIC Maintenance Station PDM
the management of company assets that are used as fixed
assets for production. Its tasks include efficient administration The SIMATIC Maintenance Station PDM implemented as a single
and management of equipment in technological systems, in station system based on Microbox cannot only be used together
particular the I&C equipment, with the objective of maintaining with the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system or in the
and increasing the value. extended SIMATIC context, it can also be employed in any
automation systems with PROFIBUS communication. In contrast
The following maintenance strategies are used for this purpose: to the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station, it works indepen-
Corrective maintenance dently, i.e. regardless of the automation projects and the
Response to pending error and diagnostics messages automation systems (controllers). It combines mechanisms for
- Failures are risked or minimized by redundant configurations the diagnostics of EDD-based field devices and the network
- Maintenance in the form of repair or replacement topology visualization of SIMATIC PDM with functions of the
Preventive maintenance SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station. It uses the the communi-
Preventive diagnostics and maintenance cation paths of SIMATIC PDM for communication with the field
- Initiation of appropriate maintenance measures before a devices/components.
fault actually occurs Network transitions, such as IE/PB Link PN IO for the transition
- Maintenance in the form of time-dependent or status- between Industrial Ethernet and PROFIBUS, support integration
dependent maintenance (dependent on degree of wear) in the SIMATIC/SIMATIC PCS 7 plant configuration.
Predictive maintenance
Predictive diagnostics for timely detection of potential
problems and determination of the remaining service life
Using the Maintenance Station, the maintenance engineer can
check the hardware of the automation system, evaluate its
diagnostics messages and information and derive maintenance
measures from them. He is thus in the position to plan, control
and document the entire maintenance cycle - starting with the
arrival of a diagnostics message, continuing with the evaluation
of detailed diagnostics information and the planning, initiation
and tracking of a maintenance measure, all the way to its
completion.
Maintenance Station
Introduction
Function
Practical use of the Maintenance Station in a
typical maintenance cycle
A typical maintenance cycle has the following actions:
Monitoring of the status of a component or device:
- Intelligent sensors detect and signal impending failures long
before the actual failure
- Recording of diagnostics information via network compo-
nents and PC basic devices per OPC coupling
Signaling of "maintenance requirement" in:
- Group display
4
- Symbol graphics of affected components/devices, e.g. of a
sensor
- Alarm log
Navigation to component/device with "maintenance
requirement", and information on specific data such as
measuring-point number, mounting location and device type
Calling of detailed diagnostics information (depending on
device type and vendor), e.g.
- Error description
- Error cause
- Trend statement
- Information on actions
Evaluation, commenting and, if applicable, changing the
priority of the "maintenance requirement"
Initiation of a maintenance measure per maintenance request
and tracking of execution; symbolic visualization of current
status of maintenance measure
Conclusion of maintenance measure; all status displays are
reset to their normal state.
All activities are documented on the maintenance station without
gaps automatically and without additional configuration
overhead.
Maintenance Station
Overview
Parallel to process control, the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance
Station provides consistent maintenance information and
functions for the system components of the plant (assets):
The plant operator receives all process-relevant information
via the operator system, and can intervene at specific points
in the process.
The maintenance engineer checks the hardware of the
automation system using the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance
4 Station, and processes its diagnostics messages and mainte-
nance requests.
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station provides maintenance
and service personnel access to:
Components of the process control system, e.g. intelligent
field devices and I/O modules, fieldbus, controller, network
components and plant bus as well as single stations, servers
and clients
Assets that do not directly belong to the process control
system, such as pumps, motors, centrifuges, heat
The maintenance station integrated in SIMATIC PCS 7 supple- exchangers (mechanical assets) or control loops. They are
ments the process control system with a valuable instrument for represented by proxy objects in which the diagnostics rules
minimizing the total cost of ownership of a plant. are stored.
The advantages are clear. Maintenance functions and infor-
mation are no longer only available in a separate level
independent of the production. Additional hardware or software
components for plant asset management are superfluous.
Design
Architecture
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station uses hardware and As a result of the close interlacing, ES, OS, and asset
software components of the engineering system (ES) and management functions run on common hardware. Such a multi-
operator system (OS) for asset management. Depending on the functional station cannot only be used for asset management,
project-specific SIMATIC PCS 7 architecture, it can be imple- but also for system engineering or HMI.
mented on the basis of a SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX (PCS 7 BOX RTX
ES/OS system or PCS 7 BOX ES/OS system), a SIMATIC PCS 7 The following table shows possible hardware/software configu-
single station, or a client/server combination. rations of the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station (MS).
Maintenance Station
Design (continued)
Two MS servers can even be operated as a redundant pair of Conformity to international standards, specifications, and
servers. The redundant MS servers must be configured like recommendations
redundant OS servers and expanded by the SIMATIC PCS 7
Maintenance Station Runtime software. Plant asset management with the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance
Station conforms to international standards, specifications, and
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station Runtime basic recommendations. It is based on the NAMUR requirements
package already contains 100 asset TAGs. These can be (process control standards committee in the chemical and
expanded by cumulative SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station pharmaceutical industries) defined for systems for plant asset
Runtime licenses for 100 or 1 000 asset TAGs (Count Relevant management and for status messages from field devices:
4
Licenses). NAMUR recommendation NE91 (requirements for systems for
The signaling system, user interface, picture hierarchy and plant asset management)
operator prompting are based on the HMI philosophy of the NAMUR recommendation NE 105 (requirements for the
operator system. The diagnostics data of all assets are integration of fieldbus devices in engineering tools)
displayed on uniform faceplates whose contents depend on the NAMUR recommendation NE107 (status messages from field
intelligence of the respective component. This means that devices "Device failure", "Maintenance requirements",
working with the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station is simple "Function check")
and intuitive a time-consuming training period is not required.
In addition, it also observes IEC 61804-2 for describing devices
The diagnostics screens structured according to the process by means of the Electronic Device Description Language
cell hierarchy with the operating states of the SIMATIC PCS 7 (EDDL) and specifications made by the PROFIBUS & PROFINET
components can be displayed on the SIMATIC PCS 7 Mainte- International (PI) organization, e.g.
nance Station and also on the OS clients. More detailed
diagnostic information determined by SIMATIC PDM is also PROFIBUS Profile Guidelines Identification & Maintenance
displayed on the faceplates of these stations. However, Functions
enhanced online diagnostics functions in conjunction with PROFIBUS PA Profile for Process Control Devices
HW Config can only be launched from the SIMATIC PCS 7
Maintenance Station.
User management and access control for the SIMATIC PCS 7
Maintenance Station is handled by SIMATIC Logon integrated in
SIMATIC PCS 7.
Configuration
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station is based on the
hardware and software project of the application which is
generated during the standard configuration with the SIMATIC
PCS 7 engineering system. With system support, all data
relevant to the plant asset management are derived from the
project data of the application, and the diagnostics screens are
also generated, simply by pressing a button. The procedure is
simple, and requires no additional configuration work:
Generation of the hardware and software project of the appli-
cation
System-supported generation of the diagnostics screens with
all components present in the project, including the picture
hierarchy based on the project's hardware structure
Compilation of the configuration data, and downloading to the
operator station and maintenance station with subsequent test
and commissioning phase
The names of imported pictures, icons, etc. can be permanently
changed for further use in the maintenance project.
Maintenance Station
Function
Enhanced information for assets according to IEC 61804-2
Further information can be called for assets described by the
electronic device description (EDD) according to IEC 61804-2.
This information is automatically read out of the components and
made available by SIMATIC PDM in the background.
Detailed diagnostics information
- Device-specific information from the vendor
- Information on fault diagnostics and troubleshooting
4 - Additional documentation
Results of internal condition monitoring functions
Status information (e.g. local operation, local configuration
changes)
Display of modification logbook (audit trail) of the component
with all entries on the persons, times and types of operator
intervention on the component
Diagnostics message of a component in the faceplate view "Identity" Parameter view of the assets (display of parameters saved in
the component and in the project; if required, also differences
The SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station provides maintenance between them)
engineers with comprehensive maintenance information on the
system components (assets) of the plant. Starting from the Visualization of the maintenance information
overview display, maintenance engineers can navigate to the
diagnostics displays of the subordinate hardware levels to Good Maintenance Maintenance
obtain information on the diagnostics status of individual plant requirement job unknown/
areas or components. If a fault is signaled in the overview (low) not requested
display, the "loop in alarm" function permits rapid switching to
the diagnostics faceplate of the associated component. Simulation Maintenance Maintenance
request job
The scope of information available depends on the individual (medium) requested
G_PCS7_XX_00072
possibilities of the asset, and is filtered according to the user's
area of responsibility. Change in Maintenance Maintenance
The following information is available: configuration alarm job
detected (high) in progress
Display of diagnostics status determined by the system
Information on components such as tag name, vendor or
serial number Uniform symbols for visualization of the maintenance status as well as
operator prompting
Display of diagnostics messages of a component
Visualization of type and current state of initiated maintenance The hierarchical structuring of information and the uniform
measure symbols support the overview, facilitate orientation, and permit
the maintenance engineer to rapidly access detailed information
Information on mechanical assets starting from the plant overview.
For mechanical assets without self-diagnostics (pumps, motors, The symbol set defined for the plant asset management contains
etc.), the AssetMon function block can determine inadmissible symbols which identify the diagnostic status of the devices/
operating states from various measured values and their devia- components, the relevance of the maintenance request, and the
tions from a defined normal status. These are displayed as status of the maintenance measure.
maintenance alarms on the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Group displays in the plant overview visualize the diagnostics
Station. AssetMon is able to process up to 3 analog values and status of the subordinate structures/components according to a
up to 16 binary values. type of traffic light with red, yellow or green.
In addition, AssetMon is suitable for implementation of: Diagnostics displays represent the status of components and
Individual diagnostics structures subordinate devices/components through standardized
Project-specific diagnostics rules symbols with the following elements.
Condition monitoring functions Bitmap of component
Tag identification of component
Maintenance state display
Group display for diagnostics status of subordinate compo-
nents
Clicking an element in the symbol display either opens the
subordinate hierarchy level or a component faceplate. The
component faceplate offers various views of the associated
component with further device-specific information, e.g. an
identification, message or maintenance view.
Maintenance Station
Maintenance Station
Overview
SIMATIC Maintenance
Station PDM
- PCS 7 V7.1 (selective)
- AS RTX V4.6
PLC DCS - SIMATIC PDM V6.1
- HART OPC V3.2
- Microbox IPC427C
4 MS export function
- Overview
- Single export asset data
PROFIBUS DP - Diagnostic data
- Parameter data
Wireless HART
HART multiplexer
G_PCS7_XX_00293
ET 200 PA link
Integration of the system-independent SIMATIC Maintenance Station PDM in SIMATIC (PLC) and SIMATIC PCS 7 (PLS)
In contrast to SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station, which is Note:
seamlessly integrated into the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control
system, SIMATIC Maintenance Station PDM operates on In contrast to the current products in the "System Components"
separate hardware, independent of the automation projects and catalog section, SIMATIC Maintenance Station PDM V1.0 is
the employed automation systems (controllers). It integrates based on system components of SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1+SP3!
field devices and components via their Electronic Device
Description and uses the communication paths of SIMATIC PDM
to exchange information.
Application
The SIMATIC Maintenance Station PDM is generally suitable for It is especially predestined for the following tasks:
all projects which use communication modes supported by Implementation of a maintenance station for small to medium-
SIMATIC PDM as well as field devices described by an sized service projects
Electronic Device Description (EDD).
Configuring of multiple maintenance stations in an automation
project
Configuration of unit-granular maintenance stations or island
solutions
Maintenance station retrofitting in SIMATIC S7/SIMATIC PCS 7
projects independent of the project version
Implementation of maintenance stations in SIMATIC S7/
SIMATIC PCS 7 projects without "Plant-wide data record
routing" functionality
Isolation between a technological project and service project
Implementation of maintenance stations in projects without
SIMATIC S7/SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems (controllers)
Maintenance Station
Design
The SIMATIC Maintenance Station PDM is based on the Preinstalled software
hardware of the SIMATIC IPC427C Microbox, equipped with a
250 GB 2.5" SATA hard disk as a data storage medium. Due to The following software is factory installed on the SIMATIC
its exceptional physical properties, it is suited for 24-hour Maintenance Station PDM and on the supplied restore USB flash
continuous operation at temperatures from +5 to +40 C. drive:
Windows XP Professional SP3 32-bit operating system, MUI
The compact design and flexible installation options (DIN rail, (German, English, French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese)
wall or portrait mounting) in horizontal or vertical orientation
allow space-saving configurations. SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor diagnostics software
Expansions/interfaces
Maintenance Station software:
- SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1+SP3 software selection 4
SIMATIC Maintenance Station PDM provides the following: - SIMATIC PDM V6.1 for stand-alone mode (Basic + 128 TAGs
+ Routing)
4 USB ports (2.0/high-speed) - EDD device description library (Device Library) 01#2011
1 COM1 port (RS 232) - WinAC RTX 2010
1 DVI-I port (combined DVI/VGA) The package also includes a license for 100 asset TAGs.
2 Ethernet interfaces 10/100/1000 Mbit/s (RJ45)
Functional expansions and options
1 PROFIBUS DP interface, 12 Mbit/s (isolated, CP 5611-
compatible) Since the Maintenance Station software is based on SIMATIC
PCS 7 V7.1 and SIMATIC PDM V6.1, functional expansions or
It is supplied without input/output devices. In addition to mouse scale upgrades from this software spectrum can also be used in
and keyboard, two other input/output devices can be externally principle. Examples of this are:
connected via the provided USB ports, e.g. an optical drive
(DVD-ROM/DVDRW) or smart card reader USB. TAG/PO optionsfor quantitative license upgrade
- Asset TAGs in the form of SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance
A process monitor with analog (VGA) or digital (DVI) connection Station Runtime licenses
can be operated at the DVI-I port. The adapter cable required for - SIMATIC PDM TAGs in the form of TAG options or Power-
the analog VGA connection is included in the product package. Packs
In plant configurations in which field devices are integrated via - SIMATIC PCS 7 ES/OS Software PowerPacks
PROFIBUS networks, SIMATIC Maintenance Station PDM can be SIMATIC PCS 7 OS/PH archives tags
integrated via the optional IE/PB Link PN IO network transition. SIMATIC PDM option "Communication via standard HART
For further information on possible hardware expansions, refer to multiplexer"
the section "Industrial Workstation/IPC", section "Expansion SNMP OPC Server for diagnostics of network components
components". and stations based on SIMATIC IPC
Monitoring functions The configuration of plant automation functions or I/O on the
WinAC RTX 2010 software controller is excluded, however.
Configurable self-monitoring functions can be recorded and
evaluated via SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor. These monitoring Definition of asset TAGs and SIMATIC PDM TAGs
functions include:
Asset TAGs are used to license the number of monitored asset
Program execution (watchdog) objects. An asset object represents individual hardware compo-
Processor and board temperature nents within a project, e.g.
Enhanced diagnostics/messages, e.g. operating hours Measuring devices monitored per EDD, positioners, switching
counter, hard disk status or system status devices, or remote I/O stations
The "Power" and "Watchdog" signals are displayed on LEDs. Base devices or Ethernet components monitored per OPC
coupling in the maintenance station
The asset TAGs of the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station
Runtime licenses (sets of 100 and 1000 Count Relevant
Licenses) can also be used by the SIMATIC Maintenance Station
PDM.
A SIMATIC PDM TAG corresponds to a SIMATIC PDM object,
which represents individual field devices or components within
a project, e.g. measuring instruments, positioners, switching
devices or remote I/Os. SIMATIC PDM TAGs are also relevant for
diagnostics with the lifelist of SIMATIC PDM. In this case, TAGs
are considered to be all recognized devices with diagnostics
capability, whose detailed diagnostics is effected through the
device description (EDD).
Maintenance Station
Function
The functionality of the SIMATIC Maintenance Station PDM is For communication with field devices/components, SIMATIC
largely based on the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station and Maintenance Station PDM uses the SIMATIC PDM communi-
the SIMATIC PDM Process Device Manager for stand-alone cation paths over following communication interfaces:
operation. The operator interfaces are comparable with those of Industrial Ethernet
the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station configured as single
station. SIMATIC PDM integrates the intelligent field devices PROFIBUS DP
(sensors/actuators) and field components (remote I/Os, multi- PROFIBUS PA
plexers, control room devices, compact controllers, etc.) via HART on PROFIBUS
their Electronic Device Description (EDD).
4 HART multiplexer
Wireless HART
Modbus
The diagnostic information is determined over a cyclic polling
algorithm. The minimum polling cycle of the SIMATIC Mainte-
nance Station PDM is 24 hours. Approx. 4 000 field devices can
be theoretically diagnosed in this cycle.
Technical specifications
SIMATIC Maintenance Station PDM V1.0 on the basis of the Interfaces
SIMATIC IPC427C Ethernet 2 x Ethernet port (RJ45)
Design and equipment features Intel 82574L
10/100/1000 Mbps, isolated, two
Design DIN rail or wall mounting; independent controllers, teaming-
horizontal (preferred) or vertical capable
Portrait assembly; vertical PROFIBUS/MPI 1 x 12 Mbit/s (electrically isolated,
Degree of protection in IP20 CP 5611-compatible), 9-pin sub-
accordance with EN 60529 D socket
USB 4 x USB 2.0/high-speed
CPU
Serial 1 x COM1 RS 232, 115 Kbit/s
Processor Intel Pentium Core 2 Duo 1.2 GHz max., 9-pin sub-D connector
Front Side Bus 800 MHz Parallel -
Second Level Cache 3 MB Graphics connection 1 x DVI-I (DVI/VGA combined)
Chipset Intel GM45 / ICH9M DVI: Digital
VGA: Analog
Main memory 2 GB DDR3-SDRAM 1066 SO- Keyboard/mouse Connectable via USB (not
DIMM module included in scope of delivery)
Graphics LED displays Power
Graphics controller Intel GMA4500 integrated in the Watchdog
chipset
Operating system / basic
Graphics memory 32 ... 256 MB shared memory
software
Resolutions/frequencies
Operating system Windows XP Professional 32-bit
- CRT Up to 1920 x 1200, 60 ... 120 Hz MUI
- DVI Up to 1920 x 1200, 60 Hz (German, English, French, Italian,
Spanish, Chinese)
Drives
HDD 1 x 2.5" SATA-HDD, 250 GB, System-tested SIMATIC industrial SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor
internal software integrated in pre-installation
CD-ROM/DVD-RW/diskette Connectable via USB (not Monitoring / diagnostics
included in scope of delivery) functions
Watchdog Monitoring of program
execution
Restart can be configured
following faults
Monitoring time adjustable in
the software
Temperature Processor
Motherboard
(via SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor
and maintenance station)
Operating hours counter (via SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor
and maintenance station)
Maintenance Station
Maintenance Station
Automation systems
5/2 Introduction
Automation systems
Introduction
Overview Application
Microbox automation system
Microbox Standard automation systems The SIMATIC PCS 7 AS RTX Microbox automation system repre-
automation system of S7-400 series with sents the starter system for the low to mid-performance range of
with software controller hardware controller SIMATIC PCS 7. As a result of its exceptional physical properties
and small dimensions, it is particularly suitable for use at plant
level in industrial applications.
Modular automation systems of the S7-400 range
In these "Automation system bundles", selected components of
the SIMATIC S7-400 are combined together.
The following characteristics make the SIMATIC S7-400 predes-
5 tined for use as a SIMATIC PCS 7 automation system:
G_PCS7_XX_00166
SIMATIC PCS 7
AS 414 AS 416 AS 417 7 Modular design without fans
AS RTX
7 High expansion capability and ruggedness
7 Single or redundant design
7 Comprehensive communication facilities
Design
Microbox automation system
The compact and rugged automation system based on the
SIMATIC Microbox IPC427C has been designed for mainte-
nance-free 24-hour continuous operation at ambient tempera-
tures up to 55 C. Since there are no fans or rotating storage
media, it is resistant to vibration and shock.
The Windows XP Embedded Standard 2009 operating system,
the WinAC RTX 2010 controller software, and the SIMATIC PC
DiagMonitor diagnostics software are preinstalled on the
supplied 4 GB CompactFlash Card. The scope of delivery also
includes an AS runtime license for 100 POs.
Automation systems
Introduction
Design (continued)
Modular automation systems of the S7-400 range The number of process objects (PO) serves as orientation for the
selection of appropriate combinations. It should be remembered
The SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems of the S7-400 range (AS that the POs of the CPU always indicate the upper limit for the
bundles) are available in two types: automation system. This cannot be exceeded by using a
Individual components, combined per system in one memory card with a higher PO capacity. On the other hand, a
consignment reduction is possible by using a memory card for fewer POs.
Preassembled and tested complete systems (no extra charge Example of AS 414-3
compared to delivery of individual components)
Number of process Number of process Number of process
Each of these AS bundles already includes a SIMATIC PCS 7 objects (PO) with objects (PO) with objects available for
AS Runtime license for 100 process objects (PO). CPU 414-3 memory card the AS
The configuration of the AS bundles and their Order Nos. can be Up to approx. 250 2 MB RAM: up to Up to approx. 180
approx. 180
5
individually combined by selecting preconfigured ordering
units. System-specific ordering configurations are available for Up to approx. 250 4 MB RAM: up to Up to approx. 250
this purpose in the Sections "Standard automation systems", approx. 300
"Fault-tolerant automation systems" and "Safety-related
automation systems". The number of process objects is not an absolute value but depends on
the library used as well as the number and type of blocks used in the
In order to facilitate ordering of the current preferred configura- application.
tions, these are additionally listed with their complete Order No.
directly following the ordering configurations. Depending on the configuration as Single Station or Redundant
Station, an AS bundle is equipped with the following compo-
In order to make the ordering data more transparent and to facil- nents:
itate their selection, not all possible combinations for the system- 1 or 2 racks with 9 or 18 slots
specific ordering configurations are offered in this catalog. For
example, the selection options for the memory card are already 1 or 2 SIMATIC S7-400 CPUs, RAM from 768 kB to 30 MB
matched to the performance of the corresponding CPU. 1, 2 or 4 PS 405 (24 V DC) or PS 407 (120/230 V AC) power
supplies, each without backup batteries
The complete range for selection is available using two configu-
rators in the Industry Mall (www.siemens.com/industrymall); 1 or 2 memory cards with 1 to 64 MB RAM
these configurators can be used as alternatives to this catalog 1, 2 or 4 interface modules for Industrial Ethernet plant bus
for ordering the AS bundles: (via CP or integrated in CPU)
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Single Station configurator Additive PROFIBUS communications processors (by means
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Redundant Station configurator of configurator up to 4 per Single Station, up to 8 per
Redundant Station)
4 sync modules for a range up to 10 m or 10 km and 2 fiber-
optic sync cables, 1 m (longer lengths can be ordered
separately)
Technical specifications
AS AS AS AS AS AS AS AS AS AS
412-3H 414H 414-3 414-3IE 416-2 416-3 416-3IE 417H 417-4 RTX
Memory card [in MB] 1 4 4 4 8 16 16 16 16 16
Analog value measurements 10 30 35 50 125 200 250 500 700 250
Digital value measurements 15 90 110 150 350 450 600 1 000 1 200 600
PID controls 6 30 35 50 110 150 200 200 300 200
Motors 10 40 50 75 125 250 300 400 450 300
Valves 10 40 50 75 125 250 300 400 450 300
SFC 0 15 15 20 40 100 120 150 200 120
Steps 0 150 150 200 400 1 000 1 200 1 500 2 000 1 200
Dosing 0 3 3 5 15 25 30 35 45 30
Digital inputs DI 50 250 220 300 800 1 200 1 500 2 000 2 000 1 500
Digital outputs DO 25 100 110 150 300 500 700 1 000 1 000 700
Analog inputs AI 20 100 80 100 250 400 600 800 800 600
Analog outputs AO 10 40 40 50 110 180 220 400 400 220
Process objects (PO) 50 250 300 420 890 1 400 1 800 2 500 3 000 1 800
Typical mixed quantity frameworks for SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems, based on the SIMATIC PCS 7 standard library
Note:
The values quoted here are not AS-specific maximum values for
the particular item but represent a typical distribution of the
available total capacity of the AS during mixed operation of all
the items of an assembled block.
Automation systems
Introduction
Accessories
Modular automation systems of the S7-400 range The following buffer batteries are required depending on the
configuration of the AS bundles:
Lithium backup batteries of type AA with 2.3 Ah are used in the
power supply modules of all SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Single Station:
of the S7-400 range (AS bundles). Since lithium batteries are - With 1 power supply module: 2 units
relatively flammable, more rigorous transport and storage - With 2 redundant power supply modules: 4 units
regulations apply to them. SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Redundant Station:
So that these more rigorous transport and storage regulations - With 2 power supply modules: 4 units
are not transferred to the AS bundles, the backup batteries - With 2 x 2 redundant power supply modules: 8 units
should be ordered and dispatched separately (Order No.
6ES7 971-0BA00).
Automation systems
Microbox systems with software controller
Microbox automation system
Overview
The products for SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0 from this catalog section
will appear in the 1st quarter of 2012. The contents of this
catalog section will then be updated.
The current products for SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1 can be found in
the section "Previous versions".
Automation systems
5
nization, and tolerate any time differences which may result
Use a SICLOCK central plant clock as the common time
master,
see Catalog ST PCS 7.1 (Add-ons for the SIMATIC PCS 7
process control system), Section "Time-of-day synchroni-
The AS 414-3 / 414-3IE, AS 416-2, AS 416-3 / 416-3IE and zation"
AS 417-4 standard automation systems are extremely robust,
and feature high processing and communications perfor- Redundant power supply
mances. If you have two separate power supply networks for your plant,
you can increase the availability of the standard automation
Application systems by equipping these with two redundant power supplies.
The AS 414-3 / 414-3IE automation systems are tailored for small Runtime licenses
applications with small quantity frameworks. They therefore fulfill The SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for 100 POs already
the requirements for a low-cost starter solution with a modular integrated in each AS bundle can be expanded by additional
and scalable system based on the S7-400 controller range. Runtime licenses for 100, 1 000 or 10 000 POs. The process
Larger quantity frameworks can be implemented using the objects of additional Runtime licenses can be added to process
AS 416-2, AS 416-3 / 416-3IE and AS 417-4 automation objects which already exist. The number and type (e.g. 100 or
systems. These systems are preferred for medium-sized 1000) of additional Runtime licenses are irrelevant with regard to
systems and bigger. the implementable quantity framework. The AS Runtime licenses
are administered in the engineering system of the SIMATIC PCS
Design 7 process control system (on an engineering station or in the
SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX).
The standard automation systems for SIMATIC PCS 7 are
available as follows: Individual configuration of AS bundles
Individual components, combined per station in one The equipment of the standard automation systems as well as
consignment their Order Nos. can be individually compiled by selecting
Preassembled and tested complete systems (no extra charge preconfigured ordering units.
compared to delivery of individual components) Combinations typical for the respective system can be
Depending on the type of automation system, the RAM of these selected using the system-specific ordering configurations in
AS bundles varies as follows: the Chapter "Ordering data". The complete range is available
AS type RAM to you via two configurators in the Industry Mall
(www.siemens.com/industrymall):
AS 414-3 2.8 MB (1.4 MB each for program and data)
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Single Station configurator
AS 414-3IE 4 MB (2 MB each for program and data)
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Redundant Station configurator
AS 416-2 5.6 MB (2.8 MB each for program and data)
To grant you fast access to the ordering data of frequently used
AS 416-3 11.2 MB (5.6 MB each for program and data) preferred configurations, these are listed following the system-
AS 416-3IE 16 MB (8 MB each for program and data) specific ordering configurations in the Section "Ordering data"
with their complete Order No.in addition.
AS 417-4 30 MB (15 MB each for program and data)
Automation systems
Ordering data
Ordering data Order No. Ordering data Order No.
AS 414-3 6ES7 654- AS 416-2 6ES7 654-
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for
100 POs - D 100 POs - D
CPU with 3 interfaces (MPI/DP, DP and slot for CPU with 2 interfaces (MPI/DP and DP)
IF module) 5.6 MB RAM (2.8 MB each for program and
2.8 MB RAM (1.4 MB each for program and data)
data)
Type of delivery
Type of delivery Individual components, not preassembled 7
Individual components, not preassembled 7
Preassembled and tested 8
Preassembled and tested 8
Memory card
Memory card
Memory card 2 MB RAM (up to approx. B
Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx.
300 POs)
C
5
180 POs) Memory card 8 MB RAM (up to approx. D
Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx. C 800 POs)
300 POs)
CPU type
CPU type CPU 416-2 (up to approx. 800 POs) G
CPU 414-3 (up to approx. 300 POs) C
Additive IF 964-DP interface module
Additive IF 964-DP interface module Without additive IF 964-DP 0
Without additive IF 964-DP 0
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus
1 x IF 964-DP 1
1 x CP 443-1EX20 3
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus
Racks
1 x CP 443-1EX20 3
UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3
Racks UR2 (9 slots), steel 4
UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3
UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5
UR2 (9 slots), steel 4
UR1 (18 slots), steel 6
UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5
Power supply (without backup batteries)
UR1 (18 slots), steel 6
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B
Power supply (without backup batteries) 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B redundancy
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C 1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D
redundancy 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional E
1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D redundancy
2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional E 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G
redundancy 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- H
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G dancy
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- H 1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J
dancy 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- K
1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J dancy
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- K Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1)
dancy Without CP 443-5 Extended 0
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1) 1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
Without CP 443-5 Extended 0
2 x CP 443-5 Extended 2
1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
3 x CP 443-5 Extended 3
2 x CP 443-5 Extended 2
4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4
3 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 3
1)
4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4 With the UR2 rack in combination with a redundant power supply, the
number of additive CP 443-5 Extended is limited to 3.
1)
With the UR2 rack in combination with a redundant power supply, the
number of additive CP 443-5 Extended is limited to 2.
Automation systems
5 Memory card
Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx. C
Memory card
Memory card 8 MB RAM (up to approx. D
300 POs) 800 POs)
Memory card 8 MB RAM (up to approx. D Memory card 16 MB RAM (up to approx. E
800 POs) 3 000 POs)
Memory card 16 MB RAM (up to approx. E Memory card 64 MB RAM (> 3 000 POs) G
3 000 POs)
CPU type
CPU type
CPU 417-4 (up to approx. 3 000 POs) K
CPU 416-3 (up to approx. 1 400 POs) H
Additive IF 964-DP interface module
Additive IF 964-DP interface module
Without additive IF 964-DP 0
Without additive IF 964-DP 0
1 x IF 964-DP 1
1 x IF 964-DP 1
2 x IF 964-DP 2
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus
1 x CP 443-1EX20 3 Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus
1 x CP 443-1EX20 3
Racks
UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3 Racks
UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3
UR2 (9 slots), steel 4
UR2 (9 slots), steel 4
UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5
UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5
UR1 (18 slots), steel 6
UR1 (18 slots), steel 6
Power supply (without backup batteries)
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B Power supply (without backup batteries)
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C
redundancy 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C
1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D redundancy
1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D
2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional E
redundancy 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional E
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G redundancy
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- H
dancy 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- H
1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J dancy
1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- K
dancy 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- K
dancy
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1)
Without CP 443-5 Extended 0 Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1)
Without CP 443-5 Extended 0
1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
2 x CP 443-5 Extended 2
2 x CP 443-5 Extended 2
3 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 3
1)
3 x CP 443-5 Extended 3
4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4
4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4
1)
With the UR2 rack in combination with a redundant power supply, the
number of additive CP 443-5 Extended is limited to 2. 1)
With the UR2 rack in combination with a redundant power supply, the
number of additive CP 443-5 Extended is limited to 2.
Automation systems
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus
Integrated, without CP 443-1 0 Integrated, without CP 443-1 0
Racks Racks
UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3 UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3
UR2 (9 slots), steel 4 UR2 (9 slots), steel 4
UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5 UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5
UR1 (18 slots), steel 6 UR1 (18 slots), steel 6
Power supply (without backup batteries) Power supply (without backup batteries)
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C
redundancy redundancy
1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D 1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D
2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional E 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional E
redundancy redundancy
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- H 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- H
dancy dancy
1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J 1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- K 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- K
dancy dancy
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1) Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1)
Without CP 443-5 Extended 0 Without CP 443-5 Extended 0
1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1 1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
2 x CP 443-5 Extended 2 2 x CP 443-5 Extended 2
3 x CP 443-5 Extended 3 3 x CP 443-5 Extended 3
4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4 4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4
1) With the UR2 rack in combination with a redundant power supply, the 1) With the UR2 rack in combination with a redundant power supply, the
number of additive CP 443-5 Extended is limited to 3. number of additive CP 443-5 Extended is limited to 3.
Automation systems
5
CPU 414-3 with 3 interfaces well as
(MPI/DP, DP and slot for IF
module), 2.8 MB RAM Aluminum UR1 rack (18 slots)
(1.4 MB each for program and - PS 407 power supply; 20 A for 6ES7 654-8CG03-5DD0
data), CP 443-1EX20 communi- 120/230 V AC, without backup
cations processor for connection batteries, memory card
to Industrial Ethernet plant bus as 4 MB RAM
well as - PS 407 power supply; 20 A for 6ES7 654-8DG03-5DD0
Aluminum UR1 rack (18 slots) 120/230 V AC, without backup
batteries, memory card
- PS 407 power supply; 20 A for 6ES7 654-8BC03-5DD0 8 MB RAM
120/230 V AC, without backup - PS 405 power supply; 20 A for 6ES7 654-8CG03-5JD0
batteries, memory card 24 V DC, without backup
2 MB RAM batteries, memory card
- PS 407 power supply; 20 A for 6ES7 654-8CC03-5DD0 4 MB RAM
120/230 V AC, without backup - PS 405 power supply; 20 A for 6ES7 654-8DG03-5JD0
batteries, memory card 24 V DC, without backup
4 MB RAM batteries, memory card
- PS 405 power supply; 20 A for 6ES7 654-8BC03-5JD0 8 MB RAM
24 V DC, without backup UR2 aluminum rack (9 slots)
batteries, memory card
2 MB RAM - PS 407 power supply; 10 A for 6ES7 654-8CG03-3BD0
- PS 405 power supply; 20 A for 6ES7 654-8CC03-5JD0 120/230 V AC, without backup
24 V DC, without backup batteries, memory card
batteries, memory card 4 MB RAM
4 MB RAM - PS 407 power supply; 10 A for 6ES7 654-8DG03-3BD0
UR2 aluminum rack (9 slots) 120/230 V AC, without backup
- PS 407 power supply; 10 A for 6ES7 654-8BC03-3BD0 batteries, memory card
120/230 V AC, without backup 8 MB RAM
batteries, memory card - PS 405 power supply; 10 A for 6ES7 654-8CG03-3GD0
2 MB RAM 24 V DC, without backup
- PS 407 power supply; 10 A for 6ES7 654-8CC03-3BD0 batteries, memory card
120/230 V AC, without backup 4 MB RAM
batteries, memory card - PS 405 power supply; 10 A for 6ES7 654-8DG03-3GD0
4 MB RAM 24 V DC, without backup
- PS 405 power supply; 10 A for 6ES7 654-8BC03-3GD0 batteries, memory card
24 V DC, without backup 8 MB RAM
batteries, memory card
2 MB RAM
- PS 405 power supply; 10 A for 6ES7 654-8CC03-3GD0
24 V DC, without backup
batteries, memory card
4 MB RAM
Automation systems
Automation systems
Automation systems
5
10/100 Mbit/s; with electronic occupies 2 slots
manual on DVD PS 405 power supply module; 6ES7 405-0DA02-0AA0
CP 443-5 Extended 6GK7 443-5DX05-0XE0 4A
Communications processor for 24 V DC; 5 V DC/4 A,
connection of SIMATIC S7-400 to 24 V DC/0.5 A;
PROFIBUS as DP master or for with battery compartment for
S7 communication, for increasing 1 backup battery, module
the number of DP lines, for data occupies 1 slot
set routing with SIMATIC PDM PS 405 power supply module; 6ES7 405-0KA02-0AA0
and for 10-ms time stamp, 10 A
electronic manual on CD; 24 V DC; 5 V DC/10 A,
module occupies 1 slot 24 V DC/1 A;
IF 964-DP 6ES7 964-2AA04-0AB0 with battery compartment for
Interface module for connection 2 backup batteries, module
of another PROFIBUS DP line, for occupies 2 slots
plugging into a free DP module PS 405 power supply module; 6ES7 405-0KR02-0AA0
slot of the CPU 10 A, optional redundancy
PS 407 power supply module; 6ES7 407-0DA02-0AA0 24 V DC; 5 V DC/10 A,
4A 24 V DC/1 A;
120/230 V AC; 5 V DC/4 A, with battery compartment for
24 V DC/0.5 A; 2 backup batteries, module
with battery compartment for occupies 2 slots
1 backup battery, module PS 405 power supply module; 6ES7 405-0RA02-0AA0
occupies 1 slot 20 A
PS 407 power supply module; 6ES7 407-0KA02-0AA0 24 V DC; 5 V DC/20 A,
10 A 24 V DC/1 A;
120/230 V AC; 5 V DC/10 A, with battery compartment for
24 V DC/1 A; 2 backup batteries, module
with battery compartment for occupies 2 slots
2 backup batteries, module Backup battery 6ES7 971-0BA00
occupies 2 slots Type AA, 2.3 Ah
Aluminum UR1 rack 6ES7 400-1TA11-0AA0
18 slots
Aluminum UR2 rack 6ES7 400-1JA11-0AA0
9 slots
Aluminum CR3 rack 6ES7 401-1DA01-0AA0
4 slots
Steel UR1 rack 6ES7 400-1TA01-0AA0
18 slots
Steel UR2 rack 6ES7 400-1JA01-0AA0
9 slots
Automation systems
Overview
Fault-tolerant automation systems are used to reduce the risk of
production failures. The higher investment costs for fault-tolerant
automation systems are frequently negligible compared to the
costs resulting from production failures. The higher the costs of
a production failure, the more worthwhile it is to use a fault-
tolerant system.
The SIMATIC PCS 7 fault-tolerant automation systems can be
used on their own in a plant configuration, or together with
standard and safety-related automation systems. In accordance
with their basic design, they are categorized as:
Single station with only one CPU
5
Redundant station with two redundant CPUs
Application
Flexible and scalable availability
Single power supply Double power supply Single power supply Double power supply
Single plant bus communi- Single plant bus communi- Double plant bus Double plant bus
cation cation communication communication
(Single Controller)
Single Station
Double power supply Quadruple power supply Double power supply Quadruple power supply
Double plant bus communi- Double plant bus communi- Quadruple plant bus Quadruple plant bus
cation cation communication communication
Redundancy Station
(Dual Controller)
G_PCS7_XX_00185
A special feature of the fault-tolerant SIMATIC PCS 7 automation The redundant station with its two redundant CPUs already
systems is their modularity which allows flexible scaling of the offers an increased level of availability. It operates according to
availability as required. the 1oo2 principle where a switch is made from the active
subsystem to the standby subsystem in the event of a fault.
In the context of your total system planning, you already have the Starting from here, you can double the power supply or the
option with a single station for individually increasing the avail- Industrial Ethernet communications module for each subsystem
ability through use of a redundant configuration of the power as with the single station, and combined these measures
supply or the Industrial Ethernet communications module, and to together.
combine these measures together.
Automation systems
Design
A single station with only one CPU can be mounted on a UR1 Runtime licenses
(18 slots) or UR2 (9 slots) rack.
Each automation system is already provided as standard with
The redundant station consisting of two electrically isolated the SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for 100 process objects
redundant subsystems can be mounted on a UR2-H compact (PO). The number of process objects can be extended by
rack with divided backplane bus or on two separate racks (UR1 additional Runtime licenses for 100, 1 000 or 10 000 POs. The
or UR2). The design in two racks allows physical separation of process objects of additional Runtime licenses can be added to
the redundant subsystems, e.g. by a fireproof partition and over process objects which already exist. The number and type (e.g.
a distance of up to 10 km. As a result of the electrical isolation, 100 or 1000) of additional Runtime licenses are irrelevant. The
the system is insensitive to EMC interferences. AS Runtime licenses are administered on a SIMATIC PCS 7
engineering system or in the SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX.
Depending on the type of automation system, the RAM of the
single station and of the two subsystems of the redundant station Individual configuration of AS bundles
5
varies as follows:
Fault-tolerant automation systems for SIMATIC PCS 7 are
AS type RAM available as AS bundles as follows:
AS 412H 768 kB (512 kB for program and 256 kB for data) Individual components, combined per station in one
AS 414H 2.8 MB (1.4 MB each for program and data) consignment
AS 417H 30 MB (15 MB each for program and data) Preassembled and tested complete systems (no extra charge
compared to delivery of individual components)
The firmware can be updated in two different ways:
The equipment of the these AS bundles as well as their Order
Per Flash-EPROM memory card (8 MB) Nos. can be individually compiled by selecting preconfigured
From the central engineering system via the Industrial ordering units.
Ethernet plant bus
Combinations typical for the respective system can be selected
Connection of process I/Os using system-specific ordering configurations in the Chapter
"Ordering data". These ordering configurations are divided into:
Several PROFIBUS DP lines with distributed process I/Os can
be operated on the single or redundant station. A table in the Single stations: AS 412-3-1H, AS 414-4-1H and AS 417-4-1H
Chapter "Automation systems, introduction" provides an with only one CPU, e.g. for the following individual cases:
overview of the number and type of configurable PROFIBUS - Subsequent expansion to a redundant system
interfaces. - Redundant configuration on UR1 racks, comprising 2 Single
Stations, 4 sync modules and 2 sync fiber-optic cables
With two redundant PROFIBUS DP lines, the process I/Os can
Redundant stations: AS 412-3-2H, AS 414-4-2H and
be connected to a redundant station as follows:
AS 417-4-2H with two redundant CPUs, mounted on one
ET 200M remote I/Os stations with two IM 153-2 High Feature common rack (UR2-H) or two separate racks (UR2)
interface modules on a special bus module
The complete range is available to you via two correspondingly
ET 200iSP remote I/Os stations with two IM 152-1 on a special structured configurators in the Industry Mall
terminal module (www.siemens.com/industrymall):
Field devices on the PROFIBUS PA over a PA link to two SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Single Station configurator
redundant IM 153-2 High Feature interface modules
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Redundant Station configurator
Field devices on the FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 via an FF link
with two redundant IM 153-2 FF interface modules To grant you fast access to the ordering data of frequently used
Non-redundant PROFIBUS DP devices, e.g. ET 200S or preferred configurations, these are listed following the system-
ET 200pro remote I/O stations per Y-Link specific ordering configurations in the Section "Ordering data"
with their complete Order No.in addition.
Communication over the plant bus
Ordering information
The single station and the two subsystems of the redundant
For a redundant configuration based on 2 Single Stations, you
station are each connected as standard to a communications
additionally require 4 sync modules (up to 10 m or 10 km) and
processor on the plant bus.
2 fiber-optic sync cables. Their selection depends on the
The plant bus can be implemented in the form of a ring structure, distance between the two Single Stations.
which can also be configured with redundant architecture if the The AS 412H (AS 412-3-1H/AS 412-3-2H) automation systems
availability requirements are high. When there are two redundant currently only support sync modules with a range up to 10 m.
rings it makes sense to use two communications processors in Fiber-optic sync cables longer than 1 m must always be ordered
each case and to distribute their connections between the two separately (2 of each required).
rings (4-way connection). Double faults such as failure of the
OSM/SCALANCE switch on ring 1 with simultaneous interruption
in the bus cable on ring 2 can thus be tolerated.
Automation systems
Ordering data
Ordering data Order No. Ordering data Order No.
AS 412-3-1H (Single Station) 6ES7 654- AS 414-4-1H (Single Station) 6ES7 654-
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for
100 POs - D 100 POs - D
CPU with 1 interface (MPI/DP master) CPU with 2 interfaces (MPI/DP master and
768 KB RAM (512 KB for program and 256 KB DP master)
for data) 2.8 MB RAM (1.4 MB each for program and
data)
Type of delivery
Type of delivery
Individual components, not preassembled 7
Individual components, not preassembled 7
Preassembled and tested 8
Preassembled and tested 8
5
Memory card
Memory card
Memory card 1 MB RAM (up to approx. A
50 POs) Memory card 2 MB RAM (up to approx. B
180 POs)
Memory card 2 MB RAM (up to approx. B
180 POs) Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx. C
300 POs)
CPU type
CPU type
CPU 412-3H (up to approx. 50 POs) A
CPU 414-4H (up to approx. 250 POs) E
Additive IF 964-DP interface module
Additive IF 964-DP interface module
Without additive IF 964-DP 0
Without additive IF 964-DP 0
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus1)
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus1)
1 x CP 443-1EX201) 3
1 x CP 443-1EX201) 3
2 x CP 443-1EX20 for redundant connection1) 4
2 x CP 443-1EX20 for redundant connection1) 4
Racks
Racks
UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3
UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3
UR2 (9 slots), steel 4
UR2 (9 slots), steel 4
UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5
UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5
UR1 (18 slots), steel 6
UR1 (18 slots), steel 6
Power supply (without backup batteries)
Power supply (without backup batteries)
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C
redundancy 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C
redundancy
1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D
1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D
2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional E
redundancy 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional E
redundancy
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- H
dancy 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- H
dancy
1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J
1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- K
dancy 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- K
dancy
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1)
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1)
Without CP 443-5 Extended 0
Without CP 443-5 Extended 0
1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
2 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 2
2 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 2
3 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 3
3 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 3
4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4
4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4
1) Up to 5 CPs can be plugged into the UR2 rack with a single power supply, 1)
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply. Up to 5 CPs can be plugged into the UR2 rack with a single power supply,
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.
Automation systems
5
Memory card
Memory card
2 x memory card 1 MB RAM (up to approx. A
Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx. C 50 POs)
300 POs)
2 x memory card 2 MB RAM (up to approx. B
Memory card 8 MB RAM (up to approx. D 180 POs)
800 POs)
Memory card 16 MB RAM (up to approx. E CPU type
3 000 POs) 2 x CPU 412-3H (up to approx. 50 POs) A
CPU type Sync modules and cables
CPU 417-4H (up to approx. 2 500 POs) M 2 x 2 sync modules for distances up to 10 m 3
and 2 x FO sync cable, 1 m
Additive IF 964-DP interface module
Without additive IF 964-DP 0 Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus1)
2 x CP 443-1EX20 for redundant connection1) 3
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus1)
2 x 2 CP 443-1EX20 for 4-way connection1) 4
1 x CP 443-1EX201) 3
2 x CP 443-1EX20 for redundant connection1) 4 Racks
1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), aluminum 1
Racks
1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), steel 2
UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3
2 x UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3
UR2 (9 slots), steel 4
2 x UR2 (9 slots), steel 4
UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5
UR1 (18 slots), steel 6 Power supply (without backup batteries)
2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B
Power supply (without backup batteries)
2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B redundancy
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C 2 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D
redundancy
2 x 2 PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional E
1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D redundancy
2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional E 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G
redundancy
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- H
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G dancy
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- H 2 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J
dancy
2 x 2 PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional K
1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J redundancy
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- K Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1)
dancy
Without CP 443-5 Extended 0
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1)
2 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
Without CP 443-5 Extended 0
2 x 2 CP 443-5 Extended1) 2
1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
2 x 3 CP 443-5 Extended1) 3
2 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 2
2 x 4 CP 443-5 Extended1) 4
3 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 3
4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4 1) Up to 5 CPs can be plugged in per subsystem with a single power supply,
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.
1)
Up to 5 CPs can be plugged into the UR2 rack with a single power supply,
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.
Automation systems
5 Memory card
2 x memory card 2 MB RAM (up to approx. B
Memory card
2 x memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx. C
180 POs) 300 POs)
2 x memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx. C 2 x memory card 8 MB RAM (up to approx. D
300 POs) 800 POs)
2 x memory card 16 MB RAM (up to approx. E
3 000 POs)
CPU type CPU type
2 x CPU 414-4H (up to approx. 250 POs) E 2 x CPU 417-4H (up to approx. 2,500 POs) M
Racks Racks
1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), aluminum 1 1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), aluminum 1
1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), steel 2 1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), steel 2
2 x UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3 2 x UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3
2 x UR2 (9 slots), steel 4 2 x UR2 (9 slots), steel 4
Power supply (without backup batteries) Power supply (without backup batteries)
2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B
2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C
redundancy redundancy
2 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D 2 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D
2 x 2 PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional E 2 x 2 PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional E
redundancy redundancy
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- H 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- H
dancy dancy
2 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J 2 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J
2 x 2 PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional K 2 x 2 PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional K
redundancy redundancy
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1) Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1)
Without CP 443-5 Extended 0 Without CP 443-5 Extended 0
2 x CP 443-5 Extended 1 2 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
2 x 2 CP 443-5 Extended1) 2 2 x 2 CP 443-5 Extended1) 2
2 x 3 CP 443-5 Extended1) 3 2 x 3 CP 443-5 Extended1) 3
2 x 4 CP 443-5 Extended1) 4 2 x 4 CP 443-5 Extended1) 4
1) 1)
Up to 5 CPs can be plugged in per subsystem with a single power supply, Up to 5 CPs can be plugged in per subsystem with a single power supply,
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply. or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.
Automation systems
Automation systems
Automation systems
Automation systems
PS 407 power supply module; 6ES7 407-0KA02-0AA0 Aluminum UR1 rack 6ES7 400-1TA11-0AA0
10 A 18 slots
120/230 V AC; 5 V DC/10 A,
24 V DC/1 A; Aluminum UR2 rack 6ES7 400-1JA11-0AA0
with battery compartment for 9 slots
2 backup batteries, module Aluminum UR2-H rack 6ES7 400-2JA10-0AA0
occupies 2 slots For divided central controllers;
PS 407 power supply module; 6ES7 407-0KR02-0AA0 2 x 9 slots
10 A, optional redundancy Steel UR1 rack 6ES7 400-1TA01-0AA0
120/230 V AC; 5 V DC/10 A, 18 slots
24 V DC/1 A;
with battery compartment for Steel UR2 rack 6ES7 400-1JA01-0AA0
2 backup batteries, module 9 slots
5
occupies 2 slots Steel UR2-H rack 6ES7 400-2JA00-0AA0
PS 407 power supply module; 6ES7 407-0RA02-0AA0 For divided central controllers;
20 A 2 x 9 slots
120/230 V AC; 5 V DC/20 A, Y-Link
24 V DC/1 A;
with battery compartment for Y-Link 6ES7 197-1LA11-0XA0
2 backup batteries, module For connection of devices with
occupies 2 slots only one PROFIBUS DP interface
to a fault-tolerant automation
PS 405 power supply module; 6ES7 405-0KA02-0AA0 system
10 A
24 V DC; 5 V DC/10 A,
24 V DC/1 A;
with battery compartment for
2 backup batteries, module
occupies 2 slots
PS 405 power supply module; 6ES7 405-0KR02-0AA0
10 A, optional redundancy
24 V DC; 5 V DC/10 A,
24 V DC/1 A;
with battery compartment for
2 backup batteries, module
occupies 2 slots
PS 405 power supply module; 6ES7 405-0RA02-0AA0
20 A
24 V DC; 5 V DC/20 A,
24 V DC/1 A;
with battery compartment for
2 backup batteries, module
occupies 2 slots
Backup battery 6ES7 971-0BA00
Type AA, 2.3 Ah
Options
Y-Link The Y-link comprises:
Bus coupler for transition from a redundant PROFIBUS DP Two IM 153-2 High Feature interface modules for extended
master system to a single-channel PROFIBUS DP master temperature range
system One Y coupler including RS 485 repeater
For connecting devices with only one PROFIBUS DP interface One BM IM157 (IM/IM) bus module for two IM 153-2 High
to the redundant PROFIBUS DP master system AS 412H / Feature modules, for extended temperature range
AS 414H / AS 417H
One BM Y coupler bus module
Evaluation of the Y Link diagnostics (and hence indirectly of the
connected DP standard slaves) is supported by driver blocks.
Automation systems
Options (continued)
SIPLUS extreme bundles SIPLUS extreme bundles are appropriately refined AS bundles
based on recommended preferred types. The following table
The fault-tolerant SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems are compares the SIPLUS extreme bundles available for SIMATIC
electrically and mechanically extremely rugged, but can only be PCS 7 with the identically configured AS bundles.
used to a limited extent under extreme ambient conditions.
An overview of the complete range of SIPLUS extreme products
The SIPLUS extreme bundles for SIMATIC PCS 7 are excellent as well as further information on the SIPLUS extreme bundles for
alternatives if the environment of use is as follows: SIMATIC PCS 7 can be found on the Internet at
High humidity
www.siemens.com/siplus
Condensation
Chemically, mechanically or biologically active materials SIPLUS extreme bundle configurations which are not listed here
can be separately requested on this SIPLUS Web sites under
"Products & Solutions" using the "Request form for new
Configuration
products".
Order No.:
5
SIPLUS extreme bundle Corresponding AS bundle
AS 412-3-2H automation system
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for 100 POs
Preassembled and tested, without CP 443-5 Extended, comprising:
2 x CPU 412-3H with 2 x 1 integrated interface (MPI/DP master), 2 x 768 KB main
memory (512 KB each for program and 256 KB each for data), two CP 443-1EX20
communications processors for connection to Industrial Ethernet plant bus as well as
Aluminum UR2-H rack (2 x 9 slots),
4 sync modules for distances up to 10 m and 2 fiber-optic sync cables, 1 m
- 2 PS 407 power supplies; 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional redundancy, without 6AG1 656-8BA33-4CB0 6ES7 656-8BA33-1CD0
backup batteries, 2 memory cards of 2 MB RAM each
AS 414-4-2H automation system
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for 100 POs
Preassembled and tested, without CP 443-5 Extended, comprising:
2 x CPU 414-4H with 2 x 2 integrated interfaces (MPI/DP master and DP master), 2 x
2.8 MB main memory (1.4 MB each for program and data), 2 x CP 443-1EX20 commu-
nications processors for connection to Industrial Ethernet plant bus as well as
Aluminum UR2-H rack (2 x 9 slots),
4 sync modules for distances up to 10 m and 2 fiber-optic sync cables, 1 m
- 2 PS 407 power supplies; 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional redundancy, without 6AG1 656-8BE33-4CB0 6ES7 656-8BE33-1CD0
backup batteries, 2 memory cards of 2 MB RAM each
- 2 PS 407 power supplies; 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional redundancy, without 6AG1 656-8CE33-4CB0 6ES7 656-8CE33-1CD0
backup batteries, 2 memory cards of 4 MB RAM each
- 2 PS 405 power supplies; 10 A for 24 V DC, without backup batteries, 2 memory 6AG1 656-8CE33-4GB0 6ES7 656-8CE33-1GD0
cards of 4 MB RAM each
AS 417-4-2H automation system
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for 100 POs
Preassembled and tested, without CP 443-5 Extended, comprising:
2 x CPU 417-4H with 2 x 2 integrated interfaces (MPI/DP master and DP master),
2 x 30 MB main memory (15 MB each for program and data), 2 x CP 443-1EX20
communications processors for connection to Industrial Ethernet plant bus as well as
Aluminum UR2-H rack (2 x 9 slots),
4 sync modules for distances up to 10 m and 2 fiber-optic sync cables, 1 m
- 2 PS 407 power supplies; 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional redundancy, 6AG1 656-8CM33-4CB0 6ES7 656-8CM33-1CD0
without backup batteries, 2 memory cards of 4 MB RAM each
- 2 PS 407 power supplies; 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional redundancy, 6AG1 656-8DM33-4CB0 6ES7 656-8DM33-1CD0
without backup batteries, 2 memory cards of 8 MB RAM each
- 2 PS 407 power supplies; 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional redundancy, 6AG1 656-8EM33-4CB0 6ES7 656-8EM33-1CD0
without backup batteries, 2 memory cards of 16 MB RAM each
- 2 PS 405 power supplies; 10 A for 24 V DC, without backup batteries, 6AG1 656-8CM33-4GB0 6ES7 656-8CM33-1GD0
2 memory cards of 4 MB RAM each
- 2 PS 405 power supplies; 10 A for 24 V DC, without backup batteries, 6AG1 656-8DM33-4GB0 6ES7 656-8DM33-1GD0
2 memory cards of 8 MB RAM each
- 2 PS 405 power supplies; 10 A for 24 V DC, without backup batteries, 6AG1 656-8EM33-4GB0 6ES7 656-8EM33-1GD0
2 memory cards of 16 MB RAM each
Automation systems
Overview
Safety-related automation systems are used for critical applica-
tions where a fault could endanger life or result in damage to the
plant or the environment. These F/FH systems also referred to as
"fail-safe automation systems" detect both faults in the process
and their own internal faults in association with the safety-related
F modules of the ET 200 distributed I/O systems or fail-safe
transmitters connected directly via the fieldbus. They automati-
cally transfer the plant to a safe state in the event of a fault.
Design
Design variants functions can be combined flexibly, not only in the area of
distributed I/O. Even at the controller level, they can be
In general, two design versions are differentiated across all combined in one system or separated. In addition, there are
architectural levels of a system based on Safety Integrated for numerous possibilities arising from the use of flexible modular
Process Automation: redundancy.
Single-channel, non-redundant design
At the individual architectural levels (controller, fieldbus,
Redundant, fault-tolerant design distributed I/O) the configuration alternatives shown in the figure
These two design versions are highly variable and offer a wide are available depending on the distributed I/O used (ET 200M,
scope for design with regard to different customer requirements. ET 200iSP, ET 200S remote I/O stations or PROFIBUS PA
Standard automation (basic process control) and safety-related devices with PA-Profile 3.0 or higher).
ET 200S
Y-Link
ET 200pro PROFIBUS DP
F- and standard modules PROFIBUS PA
Automation systems
Design (continued)
The safety-related SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems at the Connection of process I/Os
controller level (F/FH systems) are based on the hardware of the
fault-tolerant AS 412H, AS 414H or AS 417H automation Several PROFIBUS DP lines with distributed process I/Os can
systems which have been expanded by safety functions by be operated on an F/FH system. A table in the section
means of S7 F Systems. "Automation systems, introduction" provides an overview of the
number and type of configurable PROFIBUS interfaces.
In accordance with the design variant, they are categorized as:
Connection of the process I/Os to two redundant PROFIBUS DP
Single stations lines of an FH system (redundant station) is carried out as
AS 412F, AS 414F and AS 417F with only one CPU (safety- described in the section "Fault-tolerant automation systems".
related)
Redundant stations Communication over the plant bus
AS 412FH, AS 414FH and AS 417FH with two redundant The safety-related automation systems are connected as
CPUs (safety-related and fault-tolerant)
5
standard to the plant bus using one communications processor
As with the fault-tolerant automation systems, the availability can per AS (F-systems) or AS subsystem (FH-systems).
also be flexibly increased for these through redundant design of The plant bus can be implemented in the form of a ring structure,
the power supply or the Industrial Ethernet communications which can also be configured with redundant architecture if the
module (for details, see "Flexible and scalable availability" in the availability requirements are high. When there are two redundant
section "Fault-tolerant automation systems"). rings it makes sense to use two communications processors per
All F/FH systems are TV-certified and comply with the safety AS (F-systems) or AS subsystem (FH-systems) and to distribute
requirements up to SIL 3 according to IEC 61508. their connections between the two rings(4-way connection).
Double faults such as failure of the switch on ring 1 with simulta-
In these systems with multitasking capability, several programs neous interruption of the bus cable on ring 2 can thus be
can be executed simultaneously in one CPU basic process tolerated.
control (BPCS) applications or also safety-related applications.
The programs are reaction-free, i.e. faults in BPCS applications Runtime licenses
have no effect on safety-related applications, and vice versa. Each safety-related automation system is already provided as
Special tasks with very short response times can also be imple- standard with the SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for
mented. 100 process objects (PO) and the S7 F Systems RT license. The
The redundant FH systems operating according to the 1-out-of- 100 POs of the SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license can be
2 principle consist of two subsystems of identical design. These expanded by additional Runtime licenses for 100, 1 000 or
are electrically isolated from each other to achieve optimum 10 000 POs. The process objects of additional Runtime licenses
EMC, and are synchronized with each other via fiber-optic can be added to process objects which already exist. The
cables. A bumpless switchover is made from the active number and type (e.g. 100 or 1000) of additional Runtime
subsystem to the standby subsystem in the event of a fault. The licenses are irrelevant. The AS Runtime licenses are adminis-
two subsystems can be present in the same rack or separated tered on a SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering system or in the SIMATIC
by up to 10 km. The spatial separation provides additional PCS 7 BOX.
security in the case of extreme influences in the environment of
the active subsystem, e.g. resulting from a fire.
The redundancy of the FH systems is only used to increase the
availability. It is not relevant to processing of the safety functions
and the associated fault detection.
Depending on the type of automation system, the RAM varies as
follows:
AS type RAM
AS 412F/FH 768 KB (512 KB for program and 256 KB for data)
AS 414F/FH 2.8 MB (1.4 MB each for program and data)
AS 417F/FH 30 MB (15 MB each for program and data)
Automation systems
Design (continued)
Individual configuration of AS bundles The complete range is available to you via two correspondingly
structured configurators in the Industry Mall (www.siemens.com/
Safety-related automation systems for SIMATIC PCS 7 are industrymall):
available as AS bundles as follows:
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Single Station configurator
Individual components, combined per station in one
consignment SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Redundant Station configurator
Preassembled and tested complete systems (no extra charge To grant you fast access to the ordering data of frequently used
compared to delivery of individual components) preferred configurations, these are listed following the system-
specific ordering configurations in the Section "Ordering data"
The equipment of the safety-related automation systems as well with their complete Order No.in addition.
as their Order Nos. can be individually compiled by selecting
preconfigured ordering units. Ordering information
5
Combinations typical for the respective system can be selected The AS 412F/FH automation systems currently only support
using the system-specific ordering configurations in the section sync modules with a range up to 10 m. Fiber-optic sync cables
"Ordering data". longer than 1 m must always be ordered separately (2 of each
required).
These ordering configurations are divided into:
Single stations: AS 412F, AS 414F and AS 417F with only one The components suitable for engineering the safety-related
CPU applications can be ordered in the section "Safety Integrated for
Process Automation":
Redundant stations: AS 412FH, AS 414FH and AS 417FH with
two redundant CPUs, mounted on one common rack (UR2-H) S7 F Systems
or two separate racks (UR2) F programming tool with F block library for programming
safety-related user programs on the engineering system
SIMATIC Safety Matrix
Convenient safety lifecycle tool for configuration, operation
and servicing
Function
Safety functions Safety programs being executed on different F/FH systems of a
plant can also carry out safety-related communication with each
The safety functions of an application are implemented by the other over the Industrial Ethernet plant bus.
safety-related program executed in the CPU of the F/FH systems
together with the safety-related F-modules of the ET 200 The S7 F Systems engineering tool as a component of the
distributed I/O systems or directly by failsafe transmitters SIMATIC Manager allows parameterization of the F/FH systems
connected via the fieldbus. and the safety-related F-modules from the ET 200 series. It
supports configuration by means of functions for:
The PROFIsafe profile is used for the safe PROFIBUS DP
communication between CPU and process I/O. With PROFIsafe, Comparison of safety-related F-programs
the message frames are extended by additional information. Detection of changes in the F-program using the checksum
Using this information, the PROFIsafe communication partners Separation of safety-related and standard functions.
can detect and compensate transmission errors such as:
Delay Access to the F-functions can be password-protected.
Incorrect sequence The F-block library integrated in S7 F Systems contains
Repetition predefined function blocks for generation of safety-related appli-
cations with the CFC or the SIMATIC Safety Matrix based on it.
Loss The certified F-blocks are extremely robust and intercept
Faulty addressing programming errors such as division by zero or out-of-range
Data falsification values. They avoid the need for diverse programming tasks for
detecting and reacting to errors.
Standard modules can be used in F/FH systems in addition to
safety-related F-modules - mixed in a remote I/O station or in
separate stations, in a common PROFIBUS segment or in
separate PROFIBUS segments. Basic process control (BPCS)
applications and safety applications can be automated in such
mixed configurations with one and the same system and
configured with uniform standard tools.
One CPU processes BPCS and safety functions in parallel.
Mutual interference during processing is prevented by ensuring
that the BPCS programs and the safety-related programs are
kept strictly separate and that the data exchange is by means of
special conversion function blocks. The safety functions are
processed twice in different sections of a CPU by means of
redundant, diverse instruction processing. Potential errors are
detected by the system during the subsequent comparison of
results.
Automation systems
Ordering data
Ordering data Order No. Ordering data Order No.
AS 412F (Single Station) 6ES7 654- AS 414F (Single Station) 6ES7 654-
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for
100 POs - D 100 POs - D
CPU with 1 interface (MPI/DP master) CPU with 2 interfaces (MPI/DP master and
768 KB RAM (512 KB for program and DP master)
256 KB for data) 2.8 MB RAM (1.4 MB each for program and
data)
Type of delivery
Individual components, not preassembled 7 Type of delivery
Individual components, not preassembled 7
Preassembled and tested 8
Preassembled and tested 8
5
Memory card
Memory card 1 MB RAM (up to approx. A Memory card
50 POs) Memory card 2 MB RAM (up to approx. B
Memory card 2 MB RAM (up to approx. B 180 POs)
180 POs) Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx. C
300 POs)
CPU type
CPU 412-3H with S7 F Systems RT license B CPU type
(up to approx. 50 POs) CPU 414-4H with S7 F Systems RT license F
(up to approx. 250 POs)
Additive interface modules
Without additive interface module 0 Additive interface modules
Without additive interface module 0
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus1)
1 x CP 443-1EX201) 3 Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus1)
1 x CP 443-1EX201) 3
2 x CP 443-1EX20 for redundant connection1) 4
2 x CP 443-1EX20 for redundant connection1) 4
Racks
UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3 Racks
UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3
UR2 (9 slots), steel 4
UR2 (9 slots), steel 4
UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5
UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5
UR1 (18 slots), steel 6
UR1 (18 slots), steel 6
Power supply (without backup batteries)
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B Power supply (without backup batteries)
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C
redundancy 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C
1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D redundancy
1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D
2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional E
redundancy 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional E
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G redundancy
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- H
dancy 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- H
1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J dancy
1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- K
dancy 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- K
dancy
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1)
Without CP 443-5 Extended 0 Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1)
Without CP 443-5 Extended 0
1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
2 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 2
2 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 2
3 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 3
3 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 3
4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4
4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4
1)
Up to 5 CPs can be plugged into the UR2 rack with a single power supply,
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply. 1)
Up to 5 CPs can be plugged into the UR2 rack with a single power supply,
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.
Automation systems
5
Memory card
Memory card 2 x memory card 1 MB RAM (up to approx. A
Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx. C 50 POs)
300 POs) 2 x memory card 2 MB RAM (up to approx. B
Memory card 8 MB RAM (up to approx. D 180 POs)
800 POs)
CPU type
Memory card 16 MB RAM (up to approx. 3 E
000 POs) 2 x CPU 412-3H with S7 F Systems RT B
license (up to approx. 50 POs)
CPU type
Sync modules and cables
CPU 417-4H with S7 F Systems RT license N
(up to approx. 2 500 POs) 2 x 2 sync modules for distances up to 10 m 3
and 2 x FO sync cable, 1 m
Additive interface modules
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus1)
Without additive interface module 0
2 x CP 443-1EX20 for redundant connection1) 3
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus1) 2 x 2 CP 443-1EX20 for 4-way connection1) 4
1 x CP 443-1EX201) 3
Racks
2 x CP 443-1EX20 for redundant connection1) 4
1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), aluminum 1
Racks 1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), steel 2
UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3
2 x UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3
UR2 (9 slots), steel 4
2 x UR2 (9 slots), steel 4
UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5
Power supply (without backup batteries)
UR1 (18 slots), steel 6
2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B
Power supply (without backup batteries) 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B redundancy
1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C 2 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D
redundancy 2 x 2 PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional E
1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D redundancy
2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional E 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G
redundancy 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- H
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G dancy
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- H 2 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J
dancy 2 x 2 PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional K
1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J redundancy
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- K Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1)
dancy Without CP 443-5 Extended 0
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1) 2 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
Without CP 443-5 Extended 0
2 x 2 CP 443-5 Extended1) 2
1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
2 x 3 CP 443-5 Extended1) 3
2 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 2
2 x 4 CP 443-5 Extended1) 4
3 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 3
1)
4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4 Up to 5 CPs can be plugged in per subsystem with a single power supply,
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.
1)
Up to 5 CPs can be plugged into the UR2 rack with a single power supply,
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.
Automation systems
Memory card
2 x memory card 2 MB RAM (up to approx. B
Memory card
2 x memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx. C
5
180 POs) 300 POs)
2 x memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx. C 2 x memory card 8 MB RAM (up to approx. D
300 POs) 800 POs)
CPU type 2 x memory card 16 MB RAM (up to approx. E
3 000 POs)
2 x CPU 414-4H with S7 F Systems RT F
license (up to approx. 250 POs) CPU type
Sync modules and cables 2 x CPU 417-4H with S7 F Systems RT N
license (up to approx. 2 500 POs)
2 x 2 sync modules for distances up to 10 m 3
and 2 x FO sync cable, 1 m Sync modules and cables
2 x 2 sync modules for up to 10 km and 4 2 x 2 sync modules for distances up to 10 m 3
2 x FO sync cable, 1 m, for testing and 2 x FO sync cable, 1 m
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus1) 2 x 2 sync modules for up to 10 km and 4
2 x FO sync cable, 1 m, for testing
2 x CP 443-1EX20 for redundant connection1) 3
Interface to Industrial Ethernet plant bus1)
2 x 2 CP 443-1EX20 for 4-way connection1) 4
2 x CP 443-1EX20 for redundant connection1) 3
Racks 2 x 2 CP 443-1EX20 for 4-way connection1) 4
1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), aluminum 1
Racks
1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), steel 2
1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), aluminum 1
2 x UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3
1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), steel 2
2 x UR2 (9 slots), steel 4
2 x UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3
Power supply (without backup batteries) 2 x UR2 (9 slots), steel 4
2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B
Power supply (without backup batteries)
2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C
redundancy 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC B
2 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional C
redundancy
2 x 2 PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional E
redundancy 2 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC D
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G 2 x 2 PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC, optional E
redundancy
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- H
dancy 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G
2 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- H
dancy
2 x 2 PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional K
redundancy 2 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J
Automation systems
5
1 x CPU 412-3H with one
integrated interface (MPI/DP UR2 aluminum rack (9 slots)
master), 768 KB RAM (512 KB for - PS 407 power supply; 10 A for 6ES7 654-8CF03-3BD0
program and 256 KB for data) as 120/230 V AC/DC, without
well as backup batteries, memory
UR2 aluminum rack (9 slots) card 4 MB RAM, 1 x CP 443-
1EX20 communications
- PS 407 power supply; 10 A for 6ES7 654-8AB03-3BD0 processor for connection to
120/230 V AC/DC, without plant bus
backup batteries, memory - PS 407 power supply; 10 A for 6ES7 654-8CF04-3BD0
card 1 MB RAM, 1 x CP 443- 120/230 V AC/DC, without
1EX20 communications backup batteries, memory
processor for connection to card 4 MB RAM, 2 x CP 443-
plant bus 1EX20 communications
- PS 407 power supply; 10 A for 6ES7 654-8AB04-3BD0 processor for connection to
120/230 V AC/DC, without plant bus
backup batteries, memory - PS 405 power supply; 10 A for 6ES7 654-8CF03-3GD0
card 1 MB RAM, 2 x CP 443- 24 V DC, without backup
1EX20 communications batteries, memory card
processor for connection to 4 MB RAM, 1 x CP 443-1EX20
plant bus communications processor for
- PS 405 power supply; 10 A for 6ES7 654-8AB03-3GD0 connection to plant bus
24 V DC, without backup - PS 405 power supply; 10 A for 6ES7 654-8CF04-3GD0
batteries, memory card 24 V DC, without backup
1 MB RAM, 1 x CP 443-1EX20 batteries, memory card
communications processor for 4 MB RAM, 2 x CP 443-1EX20
connection to plant bus communications processor for
- PS 405 power supply; 10 A for 6ES7 654-8AB04-3GD0 connection to plant bus
24 V DC, without backup
batteries, memory card
1 MB RAM, 2 x CP 443-1EX20
communications processor for
connection to plant bus
Automation systems
5
- PS 407 power supply; 10 A for 6ES7 654-8EN03-3BD0 each for program and 256 KB
120/230 V AC/DC, without each for data) as well as
backup batteries, memory Aluminum UR2-H rack
card 16 MB RAM, 1 x CP 443- (2 x 9 slots),
1EX20 communications 4 sync modules for distances up
processor for connection to to 10 m and 2 fiber-optic sync
plant bus cables, 1 m
- PS 407 power supply; 10 A for 6ES7 654-8EN04-3BD0 - 2 x 2 PS 407 power supplies; 6ES7 656-8AB33-1ED0
120/230 V AC/DC, without 10 A for 120/230 V AC,
backup batteries, memory optional redundancy, without
card 16 MB RAM, 2 x CP 443- backup batteries, 2 memory
1EX20 communications cards with 1 MB RAM each,
processor for connection to 2 x CP 443-1EX20 communi-
plant bus cations processor for
- PS 405 power supply; 10 A for 6ES7 654-8EN03-3GD0 connection to plant bus
24 V DC, without backup - 2 x 2 PS 407 power supplies; 6ES7 656-8AB34-1ED0
batteries, memory card 10 A for 120/230 V AC,
16 MB RAM, 1 x CP 443- optional redundancy, without
1EX20 communications backup batteries, 2 memory
processor for connection to cards with 1 MB RAM each,
plant bus 2 x 2 CP 443-1EX20 communi-
- PS 405 power supply; 10 A for 6ES7 654-8EN04-3GD0 cations processors for
24 V DC, without backup connection to plant bus
batteries, memory card - 2 PS 405 power supplies; 10 A 6ES7 656-8AB33-1GD0
16 MB RAM, 2 x CP 443- for 24 V DC, without backup
1EX20 communications batteries, 2 memory cards with
processor for connection to 1 MB RAM each, 2 x CP 443-
plant bus 1EX20 communications
processor for connection to
plant bus
- 2 PS 405 power supplies; 10 A 6ES7 656-8AB34-1GD0
for 24 V DC, without backup
batteries, 2 memory cards with
1 MB RAM each, 2 x 2 CP 443-
1EX20 communications
processors for connection to
plant bus
Automation systems
5
4 sync modules for distances up 4 sync modules for distances up
to 10 m and 2 fiber-optic sync to 10 m and 2 fiber-optic sync
cables, 1 m cables, 1 m
- 2 x 2 PS 407 power supplies; 6ES7 656-8CF33-1ED0 - 2 x 2 PS 407 power supplies; 6ES7 656-8EN33-1ED0
10 A for 120/230 V AC, 10 A for 120/230 V AC,
optional redundancy, without optional redundancy, without
backup batteries, 2 memory backup batteries, 2 memory
cards with 4 MB RAM each, cards with 16 MB RAM each,
2 x CP 443-1EX20 communi- 2 x CP 443-1EX20 communi-
cations processor for cations processor for
connection to plant bus connection to plant bus
- 2 x 2 PS 407 power supplies; 6ES7 656-8CF34-1ED0 - 2 x 2 PS 407 power supplies; 6ES7 656-8EN34-1ED0
10 A for 120/230 V AC, 10 A for 120/230 V AC,
optional redundancy, without optional redundancy, without
backup batteries, 2 memory backup batteries, 2 memory
cards with 4 MB RAM each, cards with 16 MB RAM each,
2 x 2 CP 443-1EX20 communi- 2 x 2 CP 443-1EX20 communi-
cations processors for cations processors for
connection to plant bus connection to plant bus
- 2 PS 405 power supplies; 10 A 6ES7 656-8CF33-1GD0 - 2 PS 405 power supplies; 10 A 6ES7 656-8EN33-1GD0
for 24 V DC, without backup for 24 V DC, without backup
batteries, 2 memory cards with batteries, 2 memory cards with
4 MB RAM each, 2 x CP 443- 16 MB RAM each, 2 x CP 443-
1EX20 communications 1EX20 communications
processor for connection to processor for connection to
plant bus plant bus
- 2 PS 405 power supplies; 10 A 6ES7 656-8CF34-1GD0 - 2 PS 405 power supplies; 10 A 6ES7 656-8EN34-1GD0
for 24 V DC, without backup for 24 V DC, without backup
batteries, 2 memory cards with batteries, 2 memory cards with
4 MB RAM each, 2 x 2 CP 443- 16 MB RAM each,
1EX20 communications 2 x 2 CP 443-1EX20 communi-
processors for connection to cations processors for
plant bus connection to plant bus
Runtime licenses for SIMATIC
PCS 7 automation systems (can
be added to existing licenses)
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime
license
Language-neutral, runs with
Windows XP Embedded,
Windows XP Professional 32-bit,
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Windows Server 2003 R2
Standard 32-bit or Windows
Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit,
single license for 1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions
100 POs 6ES7 653-2BA00-0XB5
1 000 POs 6ES7 653-2BB00-0XB5
10 000 POs 6ES7 653-2BC00-0XB5
AS 412F/FH, AS 414F/FH and
AS 417F/FH engineering
See section "Safety Integrated for
Process Automation", S7
F Systems
Automation systems
Automation systems
PS 405 power supply module; 6ES7 405-0KA02-0AA0 Aluminum UR1 rack 6ES7 400-1TA11-0AA0
10 A 18 slots
24 V DC; 5 V DC/10 A,
24 V DC/1 A; Aluminum UR2 rack 6ES7 400-1JA11-0AA0
with battery compartment for 9 slots
2 backup batteries, module Aluminum rack UR2-H 6ES7 400-2JA10-0AA0
occupies 2 slots For divided central controllers;
PS 405 power supply module; 6ES7 405-0KR02-0AA0 2 x 9 slots
10 A, optional redundancy Steel UR1 rack 6ES7 400-1TA01-0AA0
24 V DC; 5 V DC/10 A, 18 slots
24 V DC/1 A;
with battery compartment for Steel UR2 rack 6ES7 400-1JA01-0AA0
2 backup batteries, module 9 slots
5
occupies 2 slots Steel rack UR2-H 6ES7 400-2JA00-0AA0
PS 405 power supply module; 6ES7 405-0RA02-0AA0 For divided central controllers;
20 A 2 x 9 slots
24 V DC; 5 V DC/20 A,
24 V DC/1 A;
with battery compartment for
2 backup batteries, module
occupies 2 slots
Backup battery 6ES7 971-0BA00
Type AA, 2.3 Ah
Communications
6/2 Introduction
6/55 PROFINET
6/55 Introduction
6/57 Architecture
6/59 PROFIBUS
6/59 Introduction
6/60 PROFIBUS DP
6/60 Introduction
6/61 Electrical networks
6/63 Optical networks
6/65 AS connection
6/66 Y-link
6/67 PROFIBUS PA
6/67 Introduction
6/70 PA Network Transitions
6/75 Active field distributors
6/78 Passive PA components
Communications
Introduction
Overview
Through application of SIMATIC NET network components
based on globally established standards, SIMATIC PCS 7 is
provided with a powerful and rugged range of products for
implementing integrated communications networks for reliable
data exchange between all system components and levels of a
plant.
The SIMATIC NET products specially developed for industrial
applications provide optimum suitability for plants in all sectors.
They are matched to one another, and satisfy maximum
demands, especially in areas subject to extreme influences,
such as:
Electromagnetic interfering fields
Corrosive liquids and atmospheres
Danger of explosion
High mechanical stress
6 The SIMATIC NET products guarantee expandability and the
protection of investments as a result of compatible further
developments, as well as uniformity from inbound logistics to
outbound logistics and from field devices up to the management
information system.
Design
Incorporated in Totally Integrated Automation, the unique basis PROFINET
offered by Siemens for uniform automation of all sectors in the
production, process or hybrid industries, the SIMATIC NET With the introduction of SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0, PROFINET has
busses promote fast and reliable communication between the been integrated into the process control system. PROFINET is
individual systems/applications of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process based on the international standards IEC 61158 and IEC 61784
control systems such as: and combines the advantages of the open network standard,
Ethernet, and the PROFIBUS fieldbus system. It stands for
Automation systems, distributed I/Os and field components maximum transparency, open IT communication, network
Engineering system, operator system and maintenance security and real-time communication down to the field level.
station This makes PROFINET the basis for uniform automation network
SIMATIC BATCH and SIMATIC Route Control in the plant, into which existing fieldbuses implemented with
PROFIBUS can be easily integrated.
Web clients and Web servers for operator control and
monitoring via Internet/Intranet as well as IT applications In the context of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system,
the application of PROFINET mainly focuses on the communi-
Industrial Ethernet plant bus cation between the automation systems (controllers) and the
Industrial Ethernet is used as the plant bus as well as terminal process I/O. The communication initially limited to the modular
bus for multi-user systems with client/server architecture. For standard automation systems of the S7-400 series and the
small systems, the "Basic Communication Ethernet" (BCE) ET 200M remote I/O stations will be gradually expanded.
integrated in the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations permits
operation of single stations and servers on the plant bus even
without a CP 1613/CP 1623 communications processor.
In medium and large plants characterized by high requirements,
SIMATIC PCS 7 applies modern Gigabit and FastEthernet
technology which combines the high security provided by
redundant optical rings with the scalable performance provided
by switching technology and high transmission rates up to
1 Gbit/s.
Communications
Introduction
Design (continued)
OS multi-clients
Engineering
station
Maintenance/
OS server
SIMATIC PCS 7
automation system
PROFIBUS DP
6
PA link FF link
G_PCS7_XX_00247
Integration of PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
Fieldbus systems PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
PROFIBUS has become established as rugged and reliable In addition to the direct connection of transmitters and actuators
communications medium for connecting intelligent distributed including power supply via the communication medium, the high
I/O devices, transmitters and actuators to the controller level of information content of the communication as well as the
the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system. The universal, open diagnostics facilities are also of importance for the automation of
fieldbus corresponds to the international standards IEC 61158 industrial processes that frequently take place in corrosive,
and IEC 61784. harmful, and hazardous environments.
PROFIBUS DP Both the PROFIBUS PA fieldbus and the FOUNDATION
Fieldbus H1 meet these requirements. Both are optimally
PROFIBUS DP is a system bus and simultaneously an open suitable for directly integrating actuators and sensors in
communications system, and it is designed for high data trans- operating environments up to Ex zone 1/21 or 0/20 into the
mission rates and short response times. It is therefore optimally process system.
suited for the control of:
Directly connected field devices, e.g. drives, motor starters, Their physical bus characteristics are based on the MBP trans-
analyzers, process controllers, or panels mission technology (Manchester Coded; Bus Powered) and are
largely identical according to IEC 61158. Both fieldbuses can be
Distributed I/O devices such as the ET 200M, ET 200iSP, integrated seamlessly in the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control
ET 200S or ET 200pro remote I/O stations system using PROFIBUS DP as link.
Transmitters and actuators on a seamlessly integrated
PROFIBUS PA fieldbus or FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 thus profit
equally from the higher-level PROFIBUS architecture.
Since it also supports the transmission of the HART protocol,
HART field devices can also be integrated in a PROFIBUS DP
communication network.
Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Introduction
Overview Benefits
Ethernet presently has a market share of over 80 % with a
tendency to rise further, thus placing it in pole position in the
global LAN landscape. Ethernet offers important characteristics
that can give you significant advantages for your application:
OS clients 7 Fast commissioning through simple connections
Remote
client 7 High flexibility since existing networks can be extended
without any adverse effects
SCALANCE
Terminal bus 7 High availability thanks to redundant network topologies
(optical/electrical)
X-400 7 Almost unlimited communications performance because
scalable performance is available through switching
SCALANCE X-300 technology if required
SCALANCE
7 Networking of different application areas such the office and
W788-1PRO
production areas
Redundant OS servers
7 Investment security through continuous compatible further
6
development
7 Plant-wide clock system permits exact assignment of events
Engineering within the complete plant
station
SCALANCE X-400 Ethernet technology for industrial environment
With Industrial Ethernet, SIMATIC NET expands the Ethernet
SCALANCE
technology by future-oriented network components with special
X-200/X-200 IRT properties and capabilities for use in industrial environments,
SCALANCE e.g.:
X-300 SIMATIC
Plant bus PCS 7 BOX 7 Rugged design, suitable for harsh industrial environments
Industrial Ethernet
(optical/electrical) 7 Fast local assembly using the FastConnect cabling system
with RJ45 technology
7 High fault tolerance through redundancy and fast switchover
to redundant system (max. 300 ms)
7 Continuous monitoring of network components through a
simple yet effective signaling concept
AS 412H/ SCALANCE X-400 AS 414/
AS 414H/ AS 416/
AS 417H AS 417
G_PCS7_XX_00124
AS 412H/
AS 414H/
AS 417H
Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Introduction
Design
The following Ethernet communications interfaces are used in A ring design avoids communication failures if e.g. the line is
the various SIMATIC PCS 7 subsystems (ES, OS, AS etc.): damaged or opened at a particular point. To increase the avail-
Interfaces integrated onboard ability even further, the terminal bus can also be distributed
redundantly between two rings which are connected together by
Simple network cards two pairs of switches (see example configuration). The switches
Special communication modules, e.g. CP 1613 A2/CP 1623 from the SCALANCE X-400, X-300 and X-200 IRT ranges have
the standby redundancy function required for this. Each of the
These are defined when selecting the respective system compo- redundant servers and clients can then be connected to both
nents depending on the requirements. For further information, rings via two separate interface modules (redundant terminal
see Section "System connection of PCS 7 systems". bus adapter package). Communication is as standard on ring 1.
The communication stations can be integrated in the terminal Communication on ring 2 is only activated in the event of a fault
bus and the plant bus using Industrial Ethernet Switches of the on ring 1 which is relevant to the redundant switchover.
SCALANCE X product family. These switches offer scalable
performance at an attractive price and support a wide variety of Industrial Ethernet plant bus
configuration options. The automation systems (AS) communicate with one another
and with the engineering system and operator systems (servers/
Client Client single stations) over the Industrial Ethernet plant bus. This can
be designed analogous to the terminal bus with standard 6
SIMATIC NET components such as switches, network cards,
communications processors (CP), cables etc. In the case of
small plants with up to 8 standard automation systems per
operator system, single stations and servers can be operated
cost-effectively on the plant bus using "Basic Communication
Ethernet" (BCE) and a FastEthernet network card. The
CP 1613 A2/CP 1623 communications processor is always
required if more than 8 automation systems or redundant
Terminal bus, ring 1 Terminal bus, ring 2 automation systems are used.
As far as availability is concerned, ring topologies are always the
first choice for the plant bus. With particularly high availability
requirements, the plant bus can also be configured as a
redundant double ring (two CPs per AS CPU and OS server).
Double faults such as a switch failure on ring 1 with a simulta-
Redundant neous interruption in the bus cable on ring 2 can then be
servers tolerated. The two rings in such a configuration are physically
separated. The coupling partners are linked together logically
when configuring with NetPro over a fault-tolerant S7 connection
(4-way redundancy). One switch each takes over the function of
the redundancy manager for each ring. The current switches of
Redundant Industrial Ethernet the SCALANCE X-400, X-300, X-200 IRT and X-200 ranges can
plant bus (double ring)
be used as the redundancy manager in a ring.
Note:
Detailed information on Industrial Ethernet and on the network
components can be found in Catalog IK PI, in the Industry Mall,
G_PCS7_XX_00121
Communications
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE X Industrial Ethernet switches
Overview Design
In the context of SIMATIC PCS 7, the following SCALANCE X
product lines can be used:
SCALANCE X-200
SCALANCE X-200 IRT
SCALANCE X-300
SCALANCE X-400
These product lines are specifically suited for electrical and/or
optical networks based on linear, star and ring topologies.
They are characterized by the fact that the number of ports,
modularity, flexibility and functionality increase with increasing
numbers.
The designs of the switches differ not only among individual
product lines, but also within a product line, for example:
Communications
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE X Industrial Ethernet switches
More information
The following catalog sections provide you with information and
ordering data for the individual SCALANCE X product lines.
For detailed information and technical specifications of the
SCALANCE X Industrial Ethernet switches, see Catalog IK PI,
section "PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet", subsection "Industrial
Ethernet switches/media converters".
The SIMATIC NET Selection Tool provides you with support for
selecting the right Industrial Ethernet switches as well as during
configuration of the modular versions:
Online version:
www.siemens.com/snst
Offline version:
www.siemens.com/snst-download
Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Switches SCALANCE X-200
Overview
You can implement line and star structures with the switches of
the SCALANCE X-200 product line; it is also possible to
implement low-cost electrical or optical ring topologies with
transmission rates up to 100 Mbit/s. All switches with the
exception of the X208PRO can be used in the ring as redun-
dancy managers. As a redundancy manager, an X-200 switch
monitors the SCALANCE X switches connected via its ring ports;
it switches bumpless to the substitute route on failure of a trans-
mission route or a switch in the ring.
The switches of the SCALANCE X-200 product line are available
in two designs:
X-200 in a rugged compact housing
XF-200 in a flat housing according to the ET 200S format
6
SCALANCE X-200 switches in compact design
Application
Hardware
19 type of construction
SIMATIC environment
10 Gigabit Ethernet
Format module S7
Gigabit Ethernet
Modular design
LED diagnosis
Signal contact
C-PLUG slot
PC module
SCALANCE X-200
Type of device
X204-2
X204-2LD
X206-1
X206-1LD
X208
X208PRO
X212-2
X212-2LD
X216
X224
*B3&6B;;B
XF204
XF204-2
XF206-1
XF208
applies
Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Switches SCALANCE X-200
Application (continued)
Software
Configuration Protocol)
Management Protocol)
Redundancy Protocol)
IEEE 802.1x (Radius)
PROFINET diagnosis
Standby redundancy
Broadcast blocking
Passive Listening
Link Aggregation
Static Routing
IP Access List
IRT capability
SCALANCE X-200
SNMP
6
Type of
device
X204-2
X204-2LD
X206-1
X206-1LD
X208
X208PRO
X212-2
X212-2LD
X216
X224
*B3&6B;;B
XF204
XF204-2
XF206-1
XF208
applies
Design
SCALANCE X-200 compact design Switches with electrical ports and optical ports for glass single-
mode FOC up to 26 km
The SCALANCE- X200 switches in compact design are intended
for installation in cabinets (exception: X208PRO for use outside). SCALANCE X204-2LD for optical line or ring structures
They have 6 to 24 Fast Ethernet ports which are designed as - 4 electrical RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX)
follows depending on the type of device: - 2 optical BFOC ports (100BaseFX) for glass single-mode
FOC
Switches with electrical ports and optical ports for glass multi-
mode FOC up to 5 km SCALANCE X206-1LD for star structures as well as for line or
ring topologies with electrical and optical transmission paths
SCALANCE X204-2 for optical line or ring structures - 6 electrical RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX)
- 4 electrical RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX) - 1 optical BFOC port (100BaseFX) for glass single-mode
- 2 optical BFOC ports (100BaseFX) for glass multi-mode FOC
FOC
SCALANCE X212-2LD for optical line or ring structures
SCALANCE X206-1 for star structures as well as for line or ring - 12 electrical RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX)
topologies with electrical and optical transmission paths - 2 optical BFOC ports (100BaseFX) for glass single-mode
- 6 electrical RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX) FOC
- 1 optical BFOC port (100BaseFX) for glass multi-mode FOC
SCALANCE X212-2 for optical line or ring structures
- 12 electrical RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX)
- 2 optical BFOC ports (100BaseFX) for glass multi-mode
FOC
Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Switches SCALANCE X-200
Design (continued)
Switches with electrical ports for IE FC cable with IE FC RJ45 Summary of interfaces
plug 180/IE FC M12 plug PRO up to max. 100 m; for TP cord up
to 10 m (for electrical line, star, or ring structures) Module type Type and number of ports
6 X212-2LD 12 2 (single-mode)
X216 16
X224 24
XF204 4
XF204-2 4 2 (multimode)
XF206-1 6 1 (multimode)
XF208 8
Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Switches SCALANCE X-200
6
operated on 230V AC
Permissible ambient temperature during operation
-20 to +70 C
Features of the XF-200 flat design
Flat enclosure in ET 200S format, IP20 degree of protection,
for installation in control cabinets or small control boxes
Can be mounted on a standard DIN rail
Strain relief and bending strain relief by latching the
PROFINET-compliant RJ45 plug-in connector on the housing
Integrated redundancy manager for ring structures
Redundant 24V DC power supply via 4-pin terminal block
Device diagnostics by means of LEDs (power, port status,
data communication, signaling contact, redundancy manager
function)
Cable length between two devices with electrical transmission
technology using TP ports 10/100BaseTX with RJ45 sockets
(information on plug-in connectors and cable material see
section "Passive network components" in this catalog or
subsection "Cabling systems" in the section on PROFINET/
Industrial Ethernet of the catalog IK PI)
- Up to 100 m with IE FC cable and IE FC RJ45 plugs
- Up to 10 m with TP cord
Cable length of a segment with optical transmission via
100BaseFX ports with BFOC connection and Industrial
Ethernet glass multi-mode fiber-optic cable up to 5 km (infor-
mation on plug-in connectors and cable material see section
"Passive network components" in this catalog or subsection
"Cabling systems" in the section on PROFINET/Industrial
Ethernet of the catalog IK PI)
Permissible ambient temperature during operation for all of
the specified device types: -40 to +60 C
Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Switches SCALANCE X-200
Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Switches SCALANCE X-200
More information
SIMATIC NET Selection Tool
The SIMATIC NET Selection Tool provides you with support for
selecting the right Industrial Ethernet switches as well as during
configuration of the modular versions:
Online version:
www.siemens.com/snst
Offline version:
www.siemens.com/snst-download
Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Switches SCALANCE X-200 IRT
Overview
You can implement line and star structures with the switches of
the SCALANCE X-200 IRT product line; it is also possible to
implement low-cost electrical or optical ring topologies with
transmission rates up to 100 Mbit/s. All switches can be used in
the ring as redundancy managers, and additionally support the
standby redundancy for bus configurations with two redundant
rings. As a redundancy manager, an X-200 IRT switch monitors
the SCALANCE X switches connected via its ring ports, and
switches bumpless to the substitute route on failure of a trans-
mission route or switch in the ring.
The switches of the SCALANCE X-200 IRT product line are
available in two designs:
X-200 in a rugged compact housing
XF-200 in a flat housing according to the ET 200S format
Application
Hardware
19 type of construction
SIMATIC environment
SCALANCE X-200IRT
10 Gigabit Ethernet
Format module S7
Gigabit Ethernet
Modular design
LED diagnosis
Signal contact
C-PLUG slot
PC module
Type of device
X200-4P IRT
X201-3P IRT
X202-2IRT
X202-2P IRT
*B3&6B;;B
X202-2P IRT PRO
X204IRT
X204IRT PRO
XF204IRT
applies
Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Switches SCALANCE X-200 IRT
Application (continued)
Software
Configuration Protocol)
Management Protocol)
Redundancy Protocol)
IEEE 802.1x (Radius)
PROFINET diagnosis
Standby redundancy
SCALANCE X-200IRT
Broadcast blocking
Passive Listening
Link Aggregation
Static Routing
IP Access List
IRT capability
SNMP
6
Type of
device
X200-4P IRT
X201-3P IRT
X202-2IRT
X202-2P IRT
X202-2P IRT
*B3&6B;;B
PRO
X204IRT
X204IRT
PRO
XF204IRT
applies
Design
X-200 IRT compact design SCALANCE X202-2P IRT PRO
- 2 electrical push-pull RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX) for
The SCALANCE X-200 IRT switches in compact design are connecting IE FC cables via IE FC RJ45 Plug PRO up to
intended for installation in control cabinets (exception: switches 100 m
of the PRO type for use outside). Each of them has 4 Fast - 2 optical push-pull SC RJ ports (100BaseFX) for the
Ethernet ports in the following design: connection of Ethernet POF FOC (up to 50 m) and PCF FOC
SCALANCE X204 IRT (up to 100 m) using SC RJ Plug PRO connectors
- 4 electrical RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX) for connecting SCALANCE X201-3P IRT
IE FC cables via IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 up to 100 m - 1 electrical RJ45 port (10/100BaseTX) for connecting
SCALANCE X204 IRT PRO IE FC cables via IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 up to 100 m
- 4 electrical push-pull RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX) for - 3 optical SC RJ ports (100BaseFX) for the connection of
connecting IE FC cables via IE FC RJ45 Plug PRO up to Ethernet POF FOC (up to 50 m) and PCF FOC (up to 100 m)
100 m using SC RJ plug connectors
SCALANCE X202-2 IRT SCALANCE X200-4P IRT
- 2 electrical RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX) for connecting - 4 optical SC RJ ports (100BaseFX) for the connection of
IE FC cables via IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 up to 100 m Ethernet POF FOC (up to 50 m) and PCF FOC (up to 100 m)
- 2 optical BFOC ports (100BaseFX) for the connection of using SC RJ plug connectors
glass multi-mode FOC up to 5 km
SCALANCE X202-2P IRT
- 2 electrical RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX) for connecting
IE FC cables via IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 up to 100 m
- 2 optical SC RJ ports (100BaseFX) for the connection of
Ethernet POF FOC (up to 50 m) and PCF FOC (up to 100 m)
using SC RJ plug connectors
Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Switches SCALANCE X-200 IRT
Design (continued)
Flat design XF-200 IRT Features of the X-200 IRT compact design
Rugged metal enclosure of S7-300 format, IP30 degree of
protection, for installation in control cabinets
Mounting possibilities: Standard DIN rail, SIMATIC S7-300
mounting rail, direct wall mounting
PROFINET-compliant connection technology; electrical: RJ45,
optical: SC RJ for POF/PCF FOC or BFOC (ST socket) for
glass multi-mode FOC (information about plug-in connectors
and cable material see section "Passive network components"
in this catalog or subsection "Cabling systems" in the section
on PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet of the catalog IK PI)
Strain relief and bending strain relief by latching the
PROFINET-compliant plug-in connector on the housing
Integrated redundancy manager for ring structures
Integral standby function for redundant coupling of two rings
6 Redundant 24V DC power supply via 4-pin terminal block
Device diagnostics by means of LEDs (power, port status,
data communication, signaling contact, redundancy manager
The XF 204 IRT switch in flat design is intended for use in the function)
control cabinet. It has 4 electrical Fast Ethernet ports: The permissible ambient temperature during operation varies
SCALANCE XF204-2 depending on the device type:
- 4 electrical RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX) for connecting IE FC - -40 to +70 C (X204 IRT)
cables via IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 up to 100 m - -40 to +60 C (X202-2 IRT)
- -25 to +60 C (X202-2P IRT)
Summary of interfaces - -25 to +50 C (X201-3P IRT)
- -25 to +40 C (X200-4P IRT)
Module type Type and number of ports
Fast Ethernet 100 Mbit/s Differentiating features of the switches of the PRO type
Electrical (TP) Optical (FO)
Rugged housing in S7-300 format, IP65/67 degree of
protection, for mounting outside the control cabinet
RJ45 RJ45 Plastic FO: (POF/PCF) Glass fiber-
push- optic cable PROFINET-compliant push-pull connection technology;
pull electrical: RJ45 push-pull, optical: SC RJ push-pull (infor-
SC RJ SC RJ BFOC (ST mation about plug-in connectors and cable material see
push-pull socket) subsection "Cabling systems" in the section on PROFINET/
X200-4P IRT 4 Industrial Ethernet of the catalog IK PI)
X201-3P IRT 1 3 24V DC infeed via two 5-pin push-pull connectors for feeding
and forwarding (no redundancy)
X202-2 IRT 2 2 (multimode)
The permissible ambient temperature during operation varies
X202-2P IRT 2 2 depending on the device type:
X202-2P IRT PRO 2 2 - -25 to +70 C (X204 IRT PRO)
X204 IRT 4
- -25 to +60 C (X202 2P IRT PRO)
X204 IRT PRO 4 Features of the XF-200 IRT flat design
XF204 IRT 4 Flat enclosure in ET 200S format, IP20 degree of protection,
for installation in control cabinets or small control boxes
When configuring the network, it is necessary to observe the Can be mounted on a standard DIN rail
following boundary conditions:
Strain relief and bending strain relief by latching the
Length of the TP cable between two SCALANCE X switches: PROFINET-compliant RJ45 plug-in connector on the housing
- Max. 100 m with IE FC cable and IE FC RJ45 plug 180 or
IE FC RJ45 Plug PRO PROFINET-compliant connection technology; electrical: RJ45
- Max. 10 m with TP cord (information on plug-in connectors and cable material see
section "Passive network components" in this catalog or
Length of the optical cables subsection "Cabling systems" in the section on PROFINET/
- Max. 4 000 m with Industrial Ethernet glass FOC (62.5/ Industrial Ethernet of the catalog IK PI)
125 m)
- Max. 5 000 m with Industrial Ethernet glass FOC (50/125 m) Redundant 24V DC power supply via 4-pin terminal block
- Max. 100 m with Industrial Ethernet PCF FOC Device diagnostics by means of LEDs (power, port status,
- Max. 50 m with Industrial Ethernet POF FOC data communication, signaling contact, redundancy manager
function)
Permissible ambient temperature during operation:
-40 to +60 C
Technical specifications
For detailed technical specifications of the SCALANCE X Indus-
trial Ethernet switches, see Catalog IK PI, section "PROFINET/
Industrial Ethernet", subsection "Industrial Ethernet switches/
media converters".
Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Switches SCALANCE X-200 IRT
Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Switches SCALANCE X-200 IRT
More information
SIMATIC NET Selection Tool
The SIMATIC NET Selection Tool provides you with support for
selecting the right Industrial Ethernet switches as well as during
configuration of the modular versions:
Online version:
www.siemens.com/snst
Offline version:
www.siemens.com/snst-download
Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Switches SCALANCE X-300
Overview
To increase network availability, as many as 50 linear cascaded
switches be configured into a ring (Ethernet with fast media
redundancy). All switches of the SCALANCE X-300 product line
can be used as redundancy managers in the ring. As a redun-
dancy manager, a SCALANCE X-300 switch monitors the
SCALANCE X switches connected via its ring ports; it switches
bumpless to the substitute route on failure of a transmission
route or a switch in the ring. Two rings can also be redundantly
linked via the standby function of the SCALANCE X-300
switches.
Several nodes or subnets can be electrically or optically
connected with each other by means of a SCALANCE X-300
switch as star point in a star topology.
The switches of the SCALANCE X-300 product line are available
in different designs:
Compact design
- Standard version X-300 6
- Partially modular version X-300 M
Switches of the SCALANCE X-300 product line in the standard version Rack design: Modular rack for installation in 19" control
Electrical and/or optical line, star or ring structures can be imple- cabinets
mented with the switches of the SCALANCE X-300 product line. - Standard version XR-300 M
Switches with Fast Ethernet and/or Gigabit Ethernet ports are - PoE version XR-300 M PoE (Power over Ethernet)
available for this purpose. - EEC version XR-300 M EEC (Enhanced Environmental
Conditions)
Application
Hardware
19 type of construction
SIMATIC environment
10 Gigabit Ethernet
Format module S7
Gigabit Ethernet
Modular design
LED diagnosis
Signal contact
C-PLUG slot
PC module
SCALANCE X-300
Type of device
X306-1LD FE
X307-3
X307-3LD
X308-2
X308-2LD
X308-2LH
X308-2LH+
X308-2M
X310
X310FE
X320-1FE
*B3&6B;;B
X320-3LD FE
XR324-12M
XR324-4M PoE
XR324-4M EEC
applies
6/20
PoE
EEC
X310
device
X308-2
X307-3
Type of
applies
X310FE
X308-2M
X320-1FE
X308-2LH
X308-2LD
X307-3LD
XR324-4M
XR324-4M
X308-2LH+
XR324-12M
X320-3LD FE
X306-1LD FE
Application (continued)
PROFINET diagnosis
Industrial Ethernet
Software
Topology support (LLDP)
Switches SCALANCE X-300
Command Line Interface / Telnet
Communications
Web based Management
Configuration with STEP 7
Ring redundancy incl. RM-functionality
Standby redundancy
IRT capability
VLAN (Virtual Local Area Network)
GVRP (Generic VLAN Registaration Protocol)
Passive Listening
Siemens AG 2012
Management Protocol)
Broadcast blocking
Configuration Protocol)
IP Access List
Link Aggregation
Static Routing
RIPv2 (Dynamic Routing)
OSPFv2 (Dynamic Routing)
*B3&6B;;B
Siemens AG 2012
Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Switches SCALANCE X-300
Design
Compact design X-300, standard version Fast Ethernet ports
SCALANCE X310FE
- 10 electrical Fast Ethernet RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX)
SCALANCE X306-1LD FE
- 6 electrical Fast Ethernet RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX)
- 1 optical Fast Ethernet SC port (100BaseFX) for glass single-
mode FOC up to 26 km
SCALANCE X320-1FE
- 20 electrical Fast Ethernet RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX)
- 1 optical Fast Ethernet SC port (100BaseFX) for glass multi-
mode FOC up to 5 km
SCALANCE X320-3LD FE
- 20 electrical Fast Ethernet RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX)
- 1 optical Fast Ethernet SC port (100BaseFX) for glass multi-
mode FOC up to 5 km
- 2 optical Fast Ethernet SC ports (100BaseFX) for glass
single-mode FOC up to 26 km 6
Compact design X-300, partially modular version
Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Switches SCALANCE X-300
Design (continued)
Rack design (modular) XR-300, PoE version Rack design (modular) XR-300, EEC version
Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Switches SCALANCE X-300
Design (continued)
Network configuration Cable length between two devices with electrical transmission
via TP ports 1000BaseTX with RJ45 sockets (automatic
When configuring the network, it is necessary to observe the detection of the data rate (10, 100 or 1000 Mbit/s), in accor-
following boundary conditions: dance with cable type (see section "Passive network compo-
Network configuration X-300 compact design nents" in this catalog or section "Cabling technology" in the
Maximum line length between two modules for multi-mode section PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet of the catalog IK PI):
fiber-optic conductors: - Up to 100 m via IE FC cables 2x2 for 100 Mbit/s with
- 5 km at 100 Mbit/s IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
- 750 m at 1 Gbit/s - Up to 100 m via IE FC cables 4x2 for 1000 Mbit/s with
IE FC RJ45 modular outlet and patch cable TP cord
Maximum line length between two modules for single-mode - Up to 100 m via IE FC cables 4x2 for 1000 Mbit/s with
fiber-optic conductors: IE FC RJ45 Plug 4x2
- 26 km at 100 Mbit/s
- 10 to 70 km at 1 Gbit/s Cable length between two devices with optical transmission:
- Up to 750 m via 1000BaseSX ports (1 000 Mbit/s) and Indus-
Maximum cable length of the TP cable between two trial Ethernet glass multi-mode FOC (see section "Passive
SCALANCE X switches: network components" in this catalog or subsection "Cabling
- Max. 100 m with IE FC cable 2x2 and IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
6
technology" in the PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet section of
- Max. 100 m at 1 Gbit/s with IE FC Standard Cable 4x2 the IK PI catalog)
(90 m), IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet and patch cable (10 m) - Up to 10 km via 1000BaseLX ports (1 000 Mbit/s) and Indus-
- Max. 10 m using patches with TP cord trial Ethernet glass single-mode FOC (see section "Cabling
Network configuration rack design XR-300 technology" in the section PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet of
the IK PI catalog)
Maximum line length between two modules for multi-mode - Up to 40 km via 1000BaseLX ports (1 000 Mbit/s) and Indus-
fiber-optic conductors: trial Ethernet glass single-mode FOC (see section "Cabling
- 5 km at 100 Mbit/s technology" in the section PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet of
- 750 m at 1 Gbit/s the IK PI catalog)
Maximum line length between two modules for single-mode - Up to 70 km via 1000BaseLX ports (1 000 Mbit/s) and Indus-
fiber-optic conductors: trial Ethernet glass single-mode FOC (see section "Cabling
- 26 km to 70 km at 100 Mbit/s technology" in the section PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet of
- 10 to 120 km at 1 Gbit/s the IK PI catalog)
Maximum cable length of the TP cable between two Switches identified LH/LH+ allow very large optical Gigabit
SCALANCE X switches: rings:
- Max. 100 m with IE FC cable 2x2 and IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 - Network ranges up to 2 000 km (ring with max. 50 X308-2LH)
- Max. 100 m at 1 Gbit/s with IE FC Standard Cable 4x2 or 3 500 km (ring with max. 50 X308-2LH+)
(90 m), IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet and patch cable (10 m) - Redundant ring coupling (standby redundancy) up to 40 km
- Max. 10 m using patches with TP cord (X308-2LH) or 70 km (X-308-2LH+)
Features of the X-300 compact design Integrated redundancy manager for ring structures
Rugged metal enclosure of S7-300 format, IP30 degree of Integral standby function for redundant coupling of two rings
protection, for installation in control cabinets The permissible ambient temperature during operation varies
Mounting possibilities: DIN rail, SIMATIC S7-300 mounting rail, as follows:
direct wall mounting - -40 to +70 C (X308-2M)
- -10 to +60 C (X308-2, X307-3)
Redundant 24V DC power supply via 4-pin terminal block - -40 to +60 C (X310, X310 FE, X308-2LD, X308-2LH,
Connection of the floating signaling contact via 2-pin terminal X308-2LH+, X307-3LD, X306-1LD FE, X320-1FE,
block X320-3LD FE
Device diagnostics by means of LEDs (power, port status and
operating mode, supply voltage, signaling contact status,
feedback mask specified condition, redundancy manager
function, standby manager function)
Cable length between two devices with electrical transmission
per TP ports 10/100BaseTX with RJ45 sockets (automatic
detection of data rate):
- Up to 100 m with IE FC cable and IE FC RJ45 plugs (see
section "Passive network components" in this catalog or
section "Cabling technology" in the section PROFINET/
Industrial Ethernet of the catalog IK PI)
- Up to 10 m with TP cord (see section "Passive network
components" in catalog IK PI)
Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Switches SCALANCE X-300
Design (continued)
Features of the XR-300 rack design
)RUYHUVLRQVFRQWDLQLQJFDEOHRXWOHWDWWKHUHDU
RQO\WKH/('ILHOGDQG6(/(&76(7EXWWRQVDV
ZHOODVWKHVHULDOFRQVROHSRUW5-DUHDWWKH
IURQW
)URQW
5HDU
6ORWIRU
&3/8*
G_IK10_XX_10283
&RQQHFWLRQH[DPSOH &RQQHFWLRQH[DPSOH
,()&5-3OXJ)DVW&RQQHFWFRQQHFWRU )&%)2&3OXJ)DVW&RQQHFWFRQQHFWRU
WR00&8&PHGLDPRGXOH WR00PHGLDPRGXOH
ZLWKUHWDLQLQJFROODU PXOWLPRGH
Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Switches SCALANCE X-300
Design (continued)
PoE version EEC version
Modular switch in a rugged metal enclosure, IP20 degree of Modular switch in a rugged metal enclosure, IP20 degree of
protection, optimized for installation in 19" cabinets protection, optimized for installation in 19" cabinets
Up to 24 electrical and/or optical interfaces (10/100/ Up to 24 electrical and/or optical interfaces (10/100/
1000 Mbit/s) in the form of 1000 Mbit/s) in the form of
- 16 integrated RJ45 ports, eight of which are PoE capable - 16 integrated RJ45 ports
- Up to four electrical and/or optical 2-port media modules - Up to four electrical and/or optical 2-port media modules
Outgoing feeder of the data cable on the front or rear Outgoing feeder of the data cable on the front or rear
Power supply unit in single design (24V DC) Power supply unit in single (1 x 24V DC or 1 x 100 to 240V AC/
Redundant 24V DC power supply via 4-pin terminal block 60 to 250V DC) or redundant version (2 x 24V DC or
2 x 100 to 240V AC/60 to 250V DC)
Connection of the floating signaling contact via 2-pin terminal
block Redundant 24V DC power supply via 4-pin terminal block
SELECT/SET pushbutton for easy setting of the fault signaling Infeed with 230V AC via 3-pin terminal block
contact on the device Connection of the floating signaling contact via 2-pin terminal
6
Device diagnostics by means of LEDs (power, port status, block
data communication, supply voltage, signaling contact) SELECT/SET pushbutton for easy setting of the fault signaling
Console port (serial interface) for on-site configuration/ contact on the device
diagnostics (RJ11 cable to RS232, 9-pin, included in product Device diagnostics by means of LEDs (power, port status,
package) data communication, supply voltage, signaling contact)
4 slots for electrical or optical 2-port media modules for multi- Console port (serial interface) for on-site configuration/
mode or single-mode connections; optical media modules in diagnostics (RJ11 cable to RS232, 9-pin, included in product
various connection systems package)
Gigabit Ethernet (1000 Mbit/s) on all 24 ports; structure the 4 slots for electrical or optical 2-port media modules for multi-
ports in three groups of eight ports each (Gigabit Ethernet mode or single-mode connections; optical media modules in
Blocking); Gigabit Ethernet full wire speed within a group various connection systems
All electrical Ethernet interfaces support 10/100/1000 Mbit/s, Gigabit Ethernet (1000 Mbit/s) on all 24 ports; structure the
all optical Ethernet interfaces support 100 or 1000 Mbit/s ports in three groups of eight ports each (Gigabit Ethernet
Integrated redundancy manager for ring structures Blocking); Gigabit Ethernet full wire speed within a group
Integral standby function for redundant coupling of two rings All electrical Ethernet interfaces support 10/100/1000 Mbit/s,
all optical Ethernet interfaces support 100 or 1000 Mbit/s
Permissible ambient temperature during operation
-40 to +60 C Integrated redundancy manager for ring structures
Integral standby function for redundant coupling of two rings
Permissible ambient temperature during operation
-40 to +70 C
Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Switches SCALANCE X-300
Design (continued)
Media modules for SCALANCE X-300/XR-300 Product versions of media modules
Electrical media modules with 2 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s RJ45 ports
MM992-2CUC with retaining sleeve
MM992-2CU without retaining sleeve
Optical media modules with 2 x 100 Mbit/s BFOC ports
MM991-2
multi-mode, glass, up to 5 km
MM991-2LD
single-mode, glass, up to 26 km
Optical media modules with 2 x 100 Mbit/s SC ports
MM991-2
multi-mode, glass, up to 5 km
MM991-2LD
6 single-mode, glass, up to 26 km
MM991-2LH+
single-mode, glass, up to 70 km
SFP992-1LD 1x LC 10 km
SFP992-1LH 1x LC 40 km
SFP992-1LH+ 1x LC 70 km
SFP992-1ELH 1x LC 120 km
1) with retaining collars
2) The MM392-2SFP SFP slot module can accommodate up to two 1-port SFP modules
3) Can only be plugged into an MM392-2SFP slot module
Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Switches SCALANCE X-300
Design (continued)
Optical media modules with 2 x 1000 Mbit/s SC ports SFP plug-in transceiver for MM992-2SFP media module
MM992-2 The following SFP plug-in transceivers (Small Form-factor
multi-mode, glass, up to 750 m Pluggable) can only be used together with the SFP media
MM992-2LD module MM992-2SFP.
single-mode, glass, up to 10 km Optical SFP pluggable transceivers with 1 x 100 Mbit/s LC port
MM992-2LH SFP991-1
single-mode, glass, up to 40 km multi-mode, glass, up to 5 km
MM992-2LH+ SFP991-1LD
single-mode, glass, up to 70 km single-mode, glass, up to 26 km
MM992-2ELH SFP991-1LH+
single-mode, glass, up to 120 km single-mode, glass, up to 70 km
Optical media modules with 2 x 100/1000 Mbit/s for SFP Optical SFP pluggable transceivers with 1 x 1000 Mbit/s LC port
pluggable transceiver
SFP992-1
MM992-2SFP multi-mode, glass, up to 750 m
for SFP plug-in transceivers with 1 x 100 Mbit/s or
1 x 1000 Mbit/s multi-mode or single-mode, glass SFP992-1LD
single-mode, glass, up to 10 km
6
SFP992-1LH
single-mode, glass, up to 40 km
SFP992-1LH+
single-mode, glass, up to 70 km
SFP992-1ELH
single-mode, glass, up to 120 km
2SWLFDO
SRUWPHGLDPRGXOHV
DUHLQVHUWHGLQWRWKH
GHYLFH
6)3PHGLDPRGXOHV
WZR6)3VORWVDUH
LQVHUWHGLQWRWKHGHYLFH
G_IK10_XX_10282
(OHFWULFDO 2SWLFDO
SRUWPHGLDPRGXOHV 6)3SOXJJDEOHWUDQVFHLYHUV
DUHLQVHUWHGLQWRWKH RQHSRUWDUHLQVHUWHGLQWR
GHYLFH WKH6)3PHGLDPRGXOH
Technical specifications
For detailed technical specifications of the SCALANCE X Indus-
trial Ethernet switches, see Catalog IK PI, section "PROFINET/
Industrial Ethernet", subsection "Industrial Ethernet switches/
media converters".
Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Switches SCALANCE X-300
Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Switches SCALANCE X-300
Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Switches SCALANCE X-300
More information
SIMATIC NET Selection Tool
The SIMATIC NET Selection Tool provides you with support for
selecting the right Industrial Ethernet switches as well as during
configuration of the modular versions:
Online version:
www.siemens.com/snst
Offline version:
www.siemens.com/snst-download
Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Switches SCALANCE X-400
Overview
Product overview
The SCALANCE X-400 switches are ideally suited to configure
the system bus and the terminal bus of the SIMATIC PCS 7
process control system in electrical or optical Gigabit ring
technology (non-redundant and redundant rings). The switches
can be used as redundancy managers in the ring and support
the standby redundancy for bus configurations with two
redundant rings. They are also perfectly suited to operate as a
star hub in the plant bus.
The SCALANCE X-400 product range includes two modular
switch types with the following features:
SCALANCE X408-2
2 x 2 electrical RJ45 ports 10/100/1000 Mbit/s (1000BaseTX)
1 x 4 electrical RJ45 ports 10/100 Mbit/s (10/100BaseTX)
2 Gigabit/Fast Ethernet media module slots
SCALANCE X414-3E
1 x 2 electrical RJ45 ports 10/100/1000 Mbit/s (1000BaseTX)
6
Switches of the SCALANCE X-400 product line 3 x 4 electrical RJ45 ports 10/100 Mbit/s (10/100BaseTX);
1 Gigabit Ethernet media module slot
The switches of the SCALANCE X-400 product line allow for the 2 Fast Ethernet media module slots
flexible design of electrical or optical Industrial Ethernet 1 Extender interface for:
networks with high availability. Network topology, type and - Extender with 8 Fast Ethernet twisted-pair ports
number of ports can be adapted easily to the structure of the - Extender with 4 media module slots for up to 8 Fast Ethernet
plant. fiber optic ports
Both versions permit a maximum communications performance,
in particular for very large plants with comprehensive quantity
frameworks and expansive communication networks.
3)
2)
1)
X408-2
SCALANCE X-400
6/32
Design
X414-3E
Module type
Application
device
X408-2
X408-2
Type of
applies
X414-3E
X414-3E
PROFINET diagnosis Format module S7
Hardware
Web based Management Box type of construction
4
2
Configuration with STEP 7 19 type of construction
Ring redundancy incl. RM-functionality Modular design
RJ45 socket
Standby redundancy 10 Gigabit Ethernet
Electrical (TP)
IRT capability Gigabit Ethernet
VLAN (Virtual Local Area Network) PoE (Power over Ethernet)
SC socket
singlemode)
singlemode)
Siemens AG 2012
Optical (FO)
IGMP Snooping/Querier (Internet Group
4 (multi-mode or
2 (multi-mode or
Management Protocol) External supply for integrated switch
12/201)
DHCP Option 82 (Dynamic Host
Configuration Protocol)
RJ45 socket
Electrical (TP)
IP Access List
Access Control List (MAC)
IEEE 802.1x (Radius)
Glass FO:
connection)
Optical (FO)
OSPFv2 (Dynamic Routing)
single-mode)
single-mode)
VRRP, Router Redundancy (Virtual Router
ST socket (BFOC
42)(multi-mode or
Redundancy Protocol)
42)/123) (multi-mode or
Siemens AG 2012
Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Switches SCALANCE X-400
Design (continued)
Features of SCALANCE X414-3E and X408-2 Media modules (MM) for SCALANCE X414-3E and
Modular switches with IP20 degree of protection for instal- SCALANCE X408-2
lation in control cabinets; can be combined with media SCALANCE X-400 switches can be equipped with 2-port media
modules (X414-3E and X408-2) and extenders (only X414-3E) modules. Media modules are available for both multi-mode and
Mounting possibilities: SIMATIC S7-300 mounting rail or single-mode optical fibers. They can be added or replaced
35 mm DIN rail during network operation. The operating temperature range is
Redundant 24 V DC supply -40 to +70 C. The SCALANCE X414-3E basic unit supports two
optical Gigabit Ethernet ports and up to four additional optical
10/100/1000 Mbit/s technology for various transmission media Fast Ethernet ports.
(8-core electrical, twisted pair or fiber-optic, multi/single-
mode) On two media-module slots, SCALANCE X408-2 supports as
many as four optical ports which can optionally be equipped
Two (X414-3E) or four (X408-2) integral Gigabit Ethernet with optical Gigabit Ethernet or Fast Ethernet media modules.
twisted pair interfaces (10/100/1000 Mbit/s, RJ45 sockets) for
connecting a number of switches to one another The following media modules are available:
Node connection via 12 (X414-3E) or 4 (X408-2) Fast Ethernet MM491-2;
twisted-pair ports integrated in the switch (10/100 Mbit/s; two fiber optic ports (BFOC sockets) 100 Mbit/s for distances
RJ45 sockets with collar)
Extender interface for expansion by 8 Fast Ethernet ports
up to 5 km with multi-mode fiber-optic conductors
MM491-2LD;
6
(X414-3E only): two fiber optic ports (BFOC sockets) 100 Mbit/s for distances
- Electrical ports with Fast Ethernet extender (can be docked up to 26 km with single-mode fiber-optic conductors
on right of switch) or MM491-2LH+;
- optical ports with module extender and media modules two fiber optic ports (SC sockets) 100 Mbit/s for distances up
Implementation of optical Gigabit rings with 2-port Gigabit to 70 km with single-mode fiber-optic conductors
Ethernet media module for conversion of integral Gigabit MM492-2;
Ethernet ports to fiber-optic (FO): two fiber optic ports (SC sockets) 1 Gbit/s for distances up to
- Module version for multi-mode (1000BaseSX ports for up to 750 m with multi-mode fiber-optic conductors (when using
750 m FOC) and SIMATIC NET FO cable 50/125m)
- single-mode (1000BaseLX ports for up to 120 km FOC, see
Catalog IK PI) MM492-2LD;
two fiber optic ports (SC sockets) 1 Gbit/s for distances up to
SCALANCE X414-3 has 2 slots for optical Fast Ethernet media 10 km with single-mode fiber-optic conductors
modules with 2 ports, SCALANCE X408-2 has 2 universal
slots, can be alternatively used for optical Fast Ethernet or MM492-2LH;
Gigabit Ethernet media modules with 2 ports two fiber optic ports (SC sockets) 1 Gbit/s for distances up to
40 km with single-mode fiber-optic conductors
Integration in optical 100 Mbit/s rings using plug-in 2-port
Fast Ethernet media module for multi-mode FOC up to 5 km or MM492-2LH+;
single-mode FOC up to 70 km two fiber optic ports (SC sockets) 1 Gbit/s for distances up to
70 km with single-mode fiber-optic conductors
Optical interfacing of remote nodes via a second plug-in
2-port FOC media module for Fast Ethernet MM492-2ELH;
two fiber-optic ports (SC sockets) 1 Gbit/s for distances up to
Addition and removal of extenders (only X414-3) and media 120 km with single-mode fiber-optic conductors
modules during operation
Max. cable lengths between two modules for communication Plug-in media modules for Gigabit Ethernet convert the Gigabit
via multi-mode FOC (for cables, see section on passive Ethernet twisted pair-ports included in the switch to optical
network components): mode. The Gigabit ports can then be used as either twisted-pair
- Up to 3 000 m via 100BaseFX ports (100 Mbit/s) or fiber-optic ports. In the case of the SCALANCE X414-3E basic
- Up to 750 m via 1000BaseSX ports (1 000 Mbit/s) device, optical media modules for Fast Ethernet each create two
additional ports per slot.
Max. cable lengths between two modules for communication
via twisted-pair (for cables, see section on passive network
components):
- Up to 100 m via 10/100BaseTX (10/100 Mbit/s) or
1000BaseTX ports (1 000 Mbit/s)
Detection of failure of a transmission route or a switch in the
ring and activation of the substitute route within 0.3 s (also in
large networks):
- With Gigabit Ethernet (SCALANCE X-400 switches in ring)
just like
- With Fast Ethernet (SCALANCE X-400 switches in the ring
with SCALANCE X-200 or X-200 IRT)
Standby functionality for redundant connection of two rings
Slot numbering and labeling strips for unambiguous port
identification
The permissible ambient temperature during operation varies
depending on the device type:
- -40 to +70 C (X414-3E)
- 0 to +60 C (X408-2)
Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Switches SCALANCE X-400
Design (continued)
Extender modules for SCALANCE X414-3E
An optional extender module with up to eight additional Fast 6&$/$1&(;( 6&$/$1&(;(
Ethernet ports can be mounted next to the expansion interface
733RUWV
(WKHUQHW
(WKHUQHW
*LJDELW
of the SCALANCE X414-3E. The operating temperature range is
)DVW
)DVW
-40 to +70 C.
Versions:
00
00
00
EM495-8 with 8 twisted pair ports (RJ45 sockets with retaining
sleeves) 10/100 Mbit/s; this enables the twelve onboard Fast
Ethernet twisted pair ports of the SCALANCE X414-3E to be
expanded to a total of 20 ports. *LJDELW )DVW(WKHUQHW HJIRUXVHLQWKHRSWLFDO*LJDELW
RU RU RU RU ULQJDQGZLWKFRQQHFWLRQRIIRXU
EM496-4 with 4 additional media module slots for Fast
00/+
UHPRWHRSWLFDOQRGHVDQGDV
00/+
00/'
00/'
00/+
Ethernet media modules for up to 8 optical Fast Ethernet ports PDQ\DVHOHFWULFDOQRGHV
00
00
6&$/$1&(; ([DPSOH
6
00/+
00/+
00/'
)DVW(WKHUQHW
00
PRGXOH PRGXOH
(0 (0
6ORW HJIRUXVHLQWKHRSWLFDOJLJDELWULQJ
QXPEHU ZLWKVLQJOHPRGHIRUURXWHVRIXSWR
NPLQOHQJWKDQGZLWKRSWLRQIRU
FRQQHFWLQJWZRUHPRWHRSWLFDODQGDV
00/'
00
00
00
00
PDQ\DVIRXUHOHFWULFDOQRGHV
([DPSOH
)DVW(WKHUQHW HJIRUXVHLQWKHHOHFWULFDO
00
RU *LJDELWULQJDQGZLWKFRQQHFWLRQ
*LJDELW RU )DVW
00/'
RIWHQUHPRWHRSWLFDOQRGHVDQG
(WKHUQHW
00
DVPDQ\DVHOHFWULFDOQRGHV
RU RU RU RU HJIRUXVHLQWKHRSWLFDO*LJDELW
00/+
ULQJDQGZLWKRSWLRQIRUFRQQHFWLQJXSWR
00/+
00/'
00/'
00/+
VL[HOHFWULFDOQRGHV
00
00
*B,.B;;B
RU
IRUWKHUHGXQGDQWFRXSOLQJRIRSWLFDO
*LJDELWULQJVYLDHOHFWULFDO*LJDELWURXWHV 6&$/$1&(;( ([WHQGHU 6&$/$1&(;( ([WHQGHU
DQGZLWKRSWLRQRIFRQQHFWLQJXSWR PRGXOH PRGXOH
IRXUHOHFWULFDOQRGHV (0 (0
00/'
Possible applications of media modules with SCALANCE X-408-2
00
HJIRUXVHLQWKHRSWLFDO*LJDELW
*B,.B;;B
ULQJZLWKVLQJOHPRGHIRUOLQNVRIXS
WRNPLQOHQJWKZLWKFRQQHFWLRQ
RIWZRUHPRWHRSWLFDOQRGHVDQGDV
PDQ\DVHOHFWULFDOQRGHV
Technical specifications
For detailed technical specifications of the SCALANCE X Indus-
trial Ethernet switches, see Catalog IK PI, section "PROFINET/
Industrial Ethernet", subsection "Industrial Ethernet switches/
media converters".
Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Switches SCALANCE X-400
6
module slots approval;
sold by the meter
MM491/MM492 media modules ; max. quantity 1 000 m,
Media modules with 2 ports; minimum order 20 m
1 Gbit/s, SC connection IE TP Cord RJ45/RJ45
Media module MM492-2 6GK5 492-2AL00-8AA2 TP cable 4 x 2 with two RJ45
1000BaseSX, multi-mode fiber- connectors
optic cable up to 750 m 0.5 m 6XV1 870-3QE50
Media module MM492-2LD 6GK5 492-2AM00-8AA2 1m 6XV1 870-3QH10
1000BaseLX, single-mode fiber- 2m 6XV1 870-3QH20
optic cable up to 10 km 6m 6XV1 870-3QH60
Media module MM492-2LH 6GK5 492-2AN00-8AA2 10 m 6XV1 870-3QN10
1000BaseLX, single-mode fiber- FO Standard Cable 6XV1 873-2A
optic cable up to 40 km GP 50/125/14001) 2)
Media module MM492-2LH+ 6GK5 492-2AP00-8AA2 Multi-mode cable,
1000BaseLX, single-mode fiber- sold by the meter;
optic cable up to 70 km max. length 1000 m;
minimum order 20 m
Media module MM492-2ELH 6GK5 492-2AQ00-8AA2
1000BaseLX, single-mode fiber- FO Robust Cable 6XV1 843-2R
optic cable up to 120 km GP 4E9/125/90
Single-mode cable,
Media modules with 2 ports; sold by the meter;
100 Mbit/s, BFOC connection max. length 1000 m;
(ST sockets) or SC connection minimum order 20 m
Media module MM491-2 6GK5 491-2AB00-8AA2 FC FO Standard Cable 6XV1 847-2A
100BaseFX, BFOC interface, GP 62.5/200/230
multi-mode fiber-optic cable up to
5 km FC FO standard cable for fixed
routing indoors with PVC sheath;
Media module MM491-2LD 6GK5 491-2AC00-8AA2 sold by the meter
100BaseFX, BFOC interface, max. length 1000 m;
single-mode fiber-optic cable up minimum order 20 m
to 26 km
Media module MM491-2LH+ 6GK5 491-2AE00-8AA2
100BaseFX, SC interface, single-
mode fiber-optic cable up to 70
km
EM495/EM496
extender modules for
SCALANCE X414-3E
Extender module EM495-8 6GK5 495-8BA00-8AA2
With 8 x 10/100 Mbit/s TP ports
Extender module EM496-4 6GK5 496-4MA00-8AA2
With 4 slots for 100 Mbit/s media
modules
Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Switches SCALANCE X-400
More information
SIMATIC NET Selection Tool
The SIMATIC NET Selection Tool provides you with support for
selecting the right Industrial Ethernet switches as well as during
configuration of the modular versions:
Online version:
www.siemens.com/snst
Offline version:
www.siemens.com/snst-download
Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Ethernet Media Converter
Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Passive network components: FastConnect
Overview
Industrial Ethernet FastConnect (IE FC) is a fast assembly
system with insulation displacement for easy assembly and
wiring of 4-core and 8-core IE FC cables. Using the FC Stripping
Tool it is possible to remove the outer casing and the woven
shield of the IE FC cable accurately in a single step. The cable
prepared in this manner is subsequently assembled on the
contacts of the connection element.
Application
Linking elements
The Linking elements which can be used depend on whether the The following table provides an overview of the available
transmission rate is 10/100 Mbit/s or 1 000 Mbit/s: switches, the transmission rates they support, and the IE FC TP
IE FC RJ45 Plug 2 x 2 90/180 (10/100 Mbit/s) in association standard cables and IE FC linking elements which can be used.
with 4-core (2 x 2) IE FC cables In addition to the IE FC TP standard cables, Catalog IK PI offers
further IE FC TP cables with special properties.
6 IE FC RJ45 Plug 4 x 2 180 (10/100/1000 Mbit/s) in association
with 8-core (4 x 2) IE FC cables
IE FC Outlet RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s) in association with 4-core
(2 x 2) IE FC cables
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet (10/100/1000 Mbit/s) with 8-core
(4 x 2) IE FC cables
Transmission rate 10/100 Mbit/s 1 000 Mbit/s
Port type 10/100BaseTX 1000BaseTX
Max. cable length 100 m 90 m (+ total of 10 m for TP Cord 90 m 90 m (+ total of 10 m for
Patch cables) TP Cord Patch cables)
Cable type IE FC TP Standard Cable IE FC TP Standard Cable 4 x 2 IE FC TP Standard IE FC TP Standard Cable
2x2 Cable 4 x 2 (AWG 24) 4 x 2 (AWG 22)
Linking elements IE FC RJ45 Plug 2 x 2 90/ IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet with IE FC RJ45 Plug IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet
180, alternative: IE FC Outlet insert 2FE + TP Cord 4 x 2 180 with insert 1GE + TP Cord
RJ45 + TP Cord
6,0$7,&3&6FRPSRQHQWV 6,0$7,&3&6FRPSRQHQWV
,()&5- ,()&5-
3OXJ[ 3OXJ[
,()&&DEOH[
,()&736WDQGDUG&DEOH*3[7\SH$
,()&73)OH[LEOH&DEOH*3[7\SH%
,()&737UDLOLQJ&DEOH*3[7\SH&
,()&7RUVLRQ&DEOH[7\SH&
1HWZRUN ,()&737UDLOLQJ&DEOH[7\SH& 1HWZRUN
FRPSRQHQW ,()&730DULQH&DEOH[7\SH% FRPSRQHQW
,()&73)RRG&DEOH[7\SH&
,()&73)51&&DEOH*3[7\SH%
*B3&6B;;B
,()&73)HVWRRQ&DEOH*3[7\SH%
,IFRPSRQHQWVWKDWGRQRWVXSSRUWDXWRFURVVLQJDUHXVHG
DQ,(73;3FRUGPXVWEHXVHGEHWZHHQWZRQHWZRUNFRPSRQHQWVRUWHUPLQDOV
Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Passive network components: FastConnect
Application (continued)
IE FC RJ45 Plug 2 x 2
The IE FC RJ45 Plugs 2 x 2 suitable for simple and fast on-site units/network components at distances up to 100 m. Since the
assembly of 4-core (2 x 2) twisted pair (TP) FastConnect instal- IE FC RJ45 Plugs 2 x 2 have no parts which can be lost,
lation cables are the ideal solution for Industrial Ethernet assembly is also possible under difficult conditions. For alterna-
communication connections for transmission rates up to tives to the IE FC TP Standard Cable according to the configu-
100 Mbit/s. They can be used to implement point-to-point ration graphics, see Catalog IK PI, section "Industrial Ethernet",
connections without patch technology between two terminal subsection "Cabling systems".
IE FC RJ45 IE FC RJ45
Plug 4x2 Plug 4x2
IE FC TP Cable 4x2
6
G_PCS7_XX_00234
component IE FC TP Flexible Cable GP 4x2 (AWG 24) component
IE FC RJ45 IE FC
Modular Outlet IE FC
Outlet RJ45 Outlet
Insert 1GE RJ45
SIMATIC PCS 7
IE FC Standard Cable 2x2 Industrial Workstation
100 Mbit/s connection with CP 1623
IE FC RJ45
Modular
G_PCS7_XX_00077
Outlet
Insert 1GE
IE FC Standard Cable 4x2
1000 Mbit/s connection
IE TP Cord
Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Passive network components: FastConnect
Design
IE FC RJ45 Plugs 4 x 2 and 2 x 2 IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet
6
IE FC RJ45 Plug 2 x 2 with 90 outgoing cable (left) and with 180 IE FC RJ modular outlet with insert 1GE
outgoing cable (right)
The IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet (Base Module) designed for
transmission rates up to 1 000 Mbit/s consists of a rugged metal
housing with IP40 degree of protection which is suitable for both
DIN rail and wall mounting. It has 8 barrel contacts for
connecting 8-core Industrial Ethernet FC installation cables
(AWG 22) and an interface for the replaceable insert, for
example:
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet Insert 2FE with 2 x RJ45 sockets
for 100 Mbit/s
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet Insert 1GE with 1 x RJ45 socket for
1 000 Mbit/s
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet Power Insert with 1 x RJ45 socket
for 100 Mbit/s and 1 x 24 V DC connection (for details on use
and ordering, see Section "Industrial Wireless LAN")
Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Passive network components: FastConnect
6
for connection to IE FC RJ45 housing and integrated insulation
Modular Outlet displacement contacts for
AWG 24, 6XV1 878-2A connecting Industrial Ethernet FC
for connection to IE FC RJ45 installation cables; with 90 cable
Plug 4 x 2 outlet
1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1 901-1BB20-2AA0
Industrial Ethernet 6GK1 901-1GA00
FC Stripping Tool 1 pack = 10 units 6GK1 901-1BB20-2AB0
Preadjusted stripping tool for fast 1 pack = 50 units 6GK1 901-1BB20-2AE0
stripping of Industrial Ethernet FC Industrial Ethernet FC RJ45
cables Plug 4 x 2 180
Industrial Ethernet FC Blade 6GK1 901-1GB00 RJ45 plug connector for Industrial
Cassettes Ethernet (10/100/1000 Mbit/s)
Replacement blade cassette for with a rugged metal enclosure
the Industrial Ethernet stripping and integrated insulation
tool, 5 units; for use with IE FC displacement contacts for
RJ45 Plugs and Modular Outlet connecting Industrial Ethernet FC
installation cables; 180 cable
outlet; for network components
and CPs/CPUs with Industrial
Ethernet interface
1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1 901-1BB11-2AA0
1 pack = 10 units 6GK1 901-1BB11-2AB0
1 pack = 50 units 6GK1 901-1BB11-2AE0
Industrial Ethernet 6GK1 901-1FC00-0AA0
FC Outlet RJ45
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet with 6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA2
Insert 1GE
FastConnect RJ45 Outlet for
Industrial Ethernet with a
replaceable insert for
1 x 1 000 Mbit/s interface
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet with 6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA1
Insert 2FE
FastConnect RJ45 Outlet for
Industrial Ethernet with a
replaceable insert for 2 x
100 Mbit/s interface
For further IE FC RJ45 Modular
Outlet versions and replaceable
inserts, see Catalog IK PI
Documentation
Manual for TP and fiber-optic
networks
Network architecture, compo-
nents, configurations, installation
German 6GK1 970-1BA10-0AA0
English 6GK1 970-1BA10-0AA1
Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Passive network components:
ITP cables and connectors
6
Core Pair 2
5m 6XV1 850-0BH50
8m 6XV1 850-0BH80
12 m 6XV1 850-0BN12
Terminals can be connected through industrial twisted pairs 15 m 6XV1 850-0BN15
(ITPs). The preassembled ITP standard cable with Sub-D 20 m 6XV1 850-0BN20
connectors is available for connection between stations and 30 m 6XV1 850-0BN30
network components. Line lengths of up to 100 m can be 40 m 6XV1 850-0BN40
achieved while saving on patch technology. 50 m 6XV1 850-0BN50
The ITP standard cable 9/15 is equipped with a 9-pin and a 60 m 6XV1 850-0BN60
15-pin connector. The cable is used for direct connection of 70 m 6XV1 850-0BN70
terminals with ITP interface to Industrial Ethernet components 80 m 6XV1 850-0BN80
with ITP interface. 90 m 6XV1 850-0BN88
100 m 6XV1 850-0BT10
The ITP XP standard cable 9/9 is equipped with two 9-pin
connectors. This cable is crossed for direct connection of two ITP XP Standard Cable 9/9
Industrial Ethernet network components with ITP interface. Crossed ITP installation cable for
direct connection of two Industrial
The ITP XP standard cable 15/15 is equipped with two 15-pin Ethernet network components
connectors. This cable is crossed for direct connection of two with ITP interface;
terminals with ITP interface. with two 9-pin Sub-D plugs
2m 6XV1 850-0CH20
The Industrial Ethernet ITP connectors have Sub-D connectors 5m 6XV1 850-0CH50
made of metal and are available in two versions:
8m 6XV1 850-0CH80
9-pin plug with straight cable outlet 12 m 6XV1 850-0CN12
15-pin plug with variable cable outlet, for connection to 15 m 6XV1 850-0CN15
terminals with ITP interface 20 m 6XV1 850-0CN20
30 m 6XV1 850-0CN30
Alternatively, the terminals can also be connected to twisted pair
(TP cord) cables. Detailed information on the TP cords can be 40 m 6XV1 850-0CN40
found in Catalog IK PI, in the Industry Mall, or in Catalog CA 01 ITP XP Standard Cable 15/15
under "Industrial Communication". Crossed ITP installation cable for
direct connection of two terminals
with ITP interface;
with two 15-pin sub-D plugs
2m 6XV1 850-0DH20
6m 6XV1 850-0DH60
10 m 6XV1 850-0DN10
ITP Connector for Industrial
Ethernet
9-pin 6GK1 901-0CA00-0AA0
15-pin, for connection to 6GK1 901-0CA01-0AA0
terminals with ITP interface
Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Passive Network Components:
Fiber-Optic Conductors
Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Passive Network Components:
Fiber-Optic Conductors
More information
The following versions of the optical connections for fiber-optic
cables are available with the network components or terminal
equipment:
Design of optical Description
connection
BFOC connection = ST (stick BFOC connectors have a bayonet lock for glass fiber-optic cables. They are
and twist) suitable for monomode and multimode fibers.
SC connection SC connectors are standard connectors for glass fiber-optic cables. The
SC connector is usually in the duplex version. However, it can also be used as
a simplex connector by separating it from the isolating piece.
6
SC RJ connection SC RJ is the smallest SC duplex plug connection.
Communications
Industrial Ethernet
System connection PCS 7 systems
Design
Connection of single stations, servers and clients Only the SIMATIC PCS 7 workstation with CP 1623/CP 1613 A2
can communicate with redundant automation systems. You
SIMATIC PCS 7 subsystems for engineering, operation and require for this purpose SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE
monitoring (also via Internet/Intranet), batch control, route S7-REDCONNECT (license for 4 units) communication software
control, asset management or IT applications are distributed instead of the SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7 communication
between various SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations of software. SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7-REDCONNECT
single station, server or client design depending on the configu- PowerPack (license for 4 units) can be used to upgrade the
rationverteilt. Depending on their task and the associated communications software.
integration into the entire plant, these SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial
Workstations are connected either only on the plant bus, only on Single stations and servers with BCE can be retro-upgraded to
the terminal bus or on both buses of the Industrial Ethernet CP 1613/1623 communication. Depending on the criteria
network. The connection can be redundant or non-redundant, mentioned above, this requires SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7
and is made using: or SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7-REDCONNECT in addition to
Interfaces integrated onboard the CP 1623 or CP 1613 A2 communication module.
Simple network cards or The communication software for CP 1623 or CP 1613 A2 is
Special communication modules, e.g. CP 1623/CP 1613 A2 generally supplied with the SIMATIC PCS 7 software and is
installed based on the operating system.
In order to activate this communications software, you may need
6
additional licenses for the SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7,
SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7-REDCONNECT, or SIMATIC NET
HARDNET-IE S7-REDCONNECT PowerPack communication
products.
Connection to terminal bus
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations in client, server or single
station designs are connected as standard to the terminal bus
via an onboard Industrial Ethernet interface. In the case of
servers or single stations without a connection to the plant bus,
the network card envisaged for BCE can be used as an alter-
native.
The terminal bus can also have a redundant design where two
rings are connected together using two pairs of switches (see
also "Introduction" at the beginning of the catalog section on
Industrial Ethernet). A "SIMATIC PCS 7 Redundant Terminal Bus
Adapter Package", comprising one server and desktop adapter
CP 1623 communication module network card each, is required to connect the stations to the two
rings of the redundant terminal bus.
Connection to plant bus
It is available in two versions which use different slots in the
A SIMATIC PCS 7 workstation, designed as single station or SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation because of the different
server, can be operated on the Industrial Ethernet plant bus per bus interfaces:
Ethernet network card (10/100/1000 Mbit/s) and BCE license or
per CP 1623/CP 1613 A2 communication module and SIMATIC Redundant terminal bus adapter package
NET HARDNET-IE S7 or SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE - For the conventional PCI bus (can be used only in SIMATIC
S7-REDCONNECT communications software. PCS 7 Industrial Workstations with Windows XP Professional
32-bit and Windows Server 2003/2003 R2 Standard 32-bit
The IE versions of the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation for operating systems!)
single stations and servers are factory equipped with a CP 1623 - For the PCI Express bus (PCIe)
communication module and SIMATIC NET- HARDNET-IE S7
communications software, licensed for up to four CP 1623/CP Connection of automation systems
1613 A2 (license for 4 units). The SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems communicate with
An Ethernet card (10/100/1000 Mbit/s) with BCE license is other subsystems of the process control system (e.g. operator
integrated in the BCE versions of the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial system or engineering system) via the Industrial Ethernet plant
Workstation. A separately available desktop adapter network bus. The automation systems are connected to the plant bus
card can also be used with this BCE license in a SIMATIC PCS 7 using the CP 443-1 communications processor, also redundant
Industrial Workstation. in the case of fault-tolerant systems.
If you use alternative hardware instead of the SIMATIC PCS 7
Industrial Workstation, you require an additional BCE license for
each station which communicates over the plant bus via BCE
(Basic Communication Ethernet).
With BCE, AS communication is possible with up to 8 automation
systems, with SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7 communication via
CP 1623/CP 1613 A2 with up to 64 automation systems (only
AS single stations in each case, no AS redundancy stations).
Communications
Industrial Ethernet
System connection PCS 7 systems
Communications
Industrial Ethernet
System connection PCS 7 systems
Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Wireless LAN
Overview
The following applications can be implemented in this manner:
OS clients
PCS 7 Configuration of additional remote OS clients (up to 2 on
Web server IWLAN)
Linking of Web clients to a SIMATIC PCS 7 Web server (up to
2 Web clients on IWLAN)
Remote access to an engineering station using the "RealVNC"
software (Enterprise Edition), e.g., during commissioning
Terminal bus
SCALANCE
Mobile remote clients (e.g. notebooks) equipped with a WLAN
X414-3 interface can use it to communicate with the IWLAN access
point. Stationary remote clients in a desktop/tower housing
SCALANCE
(SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations) require a SCALANCE
X204-2/X208 W740 IWLAN client module for communication with the IWLAN
access point.
Redundant The IWLAN client modules and the IWLAN access points of the
6
OS server SCALANCE W product family are very rugged, use state-of-the-
Engineering station art authentication and encryption procedures, and guarantee
Access point
SCALANCE W788-1PRO
high reliability of the wireless channel. Various designs are
offered for the following operational environments:
IWLAN client modules and access points for indoor use
IWLAN client modules and access points for control cabinets
G_PCS7_XX_00119
Design
IWLAN client modules and access points for indoor use Common features of the IWLAN client modules and access
points for indoor use
Rugged metal enclosure resistant to shock and vibration and
with IP65 water jet and dust protection, resistant to electro-
magnetic fields
Mounting: Wall, S7-300 mounting rail (90 mm length, vertically
mounted, bolts included in product package), or with optional
mounting aid on 35 mm DIN rail
Can be used at ambient temperatures from -20 to +60 C
(resistant to condensation)
Can be used in hazardous areas of zone 2
1 x M12 socket for redundant power infeed (18 to 32 V DC,
48 V DC), e.g. in conjunction with the PS791-1PRO (90 to 265
V AC) power supply
1 x hybrid socket for data and energy line for infeed over the
IE FC Modular Outlet or for supplying with Power-over-
Ethernet according to IEEE 802.3at Type 1 (corresponds to
IEEE 802.3af)
Antenna diversity for reliable reception in complex radio
environments with two ANT795-4MR omnidirectional antennas
installed on the housing, can be replaced by other types from
the SCALANCE W700 range
2 x R-SMA sockets for the connection of remote antennas (4 x
R-SMA for the variants with two wireless modules)
Function LEDs for optical signaling of faults and operating
states
Transmission rate up to 54 Mbit/s at 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz
WPA/WPA2 and 128-bit encryption (AES) for high security
against illegal access
Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Wireless LAN
Design (continued)
SCALANCE W740 IWLAN client modules for indoor use IWLAN client modules and access points for
control cabinets
Designed for indoor use, the SCALANCE W740 IWLAN client
modules are optimally suited to integrate devices with Industrial
Ethernet connection into IWLAN wireless networks with reliable
communication. The following product versions are available:
SCALANCE W744-1PRO for managing the wireless
connection of a connected device; a wireless card is perma-
nently installed in the device
SCALANCE W746-1PRO for managing the wireless
connection of up to eight connected devices; a wireless card
is permanently installed in the device
SCALANCE W747-1RR for managing the wireless connection
of up to eight connected devices; lets you set up wireless
connections with iPCF; a wireless card is permanently
installed in the device
Note: 6
iPCF (Industrial Point Coordination Function) is an extension of
the IEEE 802.11 standard for applications with a need for real-
time and deterministics (predictable response times) that
enables rapid roaming of mobile nodes from one wireless cell to The IWLAN client modules and access points intended for instal-
the next. lation in control cabinets are a low-cost alternative for indoor
For additional information and detailed technical specifications, areas with less harsh environmental conditions. Their rugged
refer to Catalog IK PI, the Industry Mall or Catalog CA 01 under aluminum enclosure with IP30 degree of protection still provides
"Industrial Communication - Industrial Wireless Communication". protection against mechanical and electromagnetic loads in
industrial environments.
SCALANCE W788 IWLAN access points for indoor use
They are particularly suited for setting up infrastructures in which
The SCALANCE W788 IWLAN access points for indoor use great temperature differences and protection against dust and
outside the control cabinet are an excellent choice for setting up water are less important.
Industrial Wireless LAN (IWLAN) wireless networks with reliable
communication. The following product versions are available: Common features of the IWLAN client modules and access
points for control cabinets
SCALANCE W788-1PRO: 1 wireless interface (a wireless card
is permanently installed in the device) Low-profile, compact aluminum enclosure, shock and
vibration-proof for high mechanical requirements
SCALANCE W788-1RR: 1 wireless interface (a wireless card is
permanently installed in the device); for setting up wireless Mounting: Wall or S7 mounting rail with optional mounting set,
connections with iPCF 35 mm DIN rail
SCALANCE W788-2PRO: 2 wireless interfaces (two wireless Dust protection with IP30 degree of protection
cards are permanently installed in the device) For use at ambient temperatures from -20 C to +60 C
SCALANCE W788 access points can also be operated as client 1 x 24 V DC connection for redundant power infeed
modules. Devices with two wireless cards react like two separate 1 x RJ45 connection for 10/100 Mbit/s with Power-over-
devices. Ethernet according to IEEE 802.3at Type 1 (corresponds to
For additional information and detailed technical specifications, IEEE 802.3af)
refer to Catalog IK PI, the Industry Mall or Catalog CA 01 under 2 x R-SMA sockets for the connection of remote antennas
"Industrial Communication - Industrial Wireless Communication". Function LEDs for optical signaling of faults and operating
states
Transmission rate up to 54 Mbit/s at 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz
Access control using authentication as well as WPA/WPA2 and
128-bit encryption (AES) for high protection against illegal
access
Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Wireless LAN
Design (continued)
SCALANCE W740 IWLAN client modules for control cabinets Characteristics of the SCALANCE W786 IWLAN access points
for outdoor use
The following product versions are available:
Rugged plastic enclosure (plexiglass type), shock and
SCALANCE W744-1 for managing the wireless connection of vibration-proof for severe mechanical loading
a connected device; a wireless card is permanently installed
in the device Mounting: Wall or, with optional mounting set, on S7 mounting
rail, 35 mm standard mounting rail, or on a pole
SCALANCE W746-1 for managing the wireless connection of
up to eight connected devices; a wireless card is permanently High IP65 degree of protection against dust and water jets
installed in the device For use at ambient temperatures from -40 C to +70 C
For additional information and detailed technical specifications, (resistant to condensation)
refer to Catalog IK PI, the Industry Mall or Catalog CA 01 under Resistant to UV radiation and saltwater spray
"Industrial Communication - Industrial Wireless Communication". 1 x 48V DC connection (also redundant power infeed),
SCALANCE W784 IWLAN access points for control cabinets optional operation on 12 to 24V DC or 100 to 240V AC with
power supply integrated in device
The following product versions are available: Version with 1 x RJ45 connection for 10/100 Mbit/s with
6
SCALANCE W784-1: 1 wireless interface (a wireless card is Power-over-Ethernet according to IEEE 802.3at Type 1 (corre-
permanently installed in the device) sponds to IEEE 802.3af)
SCALANCE W784 access points for control cabinet installation Version with 1 x BFOC connection for 10/100 Mbit/s multi-
can also be operated as client modules. mode FOC
For additional information and detailed technical specifications, Up to 6 x R-SMA sockets for the connection of remote
refer to Catalog IK PI, the Industry Mall or Catalog CA 01 under antennas
"Industrial Communication - Industrial Wireless Communication". Function LEDs for optical signaling of faults and operating
states
SCALANCE W786 IWLAN access points for outdoor use
Transmission rate up to 54 Mbit/s at 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz
Access control using authentication as well as WPA/WPA2 and
128-bit encryption (AES) for high protection against illegal
access
The following product versions are available:
SCALANCE W786-1PRO: 1 wireless interface (a wireless card
is permanently installed in the device); versions with
- RJ45 connection and two internal antennas
- RJ45 connection and two connections for external antennas
- Fiber-optic connection and two internal antennas
- Fiber-optic connection and two connections for external
antennas
SCALANCE W786-2PRO: 2 wireless interfaces (two wireless
cards are permanently installed in the device); versions with:
- RJ45 connection and four internal antennas
- RJ45 connection and four connections for external antennas
- Fiber-optic connection and four internal antennas
- Fiber-optic connection and four connections for external
antennas
For additional information and detailed technical specifications,
SCALANCE W786 IWLAN access points are particularly suited
refer to Catalog IK PI, the Industry Mall or Catalog CA 01 under
for applications with high climatic requirements, for mounting in
"Industrial Communication - Industrial Wireless Communication".
outdoor applications as well as in publicly accessible areas.
Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Wireless LAN
Integration
Data and power connections for the SCALANCE W740 IWLAN Data and power connection via one line
client modules and the SCALANCE W784, W786 (RJ45), W788
access points can be made using a hybrid cable or separate If the data and power supply are connected using a cable, an
cables. The FO standard cable GP 50/125/1400 can be used for FC Modular Outlet with power insert and the hybrid cable must
the fiber-optic cable connection of SCALANCE W786 (FOC) also be ordered. The hybrid connector included in the product
IWLAN access points. package and the FC Modular Outlet with power insert can be
assembled and connected on site.
Separate cables for data and power connections
With separate cables (preferably over short distances), a 4-core SCALANCE X-400
TP (2 x 2) IE FC Standard Cable (type A) is used as the data
cable. This Industrial Ethernet cable can be connected on site to
the supplied IP67 hybrid plug connector. A Power M12 Cable
Connector PRO is additionally required for the power supply.
IE FC Standard Cable and Power M12 Cable Connector PRO IE Hybrid
must be ordered in addition. cable connector
SCALANCE
6
W746-1PRO 24 V DC
PC IE FC RJ45 Modular
G_PCS7_XX_00118
(remote client) Outlet Power Insert
SCALANCE
W788-1PRO
IE Hybrid Cable 2x2 + 4x0,34
IE FC cable 2x2 Power cable 2x0.75 If 100 to 240 V AC is available on site, the PS791-1PRO power
with hybrid with power M12 cable supply can be used (to be ordered in addition). It is supplied
plug-in connector connector PRO including AC connector and connecting cable to the IWLAN
client module/access point but without AC cable.
A built-in power supply for 24V DC (PS-7912DC) and 110 to
Example of data and power supply connections using separate cables 230V AC (PS-7912AC) each is offered for the SCALANCE W786
IWLAN access points.
Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Wireless LAN
Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Wireless LAN
Communications
Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Wireless LAN
More information
Radio approvals Cabling system
Current approvals can be found on the Internet at: You can order components supplementary to the SIMATIC NET
www.siemens.de/funkzulassungen cabling range from your local contact. Technical advice on this
subject is available from:
SIMATIC NET Selection Tool
Siemens AG, Industry Sector, Frth
To assist in selecting the right products for Industrial Wireless J. Hertlein
Communication, the SIMATIC NET Selection Tool is available: Tel.: +49 911 750-4465
Online version: E-mail: juergen.hertlein@siemens.com
www.siemens.de/snst
Offline version:
www.siemens.de/snst-download
Communications
PROFINET
Introduction
Overview Benefits
7 PROFINET is the open Industrial Ethernet standard for
automation
Network standard Ethernet 7 PROFINET is based on Industrial Ethernet
7 PROFINET uses TCP/IP and IT standards
High transmission rate
7 PROFINET is Real-Time Ethernet
Wireless
7 PROFINET permits seamless integration of fieldbus systems
Flexible topologies 7 PROFINET supports fail-safe communication via PROFIsafe
PROFINET
Fieldbus standard PROFIBUS
Fast I/O communication
Safety
Diagnostics
6
PROFINET The Ethernet standard for automation
With currently more than 3 million nodes worldwide, PROFINET
is the leading Industrial Ethernet Standard for automation.
Because it combines the advantages of the leading fieldbus,
PROFIBUS and of the Ethernet open network standard, it is
characterized by very high flexibility, efficiency, and perfor-
mance. These factors are essential for the acceleration of the
information processes, increased plant availability, and
increased productivity in a company.
Function
Your advantages at a glance
Communications
PROFINET
Introduction
Function (continued)
PROFINET aspects focused on process automation Easy cabling
Open standard Industry-standard networks require no specialist knowledge to
be configured without problems in the shortest possible time.
The open vendor-independent standard (IEC 61158/61784), Stringent demands are placed on the installation of cables in the
PROFINET, is supported by PROFIBUS and PROFINET Interna- industrial environment at the same time.
tional (PI). It stands for maximum transparency, open IT commu-
nication, network security and real-time communication down to Siemens offers FastConnect, a system that meets these require-
the field level. ments. FastConnect is the standards-compliant, industry-
standard cabling system for PROFINET networks consisting of
Due to its openness, PROFINET creates the basis for a uniform cables, connectors, and assembly tools.
automation network in the plant to which all of the devices can
be connected. Existing plant parts, for example those imple- The time required for the connection of terminal devices is
mented with the PROFIBUS fieldbus, can be easily integrated. minimized due to the easy installation using just one tool. The
practical color coding helps avoid installation errors. Both
Flexible topologies copper cables and glass fiber-optic cables can be easily
PROFINET supports not only line topology common for estab- assembled on-site in this way.
lished fieldbuses, but also star, tree, and ring topologies. This is
6
Ruggedness/stability
made possible by switching technology, which is based on
active network components (Industrial Ethernet switches and An automation network must be extremely resistant to external
media converters) and field devices/components with sources of interference. Switched Ethernet prevents faults in one
integrated switch functionality. This all results in more flexibility section of the network from influencing the entire plant network.
for plant planning as well as savings in cabling. Highly resistant fiber-optic cables can be used in particularly
EMC-critical areas.
The PROFINET network meets all the requirements relevant for
the industrial sector. It can be installed without any specialist Speed and precision
knowledge. A PROFINET "Cabling and Interconnection
Technology" guideline provides network installation support for PROFINET communication is fast, deterministic and precise. It is
manufacturers and users. Symmetrical copper cables or RFI- based on Real Time Ethernet (RT) with prioritization of the trans-
resistant fiber-optic cables are used depending on the appli- mission and division of the bandwidth.
cation. Devices from various manufacturers are easily With PROFIdrive, the standardized drive profile, vendor-
connected via standardized and rugged plug-in connectors (up independent communication between CPUs and drives can be
to IP65/IP67). implemented as well.
Expandability Large quantity structures
Integrating existing systems and networks is simple and A SIMATIC controller (automation system) can manage up to
requires little effort and expense. This enables you to protect 256 devices in the field via PROFINET. The number of nodes in
your investments in plant units with communication via a PROFINET network is actually unlimited, the entire IP address
PROFIBUS and other fieldbuses (e.g. AS-Interface). range is available.
Additional PROFINET stations can be integrated at any time as With 64 KB of user data per message frame, the transmittable
well. The use of additional network components allows network volume of data on a PROFINET is significantly greater than with
infrastructures to be expanded both wired as well as wirelessly. PROFIBUS DP with 244 bytes.
Safety High transmission rate
The PROFIsafe safety profile, which has been tried and tested Based on Ethernet, PROFINET with 100 Mbit/s in full duplex
with PROFIBUS and which permits the transmission of standard mode achieves a significantly higher transmission rate than
and safety-related data on a single bus cable, can also be used previous fieldbuses. The transmission of large volumes of data
with PROFINET. No special network components are required for has no effect on the I/O data transfer.
fail-safe communication, standard switches and standard
network transitions can be used without restrictions. Media redundancy
Industrial Wireless LAN (IWLAN) Higher plant availability can be achieved by means of a
redundant installation (ring topology). Media redundancy can be
PROFINET also supports wireless communication with Industrial implemented with both external switches and via integrated
Wireless LAN and thus opens up new application fields. PROFINET interfaces. It prevents plant standstill if there is an
Device and network diagnostics interruption in the communication in only a part of the ring instal-
lation. Re-configuration times of 200 ms can be achieved.
Retaining the proven PROFIBUS model makes the same Required maintenance and repair work can thus be performed
diagnostic information available for PROFINET. In addition, without time pressure.
device diagnostics also includes read-out of module-specific
and channel-specific data from the devices. This enables simple
and fast location of faults. In addition to the availability of device
information, the top priority in network management is reliability
of network operation. PROFINET uses the Simple Network
Management Protocol (SNMP) for maintenance and monitoring
of the network components and their functions.
Communications
PROFINET
Architecture
Overview
Based on Industrial Ethernet, PROFINET enables communi- The bus nodes can be integrated in PROFINET as follows:
cation between automation systems (controllers) and the Standard automation systems via
process I/O. In the context of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control - PROFINET interface in the CPU or
system V8.0, PROFINET can be used primarily for communi- - Communications module CP 443-1
cation between the modular standard automation systems of the
S7-400 series and ET 200M remote I/O stations. ET 200M remote I/O stations via the IM 153-4 PN High Feature
interface module
You can find the ordering data for the standard automation
systems and their PROFINET components in the chapter
"Automation systems (section Standard automation systems);
for the ordering data for the PROFINET interface module of the
ET 200M remote I/O station, see chapter Process I/O (section
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7, Interface modules).
The PROFINET-compatible product spectrum for SIMATIC
PCS 7 will be expanded in the near future.
Design 6
Plant communication
Plant communication
Operator Operator
stations stations
SCALANCE X SCALANCE X
AS single
station AS single station AS single
with PROFINET station with
CPU PROFINET CP
SCALANCE X SCALANCE X
Field communication
Field communication
G_PCS7_XX_00300
G_PCS7_XX_00301
ET 200M ET 200M
ET 200M ET 200M
Networking the PROFINET stations via SCALANCE X switches Direct networking of the PROFINET stations via integrated interfaces
Example PROFINET configurations without redundancy
When configuring PROFINET communication, it is generally
recommended that the field communication should be
separated from the plant communication. A wide variety of
network configurations can be implemented in the field based
on line, star, tree and ring topologies. The highest degree of
availability is achieved by configuration variants with a ring, with
both networking via SCALANCE X switches as well as with direct
networking via the PROFINET interfaces between the
automation system and I/O device. Media redundancy of the
ring means that bus interruptions or failure of a node will not
result in failure of the entire segment.
Various Industrial Ethernet products can be used as network
components, e.g. SCALANCE X switches and media converters,
FastConnect connection elements, electrical and optical trans-
mission media (for ordering data, refer to the chapter Communi-
cation, Industrial Ethernet or PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet in the
IK PI Catalog).
Communications
PROFINET
Architecture
Design (continued)
Plant communication
Operator
stations
SCALANCE X
ET 200iSP
PROFINET PROFIBUS DP-iS
6 SCALANCE X SCALANCE X
PROFIBUS DP
Field communication
PA Link/FF Link
AFDiS
PROFIBUS PA AFD AFD PA/FF H1
G_PCS7_XX_00302
IE/PB DP/PA
Link coupler
PN IO ET 200M
ET 200M
Fieldbus integration via network transition or fieldbus interface in the automation system
PROFIBUS DP and PROFIBUS PA fieldbus types can be
integrated via an IE/PB Link PN IO network transition in
PROFINET.
You can also integrate the PROFIBUS DP/PA or
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 fieldbuses in the automation system
via a PROFIBUS interface (for ordering data, see chapter
Automation systems, section Standard automation systems):
PROFIBUS DP interface in the CPU
CP 443-5 communication module
Communications
PROFIBUS
Introduction
Overview Benefits
SIMATIC PCS 7 utilizes the benefits of the PROFIBUS from start
Industrial Ethernet to finish:
Automation system 7 Small planning and engineering overheads as well as low
commissioning costs
Long distances 7 Optimum distributed system structure with low hardware and
with fiber-optic space requirements
7 Significantly reduced overhead for wiring, jumpering, distri-
PROFIBUS DP (RS 485) bution, power supply and field mounting
7 High-speed communication with high measurement accuracy
7 Efficient engineering, interoperability and replaceability of
OLM OLM devices through vendor-independent device description
7 Short commissioning times through short loop tests, easy
parameterization and the elimination of calibration work
AFD AFDiS
7 Bidirectional communication and high amounts of information
PA link/
FF link
PROFIBUS PA/
FOUNDATION
permit enhanced diagnostics functions for fast fault locating
and troubleshooting 6
Fieldbus H1 7 Optimum life cycle management thanks to processing and
(MBP) evaluation of diagnostics and status information by the
maintenance station
Function
G_PCS7_XX_00125
Ex isolation
+ repeater
PROFIBUS DP (RS 485-iS) Users have numerous facilities for communication and line
diagnostics, as well as for diagnostics of the intelligent field
RS 485-iS coupler devices connected. Furthermore, the PROFIBUS is fully
integrated into the global asset management with the mainte-
Communication at field level with PROFIBUS nance station of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system.
Distributed peripherals such as remote I/O stations with their For process automation, the following PROFIBUS functions are
I/O modules, transmitters, drives, valves or operator terminals particularly relevant in addition:
communicate with the automation systems (controllers) at field Integration of previously installed HART devices
level through a powerful real-time bus system. This communi- Redundancy
cation is characterized by:
Safety-related communication with PROFIsafe up to SIL 3
Cyclic transmission of process data according to IEC 61508
Acyclic transfer of interrupts, parameters and diagnostics Clock synchronization
data
Time tagging
PROFIBUS is predestined for these tasks because it enables
high-speed communication with the intelligent distributed I/Os PROFIBUS transmission systems
by means of a communications protocol (PROFIBUS DP) as well PROFIBUS DP
as communication and simultaneous power supply for trans-
mitters and actuators (PROFIBUS PA). RS 485
Simple and low-cost electrical transmission system based on
PROFIBUS is simple, rugged and reliable, can be expanded shielded two-wire cable.
online by further distributed components, and can be used in RS 485-iS
both standard environments and hazardous areas. It supports Intrinsically-safe electrical transmission system for hazardous
the coexistence of field devices from different vendors on one areas up to Ex zone 1 or 21, implemented using a shielded
line (interoperability) as well as the vendor-independent two-wire cable with a transmission rate of 1.5 Mbit/s.
exchangeability of devices from one profile family.
Fiber-optic
Optical transmission system with glass or plastic fiber-optic
cables, for fast transmission of large quantities of data in
environments with high interferences or for covering long
distances.
PROFIBUS PA
MBP (Manchester coded; bus powered)
Intrinsically-safe transmission system which permits simulta-
neous transmission of digital data and powering of the field
devices by means of a two-wire cable. It is suitable for direct
connection of devices in environments up to Ex zone 1 or 21
and associated sensors/actuators in environments up to Ex
zone 0 or 20.
Communications
PROFIBUS DP
Introduction
Application
Controller communication with intelligent distributed devices on
PROFIBUS PA, FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 or HART I/Os is also
implemented via PROFIBUS DP.
Depending on the type of automation system and the number of
available slots, up to 4 PROFIBUS DP lines can be connected to
a SIMATIC PCS 7 automation system through internal interfaces
in the CPU, and up to 10 PROFIBUS DP lines through additional
CP 443-5 Extended communications processors. On a
PROFIBUS DP line it is possible to operate up to 125 devices,
and on a bus segment up to 31 devices with PROFIBUS DP
interface (32 stations).
Electrical and optical transmission technologies offer many
different configuration options for PROFIBUS DP networks.
Electrical networks can span up to approx. 10 km. With optical
transmission systems, the total size of the network is governed
6
primarily by the cycle times as a result of the almost loss-free
transmission.
With SIMATIC PCS 7, PROFIBUS DP topologies are always
The PROFIBUS DP fieldbus enables the SIMATIC PCS 7 implemented through the standard electrical PROFIBUS DP
automation systems (controllers) to communicate with connection on the automation system in the form of electrical or
distributed I/Os from the ET 200 range (remote I/Os) as well as mixed (electrical/optical) networks. In the case of mixed
with field/process devices, CPUs/CPs and operator terminals networks, the transition between the two media is implemented
that have a PROFIBUS DP interface. With the aid of the fieldbus by an optical link module (OLM). As regards communication
isolating transformer (RS 485-iS coupler) and the RS 485-iS between the stations, there is no difference between electrical
transmission technology, PROFIBUS DP can be run as an intrin- two-wire technology and fiber optic technology.
sically-safe fieldbus in all environments up to Ex zone 1 or 21. Electrical networks can be configured with a line or tree
topology. Mixed electrical/optical networks with OLMs as routers
can be configured with a line, ring or star topology.
Technical specifications
PROFIBUS DP
Data transmission RS 485 RS 485-iS Fiber-optic
Transmission rate 9.6 kbit/s ... 12 Mbit/s 9.6 kbit/s ... 1.5 Mbit/s 9.6 kbit/s ... 12 Mbit/s
Cable 2-wire shielded 2-wire shielded Plastic as well as multi-mode and
single-mode glass-fiber
Type of protection EEx(ib)
Topology Line, tree Line Ring, star, line
Nodes per segment 32 32 1)
Nodes per network (with repeater) 126 126 126
Cable length per segment 1 200 m at max. 93.75 kbit/s 1 000 m at 187.5 kbit/s1) Max. 80 m (plastic)
dependent on transmission rate 1 000 m at 187.5 kbit/s 400 m at 500 kbit/s 1) 2 ... 3 km (multimode glass fiber)
400 m at 500 kbit/s 200 m at 1.5 Mbit/s 1) >15 km at 12 Mbit/s (single-mode
200 m at 1.5 Mbit/s glass-fiber)
100 m at 12 Mbit/s
Repeater for signal refreshing with Max. 9 Max. 91) Not relevant
RS 485 networks
1) According to PROFIBUS installation guideline 2.262
Communications
PROFIBUS DP
Electrical networks
Overview FastConnect
Design
Seg- 2 3 4 5
ment
1
6
ment FastConnect Stripping Tool
2
PROFIBUS FastConnect is a system for fast and easy assembly
of PROFIBUS copper cables. The system comprises compatible
Re- components:
Seg- 13 12 11 10 peater
ment FastConnect Standard Cable for fast assembly
3 FastConnect Stripping Tool
with FastConnect Blade Cassettes (spare blade cassettes for
G_PCS7_XX_00094
20 19 18 17 16 15 14
the stripping tool)
Seg-
ment
FastConnect bus connector for PROFIBUS
4 Repeater for PROFIBUS
A repeater links the individual bus segments with RS 485
Segment length Number of devices 2 technology. Main applications are:
1 200 m at max. 93.75 kbit/s Max. 126 devices Address
Increase in number of nodes and distances
1 000 m at 187.5 kbit/s Max. 9 repeaters DP Master
400 m at 500 kbit/s Max. 32 participiants per 3 ... 20 Electrical isolation of segments
200 m at 1,5 Mbit/s segment Address
100 m at 12 Mbit/s
If diagnostics functions for physical cable diagnostics are
DP Slaves desired in addition to the standard repeater functionality, a
Configuration example of an electrical RS 485 network with linear/tree diagnostic repeater can be alternatively used. It monitors the
structure copper bus cables in online mode. In the event of a fault it sends
a diagnostic message with detailed information about the type
The network size with an electrical RS 485 network is in total and location of the fault to the DP master.
smaller than that with an optical network. However, by using
segmenting and signal regeneration with up to 9 repeaters, Active RS 485 terminating element
distances from 1 km (at 12 Mbit/s) up to 10 km (at 187.5 kbit/s) The active RS 485 terminating element is used to terminate bus
can be achieved depending on the transmission rate. segments. The component supplied with 24 V DC independent
A segment can have up to 32 participants (master/slaves), and of the bus stations provides a defined RS 485 signal level, and
the total network up to 126 participants. The start and end of suppresses reflections on the line. Bus stations (e.g. ET 200S)
each segment must be terminated by an active bus resistor can be coupled and decoupled without feedback to/from
which is typically pre-integrated in the device (e.g. repeater) or PROFIBUS networks terminated by active RS 485 terminating
is available as an active RS 485 termination element. elements.
The configuration example (figure at top right) shows a typical
addressing scheme for a PROFIBUS DP network made up of
multiple segments. Although repeaters are electrical partici-
pants on the PROFIBUS, they are not assigned a slave address
since they are not directly addressed by the master.
Communications
PROFIBUS DP
Electrical networks
Design (continued)
RS 485-iS coupler
The RS 485-iS coupler is an isolating transformer with which the assembled on a SIMATIC S7-300 rail which can be positioned
PROFIBUS DP fieldbus can be routed intrinsically-safe into the horizontally or vertically.
hazardous area.
The RS 485-iS coupler is integrated into the PROFIBUS as
The RS 485-iS coupler has the following functions: follows:
Connection of intrinsically-safe PROFIBUS DP stations, e.g. Connection to standard PROFIBUS DP via standard Sub-D
ET 200iSP or devices from other vendors with Ex i DP socket (at the bottom on the RS 485-iS coupler, behind the
connection right front door).
Conversion of the electrical PROFIBUS DP RS 485 trans- Connection of PROFIBUS DP with RS 485-iS transmission
mission technology into the intrinsically-safe RS 485-iS trans- technology via screw terminals (at the top of the RS 485-iS
mission technology with a transmission rate of 1.5 Mbit/s coupler, behind the right front door)
Suitable as a safety barrier The last bus station on the intrinsically-safe PROFIBUS DP
Additional use as a repeater in the hazardous area. segment (not further RS 485-iS couplers) must be terminated
by a selectable terminating resistor using the connector, Order
The RS 485-iS coupler as an open resource can only be used in No. 6ES7 972-0DA60-0XA0.
6 housings, cabinets or rooms for electrical equipment. It is
Communications
PROFIBUS DP
Optical networks
OLM
Up to 3 km Glass multimode
FOC
Depending on
ambient temperature
6
0 ... +60 C:
OLM/G11,
OLM/G12, or
2 5 6 7 OLM/G22
electrical
-25 ... +60 C:
OLM/G12-EEC
G_PCS7_XX_00095
Communications
PROFIBUS DP
Optical networks
6
OPTIC CABLES, 20 units Optical link module with one
PROFIBUS OLM/P11 V4.0 6GK1 503-2CA00 RS 485 interface and one glass
Optical link module with one FOC interface (2 BFOC sockets),
RS 485 interface and one plastic 1 300 nm wavelength for long
fiber-optic interface (2 BFOC distances up to 15 km, with
sockets), with signaling contact signaling contact and measuring
and measuring output, two BFOC output
plugs for plastic fiber-optic cables PROFIBUS OLM/G12-1300 V4.0 6GK1 503-3CC00
PROFIBUS OLM/P12 V4.0 6GK1 503-3CA00 Optical link module with one
Optical link module with one RS 485 interface and two glass
RS 485 interface and two plastic FOC interfaces (4 BFOC
fiber-optic interfaces (4 BFOC sockets), 1 300 nm wavelength
sockets), with signaling contact for long distances up to 15 km,
and measuring output, four BFOC with signaling contact and
plugs for plastic fiber-optic cables measuring output
1)
PROFIBUS OLM/G11 V4.0 6GK1 503-2CB00 Additional components of the SIMATIC NET cabling range can be ordered
Optical link module with one from your local contact.
RS 485 interface and one glass For technical advice contact:
FOC interface (2 BFOC sockets), Siemens AG, Industry Sector, Frth
J. Hertlein
for standard distances up to
Tel.: +49 911 750-4465
3 000 m, with signaling contact E-mail: juergen.hertlein@siemens.com
and measuring output
PROFIBUS OLM/G12 V4.0 6GK1 503-3CB00
Optical link module with one
RS 485 interface and two glass
FOC interfaces (4 BFOC
sockets), for standard distances
up to 3 km, with signaling contact
and measuring output
Communications
PROFIBUS DP
AS connection
6
PROFIBUS DP lines can be connected to a SIMATIC PCS 7
automation system (controller) via up to 4 internal interfaces in
the CPU and up to 10 additional CP 443-5 Extended communi-
cations processors.
If a module slot provided in the CPU for the PROFIBUS
connection is still vacant, an IF 964-DP interface module is
required in addition. When using data set routing with SIMATIC
PDM, use of the CP 443-5 Extended communications processor
is essential for the PROFIBUS connection.
Benefits
Advantages of the CP 443-5 Extended communications module:
Compact design; 9-contact Sub-D socket for connection to
PROFIBUS DP
Simple installation
Can be plugged into AS rack slot; connection to the other
S7-400 modules via backplane bus
Operation without fan; backup battery or memory submodule
are not required
Communications
PROFIBUS DP
Y-link
Design
Redundant
automation system
Y-Link
redundant PROFIBUS DP
G_PCS7_XX_00127
Connection of non-redundant
PROFIBUS DP devices to
redundant PROFIBUS DP
Communications
PROFIBUS PA
Introduction
Communications
PROFIBUS PA
Introduction
6
AFD AFD AFDiS type AFDiS, or up to 5 field distributors of both types in any mix
PROFIBUS PA can be operated as alternatives in a line segment. The last field
distributor at the end of the line leading away from the DP/
PA coupler automatically activates its bus terminating resistor.
Intrinsically-safe PA devices in hazardous areas in accordance
with Ex zone 1/21 or 0/20 are primarily integrated into a bus
segment by means of active field distributors AFDiS. For PA
PA link devices in Ex zone 1/21, the connection via a line segment on
the PA router with DP/PA coupler Ex [i] is a possible alternative.
The devices are integrated separately into the line segment via
AFS SplitConnect Taps (via spur line or directly via SplitConnect M12
AFD AFD AFDiS outlet). A SplitConnect terminator is required for the bus termi-
PROFIBUS PA nation of the segment.
By grouping individual devices in different line segments,
Flexible Modular Redundancy is possible at device level.
Line architecture with redundant coupler
The PA link operable as a PA router on a single or redundant
PA link PROFIBUS DP can only be equipped with one redundant DP/PA
coupler pair. This can be used either for a line architecture with
PROFIBUS PA Active Field Splitter (AFS) or for a ring architecture.
AFD AFD AFDiS In the line architecture, the AFS is connected to the redundant
DP/PA coupler pair (2 x FDC 157-0) in the PA router. It connects
PROFIBUS DP
Communications
PROFIBUS PA
Introduction
Design (continued)
Ring architecture with coupler and media redundancy Cable lengths of bus segments and spur lines
With the redundant DP/PA coupler pair (2 x FDC 157-0) of a The PROFIBUS PA is based on electrical transmission compo-
PA router, a ring segment with automatic bus termination can nents. A shielded two-wire cable is used for digital data trans-
also be implemented instead of a line segment with AFS. mission and for the power supply of the field devices.
Apart from the ring segment, only line segments with individual
couplers can be configured on this PA router. The PA router can With line, tree and ring topologies, bus segments up to approx.
be connected to a single or a redundant PROFIBUS DP. 1.9 km can be configured. If AFDs are used, the length of the
spur lines for connecting devices and the quality of the cable
Integration of the PA field devices into the ring segment is used must also be considered when calculating the total length
carried out via active field distributors AFD or AFDiS whose of the bus segment. Spur lines on the AFDiS are not relevant to
number is limited as with the line architectures (up to 8 AFD, up the total length of the bus segment.
to 5 AFDiS or up to 5 AFD/AFDiS in any combination). These field
distributors have electrically decoupled, short-circuit-proof spur The length for spur lines is as follows with bus segments with
line connections for connecting the PA devices. active field distributors AFD/AFDiS:
Up to 120 m in accordance with IEC 61158-2
At the device level, flexible modular redundancy is possible by
grouping individual devices on different field distributors. Up to 60 m in accordance with IEC 60079-27 (FISCO)
Special advantages of the ring architecture: With active field distributors AFD, these maximum values may be
reduced depending on the number of spur lines of the bus
6
High availability segment (for details, see Section "Technical data"). With active
Transparent redundancy management of the intelligent field distributors AFDiS, this reduction is canceled by the
DP/PA couplers FDC 157-0 for the host system integrated repeater function.
Active bus terminators for automatic bus termination in the Intrinsically-safe PA devices in hazardous areas are preferably
DP/PA couplers FDC 157-0 and the AFDs permit: integrated into a bus segment by means of active field distrib-
- Automatic, smooth isolation of faulty subsegments in the utors AFDiS. For PA devices in Ex zone 1/21, the connection via
event of a short-circuit or open-circuit a line segment on the PA router with DP/PA coupler Ex [i] is a
- Modification of the ring configuration or instrumentation possible alternative. In such a configuration the max. possible
during operation, including the addition or removal of ring length per spur line is reduced to 30 m and per bus segment to
segments 1 km.
Safety-related and fault-tolerant applications with low device Bus segments are terminated either automatically (with architec-
and cabling requirements tures with active field distributors AFD/AFDiS) or with the passive
terminating element for PROFIBUS PA (SpliTConnect termi-
nator).
Technical specifications
PROFIBUS PA Bus segments with AFD
Max. spur line length related to the
Data transmission MBP total number of spur lines
Transmission rate 31.25 Kbit/s Number of spur lines (1 device per
Cable 2-wire shielded spur line)
1 to 12 spur lines 120 m
Type of protection EEx(ia/ib)
13 to 14 spur lines 90 m
Topology Line, tree, ring 15 to 18 spur lines 60 m
Active field distributors per 19 to 24 spur lines 30 m
segment/coupler 25 to 31 spur lines 1m
AFD 8
Bus segments with AFDiS
AFDiS or AFD/AFDiS combined 5 Max. spur line length independent
PA devices per segment/coupler 31 of total number of spur lines
PA devices per PA link 64 Number of spur lines (1 device per
spur line)
Max. current for all PA field devices 1A 1 to 31 spur lines
of a segment (for PA gateways with
FDC 157-0 coupler) - Not intrinsically-safe 120 m
Cable length per segment, 1 900 m: standard - Intrinsically-safe acc. to FISCO 60 m
dependent on transmission rate 1 900 m: EEx(ib)
1 000 m: EEx(ia)
Communications
PROFIBUS PA
PA Network Transitions
Overview Application
The two PA routers are based on two versions of the
DP/PA coupler:
Ex [i] DP/PA coupler (max. output current 110 mA)
for implementation of PROFIBUS PA networks with a line or
tree topology in environments up to Ex zone 1/21, not for
redundant architectures (coupler redundancy, ring)
FDC 1570 DP/PA coupler (max. output current 1 000 mA)
for implementation of PROFIBUS PA networks with a line, tree
or ring topology in environments up to Ex zone 2/22; can be
used for the redundant architectures "Ring" and "Coupler
redundancy"
DP/PA couplers are also integral components of the PA link (see
design). The PA link connects PROFIBUS DP and PROFIBUS PA
together, and decouples the transmission rates. In contrast to
the DP/PA coupler which limits the data transmission rate on the
Communications
PROFIBUS PA
PA Network Transitions
Design
High Speed solution with PA link Low-cost solution with direct addressing
PROFIBUS master
2 S7-400 2
DP/PA coupler
3 PROFIBUS PA
PA link
2 PROFIBUS PA
31.25 kbit/s 1 3 4
3 4 5 6 7 8
6
G_PCS7_XX_00078
PA link DP/PA coupler
IM 153-2 interface module (single/redundant) transparent for communication
DP/PA couplers (max. 5 per IM 153-2) Ex version 13.5 V / 110 mA
Slave on DP side - master on PA side Non-Ex version 31 V / 1000 mA
Max. 64 PA devices (244 bytes I/O data)
Communications
PROFIBUS PA
PA Network Transitions
Technical specifications
DP/PA coupler Status, interrupts, diagnostics
Bus connection Diagnostics displays DP/PA coupler
Ex [i] and DP/PA coupler FDC 157-0
Connection for PROFIBUS PA
PROFIBUS DP bus monitoring Yellow LED "DP"
DP/PA coupler Ex [i] 2 terminals of a 4-pole screw-type
terminal, integral terminating PROFIBUS PA bus monitoring Yellow LED "PA"
resistor 24 V DC power supply monitoring Green "ON" LED
DP/PA coupler FDC 157-0 4-pole screw-type terminal for Additive diagnostics displays of the
connection and looping through, DP/PA coupler FDC 157-0
selectable terminating resistor Group error Red LED "SF"
Connection for PROFIBUS DP 9-pin Sub-D plug, Bus error Red LED "BF"
contact assignment as described Monitoring DP/PA coupler (active Yellow LED "ACT"
in IEC 61158/EN 50170 coupler in redundant configu-
Module-specific data ration)
Communications
PROFIBUS PA
PA Network Transitions
Communications
PROFIBUS PA
PA Network Transitions
Communications
PROFIBUS PA
Active field distributors
Overview
Active field distributor AFDiS
PROFIBUS DP
PA link
Ex Zone 1
G_PCS7_XX_00285
PA (PROFIBUS PA) or FF (FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1) field
devices via short-circuit-proof spur line connections into a Ex Zone 0 Bus
fieldbus segment (line/ring) with automatic bus termination. This terminating
fieldbus segment can be connected to a single or redundant resistor 100
PROFIBUS DP via a PA or FF router and it can thus be
seamlessly integrated into the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control
system. The active field distributor AFDiS (Active Field Distributor
Up to 8 active field distributors AFD with a total of up to 31 intrinsic Safety) can be operated in environments in accordance
connected field devices can be operated per fieldbus segment. with Ex zone 1/21 and 2/22. It can integrate up to 6 intrinsically-
The number of field devices is also limited by the current safe PA (PROFIBUS PA) or FF (FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1) field
consumption of the field devices. A current of 1 A is available for devices into a fieldbus segment (line/ring) via its intrinsically-
all field devices of a segment. safe, short-circuit-proof spur line connections. Instead of the
spur line, it is also possible to use a subsegment for 3 to 4
An AFD in a ring segment can be replaced during operation devices with a max. length of 500 m at connection S1 of the
without failure of the segment. AFDiS. The spur lines with type of protection Ex [ia] as well as
the subsegment can be routed into Zone 0/20.
For compliance with IP65 protection, it is necessary to protect
unused spur line connections by plugs. Up to 5 field distributors AFDiS with a total of up to 31 field
devices can be operated in a fieldbus segment. The limitation to
5 field distributors is also mandatory for mixed operation of AFD
and AFDiS.
The number of field devices per segment additionally depends
on the current consumption of the devices. A current of 1 A is
available for all field devices of the segment.
With the integrated repeater function, the AFDiS has the
following advantages compared to the AFD:
Spur line lengths are independent of the total number of spur
lines in the bus segment
Spur line lengths need not be be taken into account when
determining the total length of the bus segment
Under the following conditions, an AFDiS in a ring segment can
be replaced during operation without failure of the segment:
Installation in zone 2/22; no mixed operation with AFD.
For compliance with IP66 protection, it is necessary to protect
unused spur line connections by plugs.
Active field splitter AFS
The active field splitter (AFS) connects a PA or FF line segment
with a redundant coupler pair of a PA or FF router. The AFS inter-
connects the line segment with the respective active coupler.
To guarantee IP65 protection, it is necessary to protect an
unused connection by a plug.
Communications
PROFIBUS PA
Active field distributors
Technical specifications
Active field distributor (AFD) Voltages, currents, potentials
General data Power supply Via bus, no auxiliary power
necessary
Connection of field devices Standard-compliant field
devices for PROFIBUS PA or Rated supply voltage, permissible 16 ... 32 V DC
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 range
Max. 4 per AFD
Max. 31 per fieldbus segment Polarity reversal protection (only in Yes; up to 1 A
Operating environment up to connection with DP/PA coupler)
zone 2 or 22 Overvoltage protection No
The max. current consumption
of all field devices of the fieldbus Current consumption
segment is 1 A At 28 V input voltage d 64 mA + (0.838 x aggregate
current of all field devices)
Degree of protection IP65
At 24 V input voltage d 67 mA + (1.008 x aggregate
Voltages, currents, potentials current of all field devices)
Rated supply voltage 16 V DC (16 ... 32 V) At 20 V input voltage d 74 mA + (1.246 x aggregate
current of all field devices)
6 Voltage Vmax
Reverse polarity protection
35 V
Yes
Power loss Min. 1.4 W; max. 5.9 W
Grounding Direct, via connecting bar
Internal power consumption Max. 25 mA or 59 mA with AFD at
end of cable (open main line Electrical isolation between main Yes
connection) line and spur lines
Communications
PROFIBUS PA
Active field distributors
Communications
PROFIBUS PA
Passive PA components
Overview SpliTConnect
The SpliTConnect Tap enables the design of fieldbus segments
The following cables in different colors are offered for setting up according to IEC 61158-2 with field device connection points.
PROFIBUS PA networks in accordance with IEC 61158-2 (for
detailed information, refer to the IK PI Catalog, Industry Mall, or The SpliTConnect Coupler can be used to construct a
CA 01 Offline Mall under Network components for PROFIBUS, PROFIBUS PA hub by connecting SpliTConnect Taps in series.
Electrical networks (PROFIBUS PA)): By replacing the contacting screw by the SpliTConnect Termi-
PROFIBUS FC Process Cable, 2-wire, shielded, black sheath: nator, the SpliTConnect Tap can be used as a bus terminating
for applications in non-intrinsically safe areas element.
Terminal equipment can be connected directly through the
FC Process Cable. Using the SpliTConnect M12 Outlet, PA field
devices can also be connected to the SpliTConnect Tap by
means of an M12 connection. The SpliTConnect M12 Jack is a
connecting element between an FC Process Cable and an M12
connector on the PROFIBUS PA field device. For details on
SpliTConnect network components, see Catalog IK PI.
Ordering data
6 PROFIBUS FC Process Cable
Order No.
2-wire, shielded
Blue sheath color; for intrinsi- 6XV1 830-5EH10
cally safe applications
PROFIBUS FC Process Cable, 2-wire, shielded, blue sheath: Black sheath color; for non- 6XV1 830-5FH10
for applications in intrinsically safe areas intrinsically safe applications
Sold by the meter:
max. length 1000 m, minimum
order 20 m
PROFIBUS FastConnect 6GK1 905-6AA00
Stripping Tool
Stripping tool for fast stripping of
the PROFIBUS FastConnect bus
cable
PROFIBUS FastConnect 6GK1 905-6AB00
Blade Cassettes
Spare blade cassettes for
PROFIBUS FastConnect Stripping
Tool, 5 units
SpliTConnect Tap 6GK1 905-0AA00
The FastConnect stripping tool can be used to strip the outer for implementing PROFIBUS PA
sheath and shield of the PROFIBUS FC Process Cables to the segments and attaching PA field
required lengths for PROFIBUS PA. devices, insulation displacement
terminal, IP67, 10 units
Communications
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
Introduction
Communications
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
Introduction
Design (continued)
Line architecture with single coupler Ring architecture with coupler and media redundancy
The FF field devices are integrated into a line segment via active Maximum availability can be achieved with a FOUNDATION
field distributors AFD (approval for Ex zone 2/22) or AFDiS Fieldbus H1 ring segment that is created by means of a
(approval for Ex zone 1/21). Connection to these field distrib- redundant coupler pair (2 FDC 157) in the FF Link.
utors is made via short-circuit-proof spur lines.
The FF field devices are integrated into the ring segment via the
Up to 8 field distributors of type AFD, up to 5 field distributors of short-circuit-proof spur lines of the active field distributors AFD
type AFDiS, or up to 5 field distributors of both types in any mix or AFDiS. The number of field distributors is limited as with the
can be operated as alternatives in a line segment. The last field line architectures (up to 8 AFD, up to 5 AFDiS, or up to 5 AFD/
distributor at the end of the line leading away from the FF Link AFDiS in any combination).
automatically activates its bus terminating resistor. The line
segment can be connected to a single or redundant The bus is terminated automatically and is immediately adapted
PROFIBUS DP via the FF Link. in the event of changes or faults on the bus. An extension on the
fieldbus or replacement of a coupler during operation is
Line architecture with redundant coupler possible.
The active field splitter (AFS) is connected with a redundant The ring segment can be connected to a single or redundant
6
coupler pair (2 FDC 157) in the FF Link. This connects the line PROFIBUS DP via the FF Link.
segment connected to it to the respective active coupler.
A coupler can be replaced without interrupting the ongoing
operation. The FF field devices are integrated in the line
segment as described in the section "Line architecture with
single coupler". The limits with regard to the number of field
distributors are also identical (up to 8 AFD, up to 5 AFDiS or up
to 5 AFD/AFDiS in any combination).
The line segment on the AFS can be connected to a single or
redundant PROFIBUS DP via the FF Link.
Integration
Integration in SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering of the FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 segments is
implemented as for PROFIBUS PA. Diagnostic information and
The FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 can be integrated seamlessly in configured maintenance information for FF Link and FF devices
the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system using PROFIBUS DP are made available via the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station.
as link. A SIMATIC FF Link, which is equipped with one or two SIMATIC PCS 7 generates the diagnostics screens automati-
couplers depending on the selected bus architecture (see Setup cally.
section), serves as router between PROFIBUS DP and
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1. System requirements:
System software SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1+ SP2 or higher
SIMATIC PDM V7.0
Technical specifications
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 Bus segments with AFD
Data transmission MBP Max. spur line length related to the
total number of spur lines
Transmission rate 31.25 Kbit/s
Number of spur lines (1 device per
Cable 2-wire shielded spur line)
Topology Line, tree, ring 1 to 12 spur lines 120 m
13 to 14 spur lines 90 m
FF devices per segment/FF Link 31
15 to 18 spur lines 60 m
Active field distributors per 19 to 24 spur lines 30 m
segment/FF Link
25 to 31 spur lines 1m
AFD 8
AFDiS or 5 Bus segments with AFDiS
AFDiS and AFD combined Max. spur line length independent
of total number of spur lines
Max. total current consumption of all 1A
FF field devices Number of spur lines (1 device per
spur line)
Cable length per segment 1 900 m
1 to 31 spur lines
- Not intrinsically-safe 120 m
- Intrinsically-safe acc. to FISCO 60 m
Communications
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
FF Network Transitions
Overview
OS Single SIMATIC PCS 7
Station Engineering/Maintenance Station with
Process Device Manager SIMATIC PDM
Plant bus
SIMATIC PCS 7
automation system
PROFIBUS DP
FF Link FF Link
FDC 157 FDC 157 FF segment
IM 153-2FF
FF segment AFD
IM 153-2FF
AFD AFD
6
G_PCS7_XX_00258
Examples of DP/FF routers with FF Link
With an FF Link as router between PROFIBUS DP and The FF Link is simultaneously slave on the PROFIBUS DP and
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 (FF), a fieldbus segment with up to master on the FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1. It decouples the LAN
31 standard-compliant FF-H1 field devices can be integrated in characteristics, communications protocols, and the time
the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system. The modular FF Link response of both bus systems.
can be configured differently depending on the design of
PROFIBUS DP (single or redundant) and FOUNDATION An FF Link master is integrated in the IM 153-2 FF. Typically the
Fieldbus H1 (for design versions, refer to the section IM 153-2 FF uses this to control the distributed communication
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1, introduction). One or two of the FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 segment as LAS (Link Active
IM 153-2 FF interface modules are combined with one Scheduler). If it fails, the redundant M 153-2 FF partner module
coupler or an FDC 157 coupler pair. or a field device with the "Backup Link Master" feature takes over
control of communication. This permits the implementation of
closed-loop control functions by FF field devices (Control in the
Field), independent of the higher-level controller.
Design
FF Link In a minimum configuration consisting of one IM 153-2 FF and
one FDC 157 coupler, the components can be connected via the
The FF Link is a modular combination in S7-300 design S7 backplane bus by means of passive bus connectors.
consisting of the IM 153-2 FF PROFIBUS DP interface module
and FDC 157 coupler (both either as single units or redundantly For FF Link configurations with redundant components, active
in pairs depending on the plant configuration). bus modules must be used for the backplane bus instead of
passive bus connectors. Active bus modules permit "hot
The following design versions are thus possible (also refer to swapping" of individual modules.
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 section, introduction):
One PROFIBUS DP interface module (1 x IM 153-2 FF) If a 24 V DC infeed from the plant's central power supply is not
- Line architecture with single coupler (1 x FDC 157) possible, the PS 307 or PS 305 load power supplies can be
- Line architecture with coupler redundancy (2 x FDC 157) used. A redundant 24 V DC power supply, e.g. by means of two
and AFS active field distributor PS 307/PS 305 load power supplies, is recommended for
- Ring architecture with coupler and media redundancy FF Link configurations with redundant IM 153-2 FF High Feature
(2 x FDC 157) interface modules.
Redundant PROFIBUS DP interface modules One FF fieldbus segment each can be operated with an FF Link.
(2 x IM 153-2 FF) This can be a simple line segment with single coupler, a line
- Line architecture with single coupler (1 x FDC 157) segment with coupler redundancy, or a ring segment with
- Line architecture with coupler redundancy (2 x FDC 157) coupler and media redundancy.
and AFS active field distributor
- Ring architecture with coupler and media redundancy
(2 x FDC 157)
Communications
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
FF Network Transitions
Design (continued)
The following basic components are available for configuring the Additive option:
FF Link: PS 307 load power supply for 120/230 V AC; 24 V DC, version
IM 153-2 FF interface module in 2, 5 or 10 A, or
FDC 157 coupler PS 305 load power supply for 24/48/60/110 V DC; 24 V DC,
2A
Components for redundant design and for hot swapping
- Mounting rail for hot swapping (as an alternative to the
standard mounting rail)
- BM PS/IM for 1 load power supply and 1 IM 153-2 FF
module, for extended temperature range
- BM IM/IM for 2 IM 153-2 FF modules, for redundant and non-
redundant design and for extended temperature range
- BM FDC for 1 FDC 157 coupler, for extended temperature
range
- BM FDC/FDC for 2 FDC 157 couplers, for extended temper-
ature range
6 Technical specifications
FDC 157 coupler IM 153-2 FF
Bus connection Function Linking of PROFIBUS DP (slave
functionality) and FOUNDATION
Connection for FOUNDATION 4-pole screw-type terminal for Fieldbus H1 (link master function-
Fieldbus H1 connection and looping through, ality) with support of the "Configu-
selectable terminating resistor ration in Run" function
Module-specific data The FF link function is only imple-
Degree of protection IP20 mented by extending the
IM 153-2 FF with one coupler or
Transmission rate on backplane bus 45.45 Kbit/s one FDC 157 coupler pair. Stand-
alone operation of the IM 153-2
Transmission rate on FOUNDATION 31.25 Kbit/s
FF is not possible.
Fieldbus H1
Bus connection
Communication protocol FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
Connection for PROFIBUS DP 9-pin sub D connector
Voltages, currents, potentials
Module-specific data
Rated supply voltage 24 V DC (20.4 V ... 28.8 V)
Degree of protection IP20
Reverse polarity protection Yes
Transmission rate of the higher level 9.6; 19.2; 45.45; 93.75; 187.5;
Overvoltage protection Yes DP master system 500 Kbit/s;
Voltage at coupler output (FF) 31 1 V DC 1.5; 3; 6; 12 Mbit/s
Voltage monitoring 15.5 V Communication protocol PROFIBUS DP/FOUNDATION
Fieldbus H1
Overvoltage monitoring U > 35 V; latching cutoff
Frame length
Voltage failure bridging Min. 5 ms
I/O data Max. 244 bytes
Current at coupler output (FF) 1A Configuration frame Max. 244 bytes
(for supplying all FF field devices) Diagnostics frame Max. 244 bytes
Galvanic isolation 24 V DC Parameter assignment frame Max. 244 bytes
Backplane bus / FF Yes Voltages, currents, potentials
Backplane bus / supply Yes
Rated supply voltage 24 V DC (20.4 V ... 28.8 V)
FF / supply Yes
All electric circuits/functional Yes Reverse polarity protection Yes
grounding Voltage failure bridging 20 ms
Power consumption of modules max. 2.3 A Galvanic isolation
(24 V DC)
to the higher-level DP master Yes
Power loss of the module Max. 13.4 W system
Status, interrupts, diagnostics to the FDC 157 coupler No
Diagnostic displays Power consumption of modules max. 100 mA
(24 V DC)
Group error Red LED "SF"
Backplane bus fault Red LED "BF" Power loss of the module Typ. 2 W
Ambient conditions Infeed, mechanical design 4-pole screw-type terminal, short-
circuit bridge between PE and
Operating temperature M24
Horizontal installation -25 ... +60 C
For non-grounded operation, the
Vertical installation -25 ... +40 C short-circuit bridge must be
Dimensions and weight removed (independent of this, the
DP interface is always
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 80 x 125 x 130 ungrounded)
Weight approx. 550 g
Communications
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
FF Network Transitions
6
Interface module for SIMATIC and for redundant design
FF Link, with redundancy
capability; FOUNDATION Active bus modules for hot
Fieldbus Link Master; degree of swapping
protection IP20; for extended BM PS/IM SIPLUS extreme 6AG1 195-7HA00-2XA0
temperature range, permissible for 1 load current supply and
operating temperature 1 IM 153-2 FF module;
-25 ... +60 C for "hot swapping" function, for
extended temperature range,
Field Device Coupler FDC 157 On request permissible operating temper-
for SIMATIC FF Link, with redun- ature -25 ... +70 C
dancy capability; physical BM IM/IM 6ES7 195-7HD80-0XA0
interface to the FOUNDATION for 2 IM 153-2 FF modules;
Fieldbus H1 with integrated bus for redundant and non-
power supply up to 1 A and redundant configuration, for "hot
integrated diagnostics; degree of swapping" function, for
protection IP20; for extended extended temperature range,
temperature range, permissible permissible operating temper-
operating temperature ature -25 ... +60 C
-25 ... +60 C
BM FDC 6ES7 195-7HF80-0XA0
Accessories for 1 Field Device Coupler;
for hot swapping function, for
PS 307 load power supply extended temperature range,
Including connecting comb; permissible operating temper-
120/230 V AC; 24 V DC ature -25 ... +60 C
2 A; 40 mm wide 6ES7 307-1BA01-0AA0 BM FDC/FDC 6ES7 195-7HG80-0XA0
5 A; 60 mm wide 6ES7 307-1EA01-0AA0 for 2 Field Device Couplers;
5 A, extended temperature 6ES7 307-1EA80-0AA0 for redundant configuration; for
range; 80 mm wide hot swapping function, for
10 A, 80 mm wide 6ES7 307-1KA02-0AA0 extended temperature range,
permissible operating temper-
PS 305 load power supply ature -25 ... +60 C
24/48/60/110 V DC; 24 V DC
2 A, extended temperature 6ES7 305-1BA80-0AA0 Mounting rail for hot swapping
range; 80 mm wide For max. 5 active bus modules
482 mm wide (19 inches) 6ES7 195-1GA00-0XA0
Standard profile rails 530 mm wide 6ES7 195-1GF30-0XA0
(without hot swapping function)
620 mm wide 6ES7 195-1GG30-0XA0
482 mm wide (19 inches) 6ES7 390-1AE80-0AA0
2 000 mm wide 6ES7 195-1GC00-0XA0
530 mm wide 6ES7 390-1AF30-0AA0
Covers 6ES7 195-1JA00-0XA0
4 backplane bus covers and
1 cover for active bus module
Communications
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
Active field distributors
Overview
Active field distributor AFDiS
PROFIBUS DP
PA link
Ex Zone 1
G_PCS7_XX_00285
4 PA (PROFIBUS PA) or FF (FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1) field
devices via short-circuit-proof spur line connections into a Ex Zone 0 Bus
fieldbus segment (line/ring) with automatic bus termination. This terminating
fieldbus segment can be connected to a single or redundant resistor 100
PROFIBUS DP via a PA or FF router and it can thus be
seamlessly integrated into the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control
system. The active field distributor AFDiS (Active Field Distributor
Up to 8 active field distributors AFD with a total of up to intrinsic Safety) can be operated in environments in accordance
31 connected field devices can be operated per fieldbus with Ex zone 1/21 and 2/22. It can integrate up to 6 intrinsically-
segment. The number of field devices is also limited by the safe PA (PROFIBUS PA) or FF (FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1) field
current consumption of the field devices. A current of 1 A is devices into a fieldbus segment (line/ring) via its intrinsically-
available for all field devices of a segment. safe, short-circuit-proof spur line connections. Instead of the
spur line, it is also possible to use a subsegment for 3 to 4
An AFD in a ring segment can be replaced during operation devices with a max. length of 500 m at connection S1 of the
without failure of the segment. AFDiS. The spur lines with type of protection Ex [ia] as well as
the subsegment can be routed into Zone 0/20.
For compliance with IP65 protection, it is necessary to protect
unused spur line connections by plugs. Up to 5 field distributors AFDiS with a total of up to 31 field
devices can be operated in a fieldbus segment. The limitation to
5 field distributors is also mandatory for mixed operation of AFD
and AFDiS.
The number of field devices per segment additionally depends
on the current consumption of the devices. A current of 1 A is
available for all field devices of the segment.
With the integrated repeater function, the AFDiS has the
following advantages compared to the AFD:
Spur line lengths are independent of the total number of spur
lines in the bus segment
Spur line lengths need not be be taken into account when
determining the total length of the bus segment
Under the following conditions, an AFDiS in a ring segment can
be replaced during operation without failure of the segment:
Installation in zone 2/22; no mixed operation with AFD.
For compliance with IP66 protection, it is necessary to protect
unused spur line connections by plugs.
Active field splitter AFS
The active field splitter (AFS) connects a PA or FF line segment
with a redundant coupler pair of a PA or FF router. The AFS inter-
connects the line segment with the respective active coupler.
To guarantee IP65 protection, it is necessary to protect an
unused connection by a plug.
Communications
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
Active field distributors
Technical specifications
Active field distributor (AFD) Voltages, currents, potentials
General data Power supply Via bus, no auxiliary power
necessary
Connection of field devices Standard-compliant field
devices for PROFIBUS PA or Rated supply voltage, permissible 16 ... 32 V DC
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 range
Max. 4 per AFD
Max. 31 per fieldbus segment Polarity reversal protection (only in Yes; up to 1 A
Operating environment up to connection with DP/PA coupler)
zone 2 or 22 Overvoltage protection No
The max. current consumption
of all field devices of the fieldbus Current consumption
segment is 1 A At 28 V input voltage d 64 mA + (0.838 x aggregate
current of all field devices)
Degree of protection IP65
At 24 V input voltage d 67 mA + (1.008 x aggregate
Voltages, currents, potentials current of all field devices)
Rated supply voltage 16 V DC (16 ... 32 V) At 20 V input voltage d 74 mA + (1.246 x aggregate
current of all field devices)
Voltage Vmax
Reverse polarity protection
35 V
Yes
Power loss Min. 1.4 W; max. 5.9 W 6
Grounding Direct, via connecting bar
Internal power consumption Max. 25 mA or 59 mA with AFD at
end of cable (open main line Electrical isolation between main Yes
connection) line and spur lines
Communications
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
Active field distributors
Communications
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
Passive FF components
Communications
Other communication
AS-Interface
6
AS-i slaves
You can use all digital AS-i standard slaves as well as digital AS-i
A/B slaves in accordance with the AS-i specification V3.0.
CP 343-2 communications module Analog AS-i slaves can also be integrated via the DP/AS-i Link
The actuator/sensor interface (AS interface) is a heterogeneous Advanced.
network system for simple, usually binary actuators and sensors
at the lowest field level. However, if the AS-Interface is used Ordering data Order No.
instead, a wire bundle with parallel wiring can be replaced by a
single two-wire line that is shared by all sensors or actuators. DP/AS-i LINK Advanced
Communications
Other communication
Modbus
6
5m 6ES7 902-2AB00-0AA0
10 m 6ES7 902-2AC00-0AA0
50 m 6ES7 902-2AG00-0AA0
Modbus is connected to PROFIBUS DP using an ET 200M with
a CP 341 communications processor. The latter enables the fast
and efficient exchange of data through point-to-point coupling. CP 341 communications 6ES7 341-1CH02-0AE0
processor
The CP 341 communications module is available in 3 versions with one RS 422/485 (X.27)
with different transmission physics: interface
RS 232C (V.24) RS 422/485 connecting cable
20 mA (TTY) for linking to SIMATIC S7
RS 422/RS 485 (X.27) 5m 6ES7 902-3AB00-0AA0
10 m 6ES7 902-3AC00-0AA0
The Modbus Master or Modbus Slave loadable drivers are 50 m 6ES7 902-3AG00-0AA0
needed for the Modbus coupling.
Communications
Notes
Process I/O
7/2 Introduction
Process I/O
Introduction
Overview
Process I/O
Introduction
Design
Integration of process I/O in the hazardous area
Industrial Ethernet
Ex e, Ex d
Actuators/
sensors
7
ET 200M1)
Ex i, Ex e, Ex d
Actuators/
sensors
HART
ET 200iSP1) 3)
Fieldbus
Isolating Transformer1) PROFIBUS DP-iS
Ex i
Actuators/
Ex i, Ex e
sensors
HART
G_PCS7_XX_00147
PA link/FF link1) PROFIBUS PA/FF H1
AFDiS
Actuators/
PROFIBUS sensors
1
) Dust atmospheres: installation of components always in an enclosure with IP6x degree of protection
2
) With 10 A DC standard power supply
3
) Also complies with FM/UL according to Class I Division 2
Process I/O
Centralized I/O for SIMATIC PCS 7
Central I/O modules
When using other I/O modules, integration in SIMATIC PCS 7 is SM 432 Analog Output Modules
limited to the process data, i.e. the full scope of diagnostics 8 outputs, floating, 13 bit; for 6ES7 432-1HF00-0AB0
functions is not automatically available. These modules can 10 V, 0 to 10 V, 1 to 5 V,
20 mA, 0 to 20 mA, 4 to 20 mA
therefore only be used meaningfully in SIMATIC PCS 7 if the
diagnostics capability can be omitted. Front Connector (1 unit)
With screw contacts 6ES7 492-1AL00-0AA0
Online modifications and redundancy are not supported by the
With spring clamps 6ES7 492-1BL00-0AA0
central I/O.
With crimp contacts 6ES7 492-1CL00-0AA0
Technical specifications
You can find the detailed technical data of the S7-400 modules
at the following points:
Catalog ST 70 or
Industry Mall/CA 01 under "Automation engineering
Automation systems SIMATIC industrial automation systems
Controllers SIMATIC S7 modular controllers"
Process I/O
Centralized I/O for SIMATIC PCS 7
Expansion units for central I/O
Overview
Expansion units can be used for the distributed expansion of the
SIMATIC S7-400. The IM 460-x interface modules are used as
the interface for these expansion units.
Restrictions compared to standard I/O modules from the
Central controller ET 200M range
No redundant interfacing of expansion units
No configuration during normal operation
Subracks
Expansion units The universal racks (UR) are used for SIMATIC PCS 7. They can
be used as central racks and as expansion racks. Other racks:
I/O modules, see Catalog ST 70.
G_P CS7_XX_00131
CP and FM
Process I/O
Terminal modules
MTA terminal modules
Overview
MTA terminal modules (Marshalled Termination Assemblies) can
ET 200M ET 200M be used to connect field devices, sensors and actuators to the
redundant single I/O modules of the ET 200M remote I/O stations simply, rapidly
and reliably. They can be used to significantly reduce the costs
and required work for cabling and commissioning, and prevent
wiring errors.
The individual MTA terminal modules are each tailored to
specific I/O modules from the ET 200M range (see design for
assignment table). MTA versions are available for standard
I/O modules as well as for redundant and safety-related
I/O modules.
MTA MTA The MTA terminal modules are connected to the I/O modules
using 3 m or 8 m long preassembled cables.
Design
MTA terminal modules in versions for standard, redundant Screw terminals for the 1:1 connection of field devices,
and safety-related I/O modules of the ET 200M distributed sensors and actuators
I/O system Protection of channels frequently by fuse or electronic current
Redundant 24 V DC supply limitation, partially with LED display
Power Monitor Board for diagnostics of the redundant power Test and release as SIMATIC PCS 7 system component with
supply (partially integrated or can be ordered as option) corresponding approvals (FM, UL, CE, ATEX, TV)
3 or 8 m long preassembled cables for connecting MTA
terminal module and ET 200M module, in each case with:
- 50/25-contact Sub-D socket or 25-contact Sub-D plug, for
connection to MTA terminal
- 40/20-pole Siemens front connector, female version, for
connection to ET 200M module
Process I/O
Terminal modules
MTA terminal modules
Design (continued)
Product overview with information on combinable ET 200M
modules and connection cables
MTA type Input/output area Order no. of Order No. of Order No. of I/O redun-
MTA and accessories ET 200M module connecting cable dancy
8 channels, AI 1 ... 5 V; 5 V; 10 V; 6ES7 650-1AA51-2XX0 6ES7 331-7NF00-0AB0 6ES7 922-3BD00-0AS0 (3 m) yes
0 ... 20 mA; 4 ... 20 mA; (from product version 5) 6ES7 922-3BJ00-0AS0 (8 m)
20 mA
8 channels, AI 1 ... 5 V; 5 V; 10 V; 6ES7 650-1AA52-2XX0 6ES7 331-7NF00-0AB0 6ES7 922-3BD00-0BA0 (3 m) yes
0 ... 20 mA; 4 ... 20 mA; (from product version 5) 6ES7 922-3BJ00-0BA0 (8 m)
20 mA
8 channels, AI 1 ... 5 V; 5 V; 10 V; 6ES7 650-1AA52-2XX0 6ES7 331-7NF10-0AB0 6ES7 922-3BD00-0BB0 (3 m) yes
0 ... 20 mA; 4 ... 20 mA; (from product version 8) 6ES7 922-3BJ00-0BB0 (8 m)
20 mA
8 channels, AO 0 ... 20 mA; 4 ... 20 mA 6ES7 650-1AB51-2XX0 6ES7 332-5HF00-0AB0 6ES7 922-3BD00-0AS0 (3 m) yes
(from product version 3) 6ES7 922-3BJ00-0AS0 (8 m)
8 channels, 0 ... 20 mA (without use of 6ES7 650-1AA61-2XX0 6ES7 331-7TF01-0AB0 6ES7 922-3BD01-0AM0 (3 m) yes
AI HART HART) 6ES7 922-3BJ01-0AM0 (8 m)
4 ... 20 mA (with/without
8 channels,
use of HART)
0 ... 20 mA (with/without 6ES7 650-1AB61-2XX0 6ES7 332-8TF01-0AB0 6ES7 922-3BD01-0AM0 (3 m) yes
7
AO HART use of HART) 6ES7 922-3BJ01-0AM0 (8 m)
4 ... 20 mA (with/without
use of HART)
8 channels, AI TC Thermocouple types B, C, 6ES7 650-1AF51-2XX0 6ES7 331-7PF10-0AB0 6ES7 922-3BD00-0AS0 (3 m) No
N, E, R, S, J, L, T, K, U (from product version 4) 6ES7 922-3BJ00-0AS0 (8 m)
or
6ES7 331-7PF11-0AB0
8 channels, AI RTD Resistance thermometers 6ES7 650-1AG51-2XX0 6ES7 331-7PF00-0AB0 6ES7 922-3BD00-0AS0 (3 m) No
Pt100, Pt200, Pt500, (from product version 8) 6ES7 922-3BJ00-0AS0 (8 m)
Pt1000, Ni100, Ni120, or
Ni200, Ni500, Ni1000, 6ES7 331-7PF01-0AB0
Cu10
16 channels, DO 24 V DC, 0.5 A 6ES7 650-1AD10-2XX0 6ES7 322-8BH01-0AB0 6ES7 922-3BD00-0AT0 (3 m) Yes
6ES7 922-3BJ00-0AT0 (8 m)
16 channels, DO 24 V DC, 0.5 A 6ES7 650-1AD11-2XX0 6ES7 322-8BH10-0AB0 6ES7 922-3BD00-0AT0 (3 m) yes
6ES7 922-3BJ00-0AT0 (8 m)
6 channels F-AI 0 ... 20 mA (standard 6ES7 650-1AH61-5XX0 6ES7 336-1HE00-0AB0 6ES7 922-3BD00-0AS0 (3 m) yes
HART (safety- mode); 4 ... 20 mA and 2 x 6ES7 650- (from product version 6) 6ES7 922-3BJ00-0AS0 (8 m)
related) (standard and safety 1BD51-0XX0
modes)
0 ... 20 mA (without use of 6ES7 650-1AH61-5XX0 6ES7 336-4GE00-0AB0 6ES7 922-3BD00-0AU0 (3 m) yes
HART); 6ES7 922-3BJ00-0AU0 (8 m)
4 ... 20 mA (with/without 6ES7 650-1AH62-5XX0
use of HART)
16 channels, DI 24 V DC 6ES7 650-1AC11-3XX0 6ES7 321-7BH01-0AB0 6ES7 922-3BD01-0AM0 (3 m) yes
(from product version 2) 6ES7 922-3BJ01-0AM0 (8 m)
24 channels F-DI 24 V DC 6ES7 650-1AK11-7XX0 6ES7 326-1BK00-0AB0, 6ES7 922-3BD00-0AS0 (3 m) yes
(safety-related) 6ES7 326-1BK01-0AB0 6ES7 922-3BJ00-0AS0 (8 m)
or
6ES7 326-1BK02-0AB0
10 channels F-DO 24 V DC, 2 A 6ES7 650-1AL11-6XX0 6ES7 326-2BF01-0AB0 6ES7 922-3BD00-0AN0 (3 m) yes
(safety-related) (from product version 2) 6ES7 922-3BJ00-0AN0 (8 m)
or
6ES7 326-2BF10-0AB0
16 channels DO 120 230 V AC, 5 A; 6ES7 650-1AM30-3XX0 6ES7 322-8BH01-0AB0 6ES7 922-3BD00-0AS0 (3 m) yes
relay 24 V DC, 5 A 6ES7 922-3BJ00-0AS0 (8 m)
10 channels F DO 120 230 V AC, 5 A; 6ES7 650-1AM31-6XX0 6ES7 326-2BF01-0AB0 6ES7 922-3BD00-0AS0 (3 m) yes
relays (safety- 24 V DC, 5 A (from product version 2) 6ES7 922-3BJ00-0AS0 (8 m)
related) or
6ES7 326-2BF10-0AB0
Process I/O
Terminal modules
MTA terminal modules
Process I/O
Terminal modules
MTA terminal modules
MTA F-DO terminal module, 6ES7 650-1AL11-6XX0 Connecting cable with 40-pin
10-channel front plug for ET 200M and
Terminal module for connection of 25-pin Sub-D socket for MTA
field devices/actuators to a single Lengths:
or two redundant safety-related 3m 6ES7 922-3BD00-0BA0
ET 200M digital output modules 8m 6ES7 922-3BJ00-0BA0
6ES7 326-2BF01-0AB0 or
6ES7 326-2BF10-0AB0 Connecting cable with 40-pin
Output range: 24 V DC, 2A front plug for ET 200M and
25-pin Sub-D socket for MTA
MTA DO Relay terminal module, 6ES7 650-1AM30-3XX0 Lengths:
16-channel
Terminal module for connection of
field devices/actuators to a single
3m
8m
6ES7 922-3BD00-0BB0
6ES7 922-3BJ00-0BB0 7
or two redundant ET 200M the Connecting cable with 40-pole
digital output modules 6ES7 322- front connector for ET 200M
8BH01-0AB0 and 25-pole Sub-D connector
Output range: 120 ... 230 V AC, for MTA
5 A; 24 V DC, 5 A Lengths:
MTA F-DO Relay terminal 6ES7 650-1AM31-6XX0 3m 6ES7 922-3BD00-0AT0
module, 10-channel 8m 6ES7 922-3BJ00-0AT0
Terminal module for connection of Connecting cable with 40-pin
field devices/actuators to a single front plug for ET 200M and
or two redundant safety-related 25-pin Sub-D socket for MTA
ET 200M digital output modules Lengths:
6ES7 326-2BF01-0AB0 or
6ES7 326-2BF10-0AB0 3m 6ES7 922-3BD00-0AN0
8m 6ES7 922-3BJ00-0AN0
Output range: 120 ... 230 V AC,
5 A; 24 V DC, 5 A Connecting cable with 20-pin
front plug for ET 200M and
Separate power supply for
25-pin Sub-D socket for MTA
field devices, for example
Lengths:
4-wire transmitter
3m 6ES7 922-3BD01-0AM0
MTA terminal module 24 V DC 6ES7 650-1BE10-3XX0 8m 6ES7 922-3BJ01-0AM0
power supply, 16-channel
Terminal module for the Connecting cable with 20-pin
redundant power supply of field front plug for ET 200M and
devices separated from the signal 50-pin Sub-D socket for MTA
transmission Lengths:
Output range: 24 V DC, 0.5 A 3m 6ES7 922-3BD00-0AU0
8m 6ES7 922-3BJ00-0AU0
Accessories
Power monitor board (PMB) 6ES7 650-1BA02-0XX0
for display of status of redundant
MTA power supply
Spare parts components for
MTA F-AI HART, 6-channel
(6ES7 650-1AH61-5XX0)
5.6 V Zener diode board 6ES7 650-1BB51-0XX0
6.2 V Zener diode board 6ES7 650-1BC51-0XX0
Process I/O
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Introduction
Process I/O
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Power supply
You can use the PS 307 or PS 305 load power supplies as the
power supply module for the ET 200M. You can select different
input voltages and output currents (120/230 V AC with 2 A, 5 A 7
or 10 A or 24 to 110 V DC with 2 A) depending on the appli-
cation.
With a redundant ET 200M configuration, it is also recom-
mendable to have a redundant 24 V DC supply, e.g. with two
PS 307 / PS 305 load power supplies.
Process I/O
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Interface modules
Overview Function
IM 153-2 High Feature
The IM 153-2 High Feature supports the following functions:
HART configuring of intelligent field devices
Configuration of ET 200M I/Os in RUN mode of the automation
system
Connection to redundant AS 412H, AS 414H and AS 417H
automation systems
Use of ET 200M function modules (controller and counter
modules)
Operation of up to 12 I/O modules per remote I/O station
Time stamping (SOE) with the safety-related SM 326F digital
input module (F-DI24)
Transmission of additional values with HART secondary
variables of the HART SM 331 and SM 332 analog modules
(up to 4 per channel or up to 8 per module)
IM 153-4 PN High Feature
IM 153-2 High Feature interface module for PROFIBUS connection
7
Integrated 2-port switch
Interface module for the PROFIBUS connection Baud rate 10 Mbit/s / 100 Mbit/s (Autonegotiation/Full Duplex)
The IM 153-2 High Feature interface module (electrical Operation of up to 12 I/O modules per remote I/O station
PROFIBUS DP transmission mode) is available for connecting I&M functions in accordance with PROFIBUS International
the ET 200M remote I/O station to the PROFIBUS DP fieldbus. Guidelines, order no. 3.502, version V1.1
Depending on the fieldbus configuration (single/redundant), the
ET 200M remote I/O station can be connected via one single or Note:
two redundant interface modules.
In order to be able to use the hot swapping function, use of the
active bus module and the mounting rail for hot swapping is
necessary (see under the following section "Accessories").
Process I/O
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Accessories
The figure shows use of the various bus modules for hot
swapping - at the top for a redundant connection, at the bottom
for a non-redundant connection.
Process I/O
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Bundles
7
for operation of an ET 200M
station on the AS 412H, AS 414H
or AS 417H fault-tolerant
automation system, comprising:
2 PROFIBUS DP IM 153-2 High
Feature interface modules
1 IM/IM active bus module
Process I/O
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Digital modules
Overview
Digital input modules
Simple signal modules for DC and AC voltage
Modules with diagnostics capability that automatically output
a corresponding message to the operator system in the event
of a fault
Digital output modules
Simple signal modules for DC and AC voltage with different
output currents per channel, where various relay modules are
available for larger output currents and voltages
Modules with diagnostics capability which provide information
for fault diagnosis and also permit parameterizable reactions
to failure of the automation system
Digital input/output modules
Standard signal module for DC voltage (24 V DC) with
8 digital inputs and 8 digital outputs
For connection of switches, 2-wire proximity switches (BERO),
solenoid valves, contactors, signal lamps
Process I/O
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Digital modules
Process I/O
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Digital modules
7
indicator lights Module-internal diagnostics
8 outputs, 24 ... 120 V DC, 6ES7 322-1HF01-0AA0 functions
48 ... 230 V AC, max. 2 A Front connector required: 20-pin
Isolated in groups of 2 16 outputs, 24 V DC / 0.5 A 6ES7 322-8BH10-0AB0
Front connector required: 20-pin Redundancy optional
8 outputs, 24 ... 120 V DC, 6ES7 322-1HF10-0AA0 (module-granular redundancy)
48 ... 230 V AC, max. 5 A Isolated in groups of 4
Isolated in groups of 1 Connection of a default value by
Front connector required: 40-pin channel in the event of CPU stop
(configurable)
16 outputs, 24 ... 120 V DC, 6ES7 322-1HH01-0AA0 Wire break monitoring per
48 ... 230 V AC, max. 2 A channel (with 0 and 1 signals)
Isolated in groups of 8 Signaling of output overload
Front connector required: 20-pin Discrepancy error monitoring
Load voltage monitoring or
ground monitoring per channel
group
Short-circuit monitoring to M/L+
per channel group
Module-internal diagnostics
functions
Front connector required: 40-pin
Process I/O
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Digital modules
Process I/O
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Analog modules
Overview
Analog input modules
Multi-function modules for current, voltage and temperature
measurements
Special, highly accurate modules for current and voltage
measurements or temperature measurements
All modules automatically supply channel-specific and module-
internal diagnostics data, except module 6ES7 331-1KF01-
0AB0. With this module, a channel failure is detected by the
SIMATIC PCS 7 analog driver block.
The channels of the analog input modules can be parameterized
in groups independent of each other.
Analog output modules
Modules with 12-bit resolution and different numbers of
channels
Highly accurate module with 15-bit resolution
The analog output modules can be parameterized in groups
independent of each other, and automatically provide all
channel-specific and module-internal diagnostics information. 7
Process I/O
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Analog modules
Process I/O
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Analog modules
Process I/O
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Analog modules with HART
Overview Function
HART is a serial transmission procedure with which additional
parameter data such as measuring ranges, attenuation etc. can
be sent to transmitters and actuators over a 4 to 20-mA current
loop. The HART jobs for each channel can be remotely initiated
over the PROFIBUS DP. This usually takes place from the central
engineering system of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control
system per SIMATIC PDM.
The modules with HART have the following features:
Connections compatible with the conventional analog
modules of the ET 200M
Additional communications possibility over the current loop
Up to 8 analog channels per module (2 analog channels with
Ex modules; 6 analog channels with safety-related SM 336
F-AI HART module)
Each channel is a primary master of the HART protocol
Selectable input range per channel (AI):
- 0 to 20 mA (without HART function)
The modules with HART (Highway Addressable Remote Trans- - 20 mA (without HART function, not with Ex module or
7 ducer) which can be used in ET 200M remote I/O stations (with
IM 153-2 High Feature interface module) permit connection of
SM 336 F-AI HART module)
- 4 to 20 mA (with/without HART function)
HART devices to the SIMATIC PCS 7 automation system. Selectable output range per channel (AO):
Transmitters and HART actuators that are certified for digital - 0 to 20 mA (with/without HART function; in the case of
communication with the HART protocol can be connected Ex module, only without HART function)
through these modules. - 4 to 20 mA (with/without HART function)
With 0/4 to 20 mA technology, conventional transmitters/ Additional functions of the HART analog modules 6ES7 331-
actuators without HART protocol can also be connected. 7TF01-0AB0 and 6ES7 332-8TF01-0AB0:
Supplementary HART variables (up to 4 per channel, up to 8
All modules with HART come with diagnostics capability per module) allow the transmission of additional values from/
(channel and module diagnostics). The diagnostics and to the HART devices
monitoring functions are directly available in SIMATIC PCS 7.
They require no additional engineering. Plain text messages Modules can be used redundant (channel-granular redun-
output on the operator station provide information on faults or dancy)
changes in the HART parameter settings. Additional functions of the SM 336 F-AI HART module:
Homogenous integration in the SIMATIC Process Device Modules can be used redundant (channel-granular redun-
Manager (PDM) and the PCS 7 Asset Management permit dancy)
intuitive online diagnostics and parameterization of all HART communication can be activated safety-related in
connected field devices from a central position. online mode, or switched off
Note:
Two hardware upgrade packages (HUP) are available for
integration of the SM 336 F-AI HART module in SIMATIC PCS 7.
These are available for downloading from the Service & Support
Portal on the Internet:
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/29000518
(HUP for SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0+SP1)
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/31481983
(HUP for SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.1+SP2 and PCS 7 V7.0+SP1 when
using the module without HART function)
Parameterization
For the analog input modules (AI), it is possible to parame-
terize e.g. conversion time, input range, limits, alarms,
smoothing of measured values
For the analog output modules (AO), it is possible to parame-
terize e.g. output range, response on stoppage of AS (CPU),
diagnostics
Remote parameterization (per PROFIBUS DP) of the HART
transmitters and actuators with SIMATIC PDM
It is still possible to parameterize the HART devices using an
operator terminal (handheld).
Process I/O
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Analog modules with HART
7
HART (2-wire) Front connector required: 20-pin
Wire break monitoring SM 336 F-AI HART safety-
Front connector required: 20-pin related analog input module
Redundancy optional
(channel-granular redundancy)
6 inputs, 0/4 ... 20 mA
For detailed Ordering data, see
the section "F digital/analog
modules"
Process I/O
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Ex digital/analog modules
Overview
The following analog and digital input and output modules are
suitable for use in hazardous plants. They separate the non-
intrinsically safe electrical circuits of the automation system and
the intrinsically safe electrical circuits of the process. Sensors
and actuators suitable for placing in zone 1 or 21 and 2 or 22
hazardous areas as well as intrinsically safe equipment
compliant with DIN 50020 and [EEx ib] IIC can be operated on
these modules.
All Ex modules come with diagnostics capability (channel and
module diagnostics).
Ex modules identified by "redundant design possible"
(6ES7 321-7RD00-0AB0, 6ES7 322-5SD00-0AB0, 6ES7 331-
7RD00-0AB0, 6ES7 332-5RD00-0AB0) can also be configured
redundant when used in non-hazardous plants.
Process I/O
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
F digital/analog modules
Overview Design
SM 336 F-AI HART analog input module
The safety-related SM 336 F-AI HART analog input module has
6 inputs for current measurements in the range from 0 to 20 mA
or 4 to 20 mA, all of which are designed for SIL 3. The compact
width of 40 mm means that a relatively high packing density can
be achieved for F modules, allowing a design which saves
space and costs.
The module can also handle HART communication with appro-
priate HART field devices. HART communication can be
activated safety-related in online mode, or switched off.
Digital output module SM 326 F-DO
The 40-mm wide safety-related SM 326 F-DO digital output
module with 10 outputs (24 V DC, 2 A) and parameterizable
redundancy extends the range of compact F-modules
commenced with the SM 336 F-AI HART. The module features
short response times, and can be used in SIL 3 applications
even without an isolating module. It supports the "Keep last valid
value" function as well as channel-selective passivation.
7
The safety functions of the AS 412F/FH, AS 414F/FH and
AS 417F/FH automation systems are matched to the safety-
related I/O modules (F modules) of the ET 200M distributed
I/O system. The F-signal modules (DI/DO/AI) in the ET 200M
remote I/O stations comply with safety requirements up to SIL 3
(IEC 61508). They can diagnose both internal and external
faults. To this end, they carry out self-tests, e.g. for short-circuit
or open-circuit, and automatically monitor the discrepancy time
defined in the parameter settings. They are able to guarantee
plant safety even if there is a CPU failure in the automation
system.
Depending on the version, the input modules support 1oo1 and
1oo2 evaluation on the module. 2oo3 evaluation of three sensors
is possible using the corresponding voter block (component of
the S7 F block library) within the safety program.
In the event of a faulty output, the digital output modules allow a
safe shutdown via a second shutdown path.
Process I/O
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
F digital/analog modules
Process I/O
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
F digital/analog modules
Options (continued)
SM 336 F-AI HART safety- Options
related analog input module
Isolating module 6ES7 195-7KF00-0XA0
6 inputs, 0 ... 20 mA or 6ES7 336-4GE00-0AB0 For F modules, 40 mm wide
4 ... 20 mA For isolation of F and standard
40 mm wide modules in an ET 200M rack
Electrically isolated in groups of 3 For signal isolation when using
Redundancy optional a copper bus connection
(channel-granular redundancy) (only F modules in a rack with
Resolution: 15 bits + sign IM 153-2)
2-wire or 4-wire connection Isolating bus module 6ES7 195-7HG00-0XA0
6 short-circuit-proof sensor 80 mm wide, for isolating module,
supplies for 1 channel each when using an active backplane
External sensor power supply bus
possible
SIL 3: 1oo1 evaluation
(6 channels) and 1oo2 evalu-
ation (3 channels) on the
module
SIL 3 achievable without
isolating module
Discrepancy monitoring with
1oo2 evaluation (adjustable
discrepancy time)
Wire break monitoring 7
Module and channel
diagnostics
HART communication in
measuring range 4 ... 20 mA
(can be switched on/off online)
HART status display
PROFIsafe telegram
Front connector required: 20-pin
Options
Isolating module
Isolating
module F-modules The following components are available as accessories for the
IM 153-2 F modules:
ET 200 rack Isolating module
only for SIL 3 operation, - Isolation of F and standard modules in an ET 200M remote
SIL 2 also possible I/O station
without isolating module - Signal isolation when using a copper bus connection (only
F modules in an ET 200M remote I/O station with IM 153-2)
Isolating bus submodule for isolating module, when using an
PROFIBUS Isolating bus submodule active backplane bus
copper cable for active
backplane bus The isolating module is required in SIL 3 applications with
F signal modules SM 326; AI 6 x 13 bit, SM 326; DI 8 x NAMUR
and SM 326; DO 10 x DC 24 V/2 A (width 80 mm) in the
IM 153-2 following cases:
ET 200 rack Design of PROFIBUS DP with copper cables
Design of PROFIBUS DP with fiber-optic cables and
joint operation of the mentioned F signal modules with
G_PCS7_XX_00128
Process I/O
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Closed-loop control modules
Overview Function
The FM 355 / FM 355-2 modules have four separate control
channels. These controllers have the following features:
Predefined controller structures for
- fixed-setpoint control,
- cascade control,
- ratio control,
- 3-component control
Various operating modes:
- automatic mode,
- manual mode,
- safety mode,
- follow-up mode,
- backup mode
Sampling interval (dependent on the resolution of the analog
inputs and the compensation input):
- at 12 bit: 20 ms to 100 ms (only FM 355-2)
- at 14 bit: 100 ms to 500 ms (dependent on the number of
enabled analog inputs)
2 control algorithms:
7 The FM 355 is an intelligent 4-channel controller module for
universal control tasks. It can be used to control temperature,
- self-optimized temperature control algorithm,
- PID algorithm
pressure and flow. Integrated online self-optimization without configuration (only
FM 355-2)
The following versions of the FM 355 are available: - for faster adoption of the operating point
FM 355 C User-friendly controller optimization
Continuous-action controller with 4 analog outputs for
controlling analog actuators Backup mode: The controller can maintain its control function
in the event of CPU failure or CPU stop. Programmable safety
FM 355 S setpoint values or safety manipulated variables are set for this
Step or pulse controller with 8 digital outputs for controlling purpose.
motor-driven (integrating) actuators or binary controlled
actuators (e.g. electrical heating strips and cartridges) Feedforward control: The analog inputs can be optionally
used for feedforward control as well as for actual value acqui-
FM 355-2 C/S sition.
Specially optimized for temperature controls with user-friendly
online self-optimization integrated
Process I/O
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Closed-loop control modules
G_PCS7_XX_00135G
2 x 20-pin
ET 200 Rack Incl. multi-lingual configuration
package, manual and Getting
Standard Started (German, English,
modules French, Italian) on CD-ROM
FM 355-2 C temperature 6ES7 355-2CH00-0AE0
controller module
Use in SIMATIC PCS 7
The FM 355 / FM 355-2 modules can be used to implement
with 4 analog outputs for
4 continuous-action controllers 7
control tasks outside the SIMATIC PCS 7 automation system. Required front connector:
The modules have not only controller structures but also analog 2 x 20-pin
and digital channels, thus eliminating the need for additional Incl. multi-lingual configuration
modules to detect the setpoint/actual value or to control the package, manual and Getting
actuator. Started (German, English,
French, Italian) on CD-ROM
On the one hand this reduces the work load for the CPU, on the
other hand it enables backup mode with which the control FM 355-2 S temperature 6ES7 355-2SH00-0AE0
controller module
system continues to work even if the CPU fails. In this case the With 8 digital outputs for 4 step or
FM 355 module can be operated further with an OP operator pulse controllers
panel (does not apply to FM 355-2).
Required front connector:
The operator panel is connected to the PROFIBUS DP fieldbus 2 x 20-pin
for this purpose. The CPU of the automation system can Incl. multi-lingual configuration
surrender input privilege to the operator panel in normal package, manual and Getting
operation as well. The parameters that can be accessed with the Started (German, English,
operator panel are the setpoint and manipulated variable. If the French, Italian) on CD-ROM
FM 355 module is operated from the operator panel, the Note:
automation system reads back the values accessible from the
operator panel after the input privilege is withdrawn or recovered In the case of the FM 355 C and FM 355 S controller modules,
again. Bumpless continuation of the operations is thus assured. the channels are not electrically isolated from one another.
IM 153-2 High Feature interface modules are needed for the
PROFIBUS DP connection when the FM 355 / FM 355-2
controller modules are used in ET 200M.
PCS 7 blocks
CFC blocks with OS faceplates for all FM 355 modules are
included in the scope of supply of the standard SIMATIC PCS 7
library (part of engineering software). These blocks are
integrated into the PCS 7 driver concept. This guarantees
homogenous system integration (including automatic
diagnostics messages).
Parameterization in HW-Config
A configuration package containing all parameterization masks
required for configuring, parameterizing and commissioning is
included in the scope of supply of the FM 355 controller
modules.
Process I/O
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Counter modules
7 counter module for simple counting tasks, suitable for the direct
connection of incremental encoders. It provides a comparison
incl. configuration package on
CD-ROM
function with 2 preselectable reference values, as well as
integrated digital outputs for outputting a reaction upon reaching
the reference value.
The FM 350-2 counter module is an eight-channel intelligent
counter module for universal counting and measuring tasks, as
well as for simple positioning jobs (max. 4 axes).
Process I/O
ET 200iSP for SIMATIC PCS 7
Introduction
Overview Design
Terminal module for Power Supply Terminal modules
for electronics module
Interface module
Power Supply
EEx d Electronics module
EEx ib
24 V DC
PROFIBUS DP connection Connection
PA-ground EEx ib intrinsically safe terminal EEx ia/ib
Terminal module
for interface module 7
The ET 200iSP is a modular, intrinsically-safe I/O system with Main components of the ET 200iSP distributed I/O system:
IP30 degree of protection which can be operated in gas and Terminal modules
dust atmospheres at ambient temperatures from -20 to +70 C. for prewiring, and also for inserting power supply, interface
The ET 200iSP remote I/Os stations can be installed directly in and electronics modules, mounted on an S7-300 rail
the Ex zones 1, 2, 21 or 22 as well as in non-hazardous areas in Power supply unit
accordance with ATEX directive 94/9/EC. The intrinsically-safe 1 or 2 (redundant) power supply modules PS with pressurized
sensors, actuators and HART field devices can also be located enclosure for feeding 24 V DC or 120/230 V AC
in zone 0 or 20 if necessary.
Interface module
The modular design of the ET 200iSP makes it possible to 1 or 2 (redundant) IM 152 interface modules for connecting
optimally adapt the remote I/O stations to the respective the station to the PROFIBUS DP
automation task through individual configuration and flexible Electronics modules (2/4/8 channels): Up to 32 in any combi-
expansion. To increase plant availability, the pressure-encapsu- nation
lated power supply and the intrinsically-safe PROFIBUS DP - Digital electronics modules (DI, DO)
connection (RS 485-iS) of the stations can also be of redundant - Analog electronics modules (AI, AO)
design. - Safety-related electronics modules (F-DI, F-DO and F-AI)
The modern architecture with independent wiring and automatic - Watchdog module
slot coding supports simple and reliable hot swapping of Accessories
individual modules without a fire certificate. - Reserve module for reserving a slot for any electronics
module
In addition to analog and digital I/O modules for the automation
- Terminating module (included in scope of delivery of
of the technological functions of the process (Basic Process
terminal modules for the PROFIBUS interface)
Control), the range of electronics modules also includes safety-
- Labeling sheets with printable labeling strips
related F-I/O modules for implementing safety applications. The
- Inscription labels for slot numbering
various types of electronics module can be arranged mixed
within a station. Assembly
Assembly is quick and easy:
Latching of terminal modules onto the S7-300 rail
Prewiring of process signal cables on the terminal modules
using spring-loaded or screw-type connections
Plugging-in of power supply, interface and electronics
modules without the need for additional tools
Expansion limits
The station width is 107 cm in the maximum configuration with
32 electronic modules.
The maximum number of electronics modules which can be
used per station may be limited depending on the current
consumption of the modules required to solve the automation
task. However, up to 16 electronics modules can be used
without limitation.
Process I/O
ET 200iSP for SIMATIC PCS 7
Introduction
The existing standard diagnostics drivers preprocess the For detailed technical specifications, especially on individual
diagnostics messages generated by internal or external faults components such as power supply module, interface module or
(e.g. wire breakage or short-circuit) as well as status messages electronics modules, see:
of the connected HART field devices for the host operator Catalog ST 70, chapter "SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/O"
system and the maintenance station of the PCS 7 asset
management. Industry Mall/CA 01 under "Automation engineering -
Automation systems - SIMATIC industrial automation systems
The ET 200iSP and the HART field devices can also be - SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/O"
configured using SIMATIC PDM (process device manager). With
SIMATIC PDM you can directly access the HART field devices
on the ET 200iSP by routing via PROFIBUS DP.
Process I/O
ET 200iSP for SIMATIC PCS 7
Power supply unit
Overview Design
Depending on the operating mode (standard or redundant), one
or two power supply modules are plugged onto the corre-
sponding terminal modules. In standard mode, a PS power
supply module is combined with a TM-PS-A terminal module. In
redundant mode, a second power supply unit is provided on the
right of the first one. This consists of a PS power supply module
and a TM-PS-B terminal module.
The power supply modules can also be used in hazardous
areas. The explosion protection is guaranteed by an explosion-
proof metal enclosure (explosion protection EEx d).
The power source (24 V DC or 120/230 V AC) must be installed
in the safe area. It is connected to the terminal module of the
power supply unit via EX e terminals. The power source must not
be connected or disconnected in the hazardous area, but only
in a safe environment.
The power supply module is moved into its working position by
means of a slide system, and manually fixed there by means of
a mechanical lock. Replacement through disconnection of the
An ET 200iSP power supply unit consists of a TM-PS terminal
existing power supply module and insertion of a new module is
module (A or B) and a PS power supply module which is
plugged onto this. Terminal modules and power supply modules
also permissible in the hazardous area. To replace the module,
the mechanical lock must first be released to remove the module
7
can be ordered separately.
from its working position using the slide.
The power supply modules are suitable for both individual
operation (standard) and redundant operation. Depending on
the operating mode, they must be combined with the terminal
Ordering data Order No.
Process I/O
ET 200iSP for SIMATIC PCS 7
Interface module
Overview Design
The terminal module of the IM 152 (TM-IM/EM or TM-IM/IM) is
connected directly next to the power supply unit on the DIN rail.
The PROFIBUS DP connection of the IM 152 is made using the
standard Sub-D socket on the terminal module. The matching
connection element we provide is a special terminating plug with
selectable terminating resistance. The terminating resistance
must be activated on the last ET 200iSP station of each
PROFIBUS DP segment.
Hot swapping of the IM 152 and the PROFIBUS connector is
permissible under hazardous conditions.
A terminating module is provided together with the IM 152, and
must be fitted at the right end of each ET 200iSP station following
the last electronics module.
The IM 152 has a slot for micro memory cards (MMC). The
firmware can therefore be updated either via the PROFIBUS DP
or using MMCs.
The PROFIBUS addresses can be set using DIL switches at the
The IM 152 interface module connects the ET 200iSP to the front which are protected by a cover.
7 PROFIBUS DP with intrinsically-safe RS 485-iS transmission
technology with transmission rates up to 1.5 Mbit/s. A redundant LEDs on the front of the IM 152 signal the supply voltage, group
faults, bus faults, the active IM with redundant operation, and the
connection is also possible. In this case the ET 200iSP is
connected via two interface modules to two redundant operating state of the fitted power supply modules.
PROFIBUS DP segments of a fault-tolerant automation system.
The IM 152 is plugged onto a special terminal module (to be
Ordering data Order No.
ordered separately). The following terminal modules are ET 200iSP interface module 6ES7 152-1AA00-0AB0
available: IM 152-1
TM-IM/EM60 terminal module for one interface module and ET 200iSP terminal module
one electronics module (with screw-type or spring-loaded TM-IM/EM60
terminals) for an IM 152 and an electronics/
reserve module (except 2 DO
TM-IM/IM terminal module for two interface modules (for Relay), including terminating
redundant PROFIBUS DP connection) module
TM-IM/EM60S (screw-type 6ES7 193-7AA00-0AA0
Tasks of the IM 152 interface module terminals)
Connection of ET 200iSP to the intrinsically-safe TM-IM/EM60S (spring-loaded 6ES7 193-7AA10-0AA0
PROFIBUS DP terminals)
Autonomous communication with the host automation system ET 200iSP terminal module 6ES7 193-7AB00-0AA0
Preparation of data for the fitted electronic modules TM-IM/IM
for two IM 152 modules
Saving of parameters of the electronics modules (redundant operation), including
Time stamping of digital process signals with an accuracy of terminating module
20 ms Accessories
The maximum address space of the interface module is PROFIBUS connector with 6ES7 972-0DA60-0XA0
244 bytes for inputs, and 244 bytes for outputs. selectable terminating resistor
for connection of IM 152 to
PROFIBUS DP with RS 485-iS
transmission technology
RS 485-IS coupler 6ES7 972-0AC80-0XA0
Isolating transformer for
connection of PROFIBUS DP
segments with RS 485 and
RS 485-iS transmission technol-
ogies
S7-300 rails
585 mm long, suitable for 6ES7 390-1AF85-0AA0
assembly of ET 200iSP in a
650 mm wide wall box
885 mm long, suitable for 6ES7 390-1AJ85-0AA0
assembly of ET 200iSP in a
950 mm wide wall box
For additional accessories such as labeling strips or plates, see Industry
Mall/CA 01 under "Automation engineering - Automation systems -
SIMATIC industrial automation systems - SIMATIC ET 200iSP distributed
I/O" or Catalog IK PI
Process I/O
ET 200iSP for SIMATIC PCS 7
Digital electronics modules
Overview
Digital output modules
4-channel digital output modules DO EEx i, 23.1 V DC/20 mA,
17.4 V DC/27 mA , 17.4 V DC/40 mA or 25.5 V DC/22 mA, with
external actuator switch-off via High or Low signal (H/L switch-
off)
- Load-free switching of outputs via external intrinsically-safe
signal
- Power boosting through parallel connection of two outputs
for one actuator with 4 DO 17.4 V DC/27 mA or
4 DO 17.4 V DC/40 mA
- Short-circuit and wire break monitoring
2-channel digital output module DO Relay EEx e, e.g. for
switching solenoid valves, DC contactors or signaling lamps
- Can be plugged onto TM-RM/RM terminal module
- Output current up to 2 A with 60 V AC/DC for each of the two
relay outputs
- Installation up to Ex zone 1
- Intrinsically-safe and non-intrinsically-safe signals can be
mixed in a station
Digital input modules
8-channel digital input module DI NAMUR EEx i, for evaluation
of NAMUR sensors, connected and non-connected contacts,
Extra functions
Actuator switch-off function of the 4-DO EEx i modules
7
as well as for use as counter or frequency meter
Parameterizable connections: The 4-DO EEx i modules are equipped with a switch-off function.
- NAMUR sensor on/off This permits implementation of an external switch-off
- NAMUR changeover contact independent of the automation system (controller).
- Single contact connected (mechanical NO contact) As soon as the intrinsically-safe switch-off signal (High or Low)
- Changeover contact connected (mechanical changeover is present at the actuator switch-off input of the electronics
contact) module, its outputs are deactivated.
- Single contact non-connected (mechanical NO contact with
single contact) You can also combine several DO modules into a switch-off
- Changeover contact non-connected (mechanical group. The intrinsically-safe power supply for the switch-off
changeover contact) device is either via the watchdog module or a separate intrinsi-
- Counting function: optional use of 2 channels for recording cally-safe source.
counter pulses or for frequency measurement
- Short-circuit and wire break monitoring
Design
The digital electronics modules are installed on terminal The mechanical coding of the terminal module which is
modules which must be aditionally ordered. carried out when an electronics module is plugged on for the
The digital electronics module 2 DO Relays must be plugged first time prevents the connection of incorrect replacement
onto the terminal module TM-RM/RM 60S (screw-type modules.
connection system). All other digital electronics modules are Hot swapping of individual modules is possible under
plugged as planned onto terminal modules using screw-type hazardous conditions.
systems (TM-EM/EM60S) or spring-loaded systems (TM-EM/ The process signals are connected to the terminals of the
EM60C). terminal modules assigned according to the plan, using either
Using a spare module plugged onto a terminal module conventional screw-type or spring-loaded systems
TM-EM/EM60S, TM-EM/EM60C or TM-RM/RM 60S, you can (conductor cross-sections 0.14 mm to max. 2.5 mm)
reserve a slot for a digital electronics module or close a gap depending on the type of module.
resulting from the design. The spare module can be simply
replaced by the envisaged electronics module at a later point
in time.
Process I/O
ET 200iSP for SIMATIC PCS 7
Digital electronics modules
Process I/O
ET 200iSP for SIMATIC PCS 7
Digital electronics modules
ET 200iSP terminal module For additional accessories such as labeling strips or plates, see
TM-RM/RM 60 Industry Mall/CA 01 under "Automation engineering - Automation
For two modules (electronics systems - SIMATIC industrial automation systems - SIMATIC ET 200
module 2 DO Relay and reserve distributed I/O" or Catalog IK PI
module can be plugged-in)
TM-RM/RM 60S (screw-type 6ES7 193-7CB00-0AA0
terminals)
Process I/O
ET 200iSP for SIMATIC PCS 7
Analog electronics modules
Overview
4-channel analog input module AI RTD EEx i for resistance
measurement and for temperature measurement per Pt100/
Ni100 resistance thermometer
- Resolution 15 bit + sign
- 2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire connection possible
- Resistance measurements 600 : absolute and 1 000 :
absolute
- Wire break monitoring
4-channel analog input module AI TC EEx i for thermoelectric
EMF measurements and for temperature measurement per
thermocouple, type B, E, N, J, K, L, S, R, T, U
- Resolution 15 bit + sign
- Internal temperature compensation possible using TC
sensor module (included in scope of delivery of module)
- External temperature compensation by means of a temper-
ature value acquired at an analog module of the same
ET 200iSP station
- Wire break monitoring
Analog output modules
Analog input modules
7 4-channel analog input module AI 2 WIRE HART EEx i for
current measurement in the range 4 to 20 mA, suitable for
4-channel analog output module AO I HART EEx i for output of
current signals in the range 0/4 to 20 mA to field devices (with/
without HART functionality)
connection of two-wire transmitters (with/without HART - Resolution 14 bit
functionality) - Parameterizable substitute value in case of CPU failure
- Resolution 12 bit + sign - Short-circuit and wire break monitoring
- Max. load of transmitter 750 :
- Short-circuit and wire break monitoring Extra functions
4-channel analog input module AI 4 WIRE HART EEx i for Temperature compensation
current measurement in the range 0/4 to 20 mA, suitable for
connection of 4-wire transmitters (with/without HART function- A TC sensor module for internal temperature compensation is
ality) provided with the 4 AI TC module, and is fitted on the corre-
- Resolution 12 bit + sign sponding terminals of the associated terminal module.
- Max. load of transmitter 750 : External temperature compensation is possible via a Pt100 on a
- Wire break monitoring 4-AI-RTD module.
Design
The analog electronics modules are installed on terminal The mechanical coding of the terminal module which is
modules which must be additionally ordered. carried out when an electronics module is plugged on for the
The analog electronics modules are plugged as planned onto first time prevents the connection of incorrect replacement
terminal modules using screw-type systems (TM-EM/EM60S) modules.
or spring-loaded systems (TM-EM/EM60C). Hot swapping of individual modules is possible under
Using a spare module plugged onto a terminal module hazardous conditions.
TM-EM/EM60S or TM-EM/EM60C, you can reserve a slot for The process signals are connected to the terminals of the
an analog electronics module or close a gap resulting from terminal modules assigned according to the plan, using either
how the modules were placed. The spare module can be conventional screw-type or spring-loaded systems
simply replaced by the envisaged electronics module at a (conductor cross-sections 0.14 mm to max. 2.5 mm)
later point in time. depending on the type of module.
Process I/O
ET 200iSP for SIMATIC PCS 7
Analog electronics modules
7
TM-EM/EM60S (screw-type 6ES7 193-7CA00-0AA0
4 AI RTD 6ES7 134-7SD51-0AB0 terminals)
For measuring resistances as well TM-EM/EM60C (spring-loaded 6ES7 193-7CA10-0AA0
as for temperature measurements terminals)
with resistance thermometers
4 x RTD, resistance thermometer Accessories
Pt100/Ni100
2-, 3-, 4-wire Reserve module 6ES7 138-7AA00-0AA0
Resolution 15 bit + sign For any electronics module
Short-circuit monitoring S7-300 rails
Wire break monitoring 585 mm long, suitable for 6ES7 390-1AF85-0AA0
4 AI TC 6ES7 134-7SD00-0AB0 assembly of ET 200iSP in a
For measuring thermal e.m.f. as 650 mm wide wall box
well as for temperature measure- 885 mm long, suitable for 6ES7 390-1AJ85-0AA0
ments with thermocouples assembly of ET 200iSP in a
4 x TC (thermocouples) 950 mm wide wall box
Type B [PtRh-PtRh]
Type N [NiCrSi-NiSi] For additional accessories such as labeling strips or plates, see Industry
Type E [NiCr-CuNi] Mall/CA 01 under "Automation engineering - Automation systems -
Type R [PtRh-Pt] SIMATIC industrial automation systems - SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/O"
Type S [PtPh-Pt] or Catalog IK PI
Type J [Fe-CuNi]
Type L [Fe-CuNi]
Type T [Cu-CuNi]
Type K [NiCr-Ni]
Type U [Cu-CuNi]
Resolution 15 bit + sign
Internal compensation of cold
junction temperature possible
using TC sensor module
(included in scope of delivery of
module)
External temperature compen-
sation via Pt100 connected to
RTD module of same ET 200iSP
station
Wire break monitoring
Process I/O
ET 200iSP for SIMATIC PCS 7
Safety-related electronics modules
Overview
F digital output modules
4 F-DO Ex DC 17.4 V/40 mA
Safety-related digital output module for controlling actuators in
hazardous and non-hazardous areas, e.g. solenoid valves,
DC current relays or indicator lamps
- SIL 3/Cat. 3/PLe with 4 outputs, P/P-switching
- Electrical isolation from power bus and backplane bus
- Rated load voltage 17.4 V DC
- Max. output current 40 mA
- Performance enhancement through parallel connection of
two digital outputs for one actuator
- Short-circuit, overload and wire-break monitoring
- Configurable diagnostics
- Internal diagnostics buffer
- Programmable diagnostics interrupt
- Channel-selective passivation
- Firmware update using HW Config possible
- Exclusively for safety mode
- LED displays for safety mode, group errors and channel
The electronics modules of the SIMATIC ET 200iSP distributed status/fault
7 I/O system equipped with safety functions can be used together
with the safety-related automation systems of the SIMATIC F analog input modules
PCS 7 process control system for the implementation of safety 4 F-AI Ex HART (0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA)
applications. The input modules record the process signals, Safety-related digital input module for evaluating the signals
evaluate them, and prepare them for addional processing by the from current sensors in hazardous and non-hazardous areas,
automation system. The output modules convert the safety- e.g. 2-wire transmitters and HART field devices
related signals output by the automation systems so that they are - SIL 3/Cat. 3/PLe with 4 inputs of one module (1-channel/
suitable for controlling the connected actuators. 1oo1 evaluation) or 4 inputs of two modules (2-channel/1oo2
evaluation)
F digital input modules - Measuring ranges: 0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA
8 F-DI Ex NAMUR - Resolution 15 bit + sign
Safety-related digital input module for evaluating the signals - HART communication in measuring range 4 ... 20 mA
from IEC 60947-5-6/NAMUR sensors and connected/non- - 4 short-circuit-proof sensor supplies (min. 12 V DC;
connected mechanical contacts in hazardous and non- max. 26 V DC) for 1 channel each
hazardous areas - Inputs and sensor supplies electrically isolated from
- SIL 3/Cat. 3/PLe with 8 inputs (1-channel/1oo1 evaluation) or backplane bus
4 inputs (2-channel/1oo2 evaluation) - Configurable diagnostics
- 8 short-circuit-proof sensor supplies (8 V DC) for 1 channel - Programmable diagnostics interrupt
each - Internal diagnostics buffer
- Inputs and sensor supplies electrically isolated from power - Firmware update using HW Config possible
bus and backplane bus - Exclusively for safety mode
- Diagnostics evaluation (deactivated for non-connected - LED displays for safety mode, group errors, channel faults
mechanical contacts) and HART status per channel
- Internal diagnostics buffer
- Programmable diagnostics interrupt
- Support of time stamping
- Channel-selective passivation
- Firmware update using HW Config possible
- Exclusively for safety mode
- LED displays for safety mode, group errors and channel
status/fault
Design
The safety-related electronics modules are installed on The mechanical coding of the terminal module which is
terminal modules which must be additionally ordered. carried out when an electronics module is plugged on for the
The safety-related electronics modules are plugged as first time prevents the connection of incorrect replacement
planned onto terminal modules using screw-type systems modules.
(TM-EM/EM60S) or spring-loaded systems (TM-EM/EM60C). Hot swapping of individual modules is possible under
Using a spare module plugged onto a terminal module hazardous conditions.
TM-EM/EM60S or TM-EM/EM60C, you can reserve a slot for The process signals are connected to the terminals of the
an safety-related electronics module or close a gap resulting terminal modules assigned according to the plan, using either
from the design. The spare module can be simply replaced by conventional screw-type or spring-loaded systems
the envisaged electronics module at a later point in time. (conductor cross-sections 0.14 mm to max. 2.5 mm)
depending on the type of module.
Process I/O
ET 200iSP for SIMATIC PCS 7
Safety-related electronics modules
Process I/O
ET 200iSP for SIMATIC PCS 7
Watchdog module
Process I/O
ET 200iSP for SIMATIC PCS 7
RS 485-IS coupler
Design
The RS 485-iS coupler is an open unit; assembly is only
permissible in housings, cabinets or rooms for electrical
equipment.
The RS 485-iS coupler is approved for use in hazardous areas
of zone 2.
It must be fitted in a housing which at least corresponds to the
IP54 degree of protection. A manufacturer's declaration for
zone 2 (according to EN 50021) is required for the housing
and the necessary cable glands.
The RS 485-iS coupler can be used in a horizontal or vertical
position.
Installation is on a SIMATIC S7-300 rail.
Diagnostics LEDs on the front panel signal the operating
status.
Connection to PROFIBUS DP
Connection to standard PROFIBUS DP via standard Sub-D
socket (at the bottom on the RS 485-iS coupler, behind the
right front door).
Integral bus connection for PROFIBUS DP with RS 485-iS
transmission technology
Connection of PROFIBUS DP with RS 485-iS transmission
technology via screw terminals (at the top of the RS 485-iS
coupler, behind the right front door)
The last bus station on the intrinsically-safe PROFIBUS DP
segment (not further RS 485-iS couplers) must be terminated
by a selectable resistance using the connector, Order No.
6ES7 972-0DA60-0XA0.
Process I/O
ET 200iSP for SIMATIC PCS 7
Stainless steel wall enclosure
7
for signal lines and 2 rows of
ET 200iSP modules can also be installed in stainless steel wall blanking plugs, cable inlets M20
housings designed to meet more exacting protection require- and M16 of blue plastic, M32 of
black plastic
ments. The housings are available in three different sizes. They
comply with degree of protection IP65 and can also be used in 2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for 6DL2 804-0AD42
bus cables, 36 x M20 (3 rows)
Ex zones 1 and 21. for signal lines and 2 rows of
blanking plugs, cable inlets M20
of blue plastic, M32 of black
plastic
2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for 6DL2 804-0AD50
bus cables, 65 x M16 (5 rows)
for signal lines, all cable inlets of
black plastic
2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for 6DL2 804-0AD51
bus cables, 65 x M16 (5 rows)
for signal lines, all cable inlets of
metal, for extended temperature
range -40 C to +70 C
2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for 6DL2 804-0AD52
bus cables, 65 x M16 (5 rows)
for signal lines, cable inlets M20
and M16 of blue plastic, M32 of
black plastic
2 x M32 for infeed, 4 x M20 for 6DL2 804-0AD62
bus cables, 60 x M20 (5 rows)
for signal lines, cable inlets M20
of blue plastic, M32 of black
plastic
Process I/O
ET 200iSP for SIMATIC PCS 7
Stainless steel wall enclosure
Process I/O
ET 200iSP for SIMATIC PCS 7
Stainless steel wall enclosure
Process I/O
ET 200iSP for SIMATIC PCS 7
Stainless steel wall enclosure
Process I/O
ET 200S for SIMATIC PCS 7
Introduction
Overview Design
Bus
termination
module
Interface Terminal
module IM 151 modules
ET 200S with safety-related and standard I/Os Main components of the ET 200S distributed I/O system:
The ET 200S is a bit-modular distributed I/O system in IP 20 Terminal modules enable the electrical and mechanical
degree of protection and is approved for operation in Ex zone 2 connection of the I/O modules and carry the terminals for the
or 22 (except for operation with motor starters). It is designed process wiring:
with independent wiring that supports the hot swapping of I/O - TM-P terminal modules for power modules
modules (with fire certificate). - TM-E terminal modules for electronics modules
- TM-DS/TM-RS terminal modules for motor starters and
The range of I/Os that can be used with SIMATIC PCS 7 includes TM-xB expansion modules
power modules for electronics modules and motor starters,
analog and digital signal modules, and motor starters up to IM 151 interface module for connecting the PROFIBUS DP to
7.5 kW. the ET 200S station. The terminal module is included in the
scope of delivery.
The implementation of safety engineering applications is
Power modules for PM-E electronics modules and PM-D
supported by:
motor starters
Safety-related F-components which are integrated in the - Individual grouping of load and sensor supply voltages and
SIMATIC Safety Integrated System, e.g. terminal, power and their monitoring, as well as
electronics modules as well as motor starters for the safe shutting down of digital output modules
SIGUARD safety engineering for motor starter applications - Supplying and monitoring the auxiliary voltages for motor
with conventional safety logic in plants of safety categories starters, as well as for the shutting down of a complete group
2 to 4 (EN 954-1) of motor starters
Note: Electronics modules for process data exchange
- Digital electronics modules for connecting digital sensors
In addition to the selected modules, all other current ET 200S and actuators
electronics modules can be used, but with limited functionality. - Analog electronics modules for connecting analog sensors
Use of components from the SIPLUS extreme range in extended and actuators
temperature ranges and under medial loading on request. Technology modules
- 1 COUNT 24 V/100 kHz counter module
Motor starter modules for switching and protecting any
three-phase loads
Accessories
- Reserve module for reserving a slot for any electronics
module
- Label sheets for printing ID labels on a laser printer
- Shield connection: shield connecting element, shield
terminal, ground terminal, copper voltage bus 3 x 10 mm;
components for the low-impedance connection of cable
shielding at low cost of installation
Process I/O
ET 200S for SIMATIC PCS 7
Introduction
Process I/O
ET 200S for SIMATIC PCS 7
Terminal modules
Overview
Terminal modules are mechanical modules for integrating the
power and electronics modules as well as the motor starters
and expansion modules (Ordering data of the terminal
modules for motor starters and expansion modules can be
found under "Motor starters")
For constructing the independent wiring using self-assem-
bling voltage buses
Alternatively with screw-type or spring-loaded terminals and
Fast Connect design
Replaceable terminal box
Automatic coding of the electronics modules
Build-as-you-go shielding of the backplane bus for high data
security
Optional plug-in shield connection
Color coding facility for the terminals and for identifying the
slot numbers
Ordering data
7
Order No. Order No.
TM-P terminal modules for power TM-P15S22-01 terminal module 6ES7 193-4CE00-0AA0
modules 2 x 2 terminals, no terminal
access to AUX1 bus, AUX1 inter-
TM-P15S23-A1 terminal module 6ES7 193-4CC20-0AA0 connected to the left, screw-type
2 x 3 terminals, terminal access to terminals
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected
to the left, screw-type terminals Ordering unit 1 item
Ordering unit 1 item TM-P15C22-01 terminal module 6ES7 193-4CE10-0AA0
2 x 2 terminals, no terminal
TM-P15C23-A1 terminal module 6ES7 193-4CC30-0AA0 access to AUX1 bus, AUX1 inter-
2 x 3 terminals, terminal access to connected to the left, spring-
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected loaded terminals
to the left, spring-loaded
terminals Ordering unit 1 item
Ordering unit 1 item TM-P15N22-01 terminal module 6ES7 193-4CE60-0AA0
2 x 2 terminals, no terminal
TM-P15N23-A1 terminal module 6ES7 193-4CC70-0AA0 access to AUX1 bus, AUX1 inter-
2 x 3 terminals, terminal access to connected to the left, Fast
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected Connect
to the left, Fast Connect
Ordering unit 1 item
Ordering unit 1 item
TM-P30S44-A0 terminal module 6ES7 193-4CK20-0AA0
TM-P15S23-A0 terminal module 6ES7 193-4CD20-0AA0 7 x 2 terminals, terminal access to
2 x 3 terminals, terminal access to AUX1 bus, AUX1 interrupted to
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interrupted to the left, screw-type terminals for
the left, screw-type terminals PM-E F PROFIsafe
Ordering unit 1 item Ordering unit 1 item
TM-P15C23-A0 terminal module 6ES7 193-4CD30-0AA0 TM-P30C44-A0 terminal module 6ES7 193-4CK30-0AA0
2 x 3 terminals, terminal access to 7 x 2 terminals, terminal access to
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interrupted to AUX1 bus, AUX1 interrupted to
the left, spring-loaded terminals the left, spring-loaded terminals
Ordering unit 1 item for PM-E F PROFIsafe
TM-P15N23-A0 terminal module 6ES7 193-4CD70-0AA0 Ordering unit 1 item
2 x 3 terminals, terminal access to
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interrupted to
the left, Fast Connect
Ordering unit 1 item
Process I/O
ET 200S for SIMATIC PCS 7
Terminal modules
Process I/O
ET 200S for SIMATIC PCS 7
Interface modules
Process I/O
ET 200S for SIMATIC PCS 7
Power modules
Overview
Process I/O
ET 200S for SIMATIC PCS 7
Power modules
Design
Depending on the possible combinations listed in the table, the The TM-P terminal module of the power module interrupts the
power modules are plugged onto corresponding TM-P terminal voltage buses (P1/P2) and therefore opens up a new potential
modules. Power modules are suitable for dividing the ET 200S group. All sensor and load supplies of the downstream
into potential groups. A power module must be plugged in at the electronics modules are fed from the TM-P and monitored by the
beginning of each potential group. In addition, the first module power module. The total current of all modules of a potential
following the IM 151-1 High Feature interface module must group is limited by the maximum current carrying capacity of the
always be a power module. power module, which is up to 10 A depending on the voltage
and temperature range; for details, refer to the technical specifi-
cations of the power modules in the IK PI Catalog.
Possible combinations of the TM-P terminal modules and PM-E power modules
TM-P terminal modules for power modules
Screw terminal TM-P15S23-A1 TM-P15S23-A0 TM-P15S22-01 TM-P30S44-A0
6ES7 193-... ...4CC20-0AA0 ...4CD20-0AA0 ...4CE00-0AA0 ...4CK20-0AA0
Spring terminal TM-P15C23-A1 TM-P15C23-A0 TM-P15C22-01 TM-P30C44-A0
6ES7 193-... ...4CC30-0AA0 ...4CD30-0AA0 ...4CE10-0AA0 ...4CK30-0AA0
Fast Connect TM-P15N23-A1 TM-P15N23-A0 TM-P15N22-01 --
6ES7 193-... ...4CC70-0AA0 ...4CD70-0AA0 ...4CE60-0AA0
7 Power modules
PM-E 24 V DC n n n
PM-E 24 V DC High Feature n n n
PM-E 24 ... 48 V DC/24 ... 230 V AC n n n
PM-E F 24 V DC PROFIsafe n
Process I/O
ET 200S for SIMATIC PCS 7
Digital electronics modules
Overview
2, 4 and 8-channel digital inputs and outputs for the ET 200S
Can be plugged onto TM-E terminal modules with automatic
coding.
High-feature versions for enhanced plant availability,
additional functions and comprehensive diagnostics
Hot swapping of modules possible
Safety-related digital input module 4/8 F-DI PROFIsafe
Safety-related digital output module 4 F-DO PROFIsafe
24 V DC/2 A
Isolated from the backplane bus
Design
Possible combinations of the TM-E terminal modules and digital modules
TM-E terminal modules for electronics modules
7
Screw terminal TM-E15S26-A1 TM-E15S24-A1 TM-E15S24-01 TM-E15S23-01 TM-E15S24-AT TM-E30S44-01 TM-E30S46-A1
Order number 6ES7 193 4CA40-0AA0 4CA20-0AA0 4CB20-0AA0 4CB00-0AA0 4CL20-0AA0 4CG20-0AA0 4CF40-0AA0
Spring terminal TM-E15C26-A1 TM-E15C24-A1 TM-E15C24-01 TM-E15C23-01 TM-E15C24-AT TM-E30C44-01 TM-E30C46-A1
Order number 6ES7 193 4CA50-0AA0 4CA30-0AA0 4CB30-0AA0 4CB10-0AA0 4CL30-0AA0 4CG30-0AA0 4CF50-0AA0
Fast Connect TM-E15N26-A1 TM-E15N24-A1 TM-E15N24-01 TM-E15N23-01
Order number 6ES7 193 4CA80-0AA0 4CA70-0AA0 4CB70-0AA0 4CB60-0AA0
Electronics modules
2DI 24 V DC Standard n n n n
2DI 24 V DC High Feature
4DI 24 V DC Standard
4DI 24 V DC High Feature
4DI UC 24 48 V n n n n
High Feature
4 DI NAMUR n n n n
8 DI 24 V DC Standard n n n n
2DI 120 V AC Standard n n n n
2DI 230 V AC Standard n n n n
2 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A Standard n n n n
2 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A High
Feature
4 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A Standard
4 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A High
Feature
8 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A Standard n n
8 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A High
Feature
2 DO 24 V DC/2 A Standard n n n n
2 DO 24 V DC/2 A High Feature
4 DO 24 V DC/2 A Standard
4 DO 24 V DC/2 A High Feature
2 DO 24 230 V AC/2 A n n n n
2RO, 24 120 V DC/5 A, n n n n
24 230 V AC/5 A
2RO, 24 48 V DC/5 A,
24 230 V AC/5 A
4/8 failsafe DI 24 V DC1) n n
4 failsafe DO 24 V DC/2 A1) n n
Reserve (width 15 mm) n n n n n
Reserve (width 30 mm) n n
1)
See Manual "ET 200S failsafe modules" in the documentation packages "S7 F Systems" and "S7 Distributed Safety"
Process I/O
ET 200S for SIMATIC PCS 7
Digital electronics modules
7
resistance circuit required) Connection of a substitute value
Monitoring of the fuse channel by channel in the event
Monitoring of the load voltage of CPU failure (parameterizable)
Ordering unit 5 items Short-circuit monitoring by
channel
DI 4 x 24 V DC, NAMUR, with 6ES7 131-4RD02-0AB0 Broken wire monitoring by
diagnostics channel (when "1" signal)
Adjustable diagnostics interrupt Ordering unit 5 items
Ordering unit 1 item
DO 4 x 24 V DC/0.5 A, standard 6ES7 132-4BD02-0AA0
DI 8 x 24 V DC, High Speed 6ES7 131-4BF00-0AA0 Ordering unit 5 items
Ordering unit 1 item
DO 4 x 24 V DC/0.5 A, 6ES7 132-4BD00-0AB0
DI 2 x 120 V AC, standard 6ES7 131-4EB00-0AB0 High Feature
Ordering unit 5 items Diagnostics: Short-circuit
Ordering unit 5 items
DI 2 x 230 V AC, standard 6ES7 131-4FB00-0AB0
Ordering unit 5 items DO 8 x 24 V DC/0.5 A, standard 6ES7 132-4BF00-0AA0
Ordering unit 1 item
Safety-related digital input
DO 8 x 24 V DC/0.5 A, 6ES7 132-4BF00-0AB0
4/8 F-DI 24 V DC PROFIsafe 6ES7 138-4FA04-0AB0
High Feature
8 DI safety-related SIL 2 (1oo1) or
Connection of a substitute value
4 DI safety-related SIL 3 (1oo2),
channel by channel in the event
with diagnostics
of CPU failure (parameterizable)
Cyclic short-circuit test
Diagnostics: Short-circuit
Discrepancy monitoring of
2 channels for SIL 3 (adjustable Ordering unit 1 item
discrepancy time) DO 4 x 24 V DC/2 A, standard 6ES7 132-4BD32-0AA0
Safe monitoring of communi-
cation with PROFIsafe Ordering unit 5 items
Ordering unit 1 item DO 4 x 24 V DC/2 A, 6ES7 132-4BD30-0AB0
High Feature
Diagnostics: Short-circuit
Ordering unit 5 items
Process I/O
ET 200S for SIMATIC PCS 7
Digital electronics modules
7
15 mm wide (Ordering unit 6ES7 138-4AA01-0AA0
2 x RO, changeover contact 6ES7 132-4HB12-0AB0 5 items)
24 ... 48 V DC/5 A 30 mm wide (Ordering unit 6ES7 138-4AA11-0AA0
24 ... 230 V AC/5 A 1 item)
Connection of a substitute value
channel by channel in the event For additional accessories, e.g.
of CPU failure (parameterizable) for labeling, see Catalog ST 70
Ordering unit 5 items
Process I/O
ET 200S for SIMATIC PCS 7
Analog electronics modules
Overview
Analog inputs and outputs for the ET 200S
Can be plugged onto TM-E terminal modules with automatic
coding.
High-feature variants with enhanced accuracy and resolution
Hot swapping of modules possible
Design
7 Possible combinations of the TM-E terminal modules and analog modules
TM-E terminal modules for electronic modules
Screw terminal TM-E15S26-A1 TM-E15S24-A1 TM-E15S24-01 TM-E15S23-01 TM-E15S24-AT
Order number 6ES7 193 4CA40-0AA0 4CA20-0AA0 4CB20-0AA0 4CB00-0AA0 4CL20-0AA0
Spring terminal TM-E15C26-A1 TM-E15C24-A1 TM-E15C24-01 TM-E15C23-01 TM-E15C24-AT
Order number 6ES7 193 4CA50-0AA0 4CA30-0AA0 4CB30-0AA0 4CB10-0AA0 4CL30-0AA0
Fast Connect TM-E15N26-A1 TM-E15N24-A1 TM-E15N24-01 TM-E15N23-01 --
Order number 6ES7 193 4CA80-0AA0 4CA70-0AA0 4CB70-0AA0 4CB60-0AA0
Electronics modules
2AI U Standard n n n n
2AI U High Feature
2AI I 2WIRE Standard n n n n
2AI I 2/4WIRE High Feature n n
2 AI I 4WIRE Standard n n
2AI RTD Standard n n
2AI RTD High Feature n n n n
2 AI TC Standard n n n n
2 AI TC High Feature n
2AO U Standard n n
2AO U High Feature
2 AO I Standard n n n n
2AO I High Feature
Reserve (width 15 mm) n n n n n
Process I/O
ET 200S for SIMATIC PCS 7
Analog electronics modules
7
- Temperature measurement Pt100/200/500/1000, Ni100/
with thermocouple type E, N, J, 1000 (2, 3 or 4 wires)
K, L, S, R, B, T - Temperature in Celsius or
- Voltage measurement 80 mV Fahrenheit
- Module diagnostics: Overflow/ Analog output
underflow, internal faults, AO 2 x U (1 ... 5 V / 6ES7 135-4FB01-0AB0
parameterization errors 12 bit, 10 V / 13 bit), standard
- Wire break monitoring per - Diagnostics inside module
channel for measurement with - Connection of substitute value
thermocouple in event of CPU stop (parame-
- Compensation through terizable)
external Pt100 in the same - Short-circuit monitoring
station with AI 2/4 x RTD
standard AO 2 x I ( 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA) / 6ES7 135-4GB01-0AB0
- Extended temperature range 13 bit, standard
from 0 to 50 C when installed - Diagnostics inside module
vertically - Connection of substitute value
in event of CPU stop (parame-
AI 2/4 x RTD standard for resis- 6ES7 134-4JB51-0AB0 terizable)
tance thermometer or resistance - Wire break monitoring
measurement
- 2 inputs (3-wire and 4-wire AO 2 x U (1 ... 5 V, 10 V) / 6ES7 135-4LB02-0AB0
connection) / 4 inputs (2-wire 15 bit, High Feature
connection) - Diagnostics inside module
- Max. resolution 15 bits + sign - Connection of substitute value
- Resistance thermometer in event of CPU stop (parame-
Pt100, Ni100 terizable)
- Module diagnostics: Overflow/ - Short-circuit monitoring
underflow, internal faults, AO 2 x I ( 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA) / 6ES7 135-4MB02-0AB0
parameterization errors 15 bit, High Feature
- Wire break monitoring per - Diagnostics inside module
channel - Connection of substitute value
AI 2 x U (1 ... 5 V, 5 V, 10 V) / 6ES7 134-4LB02-0AB0 in event of CPU stop (parame-
15 bit, High Feature terizable)
- Diagnostics inside module - Wire break monitoring
- Overflow/underflow Accessories
diagnostics
Reserve module for ET 200S
for reserving unused slots for any
electronics module
15 mm wide (5 units) 6ES7 138-4AA01-0AA0
For additional accessories, e.g.
for labeling, see Catalog IK PI
Process I/O
ET 200S for SIMATIC PCS 7
Technology modules
Overview
1 COUNT 24 V/100 kHz counter module
Single-channel, intelligent 32 bit counter module for universal
counting and time-based measuring tasks (frequency, speed
and period measurements)
For direct connection of 24 V DC incremental encoders or initi-
ators
Comparison functions with definable comparison values
Integrated digital output for output of the response on
reaching the comparison value
Can be plugged onto TM-E terminal modules with automatic
coding
Hot swapping of modules possible
Simple parameterization without additional software
Design 7
Possible combinations of the TM-E terminal modules and technology modules
TM-E terminal modules for electronic modules
Screw terminal TM-E15S26-A1 TM-E15S24-01
Order number 6ES7 193 4CA40-0AA0 4CB20-0AA0
Spring terminal TM-E15C26-A1 TM-E15C24-01
Order number 6ES7 193 4CA50-0AA0 4CB30-0AA0
Fast Connect TM-E15N26-A1 TM-E15N24-01
Order number 6ES7 193 4CA80-0AA0 4CB70-0AA0
Technology modules
1 COUNT 24 V/100 kHz n n
1 COUNT 24 V/100 kHz counter module 1 COUNT 24 V/100 kHz counter 6ES7 138-4DA04-0AB0
module
1 channel for up and down counting; counting range 31 bit For universal counting and
Counting frequency up to 100 kHz measuring tasks with ET 200S
6 different operating modes: Accessories
- Continuous counting For SIMODRIVE sensor incre-
- Single counting mental encoders, signal lines,
- Periodic count shield clamps and connections
- Frequency measurement as well as further accessories,
- Speed measurement e.g. labeling sheets, see
- Period measurement "Automation engineering
Automation systems SIMATIC
Gate control via level at digital input (HW gate) as well as industrial automation systems
software control (SW gate) SIMATIC ET 200S distributed I/O"
1-, 2- or 4-fold evaluation in the Industry Mall or in the
Catalogs ST 70 and CA 01.
Response on reaching a comparison value or on exceeding a
range
Loading of counter with defined starting value
Once-only or periodic synchronization
Latch function: saving of current counter values through
setting of digital input
Parameterizable response in case of CPU failure: abort,
continue, connection of substitute value, holding of last value
Process I/O
ET 200S for SIMATIC PCS 7
Motor starter
Overview
Completely factory-wired motor starters for switching and
protecting any three-phase loads
Can be used as a direct-on-line, reversing or soft starter
High Feature motor starter with a combination comprising
starter circuit-breaker, solid-state overload protection and
contactor or soft starter up to 7.5 kW
Safety-oriented motor starters based on the High Feature
motor starters (direct-on-line and reversing starters) with
integral redundancy function for shutdown reliability up to
Category 4 (EN 954-1)
With self-assembling 50 A power bus, i.e. the load current is
only supplied once for a group of motor starters
Hot swapping is permissible
Inputs and outputs for activating and signaling the states have
been integrated
Diagnostics capability for active monitoring of the switching
and protection functions
Can be combined with brake control module for controlling
electromechanical brakes in three-phase motors 7
Design
Power modules and motor starters are operated on the terminal Brake control modules for motor starters
modules which are assigned to them in the tables in the sections
"High Feature motor starters" and "Safety-oriented motor High Feature and safety-oriented motor starters can be
starters". The terminal modules are a carrier system which is expanded by a brake control module for controlling electrome-
simultaneously used for the power supply to the motor starters chanical brakes in three-phase motors. The following modules
(electronics: 24 V DC and load: 400 V AC). are available:
For brakes with external supply 24 V DC/4 A:
24 V DC for the electronics is provided by the power module - xB3 (with two optional inputs for special functions)
inserted to the left of the first motor starter. The power module - xB1
and the downstream motor starters constitute a potential group
whose scope is limited by the current carrying capacity of the For brakes with internal supply 500 V DC/0.7 A:
power module. When this limit is reached, a new potential group - xB4 (with two optional inputs for special functions)
must be established with a further power module. - xB2
The load current is applied to the first (left) TM-xxxxS32 motor The externally supplied 24 V DC brakes can be released
starter terminal module, and reaches the other motor starters via independent of the switching status of the motor starter. The
the power bus of the adjacent TM-xxxxS31 terminal modules. 500 V DC brakes, on the other hand, are generally supplied
The power bus is designed for loads up to 50 A. When this limit direct from the junction plate of the motor via a rectifier module
is reached, a new load group must be started with a further and cannot be released if the motor starter is switched off. These
TM-xxxxS32 terminal module, and provided with load current. brakes cannot be used in conjunction with the DSS1e-x motor
starter (direct-on-line soft starter).
The outputs of the brake control modules can also be used for
other purposes e.g. for controlling DC valves. Independent
special functions can be implemented with the help of two
optional local inputs each on a brake control module xB3 or xB4
and a control module 2DI of the High Feature motor starter.
These operate independently of the bus and higher-level control,
e.g. to implement rapid stop functions for slide controls.
Brake control modules are operated on different terminal
modules depending on the design:
Brake control module Terminal module for brake control module
xB1 or xB2 TM-xB15S24-01 --
3RK1 903-0AG00
xB3 or xB4 -- TM-xB215S24-01
3RK1 903-0AG01
Process I/O
ET 200S for SIMATIC PCS 7
Motor starter
Design (continued)
High Feature motor starters Terminal modules for motor starters,
The High Feature motor starters are used together with the PM-D power modules and supplementary/
expansion modules
power module. Combined with a terminal module according to
the table, a PM-D power module opens up a new potential With power bus supply for TM-FD65- TM- --
group. The scope of the group is limited in that the value one load group, including S32 FRS130-
specified for the current carrying capacity of the power module 3 caps for termination of 3RK1 903- S32
power bus 3AC00 3RK1 903-
(10 A for PM-D) must not be exceeded by the total current of all 3AD00
modules in a potential group.
With power bus bushing TM-FD65- TM- --
The PM-D handles the following tasks for the motor starters in a S31 FRS130-
potential group: 3RK1 903- S31
Supply of voltages for the electronics via the voltage buses of 3AC10 3RK1 903-
3AD10
the terminal modules
Monitoring of voltages for the electronics and contactors With screw terminals -- -- TM-
PF30S47-
Terminal modules for motor starters F0
and power modules 3RK1 903-
3AA00
With power bus supply for TM-DS65- TM-RS130- --
one load group, including S32 S32 Power module
3 caps for termination of 3RK1 903- 3RK1 903- PM-D F PROFIsafe n
7 power bus
With power bus bushing
0AK00
TM-DS65-
0AL00
TM-RS130- --
Motor starters
S31 S31 F-DS1e-x n
3RK1 903- 3RK1 903- High Feature direct-on-
0AK10 0AL10 line starter
With screw terminals -- -- TM-P15- F-RS1e-x n
S27-01 High Feature reversing
3RK1 903- starter
0AA00
Supplementary/expansion modules for safety-oriented motor
Power module starter applications
PM-D 24 V DC n
The PM-D F X1 power/expansion module permits selective shut-
Motor starters down of 1 to 6 shut-down groups through external safety
DS1e-x n devices (e.g. safety relay or AS-i safety monitor). The PM-D F X1
High Feature direct-on- uses the safety-oriented shut-down signals connected to the
line starter module to trigger the downstream failsafe motor starters which
then safely switch off the assigned motors.
DSS1e-x n
High Feature direct-on- In addition, external safety devices can also be powered by a
line soft starter safe 24 V DC voltage V1 via the safety-oriented PM-D F X1
RS1e-x n power/expansion module.
High Feature reversing
starter The F-CM contact multiplier equipped with four safe floating
contacts (NO contacts) can be used together with the PM-D F
Safety-oriented motor starters PROFIsafe or the PM-D F X1 as an interface to plants with
conventional safety engineering. It has internal diagnostics
In EMERGENCY STOP applications, safety-oriented motor functions, and can be set to one of 6 shut-down groups.
starters can be shut down selectively by means of the upstream
PM-D F PROFIsafe power module. Up to 6 shut-down groups Terminal modules for supplementary/
can be formed per power module. The PM-D F PROFIsafe expansion modules
obtains the shut-down signal from the F/FH automation system Without supply from left (as TM-PFX30 S47-G1 --
via the interface module of the ET 200S. power module) 3RK1 903-3AE00
Combined with a terminal module according to the table, a With supply from left (for TM-PFX30 S47-G0 --
PM-D F PROFIsafe power module opens up a new potential expansion) 3RK1 903-3AE10
group. The scope of the group is limited in that the total current -- TM-FCM30-S47
of all modules in a potential group must not exceed the current 3RK1 903-3AB10
carrying capacity of the power module (with PM-D F PROFIsafe:
Additional/expansion
inrush current 10 A; continuous current 5 A). modules
PM-D F X1 n
safety-oriented power/
expansion module
F-CM n
safety-oriented contact multi-
plier
Process I/O
ET 200S for SIMATIC PCS 7
Motor starter
Process I/O
ET 200S for SIMATIC PCS 7
Motor starter
Process I/O
ET 200S for SIMATIC PCS 7
SIGUARD safety technology
Overview Application
The following ET 200S motor starters can be combined with the
safety modules of the SIGUARD safety system:
Standard motor starter (see Catalog IK PI) with additive
failsafe kit 1 or 2
High Feature motor starters
This results in versatile options for use. Several safety circuits
can be designed without problem. Typical application examples
are presented in the manual "SIMATIC ET 200S motor starters".
AS 41x
PM-D F1 PM-D F2
PM-X PM-X
PROFIBUS
The SIGUARD safety system based on the PM-D F1, F2, F3, F4,
F5 and PM-X safety modules can be combined with ET 200S
motor starters to enable local safety applications up to
ET 200S
7
category 4 in accordance with EN 954-1, independent of the
safety-related control carried out by the PLC. The costs involved
in the configuration and wiring of conventional safety systems
are no longer incurred.
Motor 1 Motor 2 Motor 3 Motor 4 Motor 5
The safety sensors are directly connected to the safety modules.
Instead of the safety relays which are otherwise essential, the
G_PCS7_XX_00198
safety modules available with functions for evaluating
emergency stop circuits, for monitoring protective doors or for
implementation of time-delayed shut-downs safely switch off
downstream motor starters. In addition, they monitor their EMERGENCY-STOP Bowden wire
auxiliary voltages.
Design
Components required in relation to safety requirement Possible combinations of safety and terminal modules
Components required Safety category acc. to EN 954-1 PM-D PM-D PM-D PM-D PM-D PM-X
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5
2 3 4
TM-PF30 S47-B11) n n
PM-D F1...5 n n n1)
TM-PF30 S47-B02) n n
TM-PF30 S47-.. n n n
TM-PF30 S47-C13) n n
F kit 1/2 n2) n2) n2)
TM-PF30 S47-C04) n n
PM-X n n n
TM-PF30 S47-D0 n
TM-X15 S27-01 n n n
TM-X15 S27-01 n
Redundantly switching, n n
external infeed contactor 1)
For F1 or F2 in higher-level or individual safety group (voltage group)
2)
1) PM-D F3 power module only approved up to Category 3 For F1 or F2 in lower-level cascaded safety group (partial voltage group)
3)
2) F kit required for Standard motor starter only; already integrated into For expansion with F3 or F4 in separate ET 200S station (voltage group)
High Feature motor starter 4)
For expansion with F3 or F4 in the same ET 200S station (partial voltage
group)
Process I/O
ET 200S for SIMATIC PCS 7
SIGUARD safety technology
Design (continued)
Safety modules PM-D F1/F2/F3/F4/F5 TM-PF30 terminal modules for PM-D F1 ... F5 safety modules
In the case of safety applications with SIGUARD systems, the The TM-PF30 terminal modules are used to accommodate the
following safety modules are used individually or combined PM-D F1 ... F5 safety modules (see table for possible combina-
instead of the PM-D standard power module: tions). Depending on the version, they are suitable for:
PM-D F1 for evaluating emergency stop circuits with the Supply of 24 V DC for the electronics (U1) and the contactors
function "Monitored start" of the motor starters (U2)
PM-D F2 for monitoring of protective doors with the function Sensor connection: connection of 2-channel sensor circuit
"Automatic start" (e.g. emergency stop button) and a reset button
PM-D F3 as expansion for PM-D F1/F2 for time-delayed Design of separate safety circuits
tripping Cascading of safety circuits
PM-D F4 for expanding safety circuits with other ET 200S
motor starters, e.g. in a different tier (station) Summary of product range with important differences in
features:
PM-D F5 for transmitting the status of PM-D F1...4 over four
floating relay circuits to external safety devices (contact multi- TM-PF30 S47-B1
pliers) - Carrier for PM-D F1 or PM-D F2 safety module
- Creates a safety circuit
These serve as safety relays for downstream ET 200S motor - Supply of U1 and U2
starters. - Sensor connection
7 The PM-D F1 and PM-D F2 safety modules can be combined TM-PF30 S47-B0
with the PM-D F3 or PM-D F4 modules. A PM-D F5 can be - Carrier for PM-D F1 or PM-D F2 safety module
arranged in any position between a PM-D F1...4 and a PM-X. - Creates a subordinate (cascaded) safety circuit
- No separate supply of U1 and U2; (U1 and U2 are present on
Every safety circuit starting with a PM-D F1 ... 4 must be termi- the voltage buses)
nated by a PM-X. An additional PM-D power module is not - Sensor connection
required.
TM-PF30 S47-C1
The PM-D F1 ... F4 safety modules monitor the auxiliary voltages - Carrier for PM-D F3 or PM-D F4 safety module
U1 and U2. A voltage failure is communicated in the form of a - Creates the expansion of a safety circuit in a new station
diagnostics message via bus. - Supply of U1 and U2
- Control input IN+/IN-
Failsafe kit - No sensor connection
Every standard motor starter in a safety segment has to be TM-PF30 S47-C0
supplemented by the failsafe kit (F-kit) in order to monitor the - Carrier for PM-D F3 or PM-D F4 safety module
switching function. F-Kit 1 supplements the DS1-x direct-on-line - Creates a subordinate (cascaded) safety circuit
starter, F-Kit 2 the RS1-x reversing starter. - Separate supply of U2 (U1 is present on the voltage buses)
The F-kits comprise: - No sensor connection
Contact carriers for the terminal modules TM-PF30 S47-D0
- Carrier for PM-D F5 safety module
1 or 2 auxiliary switch blocks for the contactor(s) of the motor - Arrangement between a TM-PF30 S47-B0, B1, C0 or C1 and
starter a TM-X
Connecting lines - No sensor connection
High Feature motor starters and their terminal modules come TM-X terminal module for PM-X safety module
equipped with the F-Kit functions.
The TM-X 15 S27-01 terminal module (TM-X) is a carrier for the
PM-X safety module. It must be positioned on the right next to the
last motor starter of a safety circuit.
The TM-X is suitable for connecting an external supply contactor
(second switch-off possibility). It has terminals for connecting
the contactor coil and the feedback contact.
Process I/O
ET 200S for SIMATIC PCS 7
SIGUARD safety technology
Process I/O
ET 200pro for SIMATIC PCS 7
Introduction
Overview
SIMATIC ET 200pro is a modular I/O system with high IP65/66/67
protection suitable for use at machine level outside the control
cabinet. As a result of the innovative design, the ET 200pro has
a relatively small size and can be flexibly adapted to the require-
ments of the respective automation task with regard to the
connection system and I/Os. Summary of the most important
features of the SIMATIC ET 200pro:
Distributed I/O system with IP65/67 protection for use without
a control cabinet at machine level
Small, multi-functional complete solution: analog and digital
I/O modules as well as safety-related digital I/O modules
Communication over PROFIBUS DP, transmission rate up to
12 Mbit/s
Mixed design of fail-safe and standard modules possible in
the same station
Free selection of connection system: direct, ECOFAST or
M12 7/8"
Power module for simple implementation of load groups
Design
The architecture of the ET 200pro is based on the proven Expansion modules
separation of modules from the bus/power supply connection
system. This permits the T functionality for bus and 24 V DC The following expansion modules are available:
power supply for the interface module, and prewiring of sensor/ Digital electronics modules
actuator connections for the electronics modules (independent Analog electronics modules
wiring). When servicing, the independent wiring permits hot
swapping of an electronics module without having to switch off Safety-related electronics modules
the remaining station. This can continue without interruption I/O connection modules
during the replacement. When replacing an electronics module, - CM IO 4 x M12 for digital or analog electronics modules
the complete I/O wiring remains on the connection module, and - CM IO 8 x M12 for digital electronics modules
need be neither labeled nor removed. - CM IO 12 x M12 for 4/8 F-DI/4 F-DO
- CM IO 16 x M12 for 8/16 F-DI
Up to 16 electronics modules can be arranged in any order
between the interface module (left) and the terminating module Power module electronics PM-E
(right limit). Connection modules for power module
- CM PM-E direct with up to 2 M20 cable glands
Modules of an ET 200pro station - CM PM-E ECOFAST Cu
The ET 200pro modules are usually designed in two or three - CM PM-E 7/8"
parts. Interface and power modules as well as digital and analog
electronics modules comprise:
Bus module as mechanical and electrical connection element
of the individual ET 200pro modules (they form the backplane
bus of the system)
Electronics or interface module
Connection module
The ET 200pro modules are fitted when delivered on the
associated bus module.
An ET 200pro station comprises:
Module support
Interface module for PROFIBUS DP
Connection module for the PROFIBUS DP interface module
- CM IM DP direct with up to 6 M20 cable glands
- CM IM DP ECOFAST Cu
- CM IM DP M12 7/8"
Max. 16 electronics modules with associated connection
modules which may be assembled up to a station width of 1 m
Terminating module (included in scope of delivery of interface
module)
Process I/O
ET 200pro for SIMATIC PCS 7
Introduction
Technical specifications
General technical specifications
Electronics modules Digital inputs/outputs
Analog inputs/outputs
Safety-related digital inputs/
outputs
Connection system for actuator/ M12 round plug connection with
sensor standard assignments for
actuator/sensor
Data transfer rate, max. 12 Mbit/s (PROFIBUS DP)
Supply voltage 24 V DC 7
Current consumption of an d5A
ET 200pro (internal and sensor
supply, non-switched voltage),
up to 55 C, max.
Compact-narrow module support
The compact-narrow module support permits the most space- Load current for ET 200pro per 10 A
incoming supply (IM, PM, switched
saving design. voltage), up to 55 C, max.
For total configuration with looping 16 A (with direct connection
through (several ET 200pro), module)
up to 55 C, max.
Degree of protection IP65/66/IP67 for interface, digital
and analog modules
Material Thermoplast (glass-fiber
reinforced)
Ambient conditions
Temperature 0 ... 55 C (-25 C on request)
Relative humidity 5 ... 100 %
Atmospheric pressure 795 ... 1 080 hPa
Mechanical stress
Vibrations Vibration test according to
Expansion limits IEC 60068, Part 2-6 (sinusoidal)
Constant acceleration 5 g,
Number of electronics modules per station (between interface occasionally 10 g, for interface,
module and terminating module): up to 16 digital and analog modules
Max. width (without module support): 1 m 2 g for motor starters
Electronics/sensor supply 1L+ max. 5 A per ET 200pro station Shock Shock test according to
IEC 680068 Part 2-27, half-sine,
Load voltage supply 2L+ max. 10 A per potential group 30 g, 18 ms duration, for
Maximum address range of an ET 200pro station: 244 bytes interface, digital and analog
modules
for inputs and 244 bytes for outputs 15 g, 11 ms duration for motor
ET 200pro configuration starters
Approvals UL, CSA and cULus
The SIMATIC ET 200 configurator can be used to compile an
ET 200pro station rapidly and simply. It knows the configuration For detailed technical specifications, especially for individual
rules, and supports selection of all components and associated components such as interface module, power module and
accessories in interactive mode. The SIMATIC ET 200 is electronics modules, see:
available in the current CD-ROM Catalog CA 01 and on the
Internet: Catalog ST 70, chapter "SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/O"
Industry Mall/CA 01 under "Automation engineering
www.siemens.com/et200 Automation systems SIMATIC industrial automation systems
SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/O"
Process I/O
ET 200pro for SIMATIC PCS 7
Interface module IM 154-2 DP High Feature
Accessories
Connection modules
The connection module for the IM 154-2 DP High Feature
interface module (to be ordered separately) is available in three
different connection versions:
CM IM DP direct
CM IM DP ECOFAST Cu
CM IM DP M12 7/8"
The PROFIBUS address can be set on the connection module
per DIL switch. The segmenting terminating resistor can be
connected using a further DIL switch.
Process I/O
ET 200pro for SIMATIC PCS 7
Digital electronics modules EM 141, EM 142
Process I/O
ET 200pro for SIMATIC PCS 7
Analog electronics modules EM 144, EM 145
Overview
EM 4 AI RTD High Feature
4 inputs for isolated (floating) resistance measurements or
resistance thermometers with 2-, 3- and 4-wire connections
Input ranges:
- Resistance measurement: 150 :; 300 :; 600 :; 3000 :;
resolution 15 bit
- Resistance thermometer: Pt100; Ni100; Ni120; Pt200; Ni200;
Pt500; Ni500; Pt1000; Ni1000; resolution 15 bit + sign
Automatic compensation of line resistances with 3-wire and
4-wire connections
Parameterizable temperature coefficient with resistance-type
sensors
Electrically isolated from load voltage supply 1L+ and 2L+
Linearization of sensor characteristics
Diagnostics "Open-circuit" per channel (terminals 1 and 3 are
monitored for open-circuit)
The following analog electronics modules can be used for
connecting actuators/sensors in the context of SIMATIC PCS 7: Permissible common mode voltage 10 V AC pp
Process I/O
ET 200pro for SIMATIC PCS 7
Analog electronics modules EM 144, EM 145
7
including bus module. The
connection module must be
ordered separately.
Analog input module 4 AI TC 6ES7 144-4PF00-0AB0
High Feature; thermocouples:
Type B, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T;
voltage measurement 80 mV;
channel diagnostics, includes
bus module. The connection
module must be ordered
separately.
Analog output modules
Analog output module 4 AO U 6ES7 145-4FF00-0AB0
High Feature, 10 V; 0 to 10 V;
1 to 5 V, channel diagnostics,
including bus module. The
connection module must be
ordered separately.
Analog output module 4 AO I 6ES7 145-4GF00-0AB0
High Feature, 20 mA; 0 to 20
mA; 4 to 20 mA, channel
diagnostics, including bus
module. The connection module
must be ordered separately.
Accessories
Connection module CM IO 6ES7 194-4CA00-0AA0
4 x M12
4 M12 sockets for connecting
digital or analog sensors/
actuators to ET 200pro
Module labels 6ES7 194-4HA00-0AA0
for color-coded identification of
the CM IOs in white, red, blue and
green; pack with 100 units of
each color
Further accessories
For plugs, cables and further
accessories, see Catalog IK PI or
Industry Mall/CA 01 under
"Automation engineering
Automation systems SIMATIC
industrial automation systems
SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/O"
Process I/O
ET 200pro for SIMATIC PCS 7
Safety-related electronics modules
Overview Design
The following modules are available:
Safety-related digital input module
EM 8/16 F-DI PROFIsafe
16 inputs (SIL2/Cat.3) or 8 inputs (SIL3/Cat.3 or Cat.4)
Suitable for standard switches and 3/4-wire proximity switches
(BEROs)
Rated input voltage 24 V DC
4 short-circuit-proof sensor supplies for 4 inputs each
External sensor power supply possible
Group fault display (SF; red LED)
Fault display for each sensor power supply (Vs1F to Vs4F) is
output on the VsF LED and the associated channels
Status and fault displays per input (dual-color green/red LED)
Identification data
Parameterizable diagnostics
In combination with the safety-related automation systems of the
SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system, the safety-related Can only be operated in safety mode
7 electronics modules of SIMATIC ET 200pro can be used to
implement safety applications. The safety-related digital inputs
Safety-related digital input/output module
EM 4/8 F-DI, 4 F-DO 2 A
record the signal statuses from safety-related sensors, and
generate corresponding safety telegrams for the automation Inputs
system. Depending on the safety telegrams of the automation - 8 inputs (SIL 2/Cat. 3) or 4 inputs (SIL 3/Cat. 3 or Cat. 4)
system, the safety-related digital outputs trigger safe shut-down - Suitable for standard switches and 3/4-wire proximity
procedures. They are also responsible for monitoring short- switches (BEROs)
circuits and cross-circuits up to the actuator. The safe communi- - Rated input voltage 24 V DC
cation with the automation systems is carried out over - 2 short-circuit-proof sensor supplies for 4 inputs each
PROFIBUS with PROFIsafe. - External sensor power supply possible
Outputs
All modules are certified up to SIL 3 (IEC 61508) and Cat. 4 - 4 outputs, current sourcing/sinking
(EN954-1). - Output current 2 A
- Rated load voltage 24 V DC
- Suitable for solenoid valves, DC contactors and indicator
lights
Group fault display (SF; red LED)
Fault display for each sensor power supply (Vs1F to Vs2F) is
output on the VsF LED and the associated channels
Status and fault displays per input/output (dual-color green/
red LED)
Identification data
Parameterizable diagnostics
Achievable safety class SIL 3
Can only be operated in safety mode
Process I/O
ET 200pro for SIMATIC PCS 7
Safety-related electronics modules
Process I/O
ET 200pro for SIMATIC PCS 7
Power module PM-E
Design
Separate products for installation software and licenses This splitting is transparent and very flexible. SIMATIC PCS 7
Software Media Package and software license are completely
Generally, the SIMATIC PCS 7 and TIA software products offered independent packages. They are no longer sealed together in
in Catalog ST PCS 7 can be categorized as follows: one product package.
Core products (single, floating or rental license) with:
- Installation software on data medium A SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package is supplied with each
- License key for software licensing ordered item. For example, if you order three SIMATIC PCS 7
OS Software Single Station V8.0 software products as one order
Secondary products (single, floating or rental license) with: item, you will receive only one SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
- License key for licensing of installation software delivered Package. However, if you distribute the order between three
with a core product order items, you will receive a SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
Cumulative volume licenses (quantity options) with Package for each of the three software licenses.
- License keys for a specific license volume in the form of POs,
archive tags, TAGs or units Additional SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Packages and
volume licenses specified for the core product can be ordered
The SIMATIC PCS 7 core products are divided into: separately depending on the requirement.
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package with the SIMATIC The following table clarifies the new ordering and delivery
PCS 7 installation software logistics using an example of ordering three SIMATIC PCS 7
Specific SIMATIC PCS 7 software product (software OS Software Single Station software products.
license) with license key for licensing of the installation
software delivered in the SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
Package
Order Product package
8
Item No. Quantity Product name Order No. Quantity Components
Ordering of 3 units with one order item
010 3 SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software Single 6ES7 658-2AA08- 3 License key memory stick, Certificate
Station V8.0 including 100 OS 0YA0 of License
Runtime POs
1 SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
Package
Ordering of 3 units with three order items
010 1 SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software Single 6ES7 658-2AA08- 1 License key memory stick, Certificate
Station V8.0 including 100 OS 0YA0 of License
Runtime POs
1 SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
Package
020 1 SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software Single 6ES7 658-2AA08- 1 License key memory stick, Certificate
Station V8.0 including 100 OS 0YA0 of License
Runtime POs
1 SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
Package
030 1 SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software Single 6ES7 658-2AA08- 1 License key memory stick, Certificate
Station V8.0 including 100 OS 0YA0 of License
Runtime POs
1 SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
Package
System documentation
Batch automation
Batch automation
SIMATIC BATCH
Introduction
Overview
In the process industry, discontinuous processes so-called
batch processes are of great significance. Permanently shorter
product lifecycles as well as the versatility required by
consumers are two of the reasons for this.
Product quality that stays the same even in the umpteenth batch,
quick response to changed market conditions, traceability for
production (FDA compliance), fulfillment of legal standards, as
well as the economic and technical necessity to utilize
production plants flexibly and optimally all of this places high
demands on plant automation.
The SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system with the SIMATIC
BATCH software package offers the right solution for low-cost
and effective automation of batch processes.
SIMATIC BATCH is completely integrated in SIMATIC PCS 7,
both in the visualization and in the engineering system. Thanks
to the modular design and the flexible scaling, it can be used in
small test centers as well as in production plants of any size.
Design
Client/server configuration
SIMATIC BATCH clients Engineering
and OS clients System However, characteristic for the automation of batch processes
SIMATIC PCS 7
operator station
using SIMATIC BATCH are client/server architectures with which
with
one Batch server and multiple Batch clients running a plant
9 SIMATIC BATCH project in unison. The batch server in such a configuration can
also be configured with redundancy in order to increase avail-
Terminal bus ability.
BATCH clients and OS clients can run on separate or common
basic hardware. In addition to the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial
Workstations, the more compact SIMATIC PCS 7 OS clients
627C and 427C can be used as batch clients.
Batch server OS server
The SIMATIC BATCH server software is usually run on separate
server hardware (Batch Server). Depending on the load on the
G_PCS7_XX_00053
Plant bus operator system, the OS Server and Batch Server software can
only on AS mode also be run on shared server hardware (OS/Batch Server).
Automation
The hardware configuration of the batch server depends on the
systems SIMATIC BATCH operating mode:
In PC mode, the complete recipe logic is executed in the
SIMATIC BATCH, scalable from single-user up to client/server system Batch server. If SIMATIC BATCH is only executed in PC mode,
the Batch server does not require a connection to the plant
Scalability bus. Communication with the automation system is via the
SIMATIC BATCH is configured as a single station system or as a operator system.
client/server system and can be used in plants of any size due In AS mode, the recipe unit logic is executed in the
to its modular architecture and scalability in cumulative SIMATIC automation system. Mixed operation with PC operating mode
BATCH UNITs (sets of 1, 10 and 50 plant unit instances). is also possible within a batch where recipe units are run on
both the batch server and on the automation system. In AS
Single-user system for small applications mode, the batch server requires a connection to the plant bus
For small batch applications, SIMATIC BATCH can be installed for communication with the automation system.
together with the OS software on a single station system. Both
the SIMATIC PCS 7 ES/OS Single Station and the SIMATIC PCS 7
BOX are suitable as a single station. Both can be both combined
with modular automation systems from the S7-400 series as well
as with compact SIMATIC PCS 7 AS RTX and SIMATIC PCS 7
AS mEC RTX.
Batch automation
SIMATIC BATCH
Introduction
Design (continued)
System connection Basic hardware
Batch Single Station and Batch Server can be connected to the The modularity and flexibility of SIMATIC BATCH are optimally
Industrial Ethernet plant bus via a CP 1623/CP 1613 A2 commu- supported by the hardware available. The basic hardware from
nication module or via a simple FastEthernet network card with the section "Industrial Workstation/IPC" as well as the SIMATIC
BCE (suitable for communication with up to 8 automation PCS 7 BOX from the section "Compact systems" can be used for
systems; not redundant systems). SIMATIC BATCH. Please note that the operating system and the
ES/OS software of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system
The IE versions of the SIMATIC PCS 7 Workstation for single are preinstalled as standard on the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial
stations and servers are equipped with a CP 1623 communi- Workstations of version Single Station, Server and Client. If these
cation module with the SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7 communi- basic devices are used for SIMATIC BATCH, it is possible to
cations software. When using redundant automation systems, extend or reject the existing SIMATIC PCS 7 installation, and
the SIMATIC PCS 7 workstation requires SIMATIC NET restore it for the operating system using the restore DVD.
HARDNET-IE S7-REDCONNECT communications software
instead of the SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7 communication Expansion options
software. The SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7-REDCONNECT
PowerPack is suitable for upgrading the communications The basic hardware is expandable with the following options
software (for ordering data, see chapter "Communication", according to the customer's particular requirements and
section "Industrial Ethernet, system connection of PCS 7 whether the hardware is used as a Batch Single Station, Batch
systems"). Server, or Batch Client:
Multi-monitor graphics card for connection of up to 4 monitors
The 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet RJ45 port is already onboard
and can be used for connecting to the terminal bus. Process monitors (see chapter "Industrial Workstation/IPC",
section "Multi-monitor graphics cards and process monitors")
Redundancy
The multi-monitor graphics cards "2 Screens" and "4 Screens"
The SIMATIC BATCH Server software supports the batch server are offered for multichannel operation of an OS/Batch Single
redundancy. The two batch servers in a redundant pair of Station or a Batch Client with 2 or up to 4 process monitors.
servers have identical configurations. A separate redundant Using a multi-monitor graphics card, the visualization of the
connection between these servers is used to optimize the plant/unit can be divided among 2 to 4 process monitors per
9
internal communication. This must always be provided as an operator station by using different views. These plant sections
Ethernet connection. This also applies if SIMATIC BATCH can all be operated using just one keyboard and one mouse.
software and SIMATIC PCS 7 OS software are installed together
on the redundant pair of servers. The serial RS 232 connection Note:
described in the section "OS redundancy" is not possible in this Since all messages from SIMATIC BATCH are processed in the
case. operator system's message system, the use of a signal module
A redundant optical or electrical connection can be used is only recommendable with multi-function OS/batch stations
depending on the environmental conditions and the distance (clients, single stations).
between the two batch servers, e.g. up to 100 m per crossover
network cable (RJ45 connectors). For details, refer to Manual
"Fault-tolerant process control systems"; for appropriate cable
material and further accessories, refer to Catalog IK PI.
For information and components for the redundant bus
connection (plant bus and terminal bus), see "Communication,
Industrial Ethernet" in the Sections "Introduction" and "System
connection of PCS 7 systems".
Batch automation
SIMATIC BATCH
Introduction
Integration
Operating modes for recipe processing
PC mode: Processing of the recipe logic in the batch server
AS mode: Execution of recipe logic in the automation system:
Mixed operation: Parallel application of PC and AS modes in
one batch (unit recipe-granular)
SIMATIC BATCH works as standard in PC mode. The complete
control recipe is executed in the batch server. In the alternative
AS operating mode, the control recipe logic can be executed in
the automation system unit recipe-granular.
Advantages of AS mode are:
Very fast step changing times
Improved deterministics during execution of a batch
Enhanced availability
Communication with the automation systems
Depending on the operating mode, SIMATIC BATCH communi-
cates with the automation systems via the operator system or
Process display with integrated OS Control
directly via S7-DOS.
Integration in SIMATIC PCS 7 SFC instances derived from a SFC type template are generally
SIMATIC BATCH is fully integrated in SIMATIC PCS 7. used as the interface to the subordinate automation level. The
Connection to the production control level is supported by direct properties of the SFC type can be defined in a properties dialog,
communication with SIMATIC IT or by an open interface to any including:
manufacturing execution systems (MES). Control strategies
9
The plant data can be configured entirely using the engineering Setpoint/actual value
system. The engineering system transfers all data required for Instance parameters
creating recipes to the batch server. It is therefore possible to
edit recipes separate from the engineering system. Changes to Timers
the configuration which are made on the engineering system
can be transferred to the batch server using an update function
(online/offline).
SIMATIC BATCH supports the operation and monitoring of batch
processes by means of standard faceplates and OS Controls
which can be integrated into the process display.
The SIMATIC Logon integrated in SIMATIC PCS 7 uses SIMATIC
BATCH for the following functions:
Central user administration with access control
"Electronic Signature" function
This means that actions cannot be performed until enabled by
authorized users/user groups.
A smart card reader suitable as a logon device is offered in
section "Industrial Workstation/IPC", under "Expansion compo-
nents, smart card reader".
Batch automation
SIMATIC BATCH
SIMATIC BATCH software
Overview
The product structure of the SIMATIC BATCH software is addition to the basic software for the implementation of a
optimized for operation as single station system and client- SIMATIC BATCH project.
server system. The SIMATIC BATCH Single Station Package,
SIMATIC BATCH Server and SIMATIC BATCH software products Functional expansion components (SIMATIC BATCH Recipe
are usually installed on destination hardware of the same name. System, SIMATIC BATCH API) provide additional options (see
In exceptional cases, the SIMATIC BATCH Client software can table). The SIMATIC BATCH Recipe System (Recipe Editor) is
also be operated on the batch server. not an option for the SIMATIC BATCH Single Station Package
because it is already integrated in the standard package.
You require separately supplied SIMATIC BATCH UNITs
(cumulative quantity options for instances of plant units) in
Software products/licenses Batch single Batch server Batch server Batch client
station single redundant
Server A Server B
Basic software
SIMATIC BATCH Single Station Package n
SIMATIC BATCH Server n n n
SIMATIC BATCH Client o o o o
Functional expansion components
SIMATIC BATCH Recipe System o o o o2)
SIMATIC BATCH API o o o o
Quantity options: Cumulative SIMATIC BATCH UNITs1)
1 UNIT1) o o o o
UNITs1)
9
10 o o o o
50 UNITs1) o o o o
SIMATIC BATCH software products/licenses for BATCH Single Station, Batch Server and BATCH Client
1) Instances of plant units; at least one SIMATIC BATCH UNIT license is required per project
2) A client-server system is required on at least one client.
n Software product/license required
o Software product/license optional
Software product/license not required or not available
Function
Recipe editor
The recipe editor is integrated in the SIMATIC BATCH Single
Station Package and can be installed as a functional expansion
component of the SIMATIC BATCH Recipe System on a batch
client and batch server.
It is used for easy, intuitive creation and modification of master
recipes and library operations. The basis for recipe creation are
the batch objects created from the plant configuration using the
SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering System, e.g. units and equipment
phases.
The Batch Recipe Editor can be started individually, but can also
be launched from the Batch Control Center (BatchCC, see
below). It possesses a GUI, processing functions typical to
Microsoft Windows for individual and grouped objects, and a
structural syntax check.
Batch automation
SIMATIC BATCH
SIMATIC BATCH software
Function (continued)
Recipe
Plant procedure
Recipe
operation
Individual
control unit
G_PCS7_XX_00102
Hierarchical recipes according to ISA-88.01
9
The recipe editor offers powerful functions for the following Hierarchical recipes according to ISA-88.01
tasks:
SIMATIC BATCH also supports hierarchical recipes in accor-
Creation of new master recipes and library operations dance with the ISA-88.01 standard. SIMATIC BATCH and
Modification of existing master recipes and library operations SIMATIC PCS 7 form a functional unit that fully covers the models
(changes in structure or parameters) described in the standard.
Querying the states of recipe objects and process values in The hierarchical recipe structure is mapped on the plant module
transition conditions as follows:
Assignment of route control locations as transfer parameters Recipe procedure for controlling the process or the
(source, target, via) to the transport phases, in order to direct production in a plant
products of one batch to other units (local or external) Recipe unit procedure for controlling a process step in a plant
Configuration of arithmetic expressions for calculating unit
setpoints for transitions and recipe parameters from recipe Recipe operation/function for the process engineering task/
variables and constants function in an equipment module
Documentation of master recipes and library operations
Recipe elements for handling of exceptions
Validation under inclusion of user-specific plausibility checks
Selection of unit candidates via a class-based view or Monitoring of process states is possible during runtime by
limitation of the equipment properties marking freely selectable recipe sections. It is then possible to
automatically react to evaluated events or faults using a
Releasing master recipes and library operations for test or command block or jump function in a special container.
production
ROP Library
Flat recipes
Recipe operations managed in a user library (ROP library) can
Flat recipes are suitable for simple applications with only a few be installed in the recipe procedures of hierarchical recipes as a
units. With these recipes, the units are directly assigned to the reference and thus modified centrally. With flat recipes, refer-
recipe functions within the recipe procedure. encing is possible in an analogous manner to so-called
substructures in the user library.
This reduces the requirements for engineering and validation.
If the reference link is broken, the recipe operation or the
substructure becomes a fixed component of the recipe
procedure, and is thus independent of further central modifica-
tions.
Batch automation
SIMATIC BATCH
SIMATIC BATCH software
Function (continued)
Separation Procedures/Formulas Batch Control Center (BatchCC)
G_PCS7_XX_00064
Batch automation
SIMATIC BATCH
SIMATIC BATCH software
Function (continued)
Batch planning SIMATIC Batch API
The SIMATIC BATCH API Application Programming Interface,
which is offered as an expansion component, is an open
interface for customer-specific extensions. It provides users with
access to data and functions of SIMATIC BATCH and enables
programming of special applications for specific sectors or
projects.
Batch automation
SIMATIC BATCH
SIMATIC BATCH software
Batch automation
Notes
Route control
Route control
SIMATIC Route Control
Introduction
Overview Application
The possible applications of SIMATIC Route Control extend from
small plants with simple/static lines up to plants in the medium
and upper performance range which have an extensive network
of routes/pipes.
SIMATIC Route Control is particularly predestined for the
following requirements:
Frequent conversions and extensions of the transport network
including actuators and sensors
Transport routes with high flexibility, characterized by:
- Regularly changing materials
- Dynamic selection of the origin and destination of the
material transport (including reversal of direction on bidirec-
tional transport routes)
Numerous simultaneous material transports
Plant projects in combination with SIMATIC BATCH
When transporting solid materials on conveyor belts, the
SIMATIC Route Control expands the SIMATIC PCS 7 process sequence for switching actuators on and off can be cascaded
control system with a sector-independent tool for the configu- using WAIT elements.
ration, control, monitoring and diagnostics of material transport
in pipeline networks or on conveyor belts.
With this integrated route control, SIMATIC PCS 7 can also
automate the connecting material transports in addition to the
production processes and the associated stores. In this case
SIMATIC Route Control can also be combined with SIMATIC
BATCH.
In particular SIMATIC Route Control is perfect for plants with a
multitude of complex route combinations or extensive tank farms
such as are found above all in the chemical, petrochemical and
10 food and drinks industries.
Route control
SIMATIC Route Control
Introduction
Design
Redundancy
SIMATIC Route Control clients and OS clients Engineering
System The SIMATIC Route Control Server software supports the RC
server redundancy. Further software components or a separate
connection between the two servers as is the case with the
OS server redundancy or batch server redundancy are not
required.
Terminal bus
With the assistance of the SIMATIC Route Control Server
software, the two redundant RC servers carry out mutual
monitoring during operation. If the active RC server fails, the
redundant partner immediately becomes the master and takes
Route Control OS server over operation. The RC clients are automatically switched over
server to the new master in this case. Following the return of the failed
G_PCS7_XX_00052
RC server, data matching is carried out with the active RC server
Plant bus with the latter remaining the master.
For information and components for the redundant bus
Automation connection (plant bus and terminal bus), see "Communication,
systems
Industrial Ethernet" in the Sections "Introduction" and "System
connection of PCS 7 systems".
The modularity and flexibility of SIMATIC Route Control are
optimally supported by the hardware available. The SIMATIC Expansion options
PCS 7 Industrial Workstations from the "Industrial Workstation/ The basic hardware is expandable with the following options
IPC" section can be used for SIMATIC Route Control. according to the customer's particular requirements and
Hardware for small plants whether the hardware is used as RC Single Station, RC Server or
RC Client:
For small plants, SIMATIC Route Control can be installed either
Multi-monitor graphics card for connection of up to 4 monitors
alone or together with the OS software on a single station
system. You can select the hardware for this OS/RC single Process monitors (see chapter "Industrial Workstation/IPC",
station from the chapter "Industrial Workstation/IPC", section section "Multi-monitor graphics cards and process monitors")
"SIMATIC Rack PC". The multi-monitor graphics cards "2 Screens" and "4 Screens"
Client/server configuration are offered for multi-channel operation of an OS/RC Single
Distributed multi-user systems with client-server architecture,
Station or a client with 2 up to 4 process monitors. Using a multi-
monitor graphics card, the visualization of the plant/unit can be
10
expandable with up to 32 clients per server, are typical for the divided among 2 to 4 process monitors per operator station by
automation of material transports with SIMATIC Route Control. using different views. These plant sections can all be operated
Basically it is possible to operate an RC Server, Batch Server using just one keyboard and one mouse.
and OS Server on shared basic hardware. However, availability
will be higher and performance better if each component has its Note:
own server hardware. The availability of the RC server can be Since all messages from SIMATIC Route Control are processed
increased further by a redundant design of the server hardware. in the operator system's message system, it is not necessary to
SIMATIC PCS 7 supports a Route Control server or pair of Route use a signal module.
Control servers in the multiuser system which is limited to
12 servers/pairs of servers. Requirements for selection of the automation systems
The Route Control client (RC Client) is represented by the Route SIMATIC Route Control supports standard automation systems,
Control Center (RCC). The RCC can be installed on an OS Client, fault-tolerant and safety-related automation systems of the
a Batch Client or separate client hardware. S7-400 range based on to the following CPU types:
System connection CPU 416-3 (up to 30 simultaneous material transports)
CPU 417-4 and CPU 417-4H (up to 300 simultaneous material
RC server and OS/RC single stations can be connected to the transports)
Industrial Ethernet plant bus via a CP 1613 A2/1623 communi-
cation module or via a simple FastEthernet network card with
BCE (suitable for communication with up to 8 automation
systems; not redundant systems).
The IE versions of the SIMATIC PCS 7 Workstation for single
stations and servers are equipped with a CP 1623 communi-
cation module with the SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7 communi-
cations software. When using redundant automation systems,
the SIMATIC PCS 7 workstation requires SIMATIC NET
HARDNET-IE S7-REDCONNECT communications software
instead of the SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7 communication
software. The SIMATIC NET HARDNET-IE S7-REDCONNECT
PowerPack is suitable for upgrading the communications
software (for ordering data, see chapter "Communication",
section "Industrial Ethernet, system connection of PCS 7
systems").
Route control
SIMATIC Route Control
Introduction
Configuration
SIMATIC Route Control, which is fully integrated in SIMATIC Route Control Server/Route Control Center
PCS 7, is modular and scalable. It can be flexibly adapted to
various sizes of plants by cumulatively adding SIMATIC Route Following configuration of the route network and testing of the
Control routes (in sets of 10 and 50 for the number of simulta- material transport versions, the Route Control configuration data
neous material transports) up to a project limit of 300 routes. is transferred to the Route Control server. There they can be
SIMATIC Route Control provides graded user privileges for activated via the Route Control Center at a suitable point in time
engineering, operating and maintenance personnel who are from the process engineering viewpoint. From this time onwards,
integrated into the user administration with SIMATIC logon. the new data are included in route searches.
SIMATIC Logon is an integral component of SIMATIC PCS 7. If a material transport is pending during operation, a route
(material transport) is requested by the controller (e.g. using an
Route Control in the engineering system adapted RC SFC type) or by the operator on the Route Control
The Route Control Engineering tool, the Route Control Library Center. In addition to selection of the origin and destination as
and the Route Control Wizard are concentrated together with the well as up to 10 intermediate plant points (synonyms: nodes,
other engineering tools of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control locations), this also includes the application of a start signal on
system in the central engineering system. the route control block RC_IF_ROUTE in the automation system
(AS). The AS "informs" the RC Server which then starts searching
In SIMATIC PCS 7, blocks from a SIMATIC PCS 7 library are for the route and if possible combines the statically defined
inserted into CFC plans and connected to plant control blocks in sub-routes into a complete transport route. From this point
accordance with the technological requirements in order to onward, the Route Control takes over control and monitoring of
control and monitor the elements of a plant. These individual all RC elements involved in the transport route. If faults occur,
connections are omitted with SIMATIC Route Control (RC). You detailed diagnostics information is provided concerning the
adapt the standard blocks of the technological elements cause, e.g. why the search for a suitable transport route was
relevant to RC (RC elements) using standardized interface unsuccessful. The plant control program only switches the
blocks from the RC library, and allow RC to control and monitor individual technological functions, everything else is handled by
the elements during operation. This is of course also possible the Route Control.
with existing plantswithout an increased overhead.
The Route Control Server (RC Server) supplies the Route Control
The blocks of the RC library support redundancy at the controller Clients (Route Control Center) with the necessary data and
level, i.e. they can be used with standard automation systems or transfers their operations to the automation systems.
even with fault-tolerant automation systems or mixed configura-
tions. The changes in the engineering system can be recorded For maintenance purposes, an automation system can be
(Change log), both in the SIMATIC PCS 7 project and in the specifically set to "in maintenance" (out of service). The material
RC project. transports being carried out by this automation system are still
10 The Route Control Assistant functions as the interface between
continued until finished. However, new material transports are no
longer permitted.
the PCS 7 basic configuration expanded by RC components
and the RC engineering tool. It analyzes the hardware and RC block symbols and faceplates
software configuration of the SIMATIC PCS 7 (multi-)project, and
generates a database which serves as the basis for further, In the process displays of the SIMATIC PCS 7 operator systems,
RC-specific configuration with the RC engineering tool. each route block is represented by an RC block symbol and an
RC faceplate. Through a route block's RC block symbol it is
During the RC-specific configuration, the elements imported possible to select its RC faceplate, and through a route block's
from the SIMATIC PCS 7 project by the Route Control Assistant RC faceplate it is possible to select the Route Control Center.
must be inserted into a sub-route structure. These sub-routes
divide the plant. The complete routes will be subsequently
"joined together" from them during the automatic route
searching. The response of the sub-routes in a particular
function are already defined when inserting the elements into
them. Functions represent the technological requirements when
operating the plant (e.g. "Open source", "Pumps" etc.).
As a rule: the more finely divided the sub-route structure, the
more flexible the subsequent automatic route searching. With
purely static routes, a sub-route can already be a complete
route.
Route control
SIMATIC Route Control
Route Control runtime software
Overview
Software components (runtime) RC single station RC server single RC server redundant RC client
Server A Server B
SIMATIC Route Control Server n n n n
SIMATIC Route Control Center n n
Quantity options: cumulative SIMATIC Route Control Routes1)
10 routes1) o o o o
50 routes1) o o o o
SIMATIC Route Control software for RC single station, RC server, and RC client
1) Number of simultaneous material transports; at least one "SIMATIC Route Control Routes" license (for sets of 10/50) is required per project,
total project limit: 300 routes
n Software product/license required
o Software product/license optional
Software product/license not required or not available
The Route Control Software is structured such that SIMATIC In the case of multi-user systems with small quantity frameworks
Route Control can be flexibly adapted to different plant sizes and it is also possible to operate the Route Control Server, Batch
architectures (single/multi-user systems): Server and OS Server on shared basic hardware. However,
Route Control Engineering (component of the SIMATIC PCS 7 availability will be higher and performance better if they are
Engineering System) installed on separate server hardware.
Route Control Server The Route Control Center (RCC) can be installed on an
Route Control Center (RCC) OS client, a batch client, or on separate RC client hardware.
SIMATIC Route Control works closely with the operator system, In addition to the SIMATIC Route Control Server and SIMATIC
hence where small plants are concerned it is possible for the Route Control Center runtime software, for a Route Control
Route Control Center and Route Control Server to be installed project you require separately available SIMATIC Route Control
not only on their own but also together with the OS software on a Routes (cumulative sets of 10 and 50 for the number of simulta-
single station. The ordering data for the OS software can be neous material transports). Several sets of 10 and 50 SIMATIC
found in the section "Operator system". Route Control Routes licenses can be combined up to a total
project limit of 300 routes. 10
Function
Route Control Server
The Route Control Server supplies the RC Clients (Route Control
Center) with the necessary data and transfers their operations to
the automation systems. When a material transport is requested
through the Route Control Center, it is the job of the RC Server to
dynamically compile a suitable transport route from the partial
routes which were configured using a map of the automation
systems on the basis of the selected parameters (source, desti-
nation and intermediate locations) and with due consideration of
other parameters (e.g. function catalogs, function IDs or material
IDs). Configuration changes can be taken immediately into
account in the determination of a suitable transport route after
transfer from the Route Control Engineering Tool to the Route
Control Server and subsequent activation through the Route
Control Center (online loading).
Route control
SIMATIC Route Control
Route Control runtime software
Route control
SIMATIC Route Control
Route Control engineering software
Overview Function
Locations (synonym: nodes) of partial or complete routes are
configured in the SIMATIC Manager as "Equipment properties of
plant units" and transferred to the RC project together with the
other RC-relevant basic data of the SIMATIC PCS 7 project. The
configuration requirements caused by many repeated
sequences can be minimized by exporting locations in CSV
format, duplicating and modifying them using a spreadsheet
program, and then importing them again.
Nodes are parameters for requesting a material transport
(source, destination, intermediate locations/via) and which mark
the start and end of each partial route, and thus also the source
and destination of a material transport.
In addition to the basic tools (SIMATIC Manager, CFC, etc.) of
the SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering system, the following configu-
ration components of the SIMATIC Route Control Engineering
program package are available for configuration of the route
control applications:
Route Control library
The Route Control library contains blocks for RC and transport
route configuration and interface blocks for RC elements. It is
provided in the catalog of the CFC editor.
The Route Control (RC) configuration supplements the basic
SIMATIC PCS 7 plant configuration with blocks from the PCS 7 Route Control wizard
standard library. Existing plants are then also easy to upgrade
with SIMATIC Route Control. Technological elements of The Route Control wizard is the interface between the SIMATIC
relevance for control of the material transport (RC elements) are PCS 7 basic configuration supplemented with RC interface
adapted in the CFC Editor using uniform interface blocks from blocks and the actual RC configuration in the RC engineering
the Route Control Library. The RC elements include: tool. The wizard, which can be called up from the SIMATIC
Manager menu, accepts the RC-specific configuration data of
Control elements (actuators) the SIMATIC PCS 7 project into the Route Control engineering. In
10
Sensor elements (sensors) doing so, it carries out plausibility checks, defines the AS-OS
Parameter elements (setpoints) and AS-AS communication connections (NetPro and CFC), and
configures the RC server signals.
Connection elements (material information related to partial
route)
Route control
SIMATIC Route Control
Route Control engineering software
11/2 Introduction
Introduction
Overview
Single-channel, Redundant, high-availability Flexible Modular Redundancy
non-redundant configuration and fault-tolerant configuration at module or device level
G_PCS7_XX_00130
ET 200S
Y-Link
ET 200pro PROFIBUS DP
F- and standard modules PROFIBUS PA
Introduction
Benefits
Safety Integrated for Process Automation enables full integration 7 Integrated data management - no complex data exchange
of safety engineering into the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control between BPCS and SIS
system. The Basic Process Control System (BPCS) and Safety 7 Integration of safety-related applications into process visual-
Instrumented System (SIS) combine seamlessly to form a ization on the operator station
uniform and innovative complete system. The advantages of this
fusion are quite clear: 7 Automatic integration of safety-related fault messages with
time tagging into the process control system
7 One common controller platform
7 Integration of safety-related hardware into the asset
7 One common engineering system management with the SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station for
7 No separate safety bus - standard and safety-related commu- diagnostics and preventive maintenance
nication take place on the same fieldbus (PROFIBUS with
PROFIsafe)
7 Mixed operation of standard and safety-related I/O modules
in ET 200M, ET 200iSP, ET 200S and ET 200pro remote I/O
stations
11
Design
Process image of an operator station with Safety Matrix Viewer displayed
In the context of SIMATIC PCS 7, the following individual
The SIMATIC Safety Matrix which can be used in addition to the products are offered for the SIMATIC Safety Matrix:
CFC is an innovative safety lifecycle tool from Siemens that can
be used not only for user-friendly configuration of safety applica- Safety Matrix Tool
tions, but also for their operation and service. The tool, which is
for the SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering System; for creating, config-
based on the proven principle of a cause & effect matrix, is
uring and compiling the Safety Matrix as well as for loading and
ideally suited to processes where defined statuses require
control and monitoring of the safety-related CFC program
specific safety reactions.
The application covers the complete safety lifecycle from
The SIMATIC Safety Matrix not only means that programming of
analysis through implementation up to operation and mainte-
the safety logic is significantly simpler and more convenient, but
nance.
also much faster than in the conventional manner. During the risk
analysis of a plant, the configuration engineer can assign exactly Safety Matrix Editor
defined reactions (effects) to events (causes) which may occur
during a process. for creating, configuring, testing and documenting the Safety
Matrix logic on an external computer independent of the 11
Benefits SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering system (can optionally be used in
addition to the Safety Matrix Tool).
Advantages of the Safety Matrix in the implementation and The application is focused on planning and configuring in the
operation phase analysis and implementation phases.
Implementation phase The Safety Matrix Editor runs on a computer with Windows XP
7 Direct further processing of safety specification possible Professional 32-bit (from SP2), Windows Server 2003/2003 R2
32-bit (SP1 and higher), Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit or
7 Simple programming using Cause&Effect method
Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit operating systems. It
7 No programming knowledge required also enables the Safety Matrix to be set up, configured, checked
7 Preprocessing of input values for plausibility and documented, independently of the
Engineering System of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control
7 Alarm generation and provision of diagnostic information for
system. However, generation of the safety-related CFC program,
each individual cause and effect the compilation and downloading to the automation system and
7 Prealarm for analog values the procedural test are only possible with the Safety Matrix Tool
7 Free color selection for alarms and messages on the SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering System.
7 Automatic generation of CFCs including driver blocks The CEM matrix file generated by the configuration with the
7 Matrix comparison on basis of created CFC charts Safety Matrix Editor can be imported and further processed by
the Safety Matrix Tool.
7 Automatic version tracking
7 integrated change tracking Safety Matrix Viewer for SIMATIC PCS 7
7 1-to-1 printout of Cause&Effect matrix For the SIMATIC PCS 7 operator system; for operator control and
monitoring of the SIMATIC Safety Matrix in the operating phase
With the Safety Matrix Viewer that can be installed on the
SIMATIC PCS 7 Operator Station, single station or client version,
the safety application can be operated and monitored simply
and intuitively during operation.
Function
In addition to the alarms derived from process values, alarms
can also be generated and diagnostics information can be
provided for each individual cause and effect. Priorities and
response behavior can be defined in various profiles here. The
color scheme for the alarms and messages can be adapted on
a customer- or country-specific basis.
For the Safety Life-cycle Management, functions are integrated
for the version management and for the documentation of
program changes and operator interventions.
During plant operation, the operator has direct access to the
relevant data with the viewer of the SIMATIC Safety Matrix. From
the overall view it can change directly to cause or effect related
detailed views and return from there. In the detailed views, alarm
indications corresponding with the respective cause or effect
can be called up.
11
concentrate on the safety requirements of the plant.
Tag display in online mode with process value, simulation value and
active value
The signal status is indicated online in the Cause&Effect matrix.
The process value, simulation value and active value are
indicated on the tag display in each case.
The Safety Matrix viewer enables the operator to display and
save first value messages as well as to record safety-relevant
events. Changes in parameters are supported, as are bypass,
reset and override functions.
Technical specifications
Safety lifecycle support Operating modes Hardware requirements Software requirements
Safety Matrix Tool Complete lifecycle: Offline, online SIMATIC PCS 7 with Alternative SIMATIC PCS 7 versions:
Analysis phase AS 412H/F/FH, AS 414H/F/FH or V6.1 SP3 or higher
AS 417H/F/FH
Implementation phase (S7 F Systems RT license is V7.0 SP3 or higher
Operation and maintenance integrated in the case of F/FH V7.1 HF1 or higher
phase systems)
V8.0
Installation basis: SIMATIC PCS 7
Automation License Manager (ALM)
Engineering Station
as of V3.0+SP1
Microsoft Windows operating system
(depending on the software require-
ments of the SIMATIC PCS 7 version):
Windows XP Professional 32-bit
(SP2/SP3)
Windows Server 2003 or 2003 R2,
each 32-bit (SP1/SP2)
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit
Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard
64-bit
For offline testing: S7-PLCSIM,
depending on the installed
S7 F System version
S7 F Systems as of V5.2+SP1 with
F-library "Failsafe Blocks" V1_2 or
"S7 F Systems Lib" V1_3 (depending
on S7 F Systems version);
S7 F Lib V1_3 in combination with
SIMATIC PCS 7 as of V6.1+SP2
Safety Matrix Analysis phase Offline PC, independent from Operating system alternatives:
Editor Partial implementation SIMATIC PCS 7 Windows XP Professional 32-bit
phase (planning and (SP2/SP3)
configuration of a Safety Windows Server 2003 or 2003 R2,
Matrix only, no program each 32-bit (SP1/SP2)
generation and commis- Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit
sioning) Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard
11
64-bit
Safety Matrix Operating phase (control Online SIMATIC PCS 7 with Alternative SIMATIC PCS 7 versions:
Viewer and monitoring) AS 412H/F/FH, AS 414H/F/FH or V6.1 SP3 or higher
AS 417H/F/FH V7.0 SP3 or higher
(S7 F Systems RT license is V7.1 HF1 or higher
integrated in the case of F/FH V8.0
systems) Automation License Manager (ALM)
Installation basis: SIMATIC PCS 7 as of V3.0+SP1
Operator Station, single station or Microsoft Windows operating system
client version (depending on the software require-
ments of the SIMATIC PCS 7 version):
Windows XP Professional 32-bit
(SP2/SP3)
Windows Server 2003 or 2003 R2,
each 32-bit (SP1/SP2)
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit
Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard
64-bit
System requirements
11 documentation on CD
IT Security
12/2 Introduction
12/3 Industrial security
12/5 SIMATIC Logon
IT security
Introduction
Overview
Front-end
Domain MES/MIS Comos plant lifecycle firewall
controller SIMATIC IT management
Engineering
station
Terminal bus
Plant bus
G_PCS7_XX_00145
Example of a staggered security architecture
Function
With its pioneering security concept, SIMATIC PCS 7 offers Operation of plants in Windows domains (active directory)
comprehensive solutions for protecting a process engineering Administration of Windows operator privileges and SIMATIC
plant which are based on a staggered security architecture PCS 7 operator privileges; integration of SIMATIC PCS 7
(defense in depth). The speciality of this concept is to be found operator privileges into the Windows administration
in its holistic approach. It is not just limited to the application of
individual security methods (e.g. encryption) or devices (e.g. Reliable control of time synchronization
firewalls). Its strengths are rather to be found in the interaction of Management of security patches for Microsoft products
a wide variety of security measures in the plant network. Use of virus scanners, whitelisting software, and firewalls
The SIMATIC PCS 7 security concept provides information and Establishment and operation of support and remote access
recommendations (best practices) on topics which are (VPN, IPSec)
described in detail in the manual "PCS 7 & WinCC security
concept, basic document" and the further detailed documents: The manual "PCS 7 & WinCC security concept, basic document"
is accessible on the Internet under "SIMATIC Technical
Generation of a network architecture with staggered security Documentation" - "SIMATIC PCS 7 Manuals" - "SIMATIC PCS 7
(defense in depth), combined with segmenting of the plant V8.0 or V7.1 Manuals".
into security cells
Network administration, assignment of IP addresses, and www.siemens.com/simatic-docu
division into subnetworks
IT security
Industrial security
Planning
Modernization and
and Optimization Conception
Awareness
Workshop
Review to
assure the Analysis and
effectiveness of assessment of
the security Tools, threats and
architectures Methods, risks
Operation SOPs,
and Standardized
Security
SCALANCE S industrial security modules Maintenance
Management
Solutions, Best
Practices Design and Engineering
The SCALANCE S industrial security modules offer scalable without development of and
disturbances into security Develop-
security functions such as port filter, NAT, DHCP server, data
12
the availability of architectures ment
encryption (IPSec), and VPN in a rugged, industrial-compatible the plant
design. They can be used, for example, to safeguard the cross- Implementation/
cell data exchange between components of automation and Acceptance Test
process control systems.
G_PCS7_XX_00286
The following SCALANCE S industrial security modules can be
used: Installation and Commissioning
SCALANCE S602 industrial security module
with Stateful Inspection Firewall
SCALANCE S612 industrial security module
with Stateful Inspection Firewall and VPN (Virtual Private Siemens Industry Automation not only offers products and
Network) functionality for up to 32 devices (up to systems but also professional services and solutions for
64 simultaneous VPN tunnels) protection of industrial plants against the manifold threats to IT
security. These industrial security services are not only oriented
SCALANCE S613 industrial security module according to individual phases but are provided for the
with Stateful Inspection Firewall and VPN (Virtual Private complete lifecycle of the plant.
Network) functionality for up to 64 devices (up to
128 simultaneous VPN tunnels); suitable for extended temper-
ature range from -20 to +70C
Note:
Using the supplied configuration tool, it is easy to create and
configure the security modules which are to communicate
securely with one another. You do not require any special IT
knowledge.
The complete configuration can be saved on the optional swap
medium C-PLUG (order separately) and transmitted to another
security module. This permits easy and fast replacement of
modules in the event of a fault.
IT security
Industrial security
Note:
For further components and accessories, especially cable
material and connectors as well as tools and supplementary
material for assembly, see "Communication - Industrial Ethernet
- Passive network components" in the Sections "FastConnect",
"ITP cables and connectors" and "Fiber-optic cables" as well as
12
Catalog IK PI.
More information
To ensure safe operation of the plant, you need to take suitable
security measures that also include IT security (e.g. network
segmentation). You can find more information on the topic of
Industrial Security on the Internet at
www.siemens.de/industrialsecurity.
IT security
SIMATIC Logon
Overview Design
Logon devices
The following logon devices are supported by SIMATIC Logon:
Keyboard
Smart card reader (see section "SIMATIC Industrial
Workstation/IPC" under "Expansion components")
Logon devices which can be operated with a Microsoft device
driver for the respective operating system, e.g. logon devices
on a USB interface
With the SIMATIC PCS 7 add-on product "Device Manager for
SIMATIC Logon", further logon devices which support various
identification technologies (biometric features, smart card,
electronic key etc.) can be linked to SIMATIC Logon at low cost.
The Device Manager for SIMATIC Logon can be found in Section
"Operator control and monitoring" of Catalog ST PCS 7.1.
Number of licenses
The number of SIMATIC Logon licenses required depends on
Central operator management, access protection and the number of clients/single stations that access applications for
electronic signatures which SIMATIC Logon is used for access protection.
SIMATIC Logon is a central operator management system SIMATIC Logon upgrade
based on Microsoft Windows operating systems with access
control for All previous versions can be upgraded to the current version.
System components of SIMATIC PCS 7
Non-system components linked via an interface
It can be used to fulfill the validation requirements of 21 CFR Part
11. An electronic signature function can also be used in
conjunction with SIMATIC Logon.
Application
SIMATIC Logon was developed for the SIMATIC PCS 7 process
control system but can also be used together with other SIMATIC
products in the context of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA),
e.g. with SIMATIC WinCC. A requirement for working together is
that user groups have already been created in the partner appli-
cations, or can be defined.
Note: 12
Software and licenses of SIMATIC Logon are integrated in the
system software of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system
V8.0. The products listed here in the ordering data are only
relevant for use in the TIA environment and not for SIMATIC
PCS 7.
IT security
SIMATIC Logon
Using the SIMATIC Logon Admin Tool it is possible to assign SIMATIC Logon V1.4 6ES7 658-7BX41-2YA0
Single license for 1 installation
the roles defined in the SIMATIC PCS 7 applications (e.g.
Automation License Manager and SIMATIC BATCH) to the 7 languages (German, English,
Windows users/user groups. Administrators with the necessary French, Spanish, Italian, Chinese,
Japanese), software class A, runs
Windows administrator privileges can also use the SIMATIC with Windows 2000 Professional,
Logon Admin Tool to edit Windows users and user groups. Windows 2000 Server, Windows
XP Professional, Windows Server
SIMATIC Logon Service 2003/2003 R2, Windows Vista,
The login dialog of the SIMATIC Logon Service is activated when Windows 7 32-bit, and Windows
an application is started which is managed by SIMATIC Logon. Server 2008 32-bit
The user receives his specific privileges after making the login, Engineering software and
password and domain entries. The SIMATIC Logon Service electronic documentation on CD
dialog for logoff, user change or password edit can be called in Type of delivery: CD, license key
the applications. on USB flash drive, certificate of
license
SIMATIC Electronic Signature Note:
This product is not for
SIMATIC PCS 7 applications!
SIMATIC Logon Upgrade to 6ES7 658-7BX41-2YE0
V1.4
Single license for 1 installation
7 languages (German, English,
French, Spanish, Italian, Chinese,
Japanese), software class A, runs
with Windows 2000 Professional,
Windows 2000 Server, Windows
XP Professional, Windows Server
2003/2003 R2, Windows Vista,
Windows 7 32-bit, and Windows
Server 2008 32-bit
Engineering software and
electronic documentation on CD
Type of delivery: CD, license key
on USB flash drive, certificate of
license
The SIMATIC Electronic Signature means that operations cannot Note:
This product is not for
be performed until enabled by previously assigned Windows SIMATIC PCS 7 applications!
users/user groups. Users/user groups are assigned to the
12 operations in the respective application.
At the moment this function is implemented as a system function
only on SIMATIC BATCH. However, the Electronic Signature can
be used on any products in the specific applications.
Connection of IT systems
13/2 SIMATIC IT
13/5 OpenPCS 7
Connection of IT systems
SIMATIC IT
Overview Benefits
7 Safe, compliant and flexible, from design to delivery
7 Greater flexibility and efficiency with open standards
7 Complete integration of regulatory and quality demands
7 Synchronized production processes for optimal supply chain
management
7 Sustained reductions in operating costs
7 Higher performance by systematically tapping hidden capac-
ities
Application
The process industry is required to continuously optimize all
operational processes within a company, to reduce the time-to-
production and the time-to-market, and to increase the produc-
tivity and quality while reducing cost. To achieve these goals,
SIMATIC IT provides the best possible basis with a wide range
of standardized and modular components. SIMATIC IT cannot
only optimize your production and business processes, it can
also make your entire company more flexible.
In order to maximize the return on investment for the customer,
SIMATIC IT specialists continuously add to their knowledge of
special customer and sector requirements and finely adapt their
range of products for MES. Industry libraries offer a range of
SIMATIC IT Best Practice templates, especially configured for
the process industry and their specific niches.
The SIMATIC IT specialists communicate with experts inside the
industry, who provide highly detailed information about their
Integration and synchronization of all business processes sector. This knowledge then flows into sector-specific libraries
with SIMATIC IT and takes into account the typical aspects of the respective
In order to remain competitive, manufacturers must shorten their sector.
product launch times, increase production transparency and Siemens has been active in the pharmaceutical industry for
flexibility, optimize planning and scheduling, and reduce waste, many years. The mission of the Siemens MES Center of Excel-
storage costs and downtimes. At the same time, directives and lence for Life Sciences is to offer the right MES software and the
high-quality standards must be observed in the global corresponding services to pharmaceutical and life science
production locations, and maximum productivity and optimum companies and provide support for the optimization of their
costs must be guaranteed. business processes.
Manufacturing Execution Systems (MES), such as SIMATIC IT SIMATIC IT for Life Sciences is a modular, flexible and scalable
from Siemens, permit effective integration of product processes MES-platform. Ready-to-use and tested in advance, it provides
and material management systems, and support the coordi- a wide range of MES functions with a reliable validation package
nation of all equipment and applications relevant to production for extended interoperability and reduced complexity. It meets
13 during all phases.
SIMATIC IT can be used to model the complete production
the ISA-95 standard, ensures full compliance with the GxP and
FDA regulations, and enables quick and easy use, low total cost
know-how, to precisely define the operating processes, and to of ownership, and high return on investment.
record data in real-time from the ERP and production levels. It is SIMATIC IT for Life Sciences bridges the gap between R&D and
then possible to control corporate processes more effectively, to production, and integrates and optimizes development, quality
minimize downtimes, production waste and post processing, to and manufacturing processes. This guarantees optimum
optimize stock keeping, and to react rapidly and flexibly to production and market resonance.
changing customer requirements.
Connection of IT systems
SIMATIC IT
Design
Business
ERP PLM SCM
SIMATIC IT
SIMATIC IT
Material
Interspec
Manager
SIMATIC IT Report Manager
SIMATIC IT
SIMATIC IT OEE
Unilab
SIMATIC IT
SPC
SIMATIC IT
Messaging SIMATIC IT
Manager PDS-I
Real Time Data Server RTDS
SIMATIC BATCH Third-party devices
Control SIMATIC PCS 7 SIMATIC S5/S7 PLC DCS OPC
Connection of IT systems
SIMATIC IT
Connection of IT systems
OpenPCS 7
Overview Function
The OpenPCS 7 interface is based on the OPC specifications
OPC clients
(Openness, Productivity, Collaboration) that mainly make use of
Microsoft's DCOM technology (Distributed Component Object
Model) for communication between the applications. It supports
the following standardized access options:
OpenPCS 7 server OPC DA (data access server)
For read and write access to process values according to
OPC specification OPC DA V1.00, V2.05a, V3.00
Office LAN As an OPC DA server, the OpenPCS 7 server provides other
applications with current data from the OS data management.
The OPC client can log itself on to ongoing changes or also write
Front values.
Firewall
OPC HDA (historical data access server)
Back For read-only access to archived process values according to
Firewall OPC Specification OPC HDA V1.20
Terminal bus As an OPC HDA server, the OpenPCS 7 server provides other
applications with historical data from the OS archive system. The
OPC client, e.g. a reporting tool, can specifically request the
G_PCS7_XX_00144
Plant bus
required data by defining the start and end of a time interval.
Numerous functions, e.g. variance, mean value or integral,
already permit preprocessing by the HDA server and thus
contribute towards reduction of the communications load.
OPC A&E (alarm & events server)
Use the OpenPCS7 interface to directly integrate a control For read-only access to messages, alarms and events
system into host systems for production planning, process data according to OPC Specification OPC A&E V1.10
evaluation and management. These higher-level systems
(OPC clients) can access SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0 process data by As an OPC A&E server, the OpenPCS 7 server passes on
means of the OpenPCS 7 server. OS messages together with all accompanying process values to
the subscribers at the production and corporate management
The OpenPCS 7 server collects data for the OPC clients. levels. They can of course also be acknowledged there. Filter
Depending on the system configuration, these data may be mechanisms and subscriptions ensure that only selected,
distributed across different SIMATIC PCS 7 stations (OS server, modified data are transmitted.
central archive server). It covers the distribution of data with
respect to OPC "H" A&E (historical alarm & events server)
period (OS1 / OS2 / / CAS), For read-only access to archived alarms and messages
location (OS1 / OS2 / ),
By means of a Siemens extension to the OPC standard interface,
redundancy (OS1 master / OS1 standby ) the OpenPCS 7 server is also able to transmit historical alarms
OpenPCS 7 has replaced the @PCS 7 previously offered for and messages from the archive to the subscribers at the
13
SIMATIC PCS 7. At the same time, it is the pendant to the production and corporate management levels.
Connectivity Pack of the WinCC SCADA system. Access to the OLE-DB
data of SIMATIC BATCH is therefore impossible.
Simple, standardized direct access to the archive data in the
Design Microsoft SQL server database of the operator system is
possible with the OLE-DB. Through this, all OS archive data are
The OpenPCS 7 server can be operated in two different config- accessible with the accompanying process values, message
urations: texts and user texts.
Autonomous OpenPCS 7 server based on a SIMATIC PCS 7
Industrial Workstation in the client version (recommended
preferred configuration)
Multi-functional SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation, client
version, with OpenPCS 7 server and OS client functionalities
(OpenPCS 7 server/OS client)
Connection of IT systems
OpenPCS 7
More information
To ensure safe operation of the plant, you need to take suitable
security measures that also include IT security (e.g. network
segmentation). You can find more information on the topic of
Industrial Security on the Internet at
www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity.
13
Compact Systems
Compact Systems
Overview
The products for SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0 from this catalog section
will appear in the 1st quarter of 2012. The contents of this
catalog section will then be updated.
The current products for SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1 can be found in
the chapter "Previous versions".
14
Previous versions
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations V7.0
Ordering data
Individually configurable SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations V7.0
Ordering data Order No. Ordering data Order No.
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation 6ES7 660- SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation 6ES7 660-
for ES/OS single station for OS server
0 1 A 0 - 1 B
SIMATIC IPC547C industrial PC SIMATIC IPC547C industrial PC
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0 + SP3 preinstalled SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0 + SP3 preinstalled
Windows XP Professional operating system, Windows Server 2003 operating system,
MUI (German, English, French, Italian, MUI (German, English, French, Italian,
Spanish, Chinese) Spanish, Chinese), 5 CAL
Processor and memory type Processor and memory type
Core 2 Duo E8400 (3.0 GHz, 1 333 MHz FSB, Core 2 Duo E8400 (3.0 GHz, 1 333 MHz FSB,
6 MB L2 Cache, EM64-T, VT) 6 MB L2 Cache, EM64-T, VT)
- ES/OS single station BCE (PCI card) A - OS server BCE (PCI card) C
- ES/OS single station IE (CP 1613 A2) B - OS server IE (CP 1613 A2) D
Intel Core 2 Quad processor Q9400 Intel Core 2 Quad processor Q9400
(2.66 GHz, 1 333 MHz FSB, (2.66 GHz, 1 333 MHz FSB,
6 MB L2 cache, EM64-T, VT) 6 MB L2 cache, EM64-T, VT)
- ES/OS single station BCE (PCI card) F - OS server BCE (PCI card) H
- ES/OS single station IE (CP 1613 A2) G - OS server IE (CP 1613 A2) J
Power supply unit, country-specific version Power supply unit, country-specific version
110/230 V AC industrial power supply; 110/230 V AC industrial power supply;
- European power cable 0 - European power cable 0
- USA power cable 1 - USA power cable 1
- GB power cable 2 - GB power cable 2
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations V7.0
15
1) The redundant power supply can only be used together with the hard disk
version with swap frame (option B).
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations V7.0
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0
ES Software V7.0
15
Microsoft SQL Server 2005 incl. Engineering and Runtime POs)
EULA and supplementary CDs/ From 2 000 to unlimited POs 6ES7 658-5AF07-0YD5
DVDs (e.g. Microsoft Service- (only AS/OS Engineering POs;
Packs and tools) the number of existing AS/OS
Runtime POs remains
Rental license for 30 days (time unchanged)
billing independent of use)
AS Engineering unlimited POs 6ES7 658-1AF07-0YA6
OS Engineering unlimited POs 6ES7 658-2DF07-0YA6
Rental license for 50 hours (time
billing dependent on use)
AS Engineering unlimited POs 6ES7 658-1AF07-0YG6
OS Engineering unlimited POs 6ES7 658-2DF07-0YG6
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0
ES Software V7.0
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0
ES Software V7.0
15
Routing via S7-400
128 TAGs
Engineering software,
5 languages (German, English,
French, Spanish, Italian), software
class A,executes with Windows
2000 Professional or Windows
XP Professional
Type of delivery: License Key
Disk, Emergency Key Disk, Certif-
icate of License, Terms and
Conditions;
2 CDs with SIMATIC PDM V6.0
and device library as well as
supplementary DVD with
Microsoft ServicePacks and tools
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0
ES Software V7.0
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0
OS Software V7.0
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0
OS Software V7.0
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0
OS Software V7.0
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0
OS Software V7.0
15
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0
SIMATIC BATCH Software V7.0
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0
Route Control Software V7.0
15
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0
Asset Management Software V7.0
15
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0
PROFIBUS PA components
Routers: DP/PA link and DP/PA coupler Active field distributor AFD and active field splitter AFS
DP/PA coupler Active field distributor (AFD) 6ES7 157-0AF81-0XA0
For transition from RS 485 to MBP with 4 short-circuit-proof spur line
Ex version 6ES7 157-0AD82-0XA0 connections for integration of field
Non-Ex version 6ES7 157-0AC83-0XA0 devices
IM 153-2 High Feature 6ES7 153-2BA82-0XB0 Active field splitter (AFS) 6ES7 157-0AF82-0XA0
Interface module for DP/PA Link for connecting a PROFIBUS PA
and Y-Link line to 2 redundant FDC 157-0
DP/PA couplers; automatic
Accessories switchover to the active coupler
PS 307 Load Power Supply Profile rail adapter 6ES7 157-0AF83-0XA0
Including connection jumpers; for an active field distributor AFD
120/230V AC; 24V DC or active field splitter AFS,
2 A; 40 mm wide 6ES7 307-1BA01-0AA0 optional
5 A; 60 mm wide 6ES7 307-1EA01-0AA0
5 A, extended temperature 6ES7 307-1EA80-0AA0
range; 80 mm wide
10 A, 80 mm wide 6ES7 307-1KA02-0AA0
PS 305 Load Power Supply
24/48/60/110 V DC; 24 V DC
2 A, extended temperature 6ES7 305-1BA80-0AA0
range; 80 mm wide
Standard mounting rails
(without hot swapping function)
482 mm wide (19 inches) 6ES7 390-1AE80-0AA0
530 mm wide 6ES7 390-1AF30-0AA0
Components for hot swapping
and for redundant design
Active bus modules for hot
swapping
BM PS/IM 6ES7 195-7HA00-0XA0
for one load power supply and
one IM 153-2 High Feature
module
BM IM 157 6ES7 195-7HD80-0XA0
For two IM 153-2 High Feature
modules, for redundant and
non-redundant configuration, for
extended temperature range, for
hot swapping function,
permissible operating temper-
ature -25...+60 C
BM DP/PA 6ES7 195-7HF80-0XA0
For one DP/PA coupler Ex [i] or
FDC 157-0,
for extended temperature range,
for hot swapping function,
permissible operating temper-
ature -25 ... +60 C
BM DP/PA 6ES7 195-7HG80-0XA0
For two DP/PA couplers
15 FDC 157-0,
for extended temperature range,
for hot swapping function,
permissible operating temper-
ature -25 ... +60 C
Mounting rail for hot swapping
For max. 5 active bus modules
482 mm wide (19 inches) 6ES7 195-1GA00-0XA0
530 mm wide 6ES7 195-1GF30-0XA0
620 mm wide 6ES7 195-1GG30-0XA0
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0
Automation systems
Ordering data
AS Runtime license
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime Type of delivery: License key
license memory stick, certificate of
(Count Relevant License, license including terms and
cumulative) conditions
Executes in the engineering 100 POs 6ES7 653-2BA00-0XB5
system with Windows XP Profes- 1 000 POs 6ES7 653-2BB00-0XB5
sional, floating license for 10 000 POs 6ES7 653-2BC00-0XB5
1 installation
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- K 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- K
dancy dancy
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1) Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1)
Without CP 443-5 Extended 0 Without CP 443-5 Extended 0
1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1 1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
2 x CP 443-5 Extended 2 2 x CP 443-5 Extended 2
3 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 3 3 x CP 443-5 Extended 3
4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4 4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4
1)
With the UR2 rack in combination with a redundant power supply, the 1)
With the UR2 rack in combination with a redundant power supply, the
number of additive CP 443-5 Extended is limited to 2. number of additive CP 443-5 Extended is limited to 3.
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0
Automation systems
15
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional redun- K
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1) dancy
Without CP 443-5 Extended 0 Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1)
1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1 Without CP 443-5 Extended 0
2 x CP 443-5 Extended 2 1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
3 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 3 2 x CP 443-5 Extended 2
4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4 3 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 3
1) 4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4
With the UR2 rack in combination with a redundant power supply, the
number of additive CP 443-5 Extended is limited to 2. 1) With the UR2 rack in combination with a redundant power supply, the
number of additive CP 443-5 Extended is limited to 2.
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0
Automation systems
15
Without CP 443-5 Extended 0
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1)
1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
Without CP 443-5 Extended 0
2 x CP 443-5 Extended 2
1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
3 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 3
2 x CP 443-5 Extended 2
4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4
3 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 3
1) With the UR2 rack in combination with a redundant power supply, the 4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4
number of additive CP 443-5 Extended is limited to 2.
1)
With the UR2 rack in combination with a redundant power supply, the
number of additive CP 443-5 Extended is limited to 2.
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0
Automation systems
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0
Automation systems
15
Without CP 443-5 Extended 0
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1)
2 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
Without CP 443-5 Extended 0
2 x 2 CP 443-5 Extended1) 2
1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
2 x 3 CP 443-5 Extended1) 3
2 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 2
2 x 4 CP 443-5 Extended1) 4
3 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 3
4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4 1) Up to 5 CPs can be plugged in per subsystem with a single power supply,
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.
1)
Up to 5 CPs can be plugged into the UR2 rack with a single power supply,
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0
Automation systems
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0
Automation systems
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0
Automation systems
15 dancy
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1)
Without CP 443-5 Extended
2 x CP 443-5 Extended
0
1
Without CP 443-5 Extended 0
2 x 2 CP 443-5 Extended1) 2
1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
2 x 3 CP 443-5 Extended1) 3
2 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 2
2 x 4 CP 443-5 Extended1) 4
3 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 3
1)
4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4 Up to 5 CPs can be plugged in per subsystem with a single power supply,
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.
1)
Up to 5 CPs can be plugged into the UR2 rack with a single power supply,
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0
Automation systems
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0
Components from the TIA product range
Overview
In the context of SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0, other components from Documentation "SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system -
the TIA product range are used in addition to the previously approved PCS 7 modules" for SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0
listed SIMATIC PCS 7 system components, including modules
from the following distributed I/O systems: Additional information is available on the Internet at:
ET 200M distributed I/O system http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/24831707
ET 200iSP distributed I/O system Documentation "SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system -
ET 200S distributed I/O system approved PCS 7 modules" for SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0+SP1
ET 200pro distributed I/O system Additional information is available on the Internet at:
Which TIA products have been approved for SIMATIC PCS 7 http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/28739248
V7.0 can be found in the "Readme file" as well as in the
documentation "SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system -
approved PCS 7 modules".
15
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation/IPC V7.1
Overview
Pre-configured bundles based on SIMATIC Rack PC - Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit with ES/OS Single Station and
OS Client
Operating system downgrade - Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard Edition 64-bit including
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations V7.1 are delivered with 5 CALs with OS Server
the following operating system licenses depending on the type: This does not mean, however, that SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
Type IPC547C (including Service Pack) has been approved for these operating
- Windows 7 Ultimate 32-bit with ES/OS Single Station and systems.
OS Client
- Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard Edition 32-bit including Only the Windows XP Professional 32-bit and Server 2003 R2
5 CALs with OS Server Standard Edition 32-bit including 5 CALs operating systems
continue to be preinstalled and used on SIMATIC PCS 7 Indus-
Type IPC647C and IPC847C trial Workstations V7.1, with a license downgrade for the
operating system.
Ordering data
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations of the type IPC547C
Individually configurable ES/OS single station IPC547C
Ordering Data Order No. Ordering Data Order No.
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation 6ES7 660- SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation 6ES7 660-
for ES/OS single station for ES/OS single station
0 - 2 A 0 - 2 A
SIMATIC IPC547C industrial PC SIMATIC IPC547C industrial PC
Windows XP Professional 32-bit, MUI Windows XP Professional 32-bit, MUI
(German, English, French, Italian, Spanish, (German, English, French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), and SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1+SP3 pre- Chinese), and SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1+SP3 pre-
installed installed
Operating system license: Windows 7 Operating system license: Windows 7
Ultimate 32-bit, Multi-language (German, Ultimate 32-bit, Multi-language (German,
English, French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese), English, French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
with license downgrade to Windows XP with license downgrade to Windows XP
Professional 32-bit, MUI (German, English, Professional 32-bit, MUI (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese
Processor and system type Expansion (hardware)
Core 2 Duo E8400 (3.0 GHz, 1 333 MHz Without expansions A
FSB, 6 MB L2 Cache, EM64-T, VT)
DVI extension adapter (DVI-D) B
- ES/OS single station BCE (PCIe card) A
Multi-monitor graphics card "2 Screens" C
- ES/OS single station IE (CP 1623, PCIe) B (SIMATIC PCS 7 option)
Intel Core 2 Quad processor Q9400 Multi-monitor graphics card "4 Screens" D
(2.66 GHz, 1 333 MHz FSB, (SIMATIC PCS 7 option)
6 MB L2 cache, EM64-T, VT)
Power supply unit, country-specific
- ES/OS single station BCE (PCIe card) F version
- ES/OS single station IE (CP 1623, PCIe) G 110/230 V AC industrial power supply
Removable media
DVDRW, without 3.5" floppy disk drive 1
DVDRW, with 3.5" floppy disk drive 3
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation/IPC V7.1
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation/IPC V7.1
15
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation/IPC V7.1
15
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation/IPC V7.1
15
Without expansions A
Multi-monitor graphics card "2 Screens" B
(SIMATIC PCS 7 option)1) Power supply, country-specific power
Multi-monitor graphics card "4 Screens" C supply cable
(SIMATIC PCS 7 option)1) 110/230 V AC industrial power supply
Power supply, country-specific power - European power supply cord 0
supply cable
110/230 V AC industrial power supply - US power supply cord 1
- European power supply cord 0 - power supply cord for UK 2
- US power supply cord 1 - power supply cord for Switzerland 3
- power supply cord for UK 2 - Italian power supply cord 4
- power supply cord for Switzerland 3 - Chinese power supply cord 5
- Italian power supply cord 4 2 x 110/230 V AC, redundant power supply, 6
without power supply cord
- Chinese power supply cord 5
2 x 110/230 V AC, redundant power supply, 6
without power supply cord
1)
HW RAID controller and multi-monitor graphics card cannot be combined
with one another because they use the same slot.
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation/IPC V7.1
Main memory
2.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (1 x 2.0 GB), DIMM, 0
single channel
4.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB), DIMM, 1
dual channel
6.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (1 x 2.0 GB, 2
1 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, dual channel
8.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, 3
dual channel
2.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 1.0 GB), DIMM, 4
ECC, dual channel
4.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 2.0 GB), DIMM, 5
ECC, dual channel
8.0 GB DDR3 SDRAM (2 x 4.0 GB), DIMM, 6
ECC, dual channel
Communications
Without additional communication module 8
for plant bus
Expansion (hardware)
Without expansions A
Multi-monitor graphics card "2 Screens" B
(SIMATIC PCS 7 option)
Multi-monitor graphics card "4 Screens" C
(SIMATIC PCS 7 option)
Power supply, country-specific power
15
supply cable
110/230 V AC industrial power supply
- European power supply cord 0
- US power supply cord 1
- power supply cord for UK 2
- power supply cord for Switzerland 3
- Italian power supply cord 4
- Chinese power supply cord 5
2 x 110/230 V AC, redundant power supply, 6
without power supply cord
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation/IPC V7.1
15
Chinese) Power supply, country-specific power
Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit including B supply cable
5 CAL, multi-language (German, English, 110/230 V AC industrial power supply
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese), with - European power supply cord 0
license downgrade to Windows Server
2003 R2 Standard 32-bit including 5 CAL, - US power supply cord 1
MUI (German, English, French, Italian,
Spanish, Chinese) - power supply cord for UK 2
Without operating system X - power supply cord for Switzerland 3
Expansion (hardware) - Italian power supply cord 4
Without expansions A - Chinese power supply cord 5
Power supply, country-specific power 2 x 110/230 V AC, redundant power supply, 6
supply cable without power supply cord
110/230 V AC industrial power supply
- European power supply cord 0
- US power supply cord 1
- power supply cord for UK 2
- power supply cord for Switzerland 3
- Italian power supply cord 4
- Chinese power supply cord 5
2 x 110/230 V AC, redundant power supply, 6
without power supply cord
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation/IPC V7.1
15
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation/IPC V7.1
15
Communications
Expansion (hardware)
Without expansions A BCE (PCIe x1) 0
Multi-monitor graphics card "2 Screens" B Industrial Ethernet (CP 1623, PCIe x1) 1
(SIMATIC PCS 7 option)1)
Multi-monitor graphics card "4 Screens" C Expansion (hardware)
(SIMATIC PCS 7 option)1) Without expansions A
Power supply, country-specific power Power supply, country-specific power
supply cable supply cable
110/230 V AC industrial power supply
110/230 V AC industrial power supply
- European power supply cord 0
- US power supply cord 1 - European power supply cord 0
- power supply cord for UK 2 - US power supply cord 1
- power supply cord for Switzerland 3 - power supply cord for UK 2
- Italian power supply cord 4 - power supply cord for Switzerland 3
- Chinese power supply cord 5 - Italian power supply cord 4
2 x 110/230 V AC, redundant power supply, 6 - Chinese power supply cord 5
without power supply cord
2 x 110/230 V AC, redundant power supply, 6
1) without power supply cord
HW RAID controller and multi-monitor graphics card cannot be combined
with one another because they use the same slot.
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation/IPC V7.1
15
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation/IPC V7.1
15
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation/IPC V7.1
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation/IPC V7.1
Signal output
PCI Signal module 6DS1 916-8RR
PCI card for installation in an
operator station
Connecting cable
For connection of an external
horn to a signal module
3m 6XV2 175-8AH30
10 m 6XV2 175-8AN10
32 m
50 m
6XV2 175-8AN32
6XV2 175-8AN50
15
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
Engineering System V7.1
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
Engineering System V7.1
15
Type of delivery: License key from 512 TAGs to 1 024 TAGs 6ES7 658-3XC16-2YD5
memory stick, certificate of
from 1 024 TAGs to 2 048 TAGs 6ES7 658-3XD16-2YD5
license including terms and
conditions from 2 048 TAGs to unlimited 6ES7 658-3XH16-2YD5
number of TAGs
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
Engineering System V7.1
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
Operator System V7.1
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
Operator System V7.1
15
Type of delivery: 1 license key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions as well as RS 232
connecting cable, 10 m
Delivery with SIMATIC PCS 7
Software Media Package ASIA
V7.1
250 POs (ASIA) 6ES7 652-3AA17-2CA0
1 000 POs (ASIA) 6ES7 652-3AB17-2CA0
2 000 POs (ASIA) 6ES7 652-3AC17-2CA0
3 000 POs (ASIA) 6ES7 652-3AD17-2CA0
5 000 POs (ASIA) 6ES7 652-3AE17-2CA0
PowerPacks for PO expansion
See under OS Software Single
Station PowerPack V7.1
(2 PowerPacks each required)
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
Operator System V7.1
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
Operator System V7.1
15
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance Station V7.1
15
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
Automation Systems
Ordering data
AS Runtime License Microbox automation system
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime SIMATIC PCS 7 AS RTX 6ES7 654-0UE13-0XX0
license (can be added to Assembled and preinstalled
existing licenses) automation system on the basis of
Executes with Windows XP the SIMATIC IPC427C with
Professional/Embedded, single Windows XP Embedded Standard
license for 1 installation 2009 operating system, WinAC
Type of delivery: License key RTX 2010 controller software and
memory stick, certificate of SIMATIC PC DiagMonitor
license including terms and diagnostics software, pre-
conditions installed on a 4 GB Compact-
Flash Card, can be used with
100 POs 6ES7 653-2BA00-0XB5 SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1 + SP2 or
1 000 POs 6ES7 653-2BB00-0XB5 higher
10 000 POs 6ES7 653-2BC00-0XB5 SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime
License for 100 POs
15
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
Automation Systems
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
Automation Systems
15
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional K
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1) redundancy
Without CP 443-5 Extended 0 Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1)
1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1 Without CP 443-5 Extended 0
2 x CP 443-5 Extended 2 1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
3 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 3 2 x CP 443-5 Extended 2
4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4 3 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 3
1) 4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4
With the UR2 rack in combination with a redundant power supply, the
number of additive CP 443-5 Extended is limited to 2 1) With the UR2 rack in combination with a redundant power supply, the
number of additive CP 443-5 Extended is limited to 2
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
Automation Systems
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
Automation Systems
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
Automation Systems
15
redundancy Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1)
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1) Without CP 443-5 Extended 0
Without CP 443-5 Extended 0 2 x CP 443-5 Extended 1
1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1 2 x 2 CP 443-5 Extended1) 2
2 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 2 2 x 3 CP 443-5 Extended1) 3
3 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 3 2 x 4 CP 443-5 Extended1) 4
4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4
1)
Up to 5 CPs can be plugged in per subsystem with a single power supply,
1)
Up to 5 CPs can be plugged into the UR2 rack with a single power supply, or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
Automation Systems
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
Automation Systems
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
Automation Systems
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
Automation Systems
15
redundancy
2 x 2 PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, optional K
redundancy 2 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
Communication, PROFIBUS PA, Components
Active field distributor AFD and active field splitter AFS Accessories
Active field distributor (AFD) 6ES7 157-0AF81-0XA0 PS 307 Load Power Supply
with 4 short-circuit-proof spur line including connecting comb;
connections for the integration of 120/230 V AC; 24 V DC
standard-compliant PA or FF field 2 A; 40 mm wide 6ES7 307-1BA01-0AA0
devices
5 A; 60 mm wide 6ES7 307-1EA01-0AA0
Active Field Distributor AFDiS 6ES7 157-0AG83-0XA0 5 A, extended temp. range; 6ES7 307-1EA80-0AA0
(Active Field Distributor 80 mm wide
intrinsic Safety) 10 A, 80 mm wide 6ES7 307-1KA02-0AA0
with 6 short-circuit-proof spur line
connections for the integration of PS 305 Load Power Supply
standard-compliant intrinsically- 24/48/60/110 V DC; 24 V DC
safe PA or FF field devices 2 A, extended temp. range; 6ES7 305-1BA80-0AA0
Active field splitter (AFS) 6ES7 157-0AF82-0XA0 80 mm wide
For the interconnection of a bus Standard profile rails
line segment with the active (without hot swapping function)
coupler of a PA or FF network 482 mm wide (19 inches) 6ES7 390-1AE80-0AA0
transition with redundant coupler
Width 530 mm 6ES7 390-1AF30-0AA0
pair
Components for hot swapping
Accessories
and for redundant design
Profile rail adapter 6ES7 157-0AF83-0XA0
Active bus modules for hot
for mounting an active field
swapping
distributor AFD or AFS on a
mounting rail, optional BM PS/IM SIPLUS extreme 6AG1 195-7HA00-2XA0
for 1 load current supply and
Cable gland for active field Can be ordered from: 1 IM 153-2 High Feature
splitter AFS Jacob GmbH module;
www.jacob-gmbh.de for "hot swapping" function, for
Order No. 50.616 M/EMV extended temperature range,
permissible operating temper-
Fastener for HSK-Ex standard Can be ordered from: ature -25 to +70 C
cable glands Hummel Elektrotechnik GmbH BM IM/IM 6ES7 195-7HD80-0XA0
For use as plugs for unused www.hummel-group.com for 2 IM 153-2 High Feature
connections on AFD and AFS Order No. 1.296.0901.11 modules, for redundant and
non-redundant configuration, for
Sealing plugs 6ES7 157-0AG80-1XA1 "hot swapping" function, for
for unused connections on AFDiS extended temperature range,
(10 units) permissible operating temper-
ature -25 to +60 C
PA network transitions
BM FDC 6ES7 195-7HF80-0XA0
DP/PA coupler for 1 DP/PA coupler Ex [i] or
For transition from RS 485 to MBP FDC 157-0,
DP/PA coupler Ex [i] 6ES7 157-0AD82-0XA0 for "hot swapping" function, for
Fieldbus coupler between extended temperature range,
PROFIBUS DP and permissible operating temper-
PROFIBUS PA, EEx(ia) version, ature -25 to +60 C
max. output current 110 mA; BM FDC/FDC 6ES7 195-7HG80-0XA0
IP20 degree of protection; for for 2 DP/PA couplers
extended temperature range, FDC 157-0,
permissible operating temper- for "hot swapping" function, for
ature -25 to +60 C extended temperature range,
DP/PA coupler FDC 157-0 6ES7 157-0AC83-0XA0 permissible operating temper-
Fieldbus coupler between ature -25 to +60 C
PROFIBUS DP and
15
Mounting rail for hot swapping
PROFIBUS PA, redundancy For max. 5 active bus modules
capable; integrated PROFIBUS 482 mm wide (19 inches) 6ES7 195-1GA00-0XA0
diagnostics slave; max. output
current 1 A; IP20 degree of Width 530 mm 6ES7 195-1GF30-0XA0
protection; for extended temper- Width 620 mm 6ES7 195-1GG30-0XA0
ature range, permissible Covers 6ES7 195-1JA00-0XA0
operating temperature -25 to 4 backplane bus covers and
+60 C 1 cover for active bus module
IM 153-2 High Feature 6ES7 153-2BA82-0XB0
Interface module for PA Link and
Y-Link; redundancy capable; IP20
degree of protection; for
extended temperature range,
permissible operating temper-
ature -25 to +60 C
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
Communication, FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1,
Components
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
Process I/O for SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
Overview
The central I/O and distributed I/O ET 200M, ET 200iSP, ET 200S
and ET 200pro from the "Process I/O" chapter of this catalog are
suitable for SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1. MTA terminal modules from this
chapter can also be used in combination with ET 200M.
15
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Packages V7.1
15
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
SIMATIC BATCH Software V7.1
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
SIMATIC BATCH Software V7.1
SIMATIC BATCH 6ES7 657-0HX17-2YB0 SIMATIC BATCH API V7.1 6ES7 657-0MX17-2YB0
Separation Procedures/ 1 language (English), software
Formulas V7.1 class A, runs with Windows
6 languages (German, English, XP Professional or Windows
French, Italian, Spanish, Server 2003, single license for
Chinese), software class A, runs 1 installation
with Windows XP Professional or Type of delivery: License key
Windows Server 2003, single memory stick, certificate of
license for 1 installation license including terms and
Type of delivery: License key conditions
memory stick, certificate of 1)
license including terms and Instances of plant units
conditions
SIMATIC BATCH AS Execution 6ES7 657-0PX17-2YB0
V7.1
3 languages (German, English,
French), runtime software,
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional or
Windows Server 2003, single
license for 1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions
15
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
SIMATIC Route Control Software V7.1
15
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
Safety Integrated for Process Automation
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
Interfacing IT Systems
OpenPCS 7
Multi-functional OpenPCS 7 Autonomous OpenPCS 7 server
server/OS client
SIMATIC PCS 7 OpenPCS 7 6ES7 658-0HX17-2YB0
SIMATIC PCS 7 OpenPCS 7/OS 6ES7 658-0GX17-2YB0 V7.1
Client V7.1 OpenPCS 7 software for a
Software for expansion of an separate OpenPCS 7 server,
existing OS client by OpenPCS 7 based on the hardware of the
server functionality SIMATIC PCS 7 Workstation,
6 languages (German, English, client version
French, Italian, Spanish, 6 languages (German, English,
Chinese), software class A, runs French, Italian, Spanish,
with Windows XP professional, Chinese), software class A, runs
single license for 1 installation with Windows XP professional,
Type of delivery: License key single license for 1 installation
memory stick, certificate of Type of delivery: License key
license including terms and memory stick, certificate of
conditions license including terms and
conditions
15
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
Compact Systems
15
100 POs 6ES7 653-2BA00-0XB5
1 000 POs 6ES7 653-2BB00-0XB5
Further SIMATIC PCS 7 system
software
SIMATIC PDM: see chapter
"Engineering System", section
"ES software"
SIMATIC PCS 7 Maintenance
Station: see chapter "Mainte-
nance Station"
Keyboard/mouse
SIMATIC PC keyboard, German/ 6ES7 648-0CB00-0YA0
international, with USB port
SIMATIC PC optical mouse, with 6ES7 790-0AA01-0XA0
USB connection and PS/2
adapter
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
Compact Systems
15
Previous versions
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1
Components from the TIA Product Range
Overview
In addition to the previously listed SIMATIC PCS 7 system Documentation "SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System -
components, in the context of SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1 additional Released Modules"
components from the TIA product range are used, including
modules from the following distributed I/O systems: Additional information is available on the Internet at:
ET 200M distributed I/O system http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/de/39709060
ET 200iSP distributed I/O system
ET 200S distributed I/O system
ET 200pro distributed I/O system
The TIA products released for SIMATIC PCS 7 are listed in the
"Readme file" as well as in the documentation "SIMATIC PCS 7
Process Control System - Released Modules".
15
Previous versions
Notes
15
Update/upgrade packages
Update/upgrade packages
Overview
When purchasing one SUS package, you automatically receive
all upgrades and ServicePacks for the software referred to in this
package for one year. Within this period of one year, you are
therefore authorized to update one corresponding license from
your stock for each list element in this package. The total
number of SUS packages of one type which you require is
therefore determined by the list element which includes most of
the software licenses you use.
Example
An example can make this point clearer. Let us assume you have
three licenses for PCS 7 OS Software Single Station and one
license for PCS 7 StoragePlus. These are represented in the SUS
OS single station by the following two list elements:
PCS 7 OS Software Single Station, PCS 7 OS Software Single
Station Redundancy (3 licenses)
PCS 7 StoragePlus (1 license)
Software Update Service for SIMATIC PCS 7 The larger number of your PCS 7 OS Software Single Station
licenses in this case is defined by the number of SUS packages
Siemens offers a low-cost Software Update Service (SUS) for the required. You must therefore order three packages of SUS OS
SIMATIC PCS 7 software. If you utilize this service, you partic- Single Station.
ipate in the further development of the SIMATIC PCS 7 software
you are using, and are always in possession of the latest release Duration of subscription, cancellation
versions. You can join the software update service for SIMATIC Delivery is to the address entered in the order. An SUS is
PCS 7 by purchasing SUS packages, and this is only possible automatically extended for a further year unless canceled no
on the basis of the current software versions at the time of later than 3 months prior to expiration. Cancellation must be
purchase. made in writing, and must be sent to the dispatch center with
The SUS packages represent a structural division of the reference to the contract number.
SIMATIC PCS 7 software product range using functional and SUS Standard Edition and SUS Compact Edition
system-specific aspects. The number and composition of the
package components identified as list elements are mainly The SUS Compact Edition reduces the product package of the
characterized by license aspects (see "Design" for structure and Software Update Service for several workstations and simplifies
contents). A list element can represent a single software product the central management of licenses. When ordering the SUS
or also be a synonym for several products of the same type. Compact Edition, instead of n packages with one license each,
you will then receive only one package with n licenses on one
license data medium.
The differences between the SUS Standard Edition and SUS
Compact Edition are shown in an example in the table below:
SUS Compact Edition SUS Standard Edition
Order 25 x SUS Compact Editions in one order item 25 x SUS Standard Editions in one order item
First delivery 1 packing unit with: 25 packing units with:
25 x Certificates of Contract (COC) 1 x Certificate of Contract (COC)
Subsequent delivery of 1 x Service Pack (data carrier set) 25 x Service Packs (data carrier set)
Service Packs
Subsequent delivery of 1 packing unit with: 25 packing units with:
upgrades 1 x data carrier set 1 x data carrier set
1 x License key memory stick with 25 licenses 1 x License key memory stick with 1 license
25 x Certificates of License (COL) 1 x Certificate of License (COL)
Billing 1 bill 1 bill
Initially the SUS Compact Edition is offered for the following Software Update Service for TIA products
16
SIMATIC PCS 7 SUS packages:
In addition to the SUS for the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control
SUS OS Single Station system, there is also an SUS for SIMATIC PCS 7 products used
SUS OS Server in a different context (CFC, SIMATIC PDM) within the scope of
SUS OS Client, SFC Visualization Totally Integrated Automation (TIA). In the case of SIMATIC PDM,
this is identical to the SUS PDM package for the Software
If you want to switch from the SUS Standard Edition to the SUS Update Service for SIMATIC PCS 7.
Compact Edition, you must cancel any existing SUS Standard
contracts and order the corresponding number of comparable The SUS range is rounded-off by the SUS for SIMATIC S7
SUS Compact Editions. products used in the context of SIMATIC PCS 7, e.g. SUS
S7-PLCSIM.
Update/upgrade packages
Design
Structure and content of the SUS packages for the SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Update Service
Note:
Each item of an SUS package (element in list) represents a software license.
SUS Engineering PCS 7 Engineering AS/OS SUS OS Client, PCS 7 OS Software Client
AS/OS, PCS 7 Import/Export Assistant SFC Visualization PCS 7 SFC Visualization
unlimited POs Version Cross Manager
(without OS Runtime Version Trail SUS Web Server PCS 7 Web Server
license for PCS 7 SFC Visualization PCS 7 Web Diagnostics Server
productive PCS 7 BCE PCS 7 Web Diagnostics Client
operation) IE license for communication via CP 1623/ SUS Maintenance PCS 7 Maintenance Station Engineering
CP 1613 A2 Station PCS 7 Maintenance Station Runtime Basic
SUS PDM PDM Basic from 4 TAGs to unlimited TAGs Package
PDM Service from 128 TAGs to unlimited TAGs SUS SIMATIC PCS 7 SIMATIC BATCH Server
PDM S7 from 128 TAGs to unlimited TAGs BATCH Server/ PCS 7 SIMATIC BATCH Single Station Package
PDM PCS 7 from 100 TAGs to unlimited TAGs Single Station PCS 7 SIMATIC BATCH API
PDM Integration in STEP 7/PCS 7 PCS 7 BCE
PDM Routing S7-400 IE license for communication via CP 1623/
PDM Standard HART Multiplexer CP 1613 A2
SUS OS single PCS 7 OS Software Single Station, SUS SIMATIC PCS 7 SIMATIC BATCH Client
station PCS 7 OS Software Single Station Redundancy BATCH Client PCS 7 SIMATIC BATCH Recipe System
PCS 7 StoragePlus
PCS 7 OpenPCS 7 Server/OS Client (multi- SUS SIMATIC PCS 7 SIMATIC Route Control Engineering
functional) Route Control PCS 7 SIMATIC Route Control Center
PCS 7 OpenPCS 7 Server (stand-alone) PCS 7 SIMATIC Route Control Server
PCS 7 SFC Visualization PCS 7 BCE
PCS 7 BCE IE license for communication via CP 1623/
IE license for communication via CP 1623/ CP 1613 A2
CP 1613 A2
SUS OS server PCS 7 OS Software Server,
PCS 7 OS Software Server Redundancy,
PCS 7 Central Archive Server Basic Package
(CAS),
PCS 7 Process Historian Basic Package,
PCS 7 Process Historian Redundancy
PCS 7 StoragePlus
PCS 7 Process Historian Archive BATCH
PCS 7 Information Server Basic Package
PCS 7 OpenPCS 7 Server/OS Client (multi-
functional)
PCS 7 OpenPCS 7 Server (stand-alone)
PCS 7 SFC Visualization
PCS 7 BCE
IE license for communication via CP 1623/
CP 1613 A2
16
Update/upgrade packages
16
Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1 to V8.0
Upgrades for engineering system
The licenses included in the Engineering Upgrade Package 5 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish),
V7.1 to V8.0 apply to the following software products of SIMATIC supplied with SIMATIC PCS 7
PCS 7 Version 7.1: Software Media Package V8.0
PCS 7 Engineering AS, OS, AS/OS (250 POs to 2 000 POs) or 250 to 2 000 POs 6ES7 651-5AC08-0YE5
PCS 7 Engineering AS, OS, AS/OS (unlimited POs), each (with OS Runtime license for
including redundancy productive operation)
Unlimited POs 6ES7 651-5AF08-0YE5
PCS 7 Import-Export Assistant (without OS Runtime license for
Version Cross Manager productive operation)
Version Trail ASIA, 2 languages (English,
PCS 7 SFC Visualization Chinese),
supplied with SIMATIC PCS 7
PCS 7 BCE Software Media Package ASIA
SIMATIC NET S7-1613 for Industrial Ethernet V8.0
250 to 2 000 POs 6ES7 651-5AC08-0CE5
Advanced Engineering Upgrade (with OS Runtime license for
productive operation)
Additive to the SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering Upgrade Package Unlimited POs 6ES7 651-5AF08-0CE5
AS/OS, a separate upgrade for V8.0 is available for the SIMATIC (without OS Runtime license for
PCS 7 Advanced Engineering System V7.1. productive operation)
Advanced Engineering
SIMATIC PCS 7 Advanced 6ES7 658-1GX08-2YE5
Engineering System Upgrade
V7.1 to V8.0
Engineering software,
2 languages (German, English),
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional 32-bit,
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Windows Server 2003 R2
Standard 32-bit, or Windows
Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit,
floating license for 1 user
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license and product information
16
Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1 to V8.0
Upgrades for operator system
Overview
Upgrades combined in packages enables upgrading of existing This permits archiving according to the number of existing
V7.1 operator systems to V8.0. process objects and archive variables.
Upgrades of OS software The OS Runtime licenses are converted to cumulative "Count
Relevant Licenses" during the upgrade. The number of existing
The upgrade of the SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software V7.1 to V8.0 is OS Runtime POs is retained.
included on the following OS Software Upgrade Packages:
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Single Station Upgrade Package The following table shows which and how many products are
upgraded with the various upgrade packages.
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Single Station Redundancy Upgrade
Package
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server Upgrade Package
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server Redundancy Upgrade Package
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Client/SFC Visualization Upgrade
Package
OS Single Stations OS Server OS Clients
Separate Redundant Separate Redundant Separate
Upgrade Package OS Single OS Single OS Server OS Server OS Client/
Station Station Redundancy SFC Visualization
Redundancy
PCS 7 OS Software Single Station (all PO versions) 1
PCS 7 OS Software Single Station with WinCC 2
Redundancy (all PO variants)
PCS 7 OS Software Server 1
(all PO versions)
PCS 7 OS Software Server with WinCC Redun- 2
dancy (all PO variants)
PCS 7 OS Software Client 1
Central Archive Server (CAS) 0 0
PCS 7 StoragePlus 1 2 1 2
PCS 7 SFC Visualization 1 2 1 2 1
PCS 7 BCE 1 2 1 2
SIMATIC NET S7-1613 for Industrial Ethernet 1 2 1 2
PCS 7 OpenPCS 7 Server/OS Client (multi- 1 2 1 2
functional)
PCS 7 OpenPCS 7 Server (stand-alone) 1 2 1 2
Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1 to V8.0
Upgrades for operator system
OS software
OS software upgrade from V7.1 SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server
to V8.0, based on the existing Upgrade Package V7.1 to V8.0
number of POs For OS Server, software class A,
runs with Windows Server 2003
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Single R2 Standard 32-bit, Windows
Station Upgrade Package V7.1 Server 2008 Standard 32-bit, or
to V8.0 Windows Server 2008 R2
For OS Single Station, software Standard 64-bit, single license for
class A, runs with Windows XP 1 installation
Professional 32-bit, Windows 7
Ultimate 32/64-bit, single license Type of delivery: License key
for 1 installation memory stick, certificate of
license, product information as
Type of delivery: License key well as SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
memory stick, certificate of Media Package
license, product information as
well as SIMATIC PCS 7 Software 5 languages (German, English, 6ES7 658-2BX08-0YE0
Media Package French, Italian, Spanish),
supplied with SIMATIC PCS 7
5 languages (German, English, 6ES7 658-2AX08-0YE0 Software Media Package V8.0
French, Italian, Spanish),
supplied with SIMATIC PCS 7 ASIA, 2 languages (English, 6ES7 658-2BX08-0CE0
Software Media Package V8.0 Chinese),
supplied with SIMATIC PCS 7
ASIA, 2 languages (English, 6ES7 658-2AX08-0CE0 Software Media Package ASIA
Chinese), V8.0
supplied with SIMATIC PCS 7
Software Media Package ASIA SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server
V8.0 Redundancy Upgrade Package
V7.1 to V8.0
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Single For OS Server Redundancy,
Station Redundancy Upgrade software class A, runs with
Package V7.1 to V8.0 Windows Server 2003 R2
For OS Single Station Redun- Standard 32-bit, Windows Server
dancy, software class A, runs with 2008 Standard 32-bit, or Windows
Windows XP Professional 32-bit, Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit,
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit, single license for 2 installations
single license for 2 installations
Type of delivery: 1 (ASIA: 2)
Type of delivery: 1 (ASIA: 2) license key memory stick, certif-
license key memory stick, certif- icate of license, product infor-
icate of license, product infor- mation as well as SIMATIC PCS 7
mation as well as SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package
Software Media Package
5 languages (German, English, 6ES7 652-3BX08-2YE0
5 languages (German, English, 6ES7 652-3AX08-2YE0 French, Italian, Spanish),
French, Italian, Spanish), supplied with SIMATIC PCS 7
supplied with SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package V8.0
Software Media Package V8.0
ASIA, 2 languages (English, 6ES7 652-3BX08-2CE0
ASIA, 2 languages (English, 6ES7 652-3AX08-2CE0 Chinese),
Chinese), supplied with SIMATIC PCS 7
supplied with SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Package ASIA
Software Media Package ASIA V8.0
V8.0
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Client/
SFC Visualization Upgrade
Package V7.1 to V8.0
Software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional 32-bit,
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Windows Server 2003 R2
Standard 32-bit, Windows Server
2008 Standard 32-bit, or Windows
Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit,
16
floating license for 1 user
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license and product information
5 languages (German, English, 6ES7 652-5CX08-0YF5
French, Italian, Spanish)
ASIA, 2 languages (English, 6ES7 652-5CX08-0CF5
Chinese)
Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1 to V8.0
Upgrades for operator system
16
Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1 to V8.0
Upgrades for maintenance station
16
Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1 to V8.0
Upgrades for SIMATIC BATCH
16
Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1 to V8.0
Upgrades for SIMATIC route control
SIMATIC Route Control Upgrade Package SIMATIC Route Control 6ES7 652-5BX08-0YF0
Upgrade Package V7.x to V8.0
You can use the SIMATIC Route Control Upgrade Package V7.x 6 languages (German, English,
to V8.0 to upgrade the Route Control Engineering, Route Control French, Italian, Spanish,
Server and Route Control Center from V7.0 or V7.1 to V8.0. Chinese), software class A, runs
with Windows XP Professional 32-
Note: bit, Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
Windows Server 2003 R2
Since SIMATIC Route Control V7.0 and SIMATIC Route Control Standard 32-bit, Windows Server
V7.1 are functionally identical, the SIMATIC Route Control 2008 Standard 32-bit, or Windows
Upgrade Package V7.x to V8.0 can be used for both versions. Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit,
single license for 1 installation
During the upgrade, the "Routes" (quantity option for the number
of simultaneous material transports) are converted in cumulative Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
"Count Relevant Licenses". The number of the existing "Routes" license and product information
is retained in this case.
16
Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.x/V7.0 to V7.1
Upgrades for engineering system
Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.x/V7.0 to V7.1
Upgrades for operator system
Overview
Upgrades combined in packages permit upgrading of existing Upgrades of OS software
operator systems V6.x or V7.0 to V7.1.
The upgrade of the SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software V6.x to V7.1 and
V7.0 to V7.1 is divided on the following OS Upgrade Packages
in each case:
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Single Station Upgrade Package
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server Upgrade Package
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Client/SFC Visualization Upgrade
Package
This permits archiving according to the number of existing
process objects and archive variables.
Upgrade packages SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Single SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Client/
Station Upgrade Package Upgrade Package SFC Visualization
Upgrade Package
Content for OS Single Stations for OS Server and central for OS clients
archive server
PCS 7 OS Software Single Station (all PO versions) n
PCS 7 OS Software Server n
(all PO versions)
PCS 7 OS Software Client n
Central archive server basic package n
PCS 7 Archive (archive TAGs) n n
PCS 7 StoragePlus n n
PCS 7 SFC Visualization n n n
WinCC Redundancy n n
PCS 7 BCE n n
SIMATIC NET S7-1613 for Industrial Ethernet n n
PCS 7 OpenPCS 7 Server/OS Client (multi- n n
functional)
PCS 7 OpenPCS 7 Server (stand-alone) n n
16
V7.0 to V7.1.
Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.x/V7.0 to V7.1
Upgrades for operator system
OS software
OS Software Upgrade from V7.0 OS Software Upgrade from
to V7.1, based on the existing V6.0/V6.1 to V7.1, based on the
number of POs existing number of POs
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Single SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Single
Station Upgrade Package V7.0 Station Upgrade Package V6.x
to V7.1 to V7.1
for OS Single Station, software for OS Single Station, software
class A, executes with Windows class A, executes with Windows
XP Professional, single license for XP Professional, single license for
1 installation 1 installation
Type of delivery: License key Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and license including terms and
conditions as well as SIMATIC conditions as well as SIMATIC
PCS 7 Software Media Package PCS 7 Software Media Package
5 languages (German, English, 6ES7 658-2AX17-0YH0 5 languages (German, English, 6ES7 658-2AX17-0YE0
French, Italian, Spanish), French, Italian, Spanish),
delivery with SIMATIC PCS 7 delivery with SIMATIC PCS 7
Software Media Package V7.1 Software Media Package V7.1
ASIA, 2 languages (English, 6ES7 658-2AX17-0CH0 ASIA, 2 languages (English, 6ES7 658-2AX17-0CE0
Chinese), Chinese),
delivery with SIMATIC PCS 7 delivery with SIMATIC PCS 7
Software Media Package ASIA Software Media Package ASIA
V7.1 V7.1
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server
Upgrade Package V7.0 to V7.1 Upgrade Package V6.x to V7.1
for OS Server and archive server, for OS Server and archive server,
software class A, executes with software class A, executes with
Windows Server 2003, single Windows Server 2003, single
license for 1 installation license for 1 installation
Type of delivery: License key Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and license including terms and
conditions as well as SIMATIC conditions as well as SIMATIC
PCS 7 Software Media Package PCS 7 Software Media Package
5 languages (German, English, 6ES7 658-2BX17-0YH0 5 languages (German, English, 6ES7 658-2BX17-0YE0
French, Italian, Spanish), French, Italian, Spanish),
delivery with SIMATIC PCS 7 delivery with SIMATIC PCS 7
Software Media Package V7.1 Software Media Package V7.1
ASIA, 2 languages (English, 6ES7 658-2BX17-0CH0 ASIA, 2 languages (English, 6ES7658-2BX17-0CE0
Chinese), Chinese),
delivery with SIMATIC PCS 7 delivery with SIMATIC PCS 7
Software Media Package ASIA Software Media Package ASIA
V7.1 V7.1
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Client/ SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Client/
SFC Visualization Upgrade SFC Visualization Upgrade
Package V7.0 to V7.1 Package V6.x to V7.1
Software class A, executes with 6 languages (German, English,
Windows XP Professional, floating French, Italian, Spanish,
license for 1 user Chinese), software class A,
Type of delivery: License key executes with Windows
memory stick, certificate of XP Professional, floating license
license including terms and for 1 user
conditions Type of delivery: License key
5 languages (German, English, 6ES7 652-5CX17-0YH5 memory stick, certificate of
French, Italian, Spanish), license including terms and
Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.x/V7.0 to V7.1
Upgrades for operator system
16
Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.x/V7.0 to V7.1
Upgrades for SIMATIC BATCH
16
Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.x/V7.0 to V7.1
Upgrades for SIMATIC Route Control
SIMATIC Route Control Upgrade from V6.x to V7.1 SIMATIC Route Control
Upgrade Package V7.0 to V7.1
You can use the SIMATIC Route Control Upgrade Package V6.x
No special upgrade packages
to V7.1 to upgrade the Route Control Engineering, Route Control are required for upgrading from
Server and Route Control Client software components from V6.0 SIMATIC Route Control V7.0 to
or V6.1 to V7.1. The BCE license PCS 7 BCE and SIMATIC NET V7.1. The SIMATIC Route Control
S7-1613 for Industrial Ethernet are also involved in the Upgrade V7.1 software is available with the
Package. SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media
Packages of the ES/OS upgrade
SIMATIC Route Control Upgrade from V7.0 to V7.1 packages. The existing V7.0
licenses are authorized for
You do not require any special upgrade packages for upgrading licensing.
from SIMATIC Route Control V7.0 to V7.1. Since SIMATIC Route
Control is completely integrated in SIMATIC PCS 7, the SIMATIC SIMATIC Route Control
Route Control V7.1 software is available anyway with the Upgrade Package V6.0/6.1 to
V7.1
SIMATIC PCS 7 Software Media Packages of the ES/OS upgrade
packages. SIMATIC Route Control 6ES7 652-5BX17-0YF0
Upgrade Package V6.x to V7.1
In addition to the V7.1 licenses, the existing V7.0 licenses are for Route Control Engineering,
also authorized for licensing of the SIMATIC Route Control V7.1 Route Control Server and Route
software. Control Center, suitable for single
station and client/server configu-
The Certificate of License for SIMATIC Route Control V7.0 is also ration
valid for SIMATIC Route Control V7.1. 6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
Chinese), software class A,
executes with Windows
XP Professional or Windows
Server 2003, single license for
1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
memory stick, certificate of
license including terms and
conditions
16
Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.x/V7.0 to V7.1
Upgrades for Maintenance Station
16
Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.x to V7.0
Upgrades for engineering system
16
Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.x to V7.0
Upgrades for operator system
Overview
Upgrades combined in packages permit upgrading of existing SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Client / SFC Visualization Upgrade Package
operator systems V6.0 or V6.1 to V7.0. V6.0/V6.1 to V7.0
Upgrades of OS software for OS Clients, with:
The upgrades for all PO versions of the OS software from V6.0/ PCS 7 OS Software Client
V6.1 to V7.0 are distributed between the following two OS PCS 7 SFC Visualization
upgrade packages:
Upgrade of OS long-term archiving
SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Runtime Upgrade Package V6.0/V6.1 to V7.0
SIMATIC Upgrade StoragePlus V1.0/V1.1 to V1.2
for OS single stations/OS servers (including archive servers),
with: The SIMATIC Upgrade StoragePlus V1.0/V1.1 to V1.2 is part of
the SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Runtime Upgrade Package V6.0/V6.1 to
PCS 7 OS Software Single Station (all PO versions) V7.0
PCS 7 OS Software Server (all PO versions as well as archives)
Central Archive Server (CAS) Upgrade V6.0/V6.1 to V7.0
PCS 7 SFC Visualization
The upgrade of the central archive server (CAS) based on
StoragePlus OS software servers and additive OS Archive PowerPacks from
WinCC Redundancy V6.0/V6.1 to V7.0 is part of the SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Runtime
PCS 7 BCE Upgrade Package V6.0/V6.1 to V7.0
SIMATIC NET S7-1613 for Industrial Ethernet SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Web upgrade
Using the SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Web Server Upgrade Package,
you can upgrade the SIMATIC PCS 7 Web server, SIMATIC
PCS 7 Web diagnostics server and SIMATIC PCS 7 Web
diagnostics clients from V6.1 to V7.0.
Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.x to V7.0
Upgrades for SIMATIC BATCH
16
Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.x to V7.0
Upgrades for SIMATIC Route Control
16
Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.x to V7.0
Upgrades for Asset Management
With the SIMATIC PCS 7 Asset upgrade package you can SIMATIC PCS 7 Asset Upgrade 6ES7 652-5FX07-0YF0
Package V6.1 to V7.0
upgrade SIMATIC PCS 7 Asset Engineering as well as all TAG for Asset Engineering and Asset
versions of SIMATIC PCS 7 Asset Runtime from V6.1 to V7.0. The Runtime, 3 languages (German,
SNMP OPC server license is also involved. English, French), software class
A, executes with Windows
XP Professional or Windows
Server 2003, single license for
1 installation
Type of delivery: License key
disk, certificate of license
including terms and conditions
16
Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V4.02 to V6.1
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V5.x to V6.1
Overview
This section provides an overview of the upgrade packages with The upgrade packages are grouped as follows:
which existing systems based on SIMATIC PCS 7 V5.x can be Engineering system
upgraded to V6.1.
Operator system
SIMATIC BATCH
16
tions; tions;
PCS 7 V6.1 toolset DVD, Microsoft PCS 7 V6.1 toolset DVD, Microsoft
SQL Server including EULA and SQL Server including EULA and
supplementary CDs/DVDs (e.g. supplementary CDs/DVDs (e.g.
Microsoft ServicePacks and tools) Microsoft ServicePacks and tools)
OS upgrade for 2 000 POs/ 6ES7 658-2DC16-0YE5
RC 64K 1) The OS Software Single Station and OS Software Server upgrades support
OS upgrade for 5 000 POs/ 6ES7 658-2DE16-0YE5 a high-performance archive system for up to 512 tags. To implement larger
RC 150K archives, this volume can be extended using additive OS Archive V6.1
PowerPacks/bundles (see OS archiving).
Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V4.02 to V6.1
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V5.x to V6.1
16
Update/upgrade packages
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V4.02 to V6.1
Upgrades from SIMATIC PCS 7 V4.02 to V5.2
Operator system
OS software upgrade
PCS 7 OS software upgrade 6ES7 658-2XB05-0YC4
from V4.02 to V5.2
for OS software single station,
OS software server, OS software
terminal and OS software
engineering (1 upgrade package
required for each), software class
A, executes with Windows NT 4.0
Workstation
Type of delivery:
CD with OS I&C software
BCE license and software
licenses on authorization
diskette
16
Update/upgrade packages
Updates/upgrades asynchronous to the PCS 7 version
Upgrades for SIMATIC Logon
16
Update/upgrade packages
Updates/upgrades asynchronous to the PCS 7 version
Upgrades for SIMATIC PDM
Overview
SIMATIC PDM can be integrated in the engineering system, i.e. The SIMATIC PDM versions currently offered are compatible with
in the configuration environment of SIMATIC PCS 7, or operated the following SIMATIC PCS 7 versions:
in stand-alone mode. The version cycle of SIMATIC PDM is
asynchronous to the version cycle of SIMATIC PCS 7: SIMATIC PDM Compatible SIMATIC PCS 7
version version
V8.0 V8.0
V7.0 V7.1+SP2/SP3 and V8.0
V6.1 V6.1, V7.1 and V8.0
16
6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish, and
Chinese), software class A, runs
with Windows XP Professional or
Windows Server 2003, floating
license for 1 user
Type of delivery: License key
disk, certificate of license;
software SIMATIC PDM V6.1 and
device library on DVD
Update/upgrade packages
Updates/upgrades asynchronous to the PCS 7 version
Upgrades for Process Safety Software
Overview
S7 F Systems and SIMATIC Safety Matrix software products can System-specific compatibility lists on the Internet provide
be optionally integrated in the process control system for the additional information about the versions of S7 F Systems und
implementation and operation of safety applications. SIMATIC Safety Matrix that are suitable for the various previous
versions of SIMATIC PCS 7:
The version cycle of these software components is not
synchronous with that of SIMATIC PCS 7, however. http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/de/2334224
S7 F Systems and SIMATIC Safety Matrix are compatible with
SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0 as follows:
S7 F Systems as of V6.1+SP1
Safety Matrix Tool and Safety Matrix Viewer as of V6.2+SP1
Update/upgrade packages
Updates/upgrades asynchronous to the PCS 7 version
Upgrades for S7-PLCSIM Simulation Software
16
Update/upgrade packages
Updates/upgrades asynchronous to the PCS 7 version
System communication via Industrial Ethernet
Overview
With SIMATIC PCS 7, communications software and licenses of SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1 with SIMATIC NET products V7.1
SIMATIC NET are used for the system communication via Indus- (2008 edition)
trial Ethernet. Their version cycle is not usually synchronous with SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0 with SIMATIC NET products V6.4
that of SIMATIC PCS 7. (2006 edition)
The SIMATIC PCS 7 versions correspond to the SIMATIC NET SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.x with SIMATIC NET products V6.3
products as follows: (2005 edition)
SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0 with SIMATIC NET products: When upgrading SIMATIC PCS 7, a separate upgrade is only
- V8.1 (operating systemWindows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit or required for the S7-REDCONNECT communications software.
Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard 64-bit) For the other SIMATIC NET products, the version upgrade is
- V7.1 (Windows XP Professional 32-bit or Windows Server implemented during the SIMATIC PCS 7 upgrade with SIMATIC
2003 R2 Standard 32-bit operating system) PCS 7 Upgrade Packages.
16
Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard 64-bit, single license for
1 installation
Software and electronic manual
on CD, license key on USB flash
drive
Update/upgrade packages
Updates/upgrades asynchronous to the PCS 7 version
System communication via Industrial Ethernet
Update/upgrade packages
Updates/upgrades asynchronous to the PCS 7 version
System communication via Industrial Ethernet
16
software class A, runs with
Windows 2000 Professional/
2000 Server/ XP Professional/
Server 2003, single license for
1 installation, license key on
diskette
Software and electronic manual
available on separate SIMATIC
NET CD Edition 2005
Update/upgrade packages
Notes
16
Appendix
17/2 Training
17/8 Services
17/8 Life cycle services
17/9 Functional Safety Services
17/11 SIMATIC Remote Support Services
17/14 Index
Appendix
Training
Contact
Visit our site on the Internet at:
http://www.siemens.com/sitrain
or let us advise you personally.
SITRAIN Customer Support Germany:
Phone: +49 (911) 895-7575
Fax: +49 (911) 895-7576
17 E-Mail: info@sitrain.com
Appendix
Partner at Industry Automation and Drive Technologies
17
Appendix
Online Services
Information and Ordering
in the Internet and on DVD
Appendix
Service & Support
The unmatched complete service
for the entire life cycle
Technical Training
Consulting Tec
rt
e S up p o S u p hnic al
p or t
O n li n
r ts
Fie vice
Pa
Service Engineering
Se
ld
Programs Support
are
r
Sp
Modernization Optimization
Services Services
For machine constructors, solution providers and plant opera- Our Service & Support accompanies you worldwide in all mat-
tors: The service offering from Siemens Industry, Automation and ters concerning automation and drives from Siemens. We pro-
Drive Technologies includes comprehensive services for a wide vide direct on-site support in more than 100 countries through all
range of different users in all sectors of the manufacturing and phases of the life cycle of your machines and plants.
process industry
You have an experienced team of specialists at your side to pro-
To accompany our products and systems, we offer integrated vide active support and bundled know-how. Regular training
and structured services that provide valuable support in every courses and intensive contact among our employees - even
phase of the life cycle of your machine or plant - from planning across continents - ensure reliable service in the most diverse
and implementation through commissioning as far as mainte- areas.
nance and modernization.
Appendix
Service & Support
The unmatched complete service
for the entire life cycle
Optimization
17 During the service life of ma-
chines and plants, there is often
a great potential for increasing
productivity or reducing costs.
To help you achieve this poten-
tial, we are offering a complete
range of optimization services.
Appendix
Service & Support
17
Appendix
Services
Life cycle services
Overview
Extended
Contract modules Life Cycle Service
Modernization
updates/upgrades
Basic services
Options
Extended Software update Extended Asset Agreed technical Remote
service time 7/24 services exchange option optimization support services
More information
For detailed information on our service program SIMATIC PCS 7
Life Cycle Services please contact:
Phone: +49 721 595 7174
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/42347016
17
Appendix
Services
Functional Safety Services
Overview
Verification
Safety Instrumented System (SIS) other means of Risk Reduction
Realization
Installation, Commissioning and Validation
Operation
G_PCS7_XX_00223
Modification
Decommissioning
17
Appendix
Services
Functional Safety Services
Benefits Design
7 Standardized processes for faster and safer project imple- The following service modules are offered as a service:
mentation and commissioning
Management, evaluation of "functional safety" and audits
7 Uniform verification and validation documents
Configuration and planning of the SLC (Safety Plan)
7 Reduction of development time and costs through interdisci-
plinary team of experts with process and automation expertise Hazard and safety assessment
7 Acceleration of the acceptance of plants by means of
Assignment of the safety functions to the protection levels
customized safety concepts Safety Requirement Specification (SRS)
Verification and validation (e.g. SIL verification, hardware/
Application software audit)
Plant operators that use PLT protective equipment to reduce Modification
risks - this includes the operators of almost all chemical plants, Training
all refineries, distillation and combustion plants.
SIMATIC PCS 7 plants with integrated safety technology using More information
S7 F systems and SIMATIC Safety Matrix, in which processing
must be performed according to IEC 61511 or a specific Siemens AG
safety integrity level (SIL). Industry Sector
Engineering & Consulting
Team-ec.industry@siemens.com
Tel.: +49 (69) 797-84500
Additional information is available on the Internet at:
www.siemens.com/processsafety
17
bersicht Aufbau
Business DMZ
Partner cRSP Access Web
Server Portal Support Manager
Managed Services
Comprehensive
System Diagnostics
Enhanced
Starter
Internet (VPN)
Remote Corrections
Reactive Support
Remote Desktop Support
Customer Access Gateway
Site
IT-System
Administration Die Modularitt der SIMATIC Remote Support Services gestattet
Ihnen, den Umfang der Dienstleistungen exakt auf Ihre spezifi-
schen Anforderungen zuzuschneiden und auch nachtrglich zu
Siemens Remote Service Plattform erweitern.
Sowohl bei der Inbetriebnahme als auch im laufenden Betrieb ist Servicemodule im berblick
ein schneller, zuverlssiger und kompetenter Support von auer- Starter Package (Reactive Support)
ordentlich groer Bedeutung. Kostengnstiger Einstieg mit einem modernen, effizienten
SIMATIC Remote Support Services bieten unter Ausnutzung Remote Desktop Support fr eine schnelle Fehlerbehebung
moderner IT-Strukturen und sicherer Internetverbindungen auf Basis der SRS-Plattform
einen prventiven systemspezifischen Support, der sich durch Enhanced Package (Reactive Support + Managed Services)
hohe Effizienz Flexibilitt und Rentabilitt auszeichnet. Sie Zuordnung eines festen Ansprechpartners, der mit dem
basieren auf der performanten, hochsicheren Siemens Remote Automatisierungssystem vertraut ist, d. h. die Technologie,
Service (SRS)-Plattform, die einen sicheren Remote-Zugriff auf die installierten Produkte sowie die Netzwerke und deren
das Automatisierungssystem ermglicht - sowohl durch Topologien sehr gut kennt. Der Einsatz spezieller Diagnose-
Experten von Siemens als auch durch eigene System- tools erhht die Service-Effizienz
spezialisten oder Systemintegratoren. Comprehensive Package (Reactive Support + Managed
Merkmale der SRS-Plattform Services + Preventive Module)
Inspektionsleistungen gem DIN 31051, u. a. mit vorbeu-
Topmodernes, abgestuftes Sicherheits- und Zugangs- gender berprfung des Systemzustands zur transparenten
konzept, kompatibel mit dem Industrial Security Konzept Darstellung des Systemstatus und Ableitung vorbeugender
Rckwirkungsfreiheit durch Trennung der Netze Manahmen
Collaboration & Customer Web Portal zur einfachen und
komfortablen Einbindung von eigenem Servicepersonal oder Weitere Info
externen Partnern
Detaillierte Informationen zu den SIMATIC Remote Support
Zentrales Monitoring, Logging und Reporting
Services gibt Ihnen gerne Ihr Siemens Ansprechpartner in Ihrer
Transparente Zugriffe und E-Mail-Benachrichtigung Region:
Zertifizierung nach TV und CERT www.siemens.com/automation/partner
Appendix
Partner at Industry Automation and Drive Technologies
Siemens Solution Partner Automation
Overview
Siemens Solution Partner Automation Solution Partner Finder
17
Appendix
Software Licenses
Overview
Software types Factory license
Software requiring a license is categorized into types. With the Factory License the user has the right to install and use
The following software types have been defined: the software at one permanent establishment only. The perma-
Engineering software nent establishment is defined by one address only.The number
of hardware devices on which the software may be installed
Runtime software results from the order data or the Certificate of License (CoL).
Engineering software Certificate of license
This includes all software products for creating (engineering) The Certificate of License (CoL) is the licensee's proof that the
user software, e.g. for configuring, programming, parameteriz- use of the software has been licensed by Siemens. A CoL is
ing, testing, commissioning or servicing. required for every type of use and must be kept in a safe place.
Data generated with engineering software and executable
programs can be duplicated for your own use or for use by third- Downgrading
parties free-of-charge. The licensee is permitted to use the software or an earlier ver-
sion/release of the software, provided that the licensee owns
Runtime software such a version/release and its use is technically feasible.
This includes all software products required for plant/machine
operation, e.g. operating system, basic system, system expan- Delivery versions
sions, drivers, etc. Software is constantly being updated.
The duplication of the runtime software and executable pro- The following delivery versions
grams created with the runtime software for your own use or for PowerPack
use by third-parties is subject to a charge. Upgrade
You can find information about license fees according to use in can be used to access updates.
the ordering data (e.g. in the catalog). Examples of categories of
use include per CPU, per installation, per channel, per instance, Existing bug fixes are supplied with the ServicePack version.
per axis, per control loop, per variable, etc. PowerPack
Information about extended rights of use for parameteriza- PowerPacks can be used to upgrade to more powerful software.
tion/configuration tools supplied as integral components of the The licensee receives a new license agreement and CoL
scope of delivery can be found in the readme file supplied with (Certificate of License) with the PowerPack. This CoL, together
the relevant product(s). with the CoL for the original product, proves that the new soft-
License types ware is licensed.
A separate PowerPack must be purchased for each original
Siemens Industry Automation & Drive Technologies offers vari- license of the software to be replaced.
ous types of software license:
Floating license Upgrade
Single license An upgrade permits the use of a new version of the software on
the condition that a license for a previous version of the product
Rental license is already held.
Trial license The licensee receives a new license agreement and CoL with
the upgrade. This CoL, together with the CoL for the previous
Floating license product, proves that the new version is licensed.
The software may be installed for internal use on any number of A separate upgrade must be purchased for each original license
devices by the licensee. Only the concurrent user is licensed. of the software to be upgraded.
The concurrent user is the person using the program. Use
begins when the software is started. ServicePack
A license is required for each concurrent user. ServicePacks are used to debug existing products.
ServicePacks may be duplicated for use as prescribed accord-
Single license ing to the number of existing original licenses.
Unlike the floating license, a single license permits only one
installation of the software. License key
The type of use licensed is specified in the ordering data and Siemens Industry Automation & Drive Technologies supplies
in the Certificate of License (CoL). Types of use include for software products with and without license keys.
example per device, per axis, per channel, etc. The license key serves as an electronic license stamp and
One single license is required for each type of use defined. is also the "switch" for activating the software (floating license,
rental license, etc.).
Rental license The complete installation of software products requiring license
A rental license supports the "sporadic use" of engineering keys includes the program to be licensed (the software) and the
software. Once the license key has been installed, the software
can be used for a specific number of hours (the operating hours
license key (which represents the license). 17
do not have to be consecutive). Detailed explanations concerning license conditions can be found in the
One license is required for each installation of the software. Terms and Conditions of Siemens AG or under
http://www.siemens.com/industrymall
Trial license (Industry Mall Online-Help System)
A trial license supports "short-term use" of the software in a non-
productive context, e.g. for testing and evaluation purposes.
It can be transferred to another license.
Appendix
Index
A E
Access control ....................................................................................3/9, 12/5 Effects........................................................................................................ 11/6
Access points ............................................................................................6/48 Electronic Device Description ................................................................... 2/21
Active field distributors AFD/AFDiS ..................................................6/75, 6/83 Electronic modules ET 200iSP................................................. 7/35, 7/38, 7/40
Advanced Engineering ..............................................................................2/13 Electronic modules ET 200S...........................................................S7/55, 7/58
Advanced Process Control (APC) ...............................................................2/9 Electronic modules ET 200pro ................................................ 7/71, 7/72, 7/74
Advanced Process Library ..........................................................................2/8 Electronic signature............................................................................ 3/9, 12/5
AFD/AFDiS ........................................................................................6/75, 6/83 Engineering system ..................................................................................... 2/2
AlarmControl ................................................................................................3/8 ET 200iSP .................................................................................................. 7/31
APC..............................................................................................................2/9 ET 200M .................................................................................................... 7/10
Application whitelisting ..............................................................................12/3 ET 200M analog modules.......................................................................... 7/19
Archiving ....................................................................................................3/18 ET 200M digital modules ........................................................................... 7/15
ASIA product variants ................................................................2/10, 3/11, 8/3 ET 200pro .................................................................................................. 7/68
AS-Interface ...............................................................................................6/88 ET 200S ..................................................................................................... 7/48
Asset management......................................................................................4/2 ET 200S power modules ........................................................................... 7/53
Asset TAGs, definition...........................................................................4/7, 4/9 Ex digital/analog modules ET 200M .......................................................... 7/24
Automation firewall.....................................................................................12/3 Ex partition................................................................................................. 7/13
Automation systems.....................................................................................5/2 Expansion units ........................................................................................... 7/5
Extender module ....................................................................................... 6/34
B
Basic Communication Ethernet ...................................................................1/5 F
Batch automation.........................................................................................9/2 F-AS ........................................................................................................... 5/24
Batch Control Center ...................................................................................9/7 F digital/analog modules ET 200M ............................................................ 7/25
Batch planning.............................................................................................9/8 FastConnect ............................................................................ 6/38, 6/61, 6/78
BCE (Basic Communication Ethernet).......................................................6/47 Fault-tolerant automation systems............................................................. 5/14
BFOC connection ......................................................................................6/44 FF Link ....................................................................................................... 6/81
Bus modules ..............................................................................................7/13 Fiber-optic cables...................................................................................... 6/43
Fieldbus systems......................................................................................... 6/3
C
FIBER OPTIC CABLE ................................................................................ 6/43
Cable duct .................................................................................................7/13 FM 355....................................................................................................... 7/29
CAS............................................................................................................3/22 FOUNDATION Fieldbus cable................................................................... 6/87
Causes.......................................................................................................11/6 FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 ....................................................................... 6/79
Central Archive Server ...............................................................................3/22 Front connector ......................................................................................... 7/13
Central I/O modules.....................................................................................7/4 Function window.......................................................................................... 3/7
Clock synchronization..................................................................................3/9 Functional safety services ....................................................................... 17/11
Closed-loop control modules.....................................................................7/28
Compact systems ......................................................................................14/2 G
Concurrent engineering ...............................................................................2/4 Graphical User Interface ............................................................................. 3/6
Continuous function chart (CFC) .................................................................2/7 Graphics cards.......................................................................................... 1/36
Counter module .........................................................................................7/60 Graphics Designer ...................................................................................... 2/9
Counter modules .......................................................................................7/30
H
CP 1623 ..............................................................................................1/5, 6/45
CP 343 .......................................................................................................6/88 H-AS .......................................................................................................... 5/14
CP 443 .......................................................................................................6/47 HART ................................................................................................ 7/22, 7/25
CP 443-5 Extended....................................................................................6/64 Hierarchical recipes .................................................................................... 9/6
HW-Config ................................................................................................... 2/6
D
Desktop adapter network card .........................................................3/16, 6/46
Diagnostic Repeater RS 485 .....................................................................6/62
DOCPRO......................................................................................................2/9
Documentation.............................................................................................8/4
DP/AS-i link ................................................................................................6/88
DP/PA coupler............................................................................................6/70
Dummy module..........................................................................................7/13
17
Appendix
Index
I O
I&C libraries .................................................................................................2/8 Online help .................................................................................................. 8/4
I/O subsystem for ET 200M .......................................................................7/14 OPC ........................................................................................................... 13/5
IE/PB LINK PN IO.......................................................................................6/58 OpenPCS 7................................................................................................ 13/5
IEC 61804-2 .................................................................................................4/7 Operator system .......................................................................................... 3/2
IF 964-DP ...................................................................................................6/65 Optical Link Modules................................................................................. 6/62
IM 153 redundancy bundle .......................................................................7/14 OS archiving .............................................................................................. 3/17
IM 153-2............................................................................................6/73, 7/12 OS Client 427C .......................................................................................... 1/34
IM 153-2 FF................................................................................................6/83 OS Client 627C .......................................................................................... 1/33
IM 153-4 PN ...............................................................................................7/12 OS redundancy ......................................................................................... 3/13
IM 154-2.....................................................................................................7/70 OS software ................................................................................................ 3/5
Import/Export Assistant .............................................................................2/15 OS variable, definition ................................................................................. 3/4
Industrial Ethernet.................................................................................6/2, 6/4
P
Industrial security.......................................................................................12/3
Industrial twisted pair.................................................................................6/42 PA Link....................................................................................................... 6/70
Industrial Wireless LAN..............................................................................6/48 PID Tuning ................................................................................................... 2/9
Industrial Workstation ..................................................................................1/2 Plant Asset management ............................................................................ 4/2
Information Server......................................................................................3/24 Plant bus...................................................................................... 3/14, 6/2, 6/5
Interface modules ...........................................................7/12, 7/34, 7/52, 7/70 Portrait mounting kit................................................................................... 4/12
Intersections ..............................................................................................11/6 Power modules ET 200pro ........................................................................ 7/76
IPC547D.......................................................................................1/4, 1/6, 1/12 Process Device Manager .......................................................................... 2/16
IPC647C.......................................................................................1/4, 1/6, 1/20 Process Historian....................................................................................... 3/24
IPC847C.......................................................................................1/4, 1/6, 1/27 PROFIBUS ................................................................................................ 6/59
ISA-88.01 .....................................................................................................9/6 PROFIBUS PA................................................................................... 6/68, 6/75
Isolating module ........................................................................................7/27 PROFINET ................................................................................. 6/2, 6/55, 7/12
IT security ..................................................................................................12/2 PROFIsafe ................................................................................................. 6/67
ITP cables and connectors........................................................................6/42 Process object PO, definition ...................................................................... 3/4
IWLAN........................................................................................................6/48 Process object view..................................................................................... 2/6
K R
17
Appendix
Index
S T
S7 F systems..............................................................................................11/4 Table window ............................................................................................... 3/7
S7-PLCSIM.................................................................................................2/26 Technology modules ................................................................................. 7/60
Safety-related automation systems............................................................5/24 Terminal bus ....................................................................................... 3/14, 6/5
Safety functions .........................................................................................5/26 Terminal bus adapter................................................................................. 1/38
Safety Integrated for Process Automation .................................................11/2 Terminal modules ...................................................................... 7/6, 7/34, 7/50
Safety Matrix ..............................................................................................11/5 Tower kit............................................................................................ 1/19, 1/32
SCALANCE S.............................................................................................12/3 Transceiver ................................................................................................ 6/27
SCALANCE W............................................................................................6/49 TrendControls .............................................................................................. 3/7
SCALANCE X...............................................................................................6/6 Trend window .............................................................................................. 3/7
SCALANCE X101.......................................................................................6/37 Twisted pair ............................................................................................... 6/42
SCALANCE X-200........................................................................................6/8
U
SCALANCE X-200 IRT ...............................................................................6/14
SCALANCE X-300......................................................................................6/19 User management .............................................................................. 3/9, 12/5
SCALANCE X-400......................................................................................6/31 V
SC connection ...........................................................................................6/44
Version Cross Manager ............................................................................. 2/11
SC-RJ connection ......................................................................................6/44
Version Trail ............................................................................................... 2/12
Security concept........................................................................................12/2
Security modules .......................................................................................12/3 W
Separation Procedures/Formulas ................................................................9/7 Watchdog module ET 200iSP.................................................................... 7/42
Sequential function chart (SFC)...................................................................2/7 Web server ................................................................................................ 3/27
SFC Visualization .......................................................................................3/12
Y
SFP transceiver..........................................................................................6/27
Short-term archiving ..................................................................................3/19 Y-Link ................................................................................................ 5/22, 6/66
Sign-of-life monitoring..................................................................................3/9
Signal module ............................................................................................1/40
SIGUARD ...................................................................................................7/65
SIMATIC BATCH ..........................................................................................9/2
SIMATIC BOX PC .......................................................................................1/33
SIMATIC IT .................................................................................................13/2
SIMATIC Logon ...................................................................................2/5, 12/5
SIMATIC Manager .......................................................................................2/5
SIMATIC Microbox PC ...............................................................................1/34
SIMATIC NET ...............................................................................................6/2
SIMATIC NET Selection Tool ...........................................6/13, 6/18, 6/30, 6/36
SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX..................................................................................14/2
SIMATIC PCS 7 software..............................................................................8/2
SIMATIC PDM ............................................................................................2/16
SIMATIC PDM TAG, definition ......................................................................4/9
SIMATIC Rack PC ........................................................................................1/3
SIMATIC Route Control ..............................................................................10/2
SIMATIC Safety Matrix ...............................................................................11/5
Simulation ..................................................................................................2/26
SIPLUS extreme ................................................................................5/23, 7/10
SM 400.........................................................................................................7/4
Smart card reader......................................................................................1/39
Smith predictor ............................................................................................2/9
Software .......................................................................................................8/2
Software Media Packages ...........................................................................8/3
SpliTConnect .............................................................................................6/78
Stainless steel wall enclosure ...........................................................7/32, 7/44
Standard automation systems .....................................................................5/6
StoragePlus................................................................................................3/20
Switches.......................................................................................................6/6
System documentation ................................................................................8/4
17
Appendix
Order No. Index
17
6ES7 400-1JA01-0AA0 ...... 5/13, 5/22, 5/34, 7/5
.................................... 7/11, 15/16, 15/58, 15/59
6ES7 135-7 .................................................. 7/39 6ES7 400-1JA11-0AA0 ............. 5/13, 5/22, 5/34
6ES7 138-4AA01 ................................ 7/57, 7/59 6ES7 321-1B ............................................... 7/15
6ES7 400-1TA01-0AA0 ...... 5/13, 5/22, 5/34, 7/5
6ES7 138-4AA11 ......................................... 7/57 6ES7 321-1C ............................................... 7/15
6ES7 400-1TA11-0AA0 ............. 5/13, 5/22, 5/34
6ES7 138-4C ............................................... 7/54 6ES7 321-1E ................................................ 7/15
6ES7 400-2JA00-0AA0 ...................... 5/22, 5/34
6ES7 138-4DA04-0AB0 .............................. 7/60 6ES7 321-1FF01 .......................................... 7/15
6ES7 400-2JA10-0AA0 ...................... 5/22, 5/34
6ES7 138-4FA04-0AB0 ............................... 7/56 6ES7 321-1FF10 .......................................... 7/16
6ES7 401-1DA01-0AA0 .............................. 5/13
6ES7 138-4FB03-0AB0 ............................... 7/57 6ES7 321-1FH00 ......................................... 7/15
6ES7 405-0DA02-0AA0 .............................. 5/13
6ES7 138-7AA00-0AA0 ............. 7/37, 7/39, 7/41 6ES7 321-7BH01-0AB0 ............................... 7/16
6ES7 405-0KA02-0AA0 ............ 5/13, 5/22, 5/34
6ES7 138-7BB00-0AB0 ............................... 7/42 6ES7 321-7RD00-0AB0 ............................... 7/24
6ES7 405-0KR02-0AA0 ............ 5/13, 5/22, 5/34
6ES7 138-7E ............................................... 7/33 6ES7 321-7TH00-0AB0 ............................... 7/16
6ES7 405-0RA02-0AA0 ............ 5/13, 5/22, 5/34
6ES7 138-7F ............................................... 7/41 6ES7 322-1B ............................................... 7/16
6ES7 407-0DA02-0AA0 .............................. 5/13
6ES7 141-4B ............................................... 7/71 6ES7 322-1C ............................................... 7/16
6ES7 407-0KA02-0AA0 ............ 5/13, 5/22, 5/33
6ES7 144-4 ................................................. 7/73 6ES7 322-1F ................................................ 7/17
6ES7 407-0KR02-0AA0 ............ 5/13, 5/22, 5/33
6ES7 145-4 ................................................. 7/73 6ES7 322-1H ............................................... 7/17
Appendix
Order No. Index
6ES7 407-0RA02-0AA0 ............. 5/13, 5/22, 5/33 6ES7 651-5AC17-0YE5 ............................. 16/12 6ES7 654-8BC ............................................ 5/10
6ES7 412-3HJ14-0AB0 ...................... 5/21, 5/33 6ES7 651-5AC17-0YH5 ............................. 16/12 6ES7 654-8BD ............................................ 5/12
6ES7 414-3EM06-0AB0 .............................. 5/12 6ES7 651-5AF08-0CE5 ............................... 16/5 6ES7 654-8BE ............................................. 5/19
6ES7 414-3XM05-0AB0 .............................. 5/12 6ES7 651-5AF08-0YE5 ................................ 16/5 6ES7 654-8CC ............................................. 5/10
6ES7 414-4HM14-0AB0 ..................... 5/21, 5/33 6ES7 651-5AF17 ....................................... 16/12 6ES7 654-8CD ............................................. 5/12
6ES7 416-2XN05-0AB0 ............................... 5/12 6ES7 651-5AX07-0YE5 .............................. 16/19 6ES7 654-8CE ............................................ 5/19
6ES7 416-3ES06-0AB0 ............................... 5/12 6ES7 651-5CX06-0YE5 ............................. 16/28 6ES7 654-8CF ............................................. 5/30
6ES7 416-3XR05-0AB0 ............................... 5/12 6ES7 651-5CX07-0YE5 ............................. 16/28 6ES7 654-8CG ............................................ 5/10
6ES7 417-4HT14-0AB0 ...................... 5/21, 5/33 6ES7 651-5CX08-0YE5 ............................. 16/28 6ES7 654-8CJ ............................................. 5/12
6ES7 417-4XT05-0AB0 ............................... 5/12 6ES7 651-5CX16-0YE5 ............................. 16/28 6ES7 654-8CM ............................................ 5/19
6ES7 421 ....................................................... 7/4 6ES7 652-0XC08-2YB0 ............................... 3/21 6ES7 654-8DG ............................................. 5/10
6ES7 422 ....................................................... 7/4 6ES7 652-0XC17-2YB0 ............................. 15/45 6ES7 654-8DH ............................................. 5/11
6ES7 431 ....................................................... 7/4 6ES7 652-0XC21-2YB0 ............................. 15/11 6ES7 654-8EH ............................................ 5/11
6ES7 432 ....................................................... 7/4 6ES7 652-0XD07-2YB5 ............................. 15/10 6ES7 654-8EJ ............................................. 5/12
6ES7 460 ....................................................... 7/5 6ES7 652-0XD08-2YB5 ............................... 3/12 6ES7 654-8EK.............................................. 5/11
6ES7 461 ....................................................... 7/5 6ES7 652-0XD16-2YF5 .............................. 16/25 6ES7 654-8EM ............................................ 5/19
6ES7 468 ....................................................... 7/5 6ES7 652-0XD17-2YB5 ............................. 15/44 6ES7 654-8EN ............................................ 5/31
6ES7 492 ....................................................... 7/4 6ES7 652-0XX01 ............ 1/38, 3/17, 6/46, 15/39 6ES7 654-8GK ............................................ 5/11
6ES7 652-0XX02 .............................. 1/39, 15/39 6ES7 656-7XX .................................... 5/21, 5/33
6ES7 6
6ES7 652-0XX04 .............................. 1/37, 15/39 6ES7 656-8AB ............................................ 5/31
6ES7 648-0CB00 ............ 1/19, 1/26, 1/32, 1/35, 6ES7 652-0XX05 .............................. 1/39, 15/39 6ES7 656-8BA ............................................. 5/19
..................................... 4/12, 15/4, 15/30, 15/34, 6ES7 652-0XX11 .............................. 1/39, 15/39 6ES7 656-8BE ............................................. 5/20
.................................. 15/37, 15/38, 15/39, 15/67 6ES7 652-3AA07 ....................................... 15/10 6ES7 656-8CE ............................................ 5/20
6ES7 648-0EG00 ............ 1/19, 1/26, 1/32, 15/4, 6ES7 652-3AA08 ......................................... 3/15 6ES7 656-8CF ............................................. 5/32
............................................. 15/30, 15/34, 15/37 6ES7 652-3AA17 ....................................... 15/44 6ES7 656-8CM ............................................ 5/20
6ES7 648-1AA00-0XC0 ........... 1/19, 15/4, 15/30 6ES7 652-3AB07 ....................................... 15/10 6ES7 656-8DM ............................................ 5/20
6ES7 648-1AA00-0XD0 .................... 1/32, 15/37 6ES7 652-3AB17 ....................................... 15/44 6ES7 656-8EM ............................................. 5/20
6ES7 648-1AA10-0YA0 .................. 15/38, 15/68 6ES7 652-3AC07 ....................................... 15/10 6ES7 656-8EN ............................................. 5/32
6ES7 648-1AA10-0YB0 .................. 15/38, 15/68 6ES7 652-3AC17 ....................................... 15/44 6ES7 657-0AX07-2YB5 ............................. 15/13
6ES7 648-1AA20-0YB0 .................... 4/12, 15/38 6ES7 652-3AD07 ....................................... 15/10 6ES7 657-0AX08-0YB5 ................................. 9/9
6ES7 648-2AF40-0JA0 ..................... 15/4, 15/30 6ES7 652-3AD17 ....................................... 15/44 6ES7 657-0AX17-2YB5 ............................. 15/62
6ES7 648-2AF50-0JB0 ..................... 15/4, 15/30 6ES7 652-3AE07 ....................................... 15/10 6ES7 657-0BX07-2YB5 ............................. 15/13
6ES7 648-2AH50-0KA0 ............................ 15/38 6ES7 652-3AE17 ....................................... 15/44 6ES7 657-0BX17-2YB5 ............................. 15/62
6ES7 648-2AJ40-0KA0 1/26, 1/32, 15/34, 15/37 6ES7 652-3AX08 ......................................... 16/7 6ES7 657-0FX07-2YB0 ............................. 15/13
6ES7 648-2AJ40-0LA0 ................................ 1/19 6ES7 652-3BA07 ....................................... 15/10 6ES7 657-0FX17-2YB0 ............................. 15/62
6ES7 648-2AJ40-1KA0 1/26, 1/32, 15/34, 15/37 6ES7 652-3BA08-2CA0 ............................... 3/15 6ES7 657-0GX07-2YB0 ............................ 15/13
6ES7 648-2AJ50-0KA0 1/26, 1/32, 15/34, 15/37 6ES7 652-3BA08-2YA0 ................................ 3/15 6ES7 657-0GX17-2YB0 ............................ 15/62
6ES7 648-2AJ50-0LB0 ................................ 1/19 6ES7 652-3BA08-2YC0 ............................... 3/15 6ES7 657-0HX07-2YB0 ............................. 15/13
6ES7 648-2AJ50-1KA0 1/26, 1/32, 15/34, 15/37 6ES7 652-3BA08-2YD0 ............................... 3/16 6ES7 657-0HX17-2YB0 ............................. 15/63
6ES7 648-2AJ60-0KA0 1/26, 1/32, 15/34, 15/37 6ES7 652-3BA17 ....................................... 15/45 6ES7 657-0LX07-2YB5 ............................. 15/13
6ES7 648-2AJ60-0LB0 ................................ 1/19 6ES7 652-3BB07 ....................................... 15/10 6ES7 657-0LX17-2YB5 ............................. 15/62
6ES7 648-2AJ60-1KA0 1/26, 1/32, 15/34, 15/37 6ES7 652-3BB17 ....................................... 15/45 6ES7 657-0MX07-2YB0 ............................ 15/13
6ES7 648-2AJ70-0LB0 ................................ 1/19 6ES7 652-3BC07 ....................................... 15/10 6ES7 657-0MX08-2YB0 ................................ 9/9
6ES7 648-3AB00-0XA0 .................... 4/12, 15/38 6ES7 652-3BC17 ....................................... 15/45 6ES7 657-0MX17-2YB0 ............................ 15/63
6ES7 648-3AE00-0XA0 ............................. 15/38 6ES7 652-3BD07 ....................................... 15/10 6ES7 657-0PX17-2YB0 ............................. 15/63
6ES7 650-0RG17-0YX0 ............................. 15/38 6ES7 652-3BD17 ....................................... 15/45 6ES7 657-0SA00-0YL8 ............................... 16/4
6ES7 650-0RG17-0YX1 ............................. 15/38 6ES7 652-3BE07 ....................................... 15/10 6ES7 657-0SA07-0YB0 ............................. 15/13
6ES7 650-0RJ01-0YX0 ................................ 4/12 6ES7 652-3BE17 ....................................... 15/45 6ES7 657-0SA17-0YB0 ............................. 15/62
6ES7 650-1AA51-2XX0 ................................. 7/8 6ES7 652-3BF07 ....................................... 15/10 6ES7 657-0TX08-0YB0 ................................. 9/9
6ES7 650-1AA52-2XX0 ................................. 7/8 6ES7 652-3BF17 ....................................... 15/45 6ES7 657-0UX08-0YB0 ................................. 9/9
6ES7 650-1AA61-2XX0 ................................. 7/8 6ES7 652-3BX08 ......................................... 16/7 6ES7 657-0VX08-0YB5 ................................. 9/9
6ES7 650-1AB51-2XX0 ................................. 7/8 6ES7 652-5AX07 ....................................... 16/20 6ES7 657-0XA00-0YB0 ................................. 9/9
6ES7 650-1AB61-2XX0 ................................. 7/8 6ES7 652-5BX07 ....................................... 16/22 6ES7 657-0XB00-0YB0 ................................. 9/9
6ES7 650-1AC11-3XX0 ................................. 7/8 6ES7 652-5BX08 ....................................... 16/11 6ES7 657-0XB07-2YB0 ............................. 15/13
6ES7 650-1AD10-2XX0 ................................. 7/8 6ES7 652-5BX17 ....................................... 16/17 6ES7 657-0XB17-2YB0 ............................. 15/62
6ES7 650-1AD11-2XX0 ................................. 7/8 6ES7 652-5CX07 ....................................... 16/20 6ES7 657-0XC00 .......................................... 9/9
6ES7 650-1AF51-2XX0 ................................. 7/8 6ES7 652-5CX08 ......................................... 16/7 6ES7 657-0XC07 ...................................... 15/13
6ES7 650-1AG51-2XX0 ................................. 7/8 6ES7 652-5CX17 ....................................... 16/14 6ES7 657-0XC17 ...................................... 15/62
6ES7 650-1AH61-5XX0 ................................. 7/8 6ES7 652-5DX07 ....................................... 16/20 6ES7 657-0XD07 ...................................... 15/13
6ES7 650-1AH62-5XX0 ................................. 7/8 6ES7 652-5DX08 ......................................... 16/8 6ES7 657-0XD17 ...................................... 15/62
6ES7 650-1AK11-7XX0 ................................. 7/9 6ES7 652-5DX17 ....................................... 16/15 6ES7 657-0XE07 ........................................ 15/13
6ES7 650-1AL11-6XX0 ................................. 7/9
17
6ES7 652-5FX07 ........................................ 16/23 6ES7 657-0XE17 ........................................ 15/62
6ES7 650-1AM30-3XX0 ................................ 7/9 6ES7 652-5FX08 .......................................... 16/9 6ES7 657-0XX00 ......................................... 16/4
6ES7 650-1AM31-6XX0 ................................ 7/9 6ES7 652-5FX17 ........................................ 16/18 6ES7 657-0XX16 ....................................... 16/25
6ES7 650-1BA02-0XX0 ................................. 7/9 6ES7 652-7 .................................................. 3/26 6ES7 657-5XX07 ....................................... 16/21
6ES7 650-1BB51-0XX0 ................................. 7/9 6ES7 653-2BA00 ...................... 5/12, 5/20, 5/32, 6ES7 657-5XX08 ....................................... 16/10
6ES7 650-1BC51-0XX0 ................................. 7/9 ............................................. 15/17, 15/48, 15/67 6ES7 657-5XX17 ....................................... 16/16
6ES7 650-1BE10-3XX0 ................................. 7/9 6ES7 653-2BB00 ...................... 5/12, 5/20, 5/32, 6ES7 658-0GX07 ...................................... 15/12
6ES7 650-1CD07-2YB5 ............................ 16/33 ............................................. 15/17, 15/48, 15/67 6ES7 658-0GX08 ........................................ 13/6
6ES7 650-1CD08-2YB5 ................... 6/47, 16/31 6ES7 653-2BC00 ...................... 5/12, 5/20, 5/32, 6ES7 658-0GX17 ...................................... 15/66
6ES7 650-1CD17-2YB5 ............................ 16/32 ........................................................ 15/17, 15/48 6ES7 658-0HX07 ...................................... 15/12
6ES7 650-4XX08-0YT8 .................................. 8/3 6ES7 654-0UE13 ....................................... 15/48 6ES7 658-0HX08 ........................................ 13/6
6ES7 651-5AC08-0CE5 .............................. 16/5 6ES7 654-0XX08 ......................................... 7/14 6ES7 658-0HX17 ...................................... 15/66
6ES7 651-5AC08-0YE5 ............................... 16/5 6ES7 654-8A ............................................... 5/30 6ES7 658-1AB05 ...................................... 16/26
6ES7 651-5AC17-0CE5 ............................ 16/12 6ES7 654-8BA ............................................. 5/19 6ES7 658-1AD16 ...................................... 16/24
6ES7 651-5AC17-0CH5 ............................ 16/12
Appendix
Order No. Index
6ES7 658-1AF07 ......................................... 15/5 6ES7 658-2EB07 ....................................... 15/11 6ES7 658-3XD16-2YD5 .. 2/22, 2/25, 4/12, 15/41
6ES7 658-1AF08 ......................................... 2/10 6ES7 658-2EC00 ............ 3/19, 3/23, 3/26, 15/45 6ES7 658-3XE00-2YB5 ........... 2/23, 2/25, 15/42
6ES7 658-1AF16 ....................................... 16/24 6ES7 658-2EC07 ....................................... 15/11 6ES7 658-3XH06-2YD5 ............................... 15/7
6ES7 658-1AF17 ....................................... 15/40 6ES7 658-2ED00 ..................... 3/23, 3/26, 15/45 6ES7 658-3XH16-2YD5 .. 2/22, 2/25, 4/12, 15/41
6ES7 658-1CX07 ......................................... 15/6 6ES7 658-2ED07 ....................................... 15/11 6ES7 658-3XX00-0YL8 .................... 16/4, 16/28
6ES7 658-1CX17 .............................. 2/11, 15/41 6ES7 658-2EE00 ....................................... 15/45 6ES7 658-4XX08-0CT8 ................................. 8/3
6ES7 658-1DX07 ......................................... 15/6 6ES7 658-2EE07 ....................................... 15/11 6ES7 658-4XX08-0YT8 ................................. 8/3
6ES7 658-1DX08 ......................................... 2/15 6ES7 658-2EF00 ........................................ 15/45 6ES7 658-4XX17-0CT8 ............................. 15/61
6ES7 658-1DX17 ....................................... 15/41 6ES7 658-2EF07 ........................................ 15/11 6ES7 658-4XX17-0YT8 ............................. 15/61
6ES7 658-1FX07 ......................................... 15/6 6ES7 658-2FA07 ........................................ 15/11 6ES7 658-5AA07-0YA5 ............................... 15/5
6ES7 658-1FX08 ......................................... 2/12 6ES7 658-2FA08 .......................................... 3/23 6ES7 658-5AA16-0YE5 ............................. 16/24
6ES7 658-1FX17 ....................................... 15/41 6ES7 658-2FA17 ........................................ 15/45 6ES7 658-5AA17-0CA5 ............................ 15/40
6ES7 658-1GX08-2YA5 ............................... 2/14 6ES7 658-2FX08 .......................................... 16/8 6ES7 658-5AA17-0YA5 ............................. 15/40
6ES7 658-1GX08-2YE5 ............................... 16/5 6ES7 658-2GA07 ....................................... 15/12 6ES7 658-5AB07-0YA5 ............................... 15/5
6ES7 658-1GX08-2YT7 ............................... 2/14 6ES7 658-2GA17 ....................................... 15/46 6ES7 658-5AB07-0YD5 .............................. 15/5
6ES7 658-1GX17-2YA5 ............................. 15/41 6ES7 658-2GB07 ....................................... 15/12 6ES7 658-5AB17-0CA5 ............................ 15/40
6ES7 658-2AA07 ......................................... 15/9 6ES7 658-2GB17 ....................................... 15/46 6ES7 658-5AB17-0YA5 ............................. 15/40
6ES7 658-2AA08 ......................................... 3/10 6ES7 658-2GC07 ...................................... 15/12 6ES7 658-5AB17-0YD5 ................. 15/40, 15/67
6ES7 658-2AA17 ....................................... 15/43 6ES7 658-2GC17 ...................................... 15/46 6ES7 658-5AC00-0YL8 ............................... 16/4
6ES7 658-2AB07 ......................................... 15/9 6ES7 658-2GD07 ...................................... 15/12 6ES7 658-5AC07-0YA5 ............................... 15/5
6ES7 658-2AB17-0CA0 ............................ 15/43 6ES7 658-2GD17 ...................................... 15/46 6ES7 658-5AC07-0YD5 .............................. 15/5
6ES7 658-2AB17-0YA0 ............................. 15/43 6ES7 658-2GE00-0XB0 ............................... 3/28 6ES7 658-5AC17-0CA5 ............................ 15/40
6ES7 658-2AB17-0YD0 .................. 15/43, 15/67 6ES7 658-2GF00-0XB0 ............................... 3/28 6ES7 658-5AC17-0YA5 ............................. 15/40
6ES7 658-2AC07 ........................................ 15/9 6ES7 658-2GG00-0XB0 .............................. 3/28 6ES7 658-5AC17-0YD5 ................. 15/40, 15/67
6ES7 658-2AC16 ...................................... 16/24 6ES7 658-2GX00-2YL8 ............................... 16/4 6ES7 658-5AF00-0YL8 ............................... 16/4
6ES7 658-2AC17-0CA0 ............................ 15/43 6ES7 658-2GX08-2YB0 ............................... 3/28 6ES7 658-5AF07-0YA5 ............................... 15/5
6ES7 658-2AC17-0YA0 ............................. 15/43 6ES7 658-2HX07-2YB0 ............................. 15/12 6ES7 658-5AF07-0YD5 ............................... 15/5
6ES7 658-2AC17-0YD0 ................. 15/43, 15/67 6ES7 658-2HX08-2YB0 ............................... 3/28 6ES7 658-5AF17-0CA5 ............................. 15/40
6ES7 658-2AD07 ........................................ 15/9 6ES7 658-2HX17-2YB0 ............................. 15/46 6ES7 658-5AF17-0YA5 ............................. 15/40
6ES7 658-2AD17 ...................................... 15/43 6ES7 658-2JX07-2YB0 .............................. 15/12 6ES7 658-5AF17-0YD5 ............................. 15/40
6ES7 658-2AE07 ......................................... 15/9 6ES7 658-2JX08-2YB0 ................................ 3/28 6ES7 658-5AX08-0CA5 .............................. 2/10
6ES7 658-2AE16 ....................................... 16/24 6ES7 658-2JX17-2YB0 .............................. 15/46 6ES7 658-5AX08-0YA5 ............................... 2/10
6ES7 658-2AE17 ....................................... 15/43 6ES7 658-2XA00-0XB0 ...................... 3/10, 3/15 6ES7 658-7BX41-2YA0 ............................... 12/6
6ES7 658-2AX00 ......................................... 16/4 6ES7 658-2XB00-0XB0 ...................... 3/10, 3/15 6ES7 658-7BX41-2YE0 .................... 12/6, 16/27
6ES7 658-2AX08 ......................................... 16/7 6ES7 658-2XB05-0YC4 ............................. 16/26 6ES7 658-7DX00-0YL8 ............................... 16/4
6ES7 658-2AX17 ....................................... 16/14 6ES7 658-2XC00-0XB0 ...................... 3/10, 3/15 6ES7 658-7DX07-0YB5 .................... 15/8, 15/14
6ES7 658-2BA07 ......................................... 15/9 6ES7 658-3AX06-0YA5 ................................ 15/6 6ES7 658-7DX08-0YB5 ............................... 10/8
6ES7 658-2BA08-0CA0 .............................. 3/10 6ES7 658-3AX06-0YA6 ................................ 15/6 6ES7 658-7DX17-0YB5 ............................. 15/64
6ES7 658-2BA08-0YA0 ............................... 3/10 6ES7 658-3AX16-0YA5 ................................ 2/24 6ES7 658-7EX07-0YB5 ............................. 15/14
6ES7 658-2BA08-0YD0 ............................... 3/11 6ES7 658-3BX06-2YB5 ............................... 15/6 6ES7 658-7EX08-0YB5 ............................... 10/6
6ES7 658-2BA17 ....................................... 15/43 6ES7 658-3BX16-2YB5 ............................... 2/24 6ES7 658-7EX17-0YB5 ............................. 15/64
6ES7 658-2BB07 ......................................... 15/9 6ES7 658-3CX06-2YB5 ............................... 15/6 6ES7 658-7FA07-0YB0 ............................. 15/14
6ES7 658-2BB17 ....................................... 15/43 6ES7 658-3CX08-2YB5 ............................... 2/25 6ES7 658-7FA17-0YB0 ............................. 15/64
6ES7 658-2BC07 ........................................ 15/9 6ES7 658-3CX16-2YB5 ............................... 2/24 6ES7 658-7FB07-0YD0 ............................. 15/14
6ES7 658-2BC16 ...................................... 16/24 6ES7 658-3EX06-2YB5 ................................ 15/6 6ES7 658-7FB17-0YD0 ............................. 15/64
6ES7 658-2BC17 ...................................... 15/43 6ES7 658-3EX16-2YB5 ... 2/22, 2/24, 4/12, 15/41 6ES7 658-7FC07-0YD0 ............................. 15/14
6ES7 658-2BD07 ........................................ 15/9 6ES7 658-3GX16-0YC8 ...................... 2/22, 2/25 6ES7 658-7FC17-0YD0 ............................. 15/64
6ES7 658-2BD17 ...................................... 15/43 6ES7 658-3HX06-0YA5 ................................ 15/6 6ES7 658-7FF00-0XB0 ............................... 10/6
6ES7 658-2BE07 ......................................... 15/9 6ES7 658-3HX16-0YA5 ................................ 2/24 6ES7 658-7FG00-0XB0 ............................... 10/6
6ES7 658-2BE16 ....................................... 16/24 6ES7 658-3JX06-0YA5 ................................ 15/7 6ES7 658-7FX08-0YB0 ............................... 10/6
6ES7 658-2BE17-0CA0 ............................. 15/43 6ES7 658-3JX16-0YA5 ................................ 2/24 6ES7 658-7GB00-2YB0 ............ 4/7, 4/12, 15/47
6ES7 658-2BE17-0YA0 ............................. 15/43 6ES7 658-3KX06-0YA5 ................................ 15/7 6ES7 658-7GB07-0YB0 ............................ 15/15
6ES7 658-2BE17-0YD0 ............................. 15/43 6ES7 658-3KX08-0YA5 ................................ 2/25 6ES7 658-7GB07-2YB0 ............................ 15/15
6ES7 658-2BF07-0YA0 ............................... 15/9 6ES7 658-3KX16-0YA5 ................................ 2/24 6ES7 658-7GB08-0YB0 ................................ 4/7
6ES7 658-2BF07-0YD0 ............................... 15/9 6ES7 658-3LD07-0YA5 ..................... 2/23, 15/42 6ES7 658-7GB17-0YB0 ................... 4/12, 15/47
6ES7 658-2BF17-0CA0 ............................. 15/43 6ES7 658-3LD08-0YA5 ................................ 2/23 6ES7 658-7GC00-2YB0 ............ 4/7, 4/12, 15/47
6ES7 658-2BF17-0YA0 ............................. 15/43 6ES7 658-3LX06-0YA5 ................................ 15/7 6ES7 658-7GC07-2YB0 ............................ 15/15
6ES7 658-2BF17-0YD0 ............................. 15/43 6ES7 658-3LX16-0YA5 ..................... 2/22, 15/41 6ES7 658-7GX00-0YL8 ............................... 16/4
6ES7 658-2BX00-0YL8 ............................... 16/4 6ES7 658-3MD07-0YA5 .................... 2/23, 15/42 6ES7 658-7GX07-0YB5 ............................ 15/15
6ES7 658-2BX00-0YM8 .............................. 16/4 6ES7 658-3QX07-2YB5 .................... 2/23, 15/42 6ES7 658-7GX08-0YB5 ................................ 4/7
6ES7 658-2BX08-0CE0 ............................... 16/7 6ES7 658-3XA06-2YB5 ............................... 15/7 6ES7 658-7GX17-0YB5 ............................ 15/47
17
6ES7 658-2BX08-0YE0 ............................... 16/7 6ES7 658-3XA16-2YB5 ............................... 2/25 6ES7 660-0AC13-1AA0 .............................. 15/3
6ES7 658-2BX17 ....................................... 16/14 6ES7 658-3XB06-2YB5 ............................... 15/7 6ES7 660-0AC13-2AA0 ............................ 15/29
6ES7 658-2CX00 ......................................... 16/4 6ES7 658-3XB06-2YD5 ............................... 15/7 6ES7 660-0BC13-1AA0 .............................. 15/3
6ES7 658-2CX07 .............................. 15/9, 15/12 6ES7 658-3XB16-2YB5 ............................... 2/25 6ES7 660-0BC13-2AA0 ............................ 15/29
6ES7 658-2CX08 ................................ 3/10, 3/28 6ES7 658-3XB16-2YD5 .. 2/22, 2/25, 4/12, 15/41 6ES7 660-0CE13-1BA0 .............................. 15/4
6ES7 658-2CX16 ....................................... 16/24 6ES7 658-3XC00-2YB5 ........... 2/23, 2/25, 15/42 6ES7 660-0CE13-2BA0 ............................ 15/29
6ES7 658-2CX17 ............................ 15/44, 15/46 6ES7 658-3XC06-2YB5 ............................... 15/7 6ES7 660-0DE13-1BA0 .............................. 15/4
6ES7 658-2DC16 ...................................... 16/24 6ES7 658-3XC06-2YD5 ............................... 15/7 6ES7 660-0DE13-2BA0 ............................ 15/29
6ES7 658-2DE16 ....................................... 16/24 6ES7 658-3XC16-2YB5 ............................... 2/25 6ES7 660-0EA02-1AA0 ............................... 15/4
6ES7 658-2DF07 ......................................... 15/5 6ES7 658-3XC16-2YD5 .. 2/22, 2/25, 4/12, 15/41 6ES7 660-0EA02-1AC0 .............................. 15/4
6ES7 658-2DF17 ....................................... 15/40 6ES7 658-3XD00-2YB5 ........... 2/23, 2/25, 15/42 6ES7 660-0EA02-2AA0 ............................. 15/30
6ES7 658-2EA00 ............ 3/19, 3/23, 3/26, 15/45 6ES7 658-3XD06-2YB5 ............................... 15/7 6ES7 660-0EA02-2AC0 ............................ 15/30
6ES7 658-2EA07 ....................................... 15/11 6ES7 658-3XD06-2YD5 ............................... 15/7
6ES7 658-2EB00 ............ 3/19, 3/23, 3/26, 15/45 6ES7 658-3XD16-2YB5 ............................... 2/25
Appendix
Order No. Index
Appendix
Catalog improvement suggestions
Fax form
To Your address
Siemens AG
I IA CC ITS PRI 4
ST PCS 7 - Dec 2011 Name
stl. Rheinbrckenstr. 50
76187 Karlsruhe
Job
Fax: +49 (721) 595-6623
E-mail: wolfgang.strozyk@siemens.com
Company/Department
Street/No.
Postal code/City
Tel. No./Fax
E-mail address
We invite you to grade our catalog on a point system from 1 (= good) to 6 (= poor):
Do the contents of the catalog live up to your expectations? Do the technical details meet your expectations?
Is the information easy to find? How would you assess the graphics and tables?
17
Appendix
Notes
17
Appendix
Notes
17
Appendix
Notes
17
Appendix
Notes
17
Appendix
Catalogs
Industry Automation, Drive Technologies and Low-Voltage Power Distribution
Further information can be obtained from our branch offices listed
in the appendix or at www.siemens.com/automation/partner
Interactive Catalog on DVD Catalog Motion Control Catalog
for Industry Automation, Drive Technologies and CA 01 SINAMICS and Motors for Single-Axis Drives D 31
Low Voltage Distribution SINUMERIK & SIMODRIVE NC 60
Automation Systems for Machine Tools
SINUMERIK & SINAMICS NC 61
Drive Systems Equipment for Machine Tools
Variable-Speed Drives SINUMERIK 828D BASIC T/BASIC M, NC 82
SINAMICS G130 Drive Converter Chassis Units D 11 SINAMICS S120 Combi and 1FK7/1PH8 motors
SINAMICS G150 Drive Converter Cabinet Units SIMOTION, SINAMICS S120 and PM 21
SINAMICS GM150, SINAMICS SM150 D 12 Motors for Production Machines
Medium-Voltage Converters Drive and Control Components for Cranes CR 1
SINAMICS S120 Chassis Format Units and D 21.3
Cabinet Modules Power Supply and System Cabling
SINAMICS S150 Converter Cabinet Units
Power supply SITOP KT 10.1
SINAMICS DCM Converter Units D 23.1
System cabling SIMATIC TOP connect KT 10.2
SINAMICS and Motors for Single-Axis Drives D 31
Three-phase Induction Motors D 84.1
Process Instrumentation and Analytics
H-compact
H-compact PLUS Field Instruments for Process Automation FI 01
Asynchronous Motors Standardline D 86.1 SIREC Recorders and Accessories MP 20
Synchronous Motors with Permanent-Magnet D 86.2 SIPART, Controllers and Software MP 31
Technology, HT-direct Products for Weighing Technology WT 10
DC Motors DA 12 PDF: Process Analytical Instruments PA 01
SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RA70 Digital Chassis DA 21.1 PDF: Process Analytics, PA 11
Converters Components for the System Integration
SIMOREG K 6RA22 Analog Chassis Converters DA 21.2
PDF: SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RM70 Digital Converter DA 22 Safety Integrated
Cabinet Units
Safety Technology for Factory Automation SI 10
SIMOVERT PM Modular Converter Systems DA 45
SIEMOSYN Motors DA 48
SIMATIC HMI/PC-based Automation
MICROMASTER 420/430/440 Inverters DA 51.2
Human Machine Interface Systems/ ST 80/
MICROMASTER 411/COMBIMASTER 411 DA 51.3 PC-based Automation ST PC
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Vector Control DA 65.10
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control DA 65.11
SIMATIC Ident
Synchronous and asynchronous servomotors for DA 65.3
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Industrial Identification Systems ID 10
SIMODRIVE 611 universal and POSMO DA 65.4
SIMOTION, SINAMICS S120 and PM 21 SIMATIC Industrial Automation Systems
Motors for Production Machines Products for Totally Integrated Automation and ST 70
SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE and NC 60 Micro Automation
Motors for Machine Tools SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System ST PCS 7
SINUMERIK, SINAMICS S120 and NC 61 Add-ons for the SIMATIC PCS 7 ST PCS 7.1
Motors for Machine Tools Process Control System
Low-Voltage Three-Phase-Motors PDF: Migration solutions with the SIMATIC PCS 7 ST PCS 7.2
Process Control System
IEC Squirrel-Cage Motors D 81.1
MOTOX Geared Motors D 87.1
SIMATIC NET
Mechanical Driving Machines
Industrial Communication IK PI
FLENDER Standard Couplings MD 10.1
FLENDER SIG Standard industrial gear unit MD 30.1
SINVERT Photovoltaics
Inverters and Components for Photovoltaic Installations RE 10
Low-Voltage Power Distribution and
Electrical Installation Technology SIRIUS Industrial Controls
SENTRON Protection, Switching, Measuring and LV 10.1 SIRIUS Industrial Controls IC 10
Monitoring Devices SIRIUS Industrial Controls IC 90
SIVACON ALPHA Switchboards and Distribution LV 10.2 (selected content from catalog IC 10)
Systems
SIVACON 8PS Busbar Trunking Systems LV 70 System Solutions
GAMMA Building Control ET G1 Applications and Products for Industry are part of the
PDF: DELTA Switches and Socket Outlets ET D1 interactive catalog CA 01
Download-Center
PDF versions of the catalogs are available on the Internet at:
PDF: These catalogs are only available as pdf files. www.siemens.com/automation/infocenter
Siemens AG 2012